Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
2015 IBC
®
INTERNATIONAL
Building Code®
CODE ALERT!
Sign up now to receive critical code updates and free access to videos,
book excerpts and training resources.
Signup is easy, subscribe now! www.iccsafe.org/alerts
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
2015 International Building Code®
First Printing: May 2014
Second Printing: July 2015
Third Printing: October 2015
ISBN: 978-1-60983-468-5 (soft-cover edition)
ISBN: 978-1-60983-497-8 (loose-leaf edition)
COPYRIGHT © 2014
by
INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL, INC.
Date of First Publication: May 30, 2014
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. This 2015 International Building Code® is a copyrighted work owned by the International Code
Council, Inc. Without advance written permission from the copyright owner, no part of this book may be reproduced, distributed
or transmitted in any form or by any means, including, without limitation, electronic, optical or mechanical means (by way of
example, and not limitation, photocopying, or recording by or in an information storage retrieval system). For information on
permission to copy material exceeding fair use, please contact: Publications, 4051 West Flossmoor Road, Country Club Hills, IL
60478. Phone 1-888-ICC-SAFE (422-7233).
Trademarks: “International Code Council,” the “International Code Council” logo and the “International Building Code” are
trademarks of the International Code Council, Inc.
T018304
PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
PREFACE
Introduction
Internationally, code officials recognize the need for a modern, up-to-date building code addressing
the design and installation of building systems through requirements emphasizing performance.
The International Building Code£, in this 2015 edition, is designed to meet these needs through
model code regulations that safeguard the public health and safety in all communities, large and
small.
This comprehensive building code establishes minimum regulations for building systems using
prescriptive and performance-related provisions. It is founded on broad-based principles that make
possible the use of new materials and new building designs. This 2015 edition is fully compatible
with all of the International Codes£ (I-Codes£) published by the International Code Council (ICC)£,
including the International Energy Conservation Code£, International Existing Building Code£, International Fire Code£, International Fuel Gas Code£, International Green Construction Code£, International Mechanical Code£, ICC Performance Code£, International Plumbing Code£, International
Private Sewage Disposal Code£, International Property Maintenance Code£, International Residential Code£, International Swimming Pool and Spa Code¥, International Wildland-Urban Interface
Code£ and International Zoning Code£.
The International Building Code provisions provide many benefits, among which is the model
code development process that offers an international forum for building professionals to discuss
performance and prescriptive code requirements. This forum provides an excellent arena to debate
proposed revisions. This model code also encourages international consistency in the application of
provisions.
Development
The first edition of the International Building Code (2000) was the culmination of an effort initiated
in 1997 by the ICC. This included five drafting subcommittees appointed by ICC and consisting of
representatives of the three statutory members of the International Code Council at that time,
including: Building Officials and Code Administrators International, Inc. (BOCA), International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO) and Southern Building Code Congress International (SBCCI). The
intent was to draft a comprehensive set of regulations for building systems consistent with and
inclusive of the scope of the existing model codes. Technical content of the latest model codes promulgated by BOCA, ICBO and SBCCI was utilized as the basis for the development, followed by public hearings in 1997, 1998 and 1999 to consider proposed changes. This 2015 edition presents the
code as originally issued, with changes reflected in the 2003, 2006, 2009 and 2012 editions and further changes approved by the ICC Code Development Process through 2014. A new edition such as
this is promulgated every 3 years.
This code is founded on principles intended to establish provisions consistent with the scope of a
building code that adequately protects public health, safety and welfare; provisions that do not
unnecessarily increase construction costs; provisions that do not restrict the use of new materials,
products or methods of construction; and provisions that do not give preferential treatment to particular types or classes of materials, products or methods of construction.
Adoption
The International Code Council maintains a copyright in all of its codes and standards. Maintaining
copyright allows the ICC to fund its mission through sales of books, in both print and electronic formats. The International Building Code is designed for adoption and use by jurisdictions that recognize and acknowledge the ICC’s copyright in the code, and further acknowledge the substantial
shared value of the public/private partnership for code development between jurisdictions and the
ICC.
The ICC also recognizes the need for jurisdictions to make laws available to the public. All
ICC codes and ICC standards, along with the laws of many jurisdictions, are available for free
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
iii
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
in a nondownloadable form on the ICC’s website. Jurisdictions should contact the ICC at
adoptions@iccsafe.org to learn how to adopt and distribute laws based on the International
Building Code in a manner that provides necessary access, while maintaining the ICC’s copyright.
Maintenance
The International Building Code is kept up to date through the review of proposed changes submitted by code enforcing officials, industry representatives, design professionals and other interested
parties. Proposed changes are carefully considered through an open code development process in
which all interested and affected parties may participate.
The contents of this work are subject to change through both the code development cycles and
the governmental body that enacts the code into law. For more information regarding the code
development process, contact the Codes and Standards Development Department of the International Code Council.
While the development procedure of the International Building Code ensures the highest degree
of care, the ICC, its members and those participating in the development of this code do not accept
any liability resulting from compliance or noncompliance with the provisions because the ICC does
not have the power or authority to police or enforce compliance with the contents of this code.
Only the governmental body that enacts the code into law has such authority.
Code Development Committee Responsibilities
(Letter Designations in Front of Section Numbers)
In each code development cycle, code change proposals to this code are considered at the Code
Development Hearings by 11 different code development committees. Four of these committees
have primary responsibility for designated chapters and appendices as follows:
IBC – Fire Safety
Code Development Committee [BF]: Chapters 7, 8, 9, 14, 26
IBC – General
Code Development Committee [BG]: Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 12, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33,
Appendices A, B, C, D, K
IBC – Means of Egress
Code Development Committee [BE]: Chapters 10, 11, Appendix E
IBC – Structural
Code Development Committee [BS]: Chapters 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25,
Appendices F, G, H, I, J, L, M
Code change proposals to sections of the code that are preceded by a bracketed letter designation, such as [A], will be considered by a committee other than the building code committee listed
for the chapter or appendix above. For example, proposed code changes to Section [F] 307.1.1 will
be considered by the International Fire Code Development Committee during the Committee Action
Hearing in the 2016 (Group B) code development cycle.
Another example is Section [BF] 1505.2. While code change proposals to Chapter 15 are primarily the responsibility of the IBC – Structural Code Development Committee, which considers code
change proposals during the 2016 (Group B) code development cycle, Section 1505.2 is the responsibility of the IBC – Fire Safety Code Development Committee, which considers code change proposals during the 2015 (Group A) code development cycle.
The bracketed letter designations for committees responsible for portions of this code are as follows:
[A] = Administrative Code Development Committee;
[BE] = IBC – Means of Egress Code Development Committee;
iv
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
[BF] = IBC – Fire Safety Code Development Committee;
[BG] = IBC – General Code Development Committee;
[BS] = IBC – Structural Code Development Committee;
[E] = International Energy Conservation Code Development Committee (Commercial Energy
Committee or Residential Energy Committee, as applicable);
[EB] = International Existing Building Code Development Committee;
[F] = International Fire Code Development Committee;
[FG] = International Fuel Gas Code Development Committee;
[M] = International Mechanical Code Development Committee; and
[P] = International Plumbing Code Development Committee.
For the development of the 2018 edition of the I-Codes, there will be three groups of code development committees and they will meet in separate years. Note that these are tentative groupings.
Group A Codes
(Heard in 2015, Code Change Proposals
Deadline: January 12, 2015)
International Building Code
– Fire Safety (Chapters 7, 8, 9, 14, 26)
– Means of Egress
(Chapters 10, 11, Appendix E)
– General (Chapters 2-6, 12, 27-33,
Appendices A, B, C, D, K)
International Fuel Gas Code
International Existing Building Code
International Mechanical Code
International Plumbing Code
International Private Sewage
Disposal Code
International Property Maintenance
Code
International Residential Code
– IRC - Mechanical (Chapters 12-24)
– IRC - Plumbing
(Chapters 25-33, Appendices G, I, N, P)
International Swimming Pool and Spa
Code
International Zoning Code
Group B Codes
(Heard in 2016, Code Change Proposals
Deadline: January 11, 2016)
Group C Codes
(Heard in 2017, Code Change Proposals
Deadline: January 11, 2017)
Administrative Provisions (Chapter 1 of
all codes except IRC and IECC, adminis- International
trative updates to currently referenced Code
standards, and designated definitions)
Green
Construction
International Building Code
– Structural
(Chapters 15-25, Appendices F, G,
H, I, J, L, M)
International Energy Conservation Code
International Fire Code
International Residential Code
– IRC - Building (Chapters 1-10,
Appendices E, F, H, J, K, L, M, O, R,
S, T, U)
International Wildland-Urban Interface
Code
Note: Proposed changes to the ICC Performance Code will be heard by the code development committee noted in brackets [ ]
in the text of the code.
Code change proposals submitted for code sections that have a letter designation in front of
them will be heard by the respective committee responsible for such code sections. Because different committees hold code development hearings in different years, proposals for this code will be
heard by committees in both the 2015 (Group A) and the 2016 (Group B) code development cycles.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
v
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
For instance, every section of Chapter 16 is the responsibility of the IBC – Structural Committee,
and, as noted in the preceding table, that committee will hold its committee action hearings in 2016
to consider code change proposals for the chapters for which it is responsible. Therefore any proposals received for Chapter 16 of this code will be assigned to the IBC – Structural Committee, which
will consider code change proposals in 2016, during the Group B code change cycle.
As another example, every section of Chapter 1 of this code is designated as the responsibility of
the Administrative Code Development Committee, and that committee is part of the Group B portion of the hearings. This committee will hold its committee action hearings in 2016 to consider all
code change proposals for Chapter 1 of this code and proposals for Chapter 1 of all I-Codes except
the International Energy Conservation Code, International Residential Code and ICC Performance
Code. Therefore, any proposals received for Chapter 1 of this code will be assigned to the Administrative Code Development Committee for consideration in 2016.
It is very important that anyone submitting code change proposals understand which code development committee is responsible for the section of the code that is the subject of the code change
proposal. For further information on the code development committee responsibilities, please visit
the ICC website at www.iccsafe.org/scoping.
Marginal Markings
Solid vertical lines in the margins within the body of the code indicate a technical change from the
requirements of the 2012 edition. Deletion indicators in the form of an arrow ( ¬) are provided in
the margin where an entire section, paragraph, exception or table has been deleted or an item in a
list of items or a table has been deleted.
A single asterisk [*] placed in the margin indicates that text or a table has been relocated within
the code. A double asterisk [**] placed in the margin indicates that the text or table immediately
following it has been relocated there from elsewhere in the code. The following table indicates such
relocations in the 2015 edition of the International Building Code.
vi
2015 LOCATION
2012 LOCATION
712.1.13.2
903.3.8 through 903.3.8.5
915
1006
1007
1019.3
1504.2
2111.2
Table 2308.5.11
2514
2902.3.6
3002.9
3006
711.3.2
903.3.5.1.1
908.7
1014.3, 1015, 1021
1015.2, 1021.3
1009.3
1711.2
2101.3.1
Table 2304.6
1911
1210.4
3004.4
713.14.1 and 713.14.1.1
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
Coordination between the International Building and Fire Codes
Because the coordination of technical provisions is one of the benefits of adopting the ICC family of
model codes, users will find the ICC codes to be a very flexible set of model documents. To accomplish this flexibility some technical provisions are duplicated in some of the model code documents.
While the International Codes are provided as a comprehensive set of model codes for the built
environment, documents are occasionally adopted as a stand-alone regulation. When one of the
model documents is adopted as the basis of a stand-alone code, that code should provide a complete package of requirements with enforcement assigned to the entity for which the adoption is
being made.
The model codes can also be adopted as a family of complementary codes. When adopted
together there should be no conflict of any of the technical provisions. When multiple model codes
are adopted in a jurisdiction, it is important for the adopting authority to evaluate the provisions in
each code document and determine how and by which agency(ies) they will be enforced. It is
important, therefore, to understand that where technical provisions are duplicated in multiple
model documents, the enforcement duties must be clearly assigned by the local adopting jurisdiction. ICC remains committed to providing state-of-the-art model code documents that, when
adopted locally, will reduce the cost to government of code adoption and enforcement and protect
the public health, safety and welfare.
Italicized Terms
Selected terms set forth in Chapter 2, Definitions, are italicized where they appear in code text
(except those in Sections 1903 through 1905, where italics indicate provisions that differ from ACI
318). Such terms are not italicized where the definition set forth in Chapter 2 does not impart the
intended meaning in the use of the term. The terms selected have definitions that the user should
read carefully to facilitate better understanding of the code.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
vii
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
viii
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
EFFECTIVE USE OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE
The International Building Code£ (IBC£) is a model code that provides minimum requirements to
safeguard the public health, safety and general welfare of the occupants of new and existing buildings and structures. The IBC is fully compatible with the ICC family of codes, including: International
Energy Conservation Code£ (IECC£), International Existing Building Code£ (IEBC£), International Fire
Code£ (IFC£), International Fuel Gas Code£ (IFGC£), International Green Construction Code£(IgCC£),
International Mechanical Code£ (IMC£), ICC Performance Code£ (ICCPC£), International Plumbing
Code£ (IPC£), International Private Sewage Disposal Code£ (IPSDC£), International Property Maintenance Code£ (IPMC£), International Residential Code£ (IRC£), International Swimming Pool and Spa
Code¥ (ISPSC¥), International Wildland-Urban Interface Code£ (IWUIC£) and International Zoning
Code£ (IZC£).
The IBC addresses structural strength, means of egress, sanitation, adequate lighting and ventilation, accessibility, energy conservation and life safety in regard to new and existing buildings, facilities and systems. The codes are promulgated on a 3-year cycle to allow for new construction
methods and technologies to be incorporated into the codes. Alternative materials, designs and
methods not specifically addressed in the code can be approved by the code official where the proposed materials, designs or methods comply with the intent of the provisions of the code (see Section 104.11).
The IBC applies to all occupancies, including one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses that
are not within the scope of the IRC. The IRC is referenced for coverage of detached one- and twofamily dwellings and townhouses as defined in the exception to Section 101.2 and the definition for
“Townhouse” in Chapter 2. The IRC can also be used for the construction of Live/Work units (as
defined in Section 419) and small bed and breakfast-style hotels where there are five or fewer guest
rooms and the hotel is owner occupied. The IBC applies to all types of buildings and structures
unless exempted. Work exempted from permits is listed in Section 105.2.
Arrangement and Format of the 2015 IBC
Before applying the requirements of the IBC, it is beneficial to understand its arrangement and format. The IBC, like other codes published by ICC, is arranged and organized to follow sequential steps
that generally occur during a plan review or inspection.
Chapters
1-2
3
Subjects
Administration and definitions
Use and occupancy classifications
4, 31
Special requirements for specific occupancies or elements
5-6
Height and area limitations based on type of construction
7-9
Fire resistance and protection requirements
10
Requirements for evacuation
11
Specific requirements to allow use and access to a building for persons with
disabilities
12-13, 27-30
14-26
Building systems, such as lighting, HVAC, plumbing fixtures, elevators
Structural components—performance and stability
32
Encroachment outside of property lines
33
Safeguards during construction
35
Referenced standards
Appendices A-M Appendices
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
ix
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
The IBC requirements for hazardous materials, fire-resistance-rated construction, interior finish,
fire protection systems, means of egress, emergency and standby power, and temporary structures
are directly correlated with the requirements of the IFC. The following chapters/sections of the IBC
are correlated to the IFC:
IBC
Chapter/Section
IFC
Chapter/Section
Subject
Sections 307, 414, 415
Chapters 50-67
Hazardous materials and Group H requirements
Chapter 7
Chapter 7
Fire-resistance-rated construction (Fire and
smoke protection features in the IFC)
Chapter 8
Chapter 8
Interior finish, decorative materials and
furnishings
Chapter 9
Chapter 9
Fire protection systems
Chapter 10
Chapter 10
Means of egress
Chapter 27
Section 604
Standby and emergency power
Section 3103
Chapter 31
Temporary structures
The IBC requirements for smoke control systems, and smoke and fire dampers are directly correlated to the requirements of the IMC. IBC Chapter 28 is a reference to the IMC and the IFGC for
chimneys, fireplaces and barbecues, and all aspects of mechanical systems. The following chapters/
sections of the IBC are correlated with the IMC:
IBC
Chapter/Section
IMC
Chapter/Section
Subject
Section 717
Section 607
Smoke and fire dampers
Section 909
Section 513
Smoke control
The IBC requirements for plumbing fixtures and toilet rooms are directly correlated to the
requirements of the IPC. The following chapters/sections of the IBC are correlated with the IPC:
IBC
Chapter/Section
IPC
Chapter/Section
Chapter 29
Chapters 3 & 4
Subject
Plumbing fixtures and facilities
The following is a chapter-by-chapter synopsis of the scope and intent of the provisions of the
International Building Code.
Chapter 1 Scope and Administration. Chapter 1 establishes the limits of applicability of the
code and describes how the code is to be applied and enforced. Chapter 1 is in two parts, Part 1—
Scope and Application (Sections 101-102) and Part 2—Administration and Enforcement (Sections
103-116). Section 101 identifies which buildings and structures come under its purview and references other ICC codes as applicable. Standards and codes are scoped to the extent referenced (see
Section 102.4).
The building code is intended to be adopted as a legally enforceable document and it cannot be
effective without adequate provisions for its administration and enforcement. The provisions of
Chapter 1 establish the authority and duties of the code official appointed by the jurisdiction having
authority and also establish the rights and privileges of the design professional, contractor and
property owner.
Chapter 2 Definitions. An alphabetical listing of all defined terms is located in Chapter 2. Defined
terms that are pertinent to a specific chapter or section are also found in that chapter or section
with a reference back to Chapter 2 for the definition. While a defined term may be listed in one
chapter or another, the meaning is applicable throughout the code.
Codes are technical documents and every word, term and punctuation mark can impact the
meaning of the code text and the intended results. The code often uses terms that have a unique
x
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
meaning in the code and the code meaning can differ substantially from the ordinarily understood
meaning of the term as used outside of the code. Where understanding of a term’s definition is
especially key to or necessary for understanding a particular code provision, the term is shown in
italics wherever it appears in the code.
The user of the code should be familiar with and consult this chapter because the definitions are
essential to the correct interpretation of the code. Where a term is not defined, such terms shall
have the ordinarily accepted meaning.
Chapter 3 Use and Occupancy Classification. Chapter 3 provides for the classification of
buildings, structures and parts thereof based on the purpose or purposes for which they are used.
Section 302 identifies the groups into which all buildings, structures and parts thereof must be classified. Sections 303 through 312 identify the occupancy characteristics of each group classification.
In some sections, specific group classifications having requirements in common are collectively
organized such that one term applies to all. For example, Groups A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5 are individual groups for assembly-type buildings. The general term “Group A,” however, includes each of
these individual groups. Other groups include Business (B), Educational (E), Factory (F-1, F-2), High
Hazard (H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4, H-5), Institutional (I-1, I-2, I-3, I-4), Mercantile (M), Residential (R-1, R-2,
R-3, R-4), Storage (S-1, S-2) and Utility (U). In some occupancies, the smaller number means a higher
hazard, but that is not always the case.
Defining the use of the buildings is very important as it sets the tone for the remaining chapters
of the code. Occupancy works with the height, area and construction type requirements in Chapters
5 and 6, as well as the special provisions in Chapter 4, to determine “equivalent risk,” or providing a
reasonable level of protection or life safety for building occupants. The determination of equivalent
risk involves three interdependent considerations: (1) the level of fire hazard associated with the
specific occupancy of the facility; (2) the reduction of fire hazard by limiting the floor area and the
height of the building based on the fuel load (combustible contents and burnable building components); and (3) the level of overall fire resistance provided by the type of construction used for the
building. The greater the potential fire hazards indicated as a function of the group, the lesser the
height and area allowances for a particular construction type.
Occupancy classification also plays a key part in organizing and prescribing the appropriate protection measures. As such, threshold requirements for fire protection and means of egress systems
are based on occupancy classification (see Chapters 9 and 10). Other sections of the code also contain requirements respective to the classification of building groups. For example, Section 706 specifies requirements for fire wall fire-resistance ratings that are tied to the occupancy classification of
a building and Section 803.11 contains interior finish requirements that are dependent upon the
occupancy classification. The use of the space, rather than the occupancy of the building, is utilized
for determining occupant loading (Section 1004) and live loading (Section 1607).
Over the useful life of a building, the activities in the building will evolve and change. Where the
provisions of the code address uses differently, moving from one activity to another or from one
level of activity to another is, by definition, a change of occupancy. The new occupancy must be in
compliance with the applicable provisions.
Chapter 4 Special Detailed Requirements Based On Use and Occupancy. Chapter 4 contains the requirements for protecting special uses and occupancies, which are supplemental to the
remainder of the code. Chapter 4 contains provisions that may alter requirements found elsewhere
in the code; however, the general requirements of the code still apply unless modified within the
chapter. For example, the height and area limitations established in Chapter 5 apply to all special
occupancies unless Chapter 4 contains height and area limitations. In this case, the limitations in
Chapter 4 supersede those in other sections. An example of this is the height and area limitations
for open parking garages given in Section 406.5.4, which supersede the limitations given in Sections
504 and 506.
In some instances, it may not be necessary to apply the provisions of Chapter 4. For example, if a
covered mall building complies with the provisions of the code for Group M, Section 402 does not
apply; however, other sections that address a use, process or operation must be applied to that specific occupancy, such as stages and platforms, special amusement buildings and hazardous materials
(Sections 410, 411 and 414).
The chapter includes requirements for buildings and conditions that apply to one or more
groups, such as high-rise buildings, underground buildings or atriums. Special uses may also imply
specific occupancies and operations, such as for Group H, hazardous materials, application of flam2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
xi
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
mable finishes, drying rooms, organic coatings and combustible storage or hydrogen fuel gas rooms,
all of which are coordinated with the IFC. Unique consideration is taken for special use areas, such
as covered mall buildings, motor-vehicle-related occupancies, special amusement buildings and aircraft-related occupancies. Special facilities within other occupancies are considered, such as stages
and platforms, motion picture projection rooms, children’s play structures and storm shelters.
Finally, in order that the overall package of protection features can be easily understood, unique
considerations for specific occupancies are addressed: Groups I-1, I-2, I-3, R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4, ambulatory care facilities and live/work units.
Chapter 5 General Building Heights and Areas. Chapter 5 contains the provisions that regu-
late the minimum type of construction for area limits and height limits based on the occupancy of
the building. Height and area increases (including allowances for basements, mezzanines and equipment platforms) are permitted based on open frontage for fire department access, and the type of
sprinkler protection provided and separation (Sections 503-506, 510). These thresholds are reduced
for buildings over three stories in height in accordance with Sections 506.2.3 and 506.2.4. Provisions
include the protection and/or separation of incidental uses (Table 509), accessory occupancies (Section 508.2) and mixed uses in the same building (Sections 506.2.2, 506.2.4, 508.3, 508.4 and 510).
Unlimited area buildings are permitted in certain occupancies when they meet special provisions
(Section 507).
Tables 504.3, 504.4 and 506.2 are the keystones in setting thresholds for building size based on
the building’s use and the materials with which it is constructed. If one then looks at Tables 504.3,
504.4 and 506.2, the relationship among group classification, allowable heights and areas and types
of construction becomes apparent. Respective to each group classification, the greater the fireresistance rating of structural elements, as represented by the type of construction, the greater the
floor area and height allowances. The greater the potential fire hazards indicated as a function of
the group, the lesser the height and area allowances for a particular construction type. In the 2015
edition, the table that once contained both height and area has been separated and these three
new tables address the topics individually. In addition, the tables list criteria for buildings containing
automatic sprinkler systems and those that do not.
Chapter 6 Types of Construction. The interdependence of these fire safety considerations can
be seen by first looking at Tables 601 and 602, which show the fire-resistance ratings of the principal
structural elements comprising a building in relation to the five classifications for types of construction. Type I construction is the classification that generally requires the highest fire-resistance ratings for structural elements, whereas Type V construction, which is designated as a combustible
type of construction, generally requires the least amount of fire-resistance-rated structural elements. The greater the potential fire hazards indicated as a function of the group, the lesser the
height and area allowances for a particular construction type. Section 603 includes a list of combustible elements that can be part of a noncombustible building (Types I and II construction).
Chapter 7 Fire and Smoke Protection Features. The provisions of Chapter 7 present the fun-
damental concepts of fire performance that all buildings are expected to achieve in some form. This
chapter identifies the acceptable materials, techniques and methods by which proposed construction can be designed and evaluated against to determine a building’s ability to limit the impact of
fire. The fire-resistance-rated construction requirements within Chapter 7 provide passive resistance to the spread and effects of fire. Types of separations addressed include fire walls, fire barriers, fire partitions, horizontal assemblies, smoke barriers and smoke partitions. A fire produces heat
that can weaken structural components and smoke products that cause property damage and place
occupants at risk. The requirements of Chapter 7 work in unison with height and area requirements
(Chapter 5), active fire detection and suppression systems (Chapter 9) and occupant egress requirements (Chapter 10) to contain a fire should it occur while helping ensure occupants are able to
safely exit.
Chapter 8 Interior Finishes. This chapter contains the performance requirements for controlling fire growth within buildings by restricting interior finish and decorative materials. Past fire
experience has shown that interior finish and decorative materials are key elements in the development and spread of fire. The provisions of Chapter 8 require materials used as interior finishes and
decorations to meet certain flame-spread index or flame-propagation criteria based on the relative
fire hazard associated with the occupancy. As smoke is also a hazard associated with fire, this chapter contains limits on the smoke development characteristics of interior finishes. The performance
of the material is evaluated based on test standards.
xii
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
Chapter 9 Fire Protection Systems. Chapter 9 prescribes the minimum requirements for active
systems of fire protection equipment to perform the following functions: detect a fire; alert the
occupants or fire department of a fire emergency; and control smoke and control or extinguish the
fire. Generally, the requirements are based on the occupancy, the height and the area of the building, because these are the factors that most affect fire-fighting capabilities and the relative hazard
of a specific building or portion thereof. This chapter parallels and is substantially duplicated in
Chapter 9 of the International Fire Code (IFC); however, the IFC Chapter 9 also contains periodic
testing criteria that are not contained in the IBC. In addition, the special fire protection system
requirements based on use and occupancy found in IBC Chapter 4 are duplicated in IFC Chapter 9 as
a user convenience.
Chapter 10 Means of Egress. The general criteria set forth in Chapter 10 regulating the design
of the means of egress are established as the primary method for protection of people in buildings
by allowing timely relocation or evacuation of building occupants. Both prescriptive and performance language is utilized in this chapter to provide for a basic approach in the determination of a
safe exiting system for all occupancies. It addresses all portions of the egress system (i.e., exit
access, exits and exit discharge) and includes design requirements as well as provisions regulating
individual components. The requirements detail the size, arrangement, number and protection of
means of egress components. Functional and operational characteristics also are specified for the
components that will permit their safe use without special knowledge or effort. The means of
egress protection requirements work in coordination with other sections of the code, such as protection of vertical openings (see Chapter 7), interior finish (see Chapter 8), fire suppression and
detection systems (see Chapter 9) and numerous others, all having an impact on life safety. Chapter
10 of the IBC is duplicated in Chapter 10 of the IFC; however, the IFC contains one additional section
on the means of egress system in existing buildings.
Chapter 11 Accessibility. Chapter 11 contains provisions that set forth requirements for accessibility of buildings and their associated sites and facilities for people with physical disabilities. The
fundamental philosophy of the code on the subject of accessibility is that everything is required to
be accessible. This is reflected in the basic applicability requirement (see Section 1103.1). The
code’s scoping requirements then address the conditions under which accessibility is not required
in terms of exceptions to this general mandate. While the IBC contains scoping provisions for accessibility (e.g., what, where and how many), ICC/ANSI A117.1, Accessible and Usable Buildings and
Facilities, is the referenced standard for the technical provisions (i.e., how).
There are many accessibility issues that not only benefit people with disabilities, but also provide
a tangible benefit to people without disabilities. This type of requirement can be set forth in the
code as generally applicable without necessarily identifying it specifically as an accessibility-related
issue. Such a requirement would then be considered as having been “mainstreamed.” For example,
visible alarms are located in Chapter 9 and accessible means of egress and ramp requirements are
addressed in Chapter 10.
Accessibility criteria for existing buildings are addressed in the International Existing Building
Code (IEBC).
Appendix E is supplemental information included in the code to address accessibility for items in
the 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design that were not typically enforceable through the standard traditional building code enforcement approach system (e.g., beds, room signage). The International Residential Code (IRC) references Chapter 11 for accessibility provisions; therefore, this
chapter may be applicable to housing covered under the IRC.
Chapter 12 Interior Environment. Chapter 12 provides minimum standards for the interior
environment of a building. The standards address the minimum sizes of spaces, minimum temperature levels, and minimum light and ventilation levels. The collection of requirements addresses limiting sound transmission through walls, ventilation of attic spaces and under floor spaces (crawl
spaces). Finally, the chapter provides minimum standards for toilet and bathroom construction,
including privacy shielding and standards for walls, partitions and floors to resist water intrusion
and damage.
Chapter 13 Energy Efficiency. The purpose of Chapter 13 is to provide minimum design
requirements that will promote efficient utilization of energy in buildings. The requirements are
directed toward the design of building envelopes with adequate thermal resistance and low air
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
xiii
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
leakage, and toward the design and selection of mechanical, water heating, electrical and illumination systems that promote effective use of depletable energy resources. For the specifics of these
criteria, Chapter 13 requires design and construction in compliance with the International Energy
Conservation Code (IECC).
Chapter 14 Exterior Walls. This chapter addresses requirements for exterior walls of buildings.
Minimum standards for wall covering materials, installation of wall coverings and the ability of the
wall to provide weather protection are provided. This chapter also requires exterior walls that are
close to lot lines, or that are bearing walls for certain types of construction, to comply with the minimum fire-resistance ratings specified in Chapters 6 and 7. The installation of each type of wall covering, be it wood, masonry, vinyl, metal composite material or an exterior insulation and finish
system, is critical to its long-term performance in protecting the interior of the building from the
elements and the spread of fire. Limitations on the use of combustible materials on exterior building elements such as balconies, eaves, decks and architectural trim are also addressed in this chapter.
Chapter 15 Roof Assemblies and Rooftop Structures. Chapter 15 provides standards for
both roof assemblies as well as structures that sit on top of the roof of buildings. The criteria
address roof construction and covering which includes the weather-protective barrier at the roof
and, in most circumstances, a fire-resistant barrier. The chapter is prescriptive in nature and is
based on decades of experience with various traditional materials, but it also addresses newer
products such as photovoltaic shingles. These prescriptive rules are very important for satisfying
performance of one type of roof covering or another. Section 1510 addresses rooftop structures,
including penthouses, tanks, towers and spires. Rooftop penthouses larger than prescribed in this
chapter must be treated as a story under Chapter 5.
Chapter 16 Structural Design. Chapter 16 prescribes minimum structural loading requirements
for use in the design and construction of buildings and structural components. It includes minimum
design loads, assignment of risk categories, as well as permitted design methodologies. Standards
are provided for minimum design loads (live, dead, snow, wind, rain, flood, ice and earthquake as
well as the required load combinations). The application of these loads and adherence to the serviceability criteria will enhance the protection of life and property. The chapter references and
relies on many nationally recognized design standards. A key standard is the American Society of
Civil Engineer’s Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE 7). Structural
design needs to address the conditions of the site and location. Therefore, maps are provided of
rainfall, seismic, snow and wind criteria in different regions.
Chapter 17 Special Inspections and Tests. Chapter 17 provides a variety of procedures and
criteria for testing materials and assemblies, labeling materials and assemblies and special inspection of structural assemblies. This chapter expands on the inspections of Chapter 1 by requiring special inspection where indicated and, in some cases, structural observation. It also spells out
additional responsibilities for the owner, contractor, design professionals and special inspectors.
Proper assembly of structural components, proper quality of materials used and proper application
of materials are essential to ensuring that a building, once constructed, complies with the structural
and fire-resistance minimums of the code and the approved design. To determine this compliance
often requires continuous or frequent inspection and testing. Chapter 17 establishes standards for
special inspection, testing and reporting of the work to the building official.
Chapter 18 Soils and Foundations. Chapter 18 provides criteria for geotechnical and structural
considerations in the selection, design and installation of foundation systems to support the loads
from the structure above. The chapter includes requirements for soils investigation and site preparation for receiving a foundation, including the allowed load-bearing values for soils and for protecting the foundation from water intrusion. Section 1808 addresses the basic requirements for all
foundation types. Later sections address foundation requirements that are specific to shallow foundations and deep foundations. Due care must be exercised in the planning and design of foundation
systems based on obtaining sufficient soils information, the use of accepted engineering procedures, experience and good technical judgment.
Chapter 19 Concrete. This chapter provides minimum accepted practices for the design and con-
struction of buildings and structural components using concrete—both plain and reinforced. Chap-
xiv
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
ter 19 relies primarily on the reference to American Concrete Institute (ACI) 318, Building Code
Requirements for Structural Concrete. The chapter also includes references to additional standards.
Structural concrete must be designed and constructed to comply with this code and all listed standards. There are specific sections of the chapter addressing concrete slabs, anchorage to concrete
and shotcrete. Because of the variable properties of material and numerous design and construction options available in the uses of concrete, due care and control throughout the construction
process is necessary.
Chapter 20 Aluminum. Chapter 20 contains standards for the use of aluminum in building con-
struction. Only the structural applications of aluminum are addressed. The chapter does not
address the use of aluminum in specialty products such as storefront or window framing or architectural hardware. The use of aluminum in heating, ventilating or air-conditioning systems is
addressed in the International Mechanical Code (IMC). The chapter references national standards
from the Aluminum Association for use of aluminum in building construction, AA ASM 35, Aluminum Sheet Metal Work in Building Construction, and AA ADM 1, Aluminum Design Manual. By utilizing the standards set forth, a proper application of this material can be obtained.
Chapter 21 Masonry. This chapter provides comprehensive and practical requirements for
masonry construction. The provisions of Chapter 21 require minimum accepted practices and the
use of standards for the design and construction of masonry structures. The provisions address:
material specifications and test methods; types of wall construction; criteria for engineered and
empirical designs; and required details of construction, including the execution of construction.
Masonry design methodologies including allowable stress design, strength design and empirical
design are covered by provisions of the chapter. Also addressed are masonry fireplaces and chimneys, masonry heaters and glass unit masonry. Fire-resistant construction using masonry is also
required to comply with Chapter 7. Masonry foundations are also subject to the requirements of
Chapter 18.
Chapter 22 Steel. Chapter 22 provides the requirements necessary for the design and construction of structural steel (including composite construction), cold-formed steel, steel joists, steel cable
structures and steel storage racks. The chapter specifies appropriate design and construction standards for these types of structures. It also provides a road map of the applicable technical requirements for steel structures. Because steel is a noncombustible building material, it is commonly
associated with Types I and II construction; however, it is permitted to be used in all types of construction. Chapter 22 requires that the design and use of steel materials be in accordance with the
specifications and standards of the American Institute of Steel Construction, the American Iron and
Steel Institute, the Steel Joist Institute and the American Society of Civil Engineers.
Chapter 23 Wood. This chapter provides minimum requirements for the design of buildings and
structures that use wood and wood-based products. The chapter is organized around three design
methodologies: allowable stress design (ASD), load and resistance factor design (LRFD) and conventional light-frame construction. Included in the chapter are references to design and manufacturing
standards for various wood and wood-based products; general construction requirements; design
criteria for lateral force-resisting systems and specific requirements for the application of the three
design methods. In general, only Type III, IV or V buildings may be constructed of wood.
Chapter 24 Glass and Glazing. This chapter establishes regulations for glass and glazing used in
buildings and structures that, when installed, are subjected to wind, snow and dead loads. Engineering and design requirements are included in the chapter. Additional structural requirements
are found in Chapter 16. Another concern of this chapter is glass and glazing used in areas where it
is likely to be impacted by the occupants. Section 2406 identifies hazardous locations where glazing
installed must either be safety glazing or blocked to prevent human impact. Safety glazing must
meet stringent standards and be appropriately marked or identified. Additional requirements are
provided for glass and glazing in guards, handrails, elevator hoistways and elevator cars, as well as
in athletic facilities.
Chapter 25 Gypsum Board, Gypsum Panel Products and Plaster. Chapter 25 contains the
provisions and referenced standards that regulate the design, construction and quality of gypsum
board, gypsum panel products and plaster. It also addresses reinforced gypsum concrete. These
represent the most common interior and exterior finish materials in the building industry. This
chapter primarily addresses quality-control-related issues with regard to material specifications and
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
xv
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
installation requirements. Most products are manufactured under the control of industry standards. The building official or inspector primarily needs to verify that the appropriate product is
used and properly installed for the intended use and location. While often simply used as wall and
ceiling coverings, proper design and application are necessary to provide weather resistance and
required fire protection for both structural and nonstructural building components.
Chapter 26 Plastic. The use of plastics in building construction and components is addressed in
Chapter 26. This chapter provides standards addressing foam plastic insulation, foam plastics used
as interior finish and trim, and other plastic veneers used on the inside or outside of a building. Plastic siding is regulated by Chapter 14. Sections 2606 through 2611 address the use of light-transmitting plastics in various configurations such as walls, roof panels, skylights, signs and as glazing.
Requirements for the use of fiber-reinforced polymers, fiberglass-reinforced polymers and reflective plastic core insulation are also contained in this chapter. Additionally, requirements specific to
the use of wood-plastic composites and plastic lumber are contained in this chapter. Some plastics
exhibit rapid flame spread and heavy smoke density characteristics when exposed to fire. Exposure
to the heat generated by a fire can cause some plastics to deform, which can affect their performance. The requirements and limitations of this chapter are necessary to control the use of plastic
and foam plastic products such that they do not compromise the safety of building occupants.
Chapter 27 Electrical. Since electrical systems and components are an integral part of almost all
structures, it is necessary for the code to address the installation of such systems. For this purpose,
Chapter 27 references the National Electrical Code (NEC). In addition, Section 2702 addresses emergency and standby power requirements. Such systems must comply with the International Fire Code
(IFC) and referenced standards. This section also provides references to the various code sections
requiring emergency and standby power, such as high-rise buildings and buildings containing hazardous materials.
Chapter 28 Mechanical Systems. Nearly all buildings will include mechanical systems. This
chapter provides references to the International Mechanical Code (IMC) and the International Fuel
Gas Code (IFGC) for the design and installation of mechanical systems. In addition, Chapter 21 of
this code is referenced for masonry chimneys, fireplaces and barbecues.
Chapter 29 Plumbing Systems. Chapter 29 regulates the minimum number of plumbing fixtures that must be provided for every type of building. This chapter also regulates the location of
the required fixtures in various types of buildings. This section requires separate facilities for males
and females except for certain types of small occupancies. The regulations in this chapter come
directly from Chapters 3 and 4 of the International Plumbing Code (IPC).
Chapter 30 Elevators and Conveying Systems. Chapter 30 provides standards for the installation of elevators into buildings. Referenced standards provide the requirements for the elevator
system and mechanisms. Detailed standards are provided in the chapter for hoistway enclosures,
machine rooms and requirements for sizing of elevators. Beginning in the 2015 edition, the elevator
lobby requirements were moved from Chapter 7 to Chapter 30 to pull all the elevator-related construction requirements together. New provisions were added in the 2009 edition of the International Building Code for Fire Service Access Elevators required in high-rise buildings and for the
optional choice of Occupant Evacuation Elevators (see Section 403).
Chapter 31 Special Construction. Chapter 31 contains a collection of regulations for a variety of
unique structures and architectural features. Pedestrian walkways and tunnels connecting two buildings are addressed in Section 3104. Membrane and air-supported structures are addressed by Section 3102. Safeguards for swimming pool safety are addressed by way of reference to the ISPSC in
Section 3109. Standards for temporary structures, including permit requirements are provided in
Section 3103. Structures as varied as awnings, marquees, signs, telecommunication and broadcast
towers and automatic vehicular gates are also addressed (see Sections 3105 through 3108 and 3110).
Chapter 32 Encroachments into the Public Right-of-way. Buildings and structures from
time to time are designed to extend over a property line and into the public right-of-way. Local regulations outside of the building code usually set limits to such encroachments, and such regulations
take precedence over the provisions of this chapter. Standards are provided for encroachments
below grade for structural support, vaults and areaways. Encroachments above grade are divided
into below 8 feet, 8 feet to 15 feet, and above 15 feet, because of headroom and vehicular height
xvi
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
issues. This includes steps, columns, awnings, canopies, marquees, signs, windows and balconies.
Similar architectural features above grade are also addressed. Pedestrian walkways must also comply with Chapter 31.
Chapter 33 Safeguards During Construction. Chapter 33 provides safety requirements during construction and demolition of buildings and structures. These requirements are intended to
protect the public from injury and adjoining property from damage. In addition the chapter provides for the progressive installation and operation of exit stairways and standpipe systems during
construction.
Chapter 34 Reserved. During the last code change cycle the membership voted to delete Chapter 34, Existing Structures, from the IBC and reference the IEBC. The provisions that were in Chapter
34 will appear in the International Existing Building Code (IEBC). Sections 3402 through 3411 are
repeated as IEBC Chapter 4 and Section 3412 as Chapter 14.
Chapter 35 Referenced Standards. The code contains numerous references to standards that
are used to regulate materials and methods of construction. Chapter 35 contains a comprehensive
list of all standards that are referenced in the code, including the appendices. The standards are
part of the code to the extent of the reference to the standard (see Section 102.4). Compliance with
the referenced standard is necessary for compliance with this code. By providing specifically
adopted standards, the construction and installation requirements necessary for compliance with
the code can be readily determined. The basis for code compliance is, therefore, established and
available on an equal basis to the building code official, contractor, designer and owner.
Chapter 35 is organized in a manner that makes it easy to locate specific standards. It lists all of
the referenced standards, alphabetically, by acronym of the promulgating agency of the standard.
Each agency’s standards are then listed in either alphabetical or numeric order based upon the standard identification. The list also contains the title of the standard; the edition (date) of the standard
referenced; any addenda included as part of the ICC adoption; and the section or sections of this
code that reference the standard.
Appendices. Appendices are provided in the IBC to offer optional or supplemental criteria to the
provisions in the main chapters of the code. Appendices provide additional information for administration of the Department of Building Safety as well as standards not typically administered by all
building departments. Appendices have the same force and effect as the first 35 chapters of the IBC
only when explicitly adopted by the jurisdiction.
Appendix A Employee Qualifications. Effective administration and enforcement of the family
of International Codes depends on the training and expertise of the personnel employed by the
jurisdiction and his or her knowledge of the codes. Section 103 of the code establishes the Department of Building Safety and calls for the appointment of a building official and deputies such as
plans examiners and inspectors. Appendix A provides standards for experience, training and certification for the building official and the other staff mentioned in Chapter 1.
Appendix B Board of Appeals. Section 113 of Chapter 1 requires the establishment of a board
of appeals to hear appeals regarding determinations made by the building official. Appendix B provides qualification standards for members of the board as well as operational procedures of such
board.
Appendix C Group U—Agricultural Buildings. Appendix C provides a more liberal set of
standards for the construction of agricultural buildings, rather than strictly following the Utility
building provision, reflective of their specific usage and limited occupant load. The provisions of the
appendix, when adopted, allow reasonable heights and areas commensurate with the risk of agricultural buildings.
Appendix D Fire Districts. Fire districts have been a tool used to limit conflagration hazards in
areas of a city with intense and concentrated development. More frequently used under the model
codes that preceded the International Building Code (IBC), the appendix is provided to allow jurisdictions to continue the designation and use of fire districts. Fire district standards restrict certain
occupancies within the district, as well as setting higher minimum construction standards.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
xvii
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
Appendix E Supplementary Accessibility Requirements. The Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (U.S. Access Board) has revised and updated its accessibility guidelines for buildings and facilities covered by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and the
Architectural Barriers Act (ABA). Appendix E includes scoping requirements contained in the 2010
ADA Standards for Accessible Design that are not in Chapter 11 and not otherwise mentioned or
mainstreamed throughout the code. Items in the appendix address subjects not typically addressed
in building codes (e.g., beds, room signage, transportation facilities).
Appendix F Rodentproofing. The provisions of this appendix are minimum mechanical methods
to prevent the entry of rodents into a building. These standards, when used in conjunction with
cleanliness and maintenance programs, can significantly reduce the potential of rodents invading a
building.
Appendix G Flood-resistant Construction. Appendix G is intended to fulfill the flood-plain
management and administrative requirements of the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) that
are not included in the code. Communities that adopt the International Building Code (IBC) and
Appendix G will meet the minimum requirements of NFIP as set forth in Title 44 of the Code of Federal Regulations.
Appendix H Signs. Appendix H gathers in one place the various code standards that regulate the
construction and protection of outdoor signs. Whenever possible, the appendix provides standards
in performance language, thus allowing the widest possible application.
Appendix I Patio Covers. Appendix I provides standards applicable to the construction and use
of patio covers. It is limited in application to patio covers accessory to dwelling units. Covers of
patios and other outdoor areas associated with restaurants, mercantile buildings, offices, nursing
homes or other nondwelling occupancies would be subject to standards in the main code and not
this appendix.
Appendix J Grading. Appendix J provides standards for the grading of properties. The appendix
also provides standards for administration and enforcement of a grading program including permit
and inspection requirements. Appendix J was originally developed in the 1960s and used for many
years in jurisdictions throughout the western states. It is intended to provide consistent and uniform code requirements anywhere grading is considered an issue.
Appendix K Administrative Provisions. Appendix K primarily provides administrative provisions for jurisdictions adopting and enforcing NFPA 70—the National Electrical Code (NEC). The provisions contained in this appendix are compatible with administrative and enforcement provisions
contained in Chapter 1 of the IBC and the other International Codes. Annex H of NFPA 70 also contains administrative provisions for the NEC; however, some of its provisions are not compatible with
IBC Chapter 1. Section K110 also contains technical provisions that are unique to this appendix and
are in addition to technical standards of NFPA 70.
Appendix L Earthquake Recording Instrumentation. The purpose of this appendix is to foster the collection of ground motion data, particularly from strong-motion earthquakes. When this
ground motion data is synthesized, it may be useful in developing future improvements to the
earthquake provisions of the code.
Appendix M Tsunami-Generated Flood Hazard. Addressing a tsunami risk for all types of
construction in a tsunami hazard zone through building code requirements would typically not be
cost effective, making tsunami-resistant construction impractical at an individual building level.
However, this appendix does allow the adoption and enforcement of requirements for tsunami hazard zones that regulate the presence of high risk or high hazard structures.
xviii
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
LEGISLATION
Jurisdictions wishing to adopt the 2015 International Building Code as an enforceable regulation governing structures and premises should ensure that certain factual information is included in the adopting legislation at the time adoption is being considered
by the appropriate governmental body. The following sample adoption legislation addresses several key elements, including the
information required for insertion into the code text.
SAMPLE LEGISLATION FOR ADOPTION OF
THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE
ORDINANCE NO.________
A[N] [ORDINANCE/STATUTE/REGULATION] of the [JURISDICTION] adopting the 2015 edition of the International Building Code,
regulating and governing the conditions and maintenance of all property, buildings and structures; by providing the standards for
supplied utilities and facilities and other physical things and conditions essential to ensure that structures are safe, sanitary and
fit for occupation and use; and the condemnation of buildings and structures unfit for human occupancy and use and the demolition of such structures in the [JURISDICTION]; providing for the issuance of permits and collection of fees therefor; repealing
[ORDINANCE/STATUTE/REGULATION] No. ______ of the [JURISDICTION] and all other ordinances or parts of laws in conflict
therewith.
The [GOVERNING BODY] of the [JURISDICTION] does ordain as follows:
Section 1. That a certain document, three (3) copies of which are on file in the office of the [TITLE OF JURISDICTION’S KEEPER
OF RECORDS] of [NAME OF JURISDICTION], being marked and designated as the International Building Code, 2015 edition,
including Appendix Chapters [FILL IN THE APPENDIX CHAPTERS BEING ADOPTED] (see International Building Code Section
101.2.1, 2015 edition), as published by the International Code Council, be and is hereby adopted as the Building Code of the
[JURISDICTION], in the State of [STATE NAME] for regulating and governing the conditions and maintenance of all property,
buildings and structures; by providing the standards for supplied utilities and facilities and other physical things and conditions
essential to ensure that structures are safe, sanitary and fit for occupation and use; and the condemnation of buildings and structures unfit for human occupancy and use and the demolition of such structures as herein provided; providing for the issuance of
permits and collection of fees therefor; and each and all of the regulations, provisions, penalties, conditions and terms of said
Building Code on file in the office of the [JURISDICTION] are hereby referred to, adopted, and made a part hereof, as if fully set
out in this legislation, with the additions, insertions, deletions and changes, if any, prescribed in Section 2 of this ordinance.
Section 2. The following sections are hereby revised:
Section 101.1. Insert: [NAME OF JURISDICTION]
Section 1612.3. Insert: [NAME OF JURISDICTION]
Section 1612.3. Insert: [DATE OF ISSUANCE]
Section 3. That [ORDINANCE/STATUTE/REGULATION] No. ______ of
[JURISDICTION] entitled [FILL IN HERE THE COMPLETE
TITLE OF THE LEGISLATION OR LAWS IN EFFECT AT THE PRESENT TIME SO THAT THEY WILL BE REPEALED BY DEFINITE MENTION] and all other ordinances or parts of laws in conflict herewith are hereby repealed.
Section 4. That if any section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of this legislation is, for any reason, held to be unconstitutional, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this ordinance. The [GOVERNING BODY] hereby
declares that it would have passed this law, and each section, subsection, clause or phrase thereof, irrespective of the fact that
any one or more sections, subsections, sentences, clauses and phrases be declared unconstitutional.
Section 5. That nothing in this legislation or in the Building Code hereby adopted shall be construed to affect any suit or proceeding impending in any court, or any rights acquired, or liability incurred, or any cause or causes of action acquired or existing, under any act or ordinance hereby repealed as cited in Section 3 of this law; nor shall any just or legal right or remedy of any
character be lost, impaired or affected by this legislation.
Section 6. That the [JURISDICTION’S KEEPER OF RECORDS] is hereby ordered and directed to cause this legislation to be published. (An additional provision may be required to direct the number of times the legislation is to be published and to specify
that it is to be in a newspaper in general circulation. Posting may also be required.)
Section 7. That this law and the rules, regulations, provisions, requirements, orders and matters established and adopted hereby
shall take effect and be in full force and effect [TIME PERIOD] from and after the date of its final passage and adoption.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
xix
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
xx
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION. . . . 1
311
Storage Group S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
312
Utility and Miscellaneous Group U . . . . . . . . . . . 51
PART 1—SCOPE AND APPLICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Section
CHAPTER 4
101
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
102
Applicability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
SPECIAL DETAILED
REQUIREMENTS BASED ON
USE AND OCCUPANCY . . . . . . . . . . 53
Section
PART 2—ADMINISTRATION AND
ENFORCEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
401
Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
402
Covered Mall and Open Mall Buildings . . . . . . . 53
103
Department of Building Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
403
High-rise Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
104
Duties and Powers of Building Official . . . . . . . . . 2
404
Atriums. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
105
Permits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
405
Underground Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
106
Floor and Roof Design Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
406
Motor-vehicle-related Occupancies . . . . . . . . . . . 62
107
Submittal Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
407
Group I-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
108
Temporary Structures and Uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
408
Group I-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
109
Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
409
Motion Picture Projection Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
110
Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
410
111
Certificate of Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Stages, Platforms and Technical
Production Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
112
Service Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
411
Special Amusement Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
113
Board of Appeals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
412
Aircraft-related Occupancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
114
Violations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
413
Combustible Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
115
Stop Work Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
414
Hazardous Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
116
Unsafe Structures and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
415
Groups H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 . . . . . . . . . . 81
416
Application of Flammable Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . 91
417
Drying Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
418
Organic Coatings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
CHAPTER 2
DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Section
201
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
419
Live/work Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
202
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
420
Groups I-1, R-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4 . . . . . . . . . . . 92
CHAPTER 3
USE AND OCCUPANCY
CLASSIFICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Section
301
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
302
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
303
Assembly Group A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
304
Business Group B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
305
Educational Group E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
421
Hydrogen Fuel Gas Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
422
Ambulatory Care Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
423
Storm Shelters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
424
Children’s Play Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
425
Hyperbaric Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
426
Combustible Dusts,
Grain Processing and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
CHAPTER 5
GENERAL BUILDING
HEIGHTS AND AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . 97
306
Factory Group F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
307
High-hazard Group H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Section
308
Institutional Group I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
501
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
309
Mercantile Group M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
502
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
310
Residential Group R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
503
General Building Height and Area Limitations . . 97
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
xxi
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
504
Building Height and Number of Stories. . . . . . . . 97
802
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
505
Mezzanines and Equipment Platforms . . . . . . . . . 98
803
Wall and Ceiling Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
506
Building Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
804
Interior Floor Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
507
Unlimited Area Buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
805
Combustible Materials in Types I
and II Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
508
Mixed Use and Occupancy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
509
Incidental Uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
806
Decorative Materials and Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Special Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
807
Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
808
Acoustical Ceiling Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
510
CHAPTER 6
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION . . . . . 113
CHAPTER 9
Section
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS . . . 209
601
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Section
602
Construction Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
901
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
603
Combustible Material in
Types I and II Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
902
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
903
Automatic Sprinkler Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
904
Alternative Automatic
Fire-extinguishing Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
905
Standpipe Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
CHAPTER 7
FIRE AND SMOKE
PROTECTION FEATURES . . . . . . . 117
Section
906
Portable Fire Extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
701
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
907
Fire Alarm and Detection Systems . . . . . . . . . . 223
702
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
908
Emergency Alarm Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
703
Fire-resistance Ratings and Fire Tests . . . . . . . . 117
909
Smoke Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
704
Fire-resistance Rating of
Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
910
Smoke and Heat Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
705
Exterior Walls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
911
Fire Command Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
706
Fire Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
912
Fire Department Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
707
Fire Barriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
913
Fire Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
708
Fire Partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
914
Emergency Responder Safety Features . . . . . . . 246
709
Smoke Barriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
915
Carbon Monoxide Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
710
Smoke Partitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
916
Emergency Responder Radio Coverage . . . . . . 248
711
Horizontal Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
CHAPTER 10 MEANS OF EGRESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
712
Vertical Openings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Section
713
Shaft Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
1001
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
714
Penetrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
1002
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
715
Fire-resistant Joint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
1003
General Means of Egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
716
Opening Protectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
1004
Occupant Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
717
Ducts and Air Transfer Openings. . . . . . . . . . . . 143
1005
Means of Egress Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
718
Concealed Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
1006
719
Fire-resistance Requirements for Plaster . . . . . . 150
Number of Exits and
Exit Access Doorways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
720
Thermal- and Sound-insulating Materials . . . . . 150
1007
721
Prescriptive Fire Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Exit and Exit Access
Doorway Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
722
Calculated Fire Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
1008
Means of Egress Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
1009
Accessible Means of Egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
CHAPTER 8
INTERIOR FINISHES . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Section
801
xxii
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
1010
Doors, Gates and Turnstiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
1011
Stairways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
1012
Ramps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1013
Exit Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
CHAPTER 13 ENERGY EFFICIENCY . . . . . . . . . . 317
1014
Handrails. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Section
1015
Guards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
1301
1016
Exit Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
1017
Exit Access Travel Distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
CHAPTER 14 EXTERIOR WALLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
1018
Aisles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Section
1019
Exit Access Stairways and Ramps . . . . . . . . . . . 278
1401
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
1020
Corridors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
1402
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
1021
Egress Balconies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
1403
Performance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
1022
Exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
1404
Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
1023
Interior Exit Stairways and Ramps. . . . . . . . . . . 280
1405
Installation of Wall Coverings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
1024
Exit Passageways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
1406
1025
Luminous Egress Path Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Combustible Materials on the
Exterior Side of Exterior Walls . . . . . . . . . . . 326
1026
Horizontal Exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
1407
Metal Composite Materials (MCM) . . . . . . . . . 327
1027
Exterior Exit Stairways and Ramps . . . . . . . . . . 285
1408
1028
Exit Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Exterior Insulation and
Finish Systems (EIFS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
1029
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
1409
High-pressure Decorative Exterior-grade
Compact Laminates (HPL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
1030
Emergency Escape and Rescue . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
1410
Plastic Composite Decking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
CHAPTER 11 ACCESSIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Section
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
CHAPTER 15 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND
ROOFTOP STRUCTURES . . . . . . . . 333
1101
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Section
1102
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
1501
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
1103
Scoping Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
1502
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
1104
Accessible Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
1503
Weather Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
1105
Accessible Entrances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
1504
Performance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
1106
Parking and Passenger Loading Facilities . . . . . 297
1505
Fire Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
1107
Dwelling Units and Sleeping Units . . . . . . . . . . 298
1506
Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
1108
Special Occupancies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
1507
Requirements for Roof Coverings . . . . . . . . . . . 336
1109
Other Features and Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
1508
Roof Insulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
1110
Recreational Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
1509
Radiant Barriers Installed Above Deck . . . . . . . 348
1111
Signage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
1510
Rooftop Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
1511
Reroofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
1512
Photovoltaic Panels and Modules . . . . . . . . . . . 351
CHAPTER 12 INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT . . . . . . 311
Section
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
CHAPTER 16 STRUCTURAL DESIGN. . . . . . . . . . 353
1202
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Section
1203
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
1601
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
1204
Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
1602
Definitions and Notations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
1205
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
1603
Construction Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
1206
Yards or Courts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
1604
General Design Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
1207
Sound Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
1605
Load Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
1208
Interior Space Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
1606
Dead Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
1209
Access to Unoccupied Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
1607
Live Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
1210
Toilet and Bathroom Requirements . . . . . . . . . . 315
1608
Snow Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
1201
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
xxiii
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1908
Shotcrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
1609
Wind Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
1610
Soil Lateral Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
1611
Rain Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
CHAPTER 20 ALUMINUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
1612
Flood Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Section
1613
Earthquake Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
2001
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
1614
Atmospheric Ice Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
2002
Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
1615
Structural Integrity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
CHAPTER 21 MASONRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
CHAPTER 17 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
AND TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Section
2101
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Section
2102
Definitions and Notations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
1701
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
2103
Masonry Construction Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
1702
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
2104
Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
1703
Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
2105
Quality Assurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
1704
Special Inspections and Tests,
Contractor Responsibility
and Structural Observation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
2106
Seismic Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
2107
Allowable Stress Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
2108
Strength Design of Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
1705
Required Special Inspections and Tests . . . . . . . 406
1706
Design Strengths of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
2109
Empirical Design of Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
1707
Alternative Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
2110
Glass Unit Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
1708
In-situ Load Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
2111
Masonry Fireplaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
1709
Preconstruction Load Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
2112
Masonry Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
2113
Masonry Chimneys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
CHAPTER 18 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS . . . . . . 417
CHAPTER 22 STEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Section
1801
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Section
1802
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
2201
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
1803
Geotechnical Investigations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
2202
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
1804
Excavation, Grading and Fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
2203
1805
Dampproofing and Waterproofing . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Identification and Protection of Steel
for Structural Purposes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
1806
Presumptive Load-bearing Values of Soils . . . . 421
2204
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
1807
Foundation Walls, Retaining Walls and
Embedded Posts and Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
2205
Structural Steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
2206
Composite Structural Steel and
Concrete Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
1808
Foundations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
1809
Shallow Foundations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
2207
Steel Joists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
1810
Deep Foundations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
2208
Steel Cable Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
2209
Steel Storage Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
CHAPTER 19 CONCRETE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
2210
Cold-formed Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Section
2211
Cold-formed Steel Light-frame Construction . . 471
1901
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
1902
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
CHAPTER 23 WOOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
1903
Specifications for Tests and Materials . . . . . . . . 447
Section
1904
Durability Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
2301
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
1905
Modifications to ACI 318. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
2302
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
1906
Structural Plain Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
2303
Minimum Standards and Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
1907
Minimum Slab Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
2304
General Construction Requirements . . . . . . . . . 477
xxiv
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
General Design Requirements for
Lateral Force-resisting Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 488
2603
Foam Plastic Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
2604
Interior Finish and Trim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
2306
Allowable Stress Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
2605
Plastic Veneer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
2307
Load and Resistance Factor Design . . . . . . . . . . 491
2606
Light-transmitting Plastics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
2308
Conventional Light-frame Construction. . . . . . . 491
2607
Light-transmitting Plastic Wall Panels . . . . . . . 562
2309
Wood Frame Construction Manual . . . . . . . . . . 539
2608
Light-transmitting Plastic Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . 563
2609
Light-transmitting Plastic Roof Panels . . . . . . . 563
2610
Light-transmitting Plastic Skylight Glazing . . . 564
2611
Light-transmitting Plastic Interior Signs . . . . . . 564
2612
Plastic Composites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
2305
CHAPTER 24 GLASS AND GLAZING . . . . . . . . . . 541
Section
2401
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
2402
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
2613
Fiber-reinforced Polymer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
2403
General Requirements for Glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
2614
Reflective Plastic Core Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . 566
2404
Wind, Snow, Seismic and
Dead Loads on Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
CHAPTER 27 ELECTRICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
2405
Sloped Glazing and Skylights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
Section
2406
Safety Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
2701
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
2407
Glass in Handrails and Guards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
2702
Emergency and Standby Power Systems . . . . . . 567
2408
Glazing in Athletic Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
2409
Glass in Walkways, Elevator Hoistways and
Elevator Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
CHAPTER 25 GYPSUM BOARD,
GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS
AND PLASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
Section
CHAPTER 28 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. . . . . . . . 569
Section
2801
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
CHAPTER 29 PLUMBING SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . 571
Section
2901
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
2902
Minimum Plumbing Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
2501
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
2502
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
2503
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
2504
Vertical and Horizontal Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . 549
CHAPTER 30 ELEVATORS AND
CONVEYING SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . 575
2505
Shear Wall Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
Section
2506
Gypsum Board and
Gypsum Panel Product Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
3001
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
3002
Hoistway Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
2507
Lathing and Plastering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
3003
Emergency Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
2508
Gypsum Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
3004
Conveying Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
2509
Showers and Water Closets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
3005
Machine Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
2510
Lathing and Furring for Cement
Plaster (Stucco). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
3006
Elevator Lobbies and
Hoistway Opening Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
2511
Interior Plaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
3007
Fire Service Access Elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
2512
Exterior Plaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
3008
Occupant Evacuation Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
2513
Exposed Aggregate Plaster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
2514
Reinforced Gypsum Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
CHAPTER 31 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . 583
Section
CHAPTER 26 PLASTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
3101
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Section
3102
Membrane Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
2601
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
3103
Temporary Structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
2602
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
3104
Pedestrian Walkways and Tunnels . . . . . . . . . . 584
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
xxv
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3106
Marquees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
APPENDIX C GROUP U—AGRICULTURAL
BUILDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
3107
Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Section
3108
Telecommunication and Broadcast Towers . . . . 586
C101
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
3109
Swimming Pool Enclosures and
Safety Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
C102
Allowable Height and Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
C103
Mixed Occupancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
3110
Automatic Vehicular Gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
C104
Exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
3111
Photovoltaic Panels and Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . 588
3105
Awnings and Canopies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
APPENDIX D FIRE DISTRICTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
CHAPTER 32 ENCROACHMENTS INTO THE
PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY . . . . . . . . 589
Section
D101
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
Section
D102
Building Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
3201
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
D103
Changes to Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
3202
Encroachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
D104
Buildings Located Partially in the
Fire District . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
CHAPTER 33 SAFEGUARDS DURING
CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
D105
Exceptions to Restrictions in Fire District . . . . . 628
D106
Referenced Standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
Section
3302
Construction Safeguards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
APPENDIX E SUPPLEMENTARY ACCESSIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
3303
Demolition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
Section
3304
Site Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
3305
Sanitary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
3306
Protection of Pedestrians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
3307
Protection of Adjoining Property . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
3308
Temporary Use of Streets, Alleys and
Public Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
3309
3310
3301
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
E101
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
E102
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
E103
Accessible Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
E104
Special Occupancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
E105
Other Features and Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
E106
Telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
Fire Extinguishers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
E107
Signage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
Means of Egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
E108
Bus Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
3311
Standpipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
E109
Transportation Facilities and Stations . . . . . . . . 634
3312
Automatic Sprinkler System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
E110
Airports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
3313
Water Supply for Fire Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
E111
Referenced Standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
CHAPTER 34 RESERVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
APPENDIX F RODENTPROOFING . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
CHAPTER 35 REFERENCED STANDARDS . . . . . 597
F101
APPENDIX A EMPLOYEE
QUALIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
APPENDIX G FLOOD-RESISTANT
CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
Section
Section
Section
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
A101
Building Official Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
G101
A102
Referenced Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
G102
Applicability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
G103
Powers and Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
APPENDIX B BOARD OF APPEALS. . . . . . . . . . . . 623
G104
Permits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
Section
G105
Variances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
G201
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
B101
xxvi
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
G301
Subdivisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
J107
Fills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
G401
Site Improvement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
J108
Setbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
G501
Manufactured Homes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
J109
Drainage and Terracing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
G601
Recreational Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
J110
Erosion Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
G701
Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
J111
Referenced Standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
G801
Other Building Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
G901
Temporary Structures and
Temporary Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
APPENDIX K ADMINISTRATIVE
PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
G1001 Utility and Miscellaneous Group U . . . . . . . . . . 644
Section
G1101 Referenced Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
K101
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
K102
Applicability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
APPENDIX H SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
K103
Permits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
Section
K104
Construction Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
Alternative Engineered Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
H101
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
K105
H102
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
K106
Required Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
H103
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
K107
Prefabricated Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
H104
Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
K108
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
H105
Design and Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
K109
Reconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
H106
Electrical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
K110
Condemning Electrical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
H107
Combustible Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
K111
Electrical Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
H108
Animated Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
H109
Ground Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
H110
Roof Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
H111
Wall Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
H112
Projecting Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
H113
Marquee Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
APPENDIX M TSUNAMI-GENERATED FLOOD
HAZARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
H114
Portable Signs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
M101
Tsunami-generated Flood Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . 661
H115
Referenced Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
M102
Referenced Standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
APPENDIX I
PATIO COVERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
APPENDIX L EARTHQUAKE RECORDING
INSTRUMENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . 659
L101
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
Section
I101
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
I102
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
I103
Exterior Walls and Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
I104
Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
I105
Structural Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
APPENDIX J GRADING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
Section
J101
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
J102
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
J103
Permits Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
J104
Permit Application and Submittals. . . . . . . . . . . 651
J105
Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
J106
Excavations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
xxvii
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
100334443
xxviii
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
CHAPTER 1
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
User note: Code change proposals to this chapter will be considered by the Administrative Code
Development Committee during the 2016 (Group B) Code Development Cycle. See explanation on page iv.
PART 1—SCOPE AND APPLICATION
SECTION 101
GENERAL
[A] 101.1 Title. These regulations shall be known as the
Building Code of [NAME OF JURISDICTION], hereinafter
referred to as “this code.”
[A] 101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to
the construction, alteration, relocation, enlargement, replacement, repair, equipment, use and occupancy, location, maintenance, removal and demolition of every building or
structure or any appurtenances connected or attached to such
buildings or structures.
Exception: Detached one- and two-family dwellings and
multiple single-family dwellings (townhouses) not more
than three stories above grade plane in height with a separate means of egress, and their accessory structures not
more than three stories above grade plane in height, shall
comply with the International Residential Code.
[A] 101.2.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices
shall not apply unless specifically adopted.
[A] 101.3 Intent. The purpose of this code is to establish the
minimum requirements to provide a reasonable level of
safety, public health and general welfare through structural
strength, means of egress facilities, stability, sanitation, adequate light and ventilation, energy conservation, and safety to
life and property from fire and other hazards attributed to the
built environment and to provide a reasonable level of safety
to fire fighters and emergency responders during emergency
operations.
[A] 101.4 Referenced codes. The other codes listed in Sections 101.4.1 through 101.4.7 and referenced elsewhere in
this code shall be considered part of the requirements of this
code to the prescribed extent of each such reference.
[A] 101.4.1 Gas. The provisions of the International Fuel
Gas Code shall apply to the installation of gas piping from
the point of delivery, gas appliances and related accessories as covered in this code. These requirements apply to
gas piping systems extending from the point of delivery to
the inlet connections of appliances and the installation and
operation of residential and commercial gas appliances
and related accessories.
[A] 101.4.2 Mechanical. The provisions of the International Mechanical Code shall apply to the installation,
alterations, repairs and replacement of mechanical systems, including equipment, appliances, fixtures, fittings
and/or appurtenances, including ventilating, heating, cool2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
ing, air-conditioning and refrigeration systems, incinerators and other energy-related systems.
[A] 101.4.3 Plumbing. The provisions of the International Plumbing Code shall apply to the installation, alteration, repair and replacement of plumbing systems,
including equipment, appliances, fixtures, fittings and
appurtenances, and where connected to a water or sewage
system and all aspects of a medical gas system. The provisions of the International Private Sewage Disposal Code
shall apply to private sewage disposal systems.
[A] 101.4.4 Property maintenance. The provisions of the
International Property Maintenance Code shall apply to
existing structures and premises; equipment and facilities;
light, ventilation, space heating, sanitation, life and fire
safety hazards; responsibilities of owners, operators and
occupants; and occupancy of existing premises and structures.
[A] 101.4.5 Fire prevention. The provisions of the International Fire Code shall apply to matters affecting or
relating to structures, processes and premises from the
hazard of fire and explosion arising from the storage, handling or use of structures, materials or devices; from conditions hazardous to life, property or public welfare in the
occupancy of structures or premises; and from the construction, extension, repair, alteration or removal of fire
suppression, automatic sprinkler systems and alarm systems or fire hazards in the structure or on the premises
from occupancy or operation.
[A] 101.4.6 Energy. The provisions of the International
Energy Conservation Code shall apply to all matters governing the design and construction of buildings for energy
efficiency.
[A] 101.4.7 Existing buildings. The provisions of the
International Existing Building Code shall apply to matters governing the repair, alteration, change of occupancy, addition to and relocation of existing buildings.
SECTION 102
APPLICABILITY
[A] 102.1 General. Where there is a conflict between a general requirement and a specific requirement, the specific
requirement shall be applicable. Where, in any specific case,
different sections of this code specify different materials,
methods of construction or other requirements, the most
restrictive shall govern.
[A] 102.2 Other laws. The provisions of this code shall not
be deemed to nullify any provisions of local, state or federal
law.
1
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
[A] 102.3 Application of references. References to chapter
or section numbers, or to provisions not specifically identified by number, shall be construed to refer to such chapter,
section or provision of this code.
[A] 102.4 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and
standards referenced in this code shall be considered part of
the requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each
such reference and as further regulated in Sections 102.4.1
and 102.4.2.
[A] 102.4.1 Conflicts. Where conflicts occur between provisions of this code and referenced codes and standards,
the provisions of this code shall apply.
[A] 102.4.2 Provisions in referenced codes and standards. Where the extent of the reference to a referenced
code or standard includes subject matter that is within the
scope of this code or the International Codes listed in Section 101.4, the provisions of this code or the International
Codes listed in Section 101.4, as applicable, shall take precedence over the provisions in the referenced code or standard.
[A] 102.5 Partial invalidity. In the event that any part or provision of this code is held to be illegal or void, this shall not
have the effect of making void or illegal any of the other parts
or provisions.
[A] 102.6 Existing structures. The legal occupancy of any
structure existing on the date of adoption of this code shall be
permitted to continue without change, except as otherwise
specifically provided in this code, the International Existing
Building Code, the International Property Maintenance Code
or the International Fire Code.
[A] 102.6.1 Buildings not previously occupied. A building or portion of a building that has not been previously
occupied or used for its intended purpose in accordance
with the laws in existence at the time of its completion
shall comply with the provisions of the International
Building Code or International Residential Code, as applicable, for new construction or with any current permit for
such occupancy.
[A] 102.6.2 Buildings previously occupied. The legal
occupancy of any building existing on the date of adoption
of this code shall be permitted to continue without change,
except as otherwise specifically provided in this code, the
International Fire Code or International Property Maintenance Code, or as is deemed necessary by the building
official for the general safety and welfare of the occupants
and the public.
[A] 103.2 Appointment. The building official shall be
appointed by the chief appointing authority of the jurisdiction.
[A] 103.3 Deputies. In accordance with the prescribed procedures of this jurisdiction and with the concurrence of the
appointing authority, the building official shall have the
authority to appoint a deputy building official, the related
technical officers, inspectors, plan examiners and other
employees. Such employees shall have powers as delegated
by the building official. For the maintenance of existing properties, see the International Property Maintenance Code.
SECTION 104
DUTIES AND POWERS OF BUILDING OFFICIAL
[A] 104.1 General. The building official is hereby authorized
and directed to enforce the provisions of this code. The building official shall have the authority to render interpretations
of this code and to adopt policies and procedures in order to
clarify the application of its provisions. Such interpretations,
policies and procedures shall be in compliance with the intent
and purpose of this code. Such policies and procedures shall
not have the effect of waiving requirements specifically provided for in this code.
[A] 104.2 Applications and permits. The building official
shall receive applications, review construction documents
and issue permits for the erection, and alteration, demolition
and moving of buildings and structures, inspect the premises
for which such permits have been issued and enforce compliance with the provisions of this code.
[A] 104.2.1 Determination of substantially improved or
substantially damaged existing buildings and structures in flood hazard areas. For applications for reconstruction, rehabilitation, repair, alteration, addition or
other improvement of existing buildings or structures
located in flood hazard areas, the building official shall
determine if the proposed work constitutes substantial
improvement or repair of substantial damage. Where the
building official determines that the proposed work constitutes substantial improvement or repair of substantial
damage, and where required by this code, the building
official shall require the building to meet the requirements
of Section 1612.
[A] 104.3 Notices and orders. The building official shall
issue necessary notices or orders to ensure compliance with
this code.
SECTION 103
DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING SAFETY
[A] 104.4 Inspections. The building official shall make the
required inspections, or the building official shall have the
authority to accept reports of inspection by approved agencies or individuals. Reports of such inspections shall be in
writing and be certified by a responsible officer of such
approved agency or by the responsible individual. The building official is authorized to engage such expert opinion as
deemed necessary to report upon unusual technical issues that
arise, subject to the approval of the appointing authority.
[A] 103.1 Creation of enforcement agency. The Department of Building Safety is hereby created and the official in
charge thereof shall be known as the building official.
[A] 104.5 Identification. The building official shall carry
proper identification when inspecting structures or premises
in the performance of duties under this code.
PART 2—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
2
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
[A] 104.6 Right of entry. Where it is necessary to make an
inspection to enforce the provisions of this code, or where the
building official has reasonable cause to believe that there
exists in a structure or upon a premises a condition that is
contrary to or in violation of this code that makes the structure or premises unsafe, dangerous or hazardous, the building
official is authorized to enter the structure or premises at reasonable times to inspect or to perform the duties imposed by
this code, provided that if such structure or premises be occupied that credentials be presented to the occupant and entry
requested. If such structure or premises is unoccupied, the
building official shall first make a reasonable effort to locate
the owner or other person having charge or control of the
structure or premises and request entry. If entry is refused, the
building official shall have recourse to the remedies provided
by law to secure entry.
[A] 104.7 Department records. The building official shall
keep official records of applications received, permits and
certificates issued, fees collected, reports of inspections, and
notices and orders issued. Such records shall be retained in
the official records for the period required for retention of
public records.
[A] 104.8 Liability. The building official, member of the
board of appeals or employee charged with the enforcement
of this code, while acting for the jurisdiction in good faith and
without malice in the discharge of the duties required by this
code or other pertinent law or ordinance, shall not thereby be
civilly or criminally rendered liable personally and is hereby
relieved from personal liability for any damage accruing to
persons or property as a result of any act or by reason of an
act or omission in the discharge of official duties.
[A] 104.8.1 Legal defense. Any suit or criminal complaint
instituted against an officer or employee because of an act
performed by that officer or employee in the lawful discharge of duties and under the provisions of this code shall
be defended by legal representatives of the jurisdiction
until the final termination of the proceedings. The building
official or any subordinate shall not be liable for cost in
any action, suit or proceeding that is instituted in pursuance of the provisions of this code.
[A] 104.9 Approved materials and equipment. Materials,
equipment and devices approved by the building official shall
be constructed and installed in accordance with such
approval.
[A] 104.9.1 Used materials and equipment. The use of
used materials that meet the requirements of this code for
new materials is permitted. Used equipment and devices
shall not be reused unless approved by the building official.
[A] 104.10 Modifications. Where there are practical difficulties involved in carrying out the provisions of this code, the
building official shall have the authority to grant modifications for individual cases, upon application of the owner or
the owner’s authorized agent, provided that the building official shall first find that special individual reason makes the
strict letter of this code impractical, the modification is in
compliance with the intent and purpose of this code and that
such modification does not lessen health, accessibility, life
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
and fire safety or structural requirements. The details of
action granting modifications shall be recorded and entered in
the files of the department of building safety.
[A] 104.10.1 Flood hazard areas. The building official
shall not grant modifications to any provision required in
flood hazard areas as established by Section 1612.3 unless
a determination has been made that:
1. A showing of good and sufficient cause that the
unique characteristics of the size, configuration or
topography of the site render the elevation standards
of Section 1612 inappropriate.
2. A determination that failure to grant the variance
would result in exceptional hardship by rendering
the lot undevelopable.
3. A determination that the granting of a variance will
not result in increased flood heights, additional
threats to public safety, extraordinary public
expense, cause fraud on or victimization of the public, or conflict with existing laws or ordinances.
4. A determination that the variance is the minimum
necessary to afford relief, considering the flood hazard.
5. Submission to the applicant of written notice specifying the difference between the design flood elevation and the elevation to which the building is to be
built, stating that the cost of flood insurance will be
commensurate with the increased risk resulting from
the reduced floor elevation, and stating that construction below the design flood elevation increases
risks to life and property.
[A] 104.11 Alternative materials, design and methods of
construction and equipment. The provisions of this code
are not intended to prevent the installation of any material or
to prohibit any design or method of construction not specifically prescribed by this code, provided that any such alternative has been approved. An alternative material, design or
method of construction shall be approved where the building
official finds that the proposed design is satisfactory and
complies with the intent of the provisions of this code, and
that the material, method or work offered is, for the purpose
intended, not less than the equivalent of that prescribed in this
code in quality, strength, effectiveness, fire resistance, durability and safety. Where the alternative material, design or
method of construction is not approved, the building official
shall respond in writing, stating the reasons why the alternative was not approved.
[A] 104.11.1 Research reports. Supporting data, where
necessary to assist in the approval of materials or assemblies not specifically provided for in this code, shall consist of valid research reports from approved sources.
[A] 104.11.2 Tests. Whenever there is insufficient evidence of compliance with the provisions of this code, or
evidence that a material or method does not conform to the
requirements of this code, or in order to substantiate
claims for alternative materials or methods, the building
official shall have the authority to require tests as evidence
of compliance to be made at no expense to the jurisdiction.
3
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
Test methods shall be as specified in this code or by other
recognized test standards. In the absence of recognized
and accepted test methods, the building official shall
approve the testing procedures. Tests shall be performed
by an approved agency. Reports of such tests shall be
retained by the building official for the period required for
retention of public records.
SECTION 105
PERMITS
[A] 105.1 Required. Any owner or owner’s authorized agent
who intends to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, demolish or change the occupancy of a building or structure, or to
erect, install, enlarge, alter, repair, remove, convert or
replace any electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing system,
the installation of which is regulated by this code, or to cause
any such work to be performed, shall first make application to
the building official and obtain the required permit.
[A] 105.1.1 Annual permit. Instead of an individual permit for each alteration to an already approved electrical,
gas, mechanical or plumbing installation, the building official is authorized to issue an annual permit upon application therefor to any person, firm or corporation regularly
employing one or more qualified tradepersons in the building, structure or on the premises owned or operated by the
applicant for the permit.
[A] 105.1.2 Annual permit records. The person to whom
an annual permit is issued shall keep a detailed record of
alterations made under such annual permit. The building
official shall have access to such records at all times or
such records shall be filed with the building official as designated.
[A] 105.2 Work exempt from permit. Exemptions from
permit requirements of this code shall not be deemed to grant
authorization for any work to be done in any manner in violation of the provisions of this code or any other laws or ordinances of this jurisdiction. Permits shall not be required for
the following:
Building:
1. One-story detached accessory structures used as
tool and storage sheds, playhouses and similar
uses, provided the floor area is not greater than
120 square feet (11 m2).
2. Fences not over 7 feet (2134 mm) high.
7. Painting, papering, tiling, carpeting, cabinets,
counter tops and similar finish work.
8. Temporary motion picture, television and theater
stage sets and scenery.
9. Prefabricated swimming pools accessory to a
Group R-3 occupancy that are less than 24 inches
(610 mm) deep, are not greater than 5,000 gallons
(18 925 L) and are installed entirely above ground.
10. Shade cloth structures constructed for nursery or
agricultural purposes, not including service systems.
11. Swings and other playground equipment accessory
to detached one- and two-family dwellings.
12. Window awnings in Group R-3 and U occupancies, supported by an exterior wall that do not
project more than 54 inches (1372 mm) from the
exterior wall and do not require additional support.
13. Nonfixed and movable fixtures, cases, racks,
counters and partitions not over 5 feet 9 inches
(1753 mm) in height.
Electrical:
Repairs and maintenance: Minor repair work, including the replacement of lamps or the connection of
approved portable electrical equipment to approved
permanently installed receptacles.
Radio and television transmitting stations: The provisions of this code shall not apply to electrical equipment used for radio and television transmissions, but do
apply to equipment and wiring for a power supply and
the installations of towers and antennas.
Temporary testing systems: A permit shall not be
required for the installation of any temporary system
required for the testing or servicing of electrical equipment or apparatus.
Gas:
1. Portable heating appliance.
2. Replacement of any minor part that does not alter
approval of equipment or make such equipment
unsafe.
Mechanical:
3. Oil derricks.
1. Portable heating appliance.
4. Retaining walls that are not over 4 feet (1219 mm)
in height measured from the bottom of the footing
to the top of the wall, unless supporting a surcharge or impounding Class I, II or IIIA liquids.
2. Portable ventilation equipment.
5. Water tanks supported directly on grade if the
capacity is not greater than 5,000 gallons (18 925
L) and the ratio of height to diameter or width is
not greater than 2:1.
4
6. Sidewalks and driveways not more than 30 inches
(762 mm) above adjacent grade, and not over any
basement or story below and are not part of an
accessible route.
3. Portable cooling unit.
4. Steam, hot or chilled water piping within any heating or cooling equipment regulated by this code.
5. Replacement of any part that does not alter its
approval or make it unsafe.
6. Portable evaporative cooler.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
7. Self-contained refrigeration system containing 10
pounds (4.54 kg) or less of refrigerant and actuated
by motors of 1 horsepower (0.75 kW) or less.
Plumbing:
1. The stopping of leaks in drains, water, soil, waste or
vent pipe, provided, however, that if any concealed
trap, drain pipe, water, soil, waste or vent pipe
becomes defective and it becomes necessary to
remove and replace the same with new material,
such work shall be considered as new work and a
permit shall be obtained and inspection made as provided in this code.
2. The clearing of stoppages or the repairing of leaks in
pipes, valves or fixtures and the removal and reinstallation of water closets, provided such repairs do
not involve or require the replacement or rearrangement of valves, pipes or fixtures.
[A] 105.2.1 Emergency repairs. Where equipment
replacements and repairs must be performed in an emergency situation, the permit application shall be submitted
within the next working business day to the building official.
[A] 105.2.2 Repairs. Application or notice to the building
official is not required for ordinary repairs to structures,
replacement of lamps or the connection of approved portable electrical equipment to approved permanently installed
receptacles. Such repairs shall not include the cutting
away of any wall, partition or portion thereof, the removal
or cutting of any structural beam or load-bearing support,
or the removal or change of any required means of egress,
or rearrangement of parts of a structure affecting the
egress requirements; nor shall ordinary repairs include
addition to, alteration of, replacement or relocation of any
standpipe, water supply, sewer, drainage, drain leader, gas,
soil, waste, vent or similar piping, electric wiring or
mechanical or other work affecting public health or general safety.
[A] 105.2.3 Public service agencies. A permit shall not be
required for the installation, alteration or repair of generation, transmission, distribution or metering or other related
equipment that is under the ownership and control of public service agencies by established right.
[A] 105.3 Application for permit. To obtain a permit, the
applicant shall first file an application therefor in writing on a
form furnished by the department of building safety for that
purpose. Such application shall:
1. Identify and describe the work to be covered by the
permit for which application is made.
2. Describe the land on which the proposed work is to be
done by legal description, street address or similar
description that will readily identify and definitely
locate the proposed building or work.
3. Indicate the use and occupancy for which the proposed
work is intended.
4. Be accompanied by construction documents and other
information as required in Section 107.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
5. State the valuation of the proposed work.
6. Be signed by the applicant, or the applicant’s authorized agent.
7. Give such other data and information as required by the
building official.
[A] 105.3.1 Action on application. The building official
shall examine or cause to be examined applications for
permits and amendments thereto within a reasonable time
after filing. If the application or the construction documents do not conform to the requirements of pertinent
laws, the building official shall reject such application in
writing, stating the reasons therefor. If the building official
is satisfied that the proposed work conforms to the requirements of this code and laws and ordinances applicable
thereto, the building official shall issue a permit therefor as
soon as practicable.
[A] 105.3.2 Time limitation of application. An application for a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to
have been abandoned 180 days after the date of filing,
unless such application has been pursued in good faith or a
permit has been issued; except that the building official is
authorized to grant one or more extensions of time for
additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause
demonstrated.
[A] 105.4 Validity of permit. The issuance or granting of a
permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an
approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of this
code or of any other ordinance of the jurisdiction. Permits
presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall
not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction
documents and other data shall not prevent the building official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction
documents and other data. The building official is authorized
to prevent occupancy or use of a structure where in violation
of this code or of any other ordinances of this jurisdiction.
[A] 105.5 Expiration. Every permit issued shall become
invalid unless the work on the site authorized by such permit
is commenced within 180 days after its issuance, or if the
work authorized on the site by such permit is suspended or
abandoned for a period of 180 days after the time the work is
commenced. The building official is authorized to grant, in
writing, one or more extensions of time, for periods not more
than 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated.
[A] 105.6 Suspension or revocation. The building official is
authorized to suspend or revoke a permit issued under the
provisions of this code wherever the permit is issued in error
or on the basis of incorrect, inaccurate or incomplete information, or in violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of
the provisions of this code.
[A] 105.7 Placement of permit. The building permit or copy
shall be kept on the site of the work until the completion of
the project.
5
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
SECTION 106
FLOOR AND ROOF DESIGN LOADS
[A] 106.1 Live loads posted. In commercial or industrial
buildings, for each floor or portion thereof designed for live
loads exceeding 50 psf (2.40 kN/m2), such design live loads
shall be conspicuously posted by the owner or the owner’s
authorized agent in that part of each story in which they
apply, using durable signs. It shall be unlawful to remove or
deface such notices.
[A] 106.2 Issuance of certificate of occupancy. A certificate
of occupancy required by Section 111 shall not be issued
until the floor load signs, required by Section 106.1, have
been installed.
[A] 106.3 Restrictions on loading. It shall be unlawful to
place, or cause or permit to be placed, on any floor or roof of
a building, structure or portion thereof, a load greater than is
permitted by this code.
SECTION 107
SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS
[A] 107.1 General. Submittal documents consisting of construction documents, statement of special inspections, geotechnical report and other data shall be submitted in two or
more sets with each permit application. The construction documents shall be prepared by a registered design professional
where required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the
project is to be constructed. Where special conditions exist,
the building official is authorized to require additional construction documents to be prepared by a registered design
professional.
Exception: The building official is authorized to waive the
submission of construction documents and other data not
required to be prepared by a registered design professional
if it is found that the nature of the work applied for is such
that review of construction documents is not necessary to
obtain compliance with this code.
[A] 107.2 Construction documents. Construction documents shall be in accordance with Sections 107.2.1 through
107.2.6.
[A] 107.2.1 Information on construction documents.
Construction documents shall be dimensioned and drawn
upon suitable material. Electronic media documents are
permitted to be submitted where approved by the building
official. Construction documents shall be of sufficient
clarity to indicate the location, nature and extent of the
work proposed and show in detail that it will conform to
the provisions of this code and relevant laws, ordinances,
rules and regulations, as determined by the building official.
[A] 107.2.2 Fire protection system shop drawings. Shop
drawings for the fire protection system(s) shall be submitted to indicate conformance to this code and the construction documents and shall be approved prior to the start of
system installation. Shop drawings shall contain all information as required by the referenced installation standards
in Chapter 9.
6
[A] 107.2.3 Means of egress. The construction documents
shall show in sufficient detail the location, construction,
size and character of all portions of the means of egress
including the path of the exit discharge to the public way
in compliance with the provisions of this code. In other
than occupancies in Groups R-2, R-3, and I-1, the construction documents shall designate the number of occupants to be accommodated on every floor, and in all rooms
and spaces.
[A] 107.2.4 Exterior wall envelope. Construction documents for all buildings shall describe the exterior wall
envelope in sufficient detail to determine compliance with
this code. The construction documents shall provide
details of the exterior wall envelope as required, including
flashing, intersections with dissimilar materials, corners,
end details, control joints, intersections at roof, eaves or
parapets, means of drainage, water-resistive membrane
and details around openings.
The construction documents shall include manufacturer’s installation instructions that provide supporting
documentation that the proposed penetration and opening
details described in the construction documents maintain
the weather resistance of the exterior wall envelope. The
supporting documentation shall fully describe the exterior
wall system that was tested, where applicable, as well as
the test procedure used.
[A] 107.2.5 Site plan. The construction documents submitted with the application for permit shall be accompanied by a site plan showing to scale the size and location
of new construction and existing structures on the site, distances from lot lines, the established street grades and the
proposed finished grades and, as applicable, flood hazard
areas, floodways, and design flood elevations; and it shall
be drawn in accordance with an accurate boundary line
survey. In the case of demolition, the site plan shall show
construction to be demolished and the location and size of
existing structures and construction that are to remain on
the site or plot. The building official is authorized to waive
or modify the requirement for a site plan where the application for permit is for alteration or repair or where otherwise warranted.
[A] 107.2.5.1 Design flood elevations. Where design
flood elevations are not specified, they shall be established in accordance with Section 1612.3.1.
[A] 107.2.6 Structural information. The construction
documents shall provide the information specified in Section 1603.
[A] 107.3 Examination of documents. The building official
shall examine or cause to be examined the accompanying
submittal documents and shall ascertain by such examinations whether the construction indicated and described is in
accordance with the requirements of this code and other pertinent laws or ordinances.
[A] 107.3.1 Approval of construction documents. When
the building official issues a permit, the construction documents shall be approved, in writing or by stamp, as
“Reviewed for Code Compliance.” One set of construction documents so reviewed shall be retained by the build2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
ing official. The other set shall be returned to the
applicant, shall be kept at the site of work and shall be
open to inspection by the building official or a duly authorized representative.
[A] 107.3.2 Previous approvals. This code shall not
require changes in the construction documents, construction or designated occupancy of a structure for which a
lawful permit has been heretofore issued or otherwise lawfully authorized, and the construction of which has been
pursued in good faith within 180 days after the effective
date of this code and has not been abandoned.
[A] 107.3.3 Phased approval. The building official is
authorized to issue a permit for the construction of foundations or any other part of a building or structure before the
construction documents for the whole building or structure
have been submitted, provided that adequate information
and detailed statements have been filed complying with
pertinent requirements of this code. The holder of such
permit for the foundation or other parts of a building or
structure shall proceed at the holder’s own risk with the
building operation and without assurance that a permit for
the entire structure will be granted.
[A] 107.3.4 Design professional in responsible charge.
Where it is required that documents be prepared by a registered design professional, the building official shall be
authorized to require the owner or the owner’s authorized
agent to engage and designate on the building permit
application a registered design professional who shall act
as the registered design professional in responsible
charge. If the circumstances require, the owner or the
owner’s authorized agent shall designate a substitute registered design professional in responsible charge who
shall perform the duties required of the original registered
design professional in responsible charge. The building
official shall be notified in writing by the owner or the
owner’s authorized agent if the registered design professional in responsible charge is changed or is unable to
continue to perform the duties.
¬
The registered design professional in responsible
charge shall be responsible for reviewing and coordinating
submittal documents prepared by others, including phased
and deferred submittal items, for compatibility with the
design of the building.
[A] 107.3.4.1 Deferred submittals. Deferral of any
submittal items shall have the prior approval of the
building official. The registered design professional in
responsible charge shall list the deferred submittals on
the construction documents for review by the building
official.
Documents for deferred submittal items shall be submitted to the registered design professional in responsible charge who shall review them and forward them
to the building official with a notation indicating that
the deferred submittal documents have been reviewed
and found to be in general conformance to the design of
the building. The deferred submittal items shall not be
installed until the deferred submittal documents have
been approved by the building official.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
[A] 107.4 Amended construction documents. Work shall
be installed in accordance with the approved construction
documents, and any changes made during construction that
are not in compliance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval as an amended set of
construction documents.
[A] 107.5 Retention of construction documents. One set of
approved construction documents shall be retained by the
building official for a period of not less than 180 days from
date of completion of the permitted work, or as required by
state or local laws.
SECTION 108
TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND USES
[A] 108.1 General. The building official is authorized to
issue a permit for temporary structures and temporary uses.
Such permits shall be limited as to time of service, but shall
not be permitted for more than 180 days. The building official
is authorized to grant extensions for demonstrated cause.
[A] 108.2 Conformance. Temporary structures and uses
shall comply with the requirements in Section 3103.
[A] 108.3 Temporary power. The building official is authorized to give permission to temporarily supply and use power
in part of an electric installation before such installation has
been fully completed and the final certificate of completion
has been issued. The part covered by the temporary certificate
shall comply with the requirements specified for temporary
lighting, heat or power in NFPA 70.
[A] 108.4 Termination of approval. The building official is
authorized to terminate such permit for a temporary structure
or use and to order the temporary structure or use to be discontinued.
SECTION 109
FEES
[A] 109.1 Payment of fees. A permit shall not be valid until
the fees prescribed by law have been paid, nor shall an
amendment to a permit be released until the additional fee, if
any, has been paid.
[A] 109.2 Schedule of permit fees. On buildings, structures,
electrical, gas, mechanical, and plumbing systems or alterations requiring a permit, a fee for each permit shall be paid as
required, in accordance with the schedule as established by
the applicable governing authority.
[A] 109.3 Building permit valuations. The applicant for a
permit shall provide an estimated permit value at time of
application. Permit valuations shall include total value of
work, including materials and labor, for which the permit is
being issued, such as electrical, gas, mechanical, plumbing
equipment and permanent systems. If, in the opinion of the
building official, the valuation is underestimated on the application, the permit shall be denied, unless the applicant can
show detailed estimates to meet the approval of the building
official. Final building permit valuation shall be set by the
building official.
7
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
[A] 109.4 Work commencing before permit issuance. Any
person who commences any work on a building, structure,
electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing system before obtaining the necessary permits shall be subject to a fee established
by the building official that shall be in addition to the required
permit fees.
[A] 109.5 Related fees. The payment of the fee for the construction, alteration, removal or demolition for work done in
connection to or concurrently with the work authorized by a
building permit shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the
permit from the payment of other fees that are prescribed by
law.
[A] 109.6 Refunds. The building official is authorized to
establish a refund policy.
SECTION 110
INSPECTIONS
[A] 110.1 General. Construction or work for which a permit
is required shall be subject to inspection by the building official and such construction or work shall remain accessible
and exposed for inspection purposes until approved.
Approval as a result of an inspection shall not be construed to
be an approval of a violation of the provisions of this code or
of other ordinances of the jurisdiction. Inspections presuming
to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this
code or of other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be
valid. It shall be the duty of the owner or the owner’s authorized agent to cause the work to remain accessible and
exposed for inspection purposes. Neither the building official
nor the jurisdiction shall be liable for expense entailed in the
removal or replacement of any material required to allow
inspection.
[A] 110.2 Preliminary inspection. Before issuing a permit,
the building official is authorized to examine or cause to be
examined buildings, structures and sites for which an application has been filed.
[A] 110.3 Required inspections. The building official, upon
notification, shall make the inspections set forth in Sections
110.3.1 through 110.3.10.
[A] 110.3.1 Footing and foundation inspection. Footing
and foundation inspections shall be made after excavations
for footings are complete and any required reinforcing
steel is in place. For concrete foundations, any required
forms shall be in place prior to inspection. Materials for
the foundation shall be on the job, except where concrete
is ready mixed in accordance with ASTM C94, the concrete need not be on the job.
[A] 110.3.2 Concrete slab and under-floor inspection.
Concrete slab and under-floor inspections shall be made
after in-slab or under-floor reinforcing steel and building
service equipment, conduit, piping accessories and other
ancillary equipment items are in place, but before any concrete is placed or floor sheathing installed, including the
subfloor.
[A] 110.3.3 Lowest floor elevation. In flood hazard
areas, upon placement of the lowest floor, including the
8
basement, and prior to further vertical construction, the
elevation certification required in Section 1612.5 shall be
submitted to the building official.
[A] 110.3.4 Frame inspection. Framing inspections shall
be made after the roof deck or sheathing, all framing, fireblocking and bracing are in place and pipes, chimneys and
vents to be concealed are complete and the rough electrical, plumbing, heating wires, pipes and ducts are
approved.
[A] 110.3.5 Lath, gypsum board and gypsum panel
product inspection. Lath, gypsum board and gypsum
panel product inspections shall be made after lathing, gypsum board and gypsum panel products, interior and exterior, are in place, but before any plastering is applied or
gypsum board and gypsum panel product joints and fasteners are taped and finished.
Exception: Gypsum board and gypsum panel products
that are not part of a fire-resistance-rated assembly or a
shear assembly.
[A] 110.3.6 Fire- and smoke-resistant penetrations.
Protection of joints and penetrations in fire-resistancerated assemblies, smoke barriers and smoke partitions
shall not be concealed from view until inspected and
approved.
[A] 110.3.7 Energy efficiency inspections. Inspections
shall be made to determine compliance with Chapter 13
and shall include, but not be limited to, inspections for:
envelope insulation R- and U-values, fenestration U-value,
duct system R-value, and HVAC and water-heating equipment efficiency.
[A] 110.3.8 Other inspections. In addition to the inspections specified in Sections 110.3.1 through 110.3.7, the
building official is authorized to make or require other
inspections of any construction work to ascertain compliance with the provisions of this code and other laws that
are enforced by the department of building safety.
[A] 110.3.9 Special inspections. For special inspections,
see Chapter 17.
[A] 110.3.10 Final inspection. The final inspection shall
be made after all work required by the building permit is
completed.
[A] 110.3.10.1 Flood hazard documentation. If
located in a flood hazard area, documentation of the
elevation of the lowest floor as required in Section
1612.5 shall be submitted to the building official prior
to the final inspection.
[A] 110.4 Inspection agencies. The building official is
authorized to accept reports of approved inspection agencies,
provided such agencies satisfy the requirements as to qualifications and reliability.
[A] 110.5 Inspection requests. It shall be the duty of the
holder of the building permit or their duly authorized agent to
notify the building official when work is ready for inspection.
It shall be the duty of the permit holder to provide access to
and means for inspections of such work that are required by
this code.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
[A] 110.6 Approval required. Work shall not be done
beyond the point indicated in each successive inspection
without first obtaining the approval of the building official.
The building official, upon notification, shall make the
requested inspections and shall either indicate the portion of
the construction that is satisfactory as completed, or notify
the permit holder or his or her agent wherein the same fails to
comply with this code. Any portions that do not comply shall
be corrected and such portion shall not be covered or concealed until authorized by the building official.
SECTION 111
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY
[A] 111.1 Use and occupancy. A building or structure shall
not be used or occupied, and a change in the existing use or
occupancy classification of a building or structure or portion
thereof shall not be made, until the building official has
issued a certificate of occupancy therefor as provided herein.
Issuance of a certificate of occupancy shall not be construed
as an approval of a violation of the provisions of this code or
of other ordinances of the jurisdiction.
Exception: Certificates of occupancy are not required for
work exempt from permits in accordance with Section
105.2.
[A] 111.2 Certificate issued. After the building official
inspects the building or structure and does not find violations
of the provisions of this code or other laws that are enforced
by the department of building safety, the building official
shall issue a certificate of occupancy that contains the following:
1. The building permit number.
2. The address of the structure.
3. The name and address of the owner or the owner’s
authorized agent.
4. A description of that portion of the structure for which
the certificate is issued.
5. A statement that the described portion of the structure
has been inspected for compliance with the requirements of this code for the occupancy and division of
occupancy and the use for which the proposed occupancy is classified.
6. The name of the building official.
7. The edition of the code under which the permit was
issued.
8. The use and occupancy, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 3.
9. The type of construction as defined in Chapter 6.
10. The design occupant load.
11. If an automatic sprinkler system is provided, whether
the sprinkler system is required.
12. Any special stipulations and conditions of the building permit.
[A] 111.3 Temporary occupancy. The building official is
authorized to issue a temporary certificate of occupancy
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
before the completion of the entire work covered by the permit, provided that such portion or portions shall be occupied
safely. The building official shall set a time period during
which the temporary certificate of occupancy is valid.
[A] 111.4 Revocation. The building official is authorized to,
in writing, suspend or revoke a certificate of occupancy or
completion issued under the provisions of this code wherever
the certificate is issued in error, or on the basis of incorrect
information supplied, or where it is determined that the building or structure or portion thereof is in violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of the provisions of this code.
SECTION 112
SERVICE UTILITIES
[A] 112.1 Connection of service utilities. A person shall not
make connections from a utility, source of energy, fuel or
power to any building or system that is regulated by this code
for which a permit is required, until released by the building
official.
[A] 112.2 Temporary connection. The building official shall
have the authority to authorize the temporary connection of
the building or system to the utility, source of energy, fuel or
power.
[A] 112.3 Authority to disconnect service utilities. The
building official shall have the authority to authorize disconnection of utility service to the building, structure or system
regulated by this code and the referenced codes and standards
set forth in Section 101.4 in case of emergency where necessary to eliminate an immediate hazard to life or property or
where such utility connection has been made without the
approval required by Section 112.1 or 112.2. The building
official shall notify the serving utility, and wherever possible
the owner and occupant of the building, structure or service
system of the decision to disconnect prior to taking such
action. If not notified prior to disconnecting, the owner or
occupant of the building, structure or service system shall be
notified in writing, as soon as practical thereafter.
SECTION 113
BOARD OF APPEALS
[A] 113.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of
orders, decisions or determinations made by the building official relative to the application and interpretation of this code,
there shall be and is hereby created a board of appeals. The
board of appeals shall be appointed by the applicable governing authority and shall hold office at its pleasure. The board
shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its business.
[A] 113.2 Limitations on authority. An application for
appeal shall be based on a claim that the true intent of this
code or the rules legally adopted thereunder have been incorrectly interpreted, the provisions of this code do not fully
apply or an equally good or better form of construction is proposed. The board shall not have authority to waive requirements of this code.
[A] 113.3 Qualifications. The board of appeals shall consist
of members who are qualified by experience and training to
9
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
pass on matters pertaining to building construction and are
not employees of the jurisdiction.
SECTION 114
VIOLATIONS
[A] 114.1 Unlawful acts. It shall be unlawful for any person,
firm or corporation to erect, construct, alter, extend, repair,
move, remove, demolish or occupy any building, structure or
equipment regulated by this code, or cause same to be done,
in conflict with or in violation of any of the provisions of this
code.
[A] 114.2 Notice of violation. The building official is authorized to serve a notice of violation or order on the person
responsible for the erection, construction, alteration, extension, repair, moving, removal, demolition or occupancy of a
building or structure in violation of the provisions of this
code, or in violation of a permit or certificate issued under the
provisions of this code. Such order shall direct the discontinuance of the illegal action or condition and the abatement of
the violation.
[A] 114.3 Prosecution of violation. If the notice of violation
is not complied with promptly, the building official is authorized to request the legal counsel of the jurisdiction to institute the appropriate proceeding at law or in equity to restrain,
correct or abate such violation, or to require the removal or
termination of the unlawful occupancy of the building or
structure in violation of the provisions of this code or of the
order or direction made pursuant thereto.
[A] 114.4 Violation penalties. Any person who violates a
provision of this code or fails to comply with any of the
requirements thereof or who erects, constructs, alters or
repairs a building or structure in violation of the approved
construction documents or directive of the building official,
or of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this
code, shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law.
SECTION 115
STOP WORK ORDER
[A] 115.1 Authority. Where the building official finds any
work regulated by this code being performed in a manner
either contrary to the provisions of this code or dangerous or
unsafe, the building official is authorized to issue a stop work
order.
[A] 115.2 Issuance. The stop work order shall be in writing
and shall be given to the owner of the property involved, the
owner’s authorized agent or the person performing the work.
Upon issuance of a stop work order, the cited work shall
immediately cease. The stop work order shall state the reason
for the order and the conditions under which the cited work
will be permitted to resume.
SECTION 116
UNSAFE STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT
[A] 116.1 Conditions. Structures or existing equipment that
are or hereafter become unsafe, insanitary or deficient
because of inadequate means of egress facilities, inadequate
light and ventilation, or that constitute a fire hazard, or are
otherwise dangerous to human life or the public welfare, or
that involve illegal or improper occupancy or inadequate
maintenance, shall be deemed an unsafe condition. Unsafe
structures shall be taken down and removed or made safe, as
the building official deems necessary and as provided for in
this section. A vacant structure that is not secured against
entry shall be deemed unsafe.
[A] 116.2 Record. The building official shall cause a report
to be filed on an unsafe condition. The report shall state the
occupancy of the structure and the nature of the unsafe condition.
[A] 116.3 Notice. If an unsafe condition is found, the building official shall serve on the owner, agent or person in control of the structure, a written notice that describes the
condition deemed unsafe and specifies the required repairs or
improvements to be made to abate the unsafe condition, or
that requires the unsafe structure to be demolished within a
stipulated time. Such notice shall require the person thus notified to declare immediately to the building official acceptance
or rejection of the terms of the order.
[A] 116.4 Method of service. Such notice shall be deemed
properly served if a copy thereof is (a) delivered to the owner
personally; (b) sent by certified or registered mail addressed
to the owner at the last known address with the return receipt
requested; or (c) delivered in any other manner as prescribed
by local law. If the certified or registered letter is returned
showing that the letter was not delivered, a copy thereof shall
be posted in a conspicuous place in or about the structure
affected by such notice. Service of such notice in the foregoing manner upon the owner’s agent or upon the person
responsible for the structure shall constitute service of notice
upon the owner.
[A] 116.5 Restoration. Where the structure or equipment
determined to be unsafe by the building official is restored to
a safe condition, to the extent that repairs, alterations or additions are made or a change of occupancy occurs during the
restoration of the structure, such repairs, alterations, additions and change of occupancy shall comply with the requirements of Section 105.2.2 and the International Existing
Building Code.
[A] 115.3 Unlawful continuance. Any person who shall continue any work after having been served with a stop work
order, except such work as that person is directed to perform
to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be subject to
penalties as prescribed by law.
10
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
CHAPTER 2
DEFINITIONS
User note: Code change proposals to sections preceded by the designation [A], [BS] or [F] will be considered by one of the
code development committees meeting during the 2016 (Group B) Code Development Cycle. See explanation on page iv.
SECTION 201
GENERAL
201.1 Scope. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this code, have
the meanings shown in this chapter.
201.2 Interchangeability. Words used in the present tense
include the future; words stated in the masculine gender
include the feminine and neuter; the singular number includes
the plural and the plural, the singular.
201.3 Terms defined in other codes. Where terms are not
defined in this code and are defined in the International
Energy Conservation Code, International Fuel Gas Code,
International Fire Code, International Mechanical Code or
International Plumbing Code, such terms shall have the
meanings ascribed to them as in those codes.
201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are not defined
through the methods authorized by this section, such terms
shall have ordinarily accepted meanings such as the context
implies.
SECTION 202
DEFINITIONS
24-HOUR BASIS. The actual time that a person is an occupant within a facility for the purpose of receiving care. It shall
not include a facility that is open for 24 hours and is capable
of providing care to someone visiting the facility during any
segment of the 24 hours.
[BS] AAC MASONRY. Masonry made of autoclaved aerated concrete (AAC) units, manufactured without internal
reinforcement and bonded together using thin- or thick-bed
mortar.
ACCESSIBLE. A site, building, facility or portion thereof
that complies with Chapter 11.
ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS. A continuous and
unobstructed way of egress travel from any accessible point
in a building or facility to a public way.
tency and performance of a grading or inspection agency
related to carrying out specific tasks.
[A] ADDITION. An extension or increase in floor area or
height of a building or structure.
[BS] ADHERED MASONRY VENEER. Veneer secured
and supported through the adhesion of an approved bonding
material applied to an approved backing.
[BS] ADOBE CONSTRUCTION. Construction in which
the exterior load-bearing and nonload-bearing walls and partitions are of unfired clay masonry units, and floors, roofs and
interior framing are wholly or partly of wood or other
approved materials.
Adobe, stabilized. Unfired clay masonry units to which
admixtures, such as emulsified asphalt, are added during
the manufacturing process to limit the units’ water absorption so as to increase their durability.
Adobe, unstabilized. Unfired clay masonry units that do
not meet the definition of “Adobe, stabilized.”
[F] AEROSOL. A product that is dispensed from an aerosol
container by a propellant. Aerosol products shall be classified
by means of the calculation of their chemical heats of combustion and shall be designated Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3.
Level 1 aerosol products. Those with a total chemical
heat of combustion that is less than or equal to 8,600 British thermal units per pound (Btu/lb) (20 kJ/g).
Level 2 aerosol products. Those with a total chemical
heat of combustion that is greater than 8,600 Btu/lb (20 kJ/
g), but less than or equal to 13,000 Btu/lb (30 kJ/g).
Level 3 aerosol products. Those with a total chemical
heat of combustion that is greater than 13,000 Btu/lb (30
kJ/g).
[F] AEROSOL CONTAINER. A metal can or a glass or
plastic bottle designed to dispense an aerosol.
[BS] AGGREGATE. In roofing, crushed stone, crushed slag
or water-worn gravel used for surfacing for roof coverings.
ACCESSIBLE UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping unit that
complies with this code and the provisions for Accessible
units in ICC A117.1.
AGRICULTURAL BUILDING. A structure designed and
constructed to house farm implements, hay, grain, poultry,
livestock or other horticultural products. This structure shall
not be a place of human habitation or a place of employment
where agricultural products are processed, treated or packaged, nor shall it be a place used by the public.
ACCREDITATION BODY. An approved, third-party organization that is independent of the grading and inspection
agencies, and the lumber mills, and that initially accredits and
subsequently monitors, on a continuing basis, the compe-
AIR-IMPERMEABLE INSULATION. An insulation having an air permeance equal to or less than 0.02 l/s × m2 at 75
pa pressure differential tested in accordance with ASTM
E2178 or ASTM E283.
ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. A continuous, unobstructed path
that complies with Chapter 11.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
11
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
AIR-SUPPORTED STRUCTURE. A structure wherein the
shape of the structure is attained by air pressure and occupants of the structure are within the elevated pressure area.
Air-supported structures are of two basic types:
Double skin. Similar to a single skin, but with an attached
liner that is separated from the outer skin and provides an
airspace which serves for insulation, acoustic, aesthetic or
similar purposes.
Single skin. Where there is only the single outer skin and
the air pressure is directly against that skin.
AISLE. An unenclosed exit access component that defines
and provides a path of egress travel.
[F] ANNUNCIATOR. A unit containing one or more indicator lamps, alphanumeric displays or other equivalent means
in which each indication provides status information about a
circuit, condition or location.
[A] APPROVED. Acceptable to the building official.
[A] APPROVED AGENCY. An established and recognized
agency that is regularly engaged in conducting tests or furnishing inspection services, where such agency has been
approved by the building official.
[BS] APPROVED FABRICATOR. An established and
qualified person, firm or corporation approved by the building official pursuant to Chapter 17 of this code.
AISLE ACCESSWAY. That portion of an exit access that
leads to an aisle.
[A] APPROVED SOURCE. An independent person, firm or
corporation, approved by the building official, who is competent and experienced in the application of engineering principles to materials, methods or systems analyses.
[F] ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. A fire alarm
system component such as a bell, horn, speaker, light or text
display that provides audible, tactile or visible outputs, or any
combination thereof.
Gross cross-sectional. The area delineated by the out-toout specified dimensions of masonry in the plane under
consideration.
[F] ALARM SIGNAL. A signal indicating an emergency
requiring immediate action, such as a signal indicative of fire.
[F] ALARM VERIFICATION FEATURE. A feature of
automatic fire detection and alarm systems to reduce
unwanted alarms wherein smoke detectors report alarm conditions for a minimum period of time, or confirm alarm conditions within a given time period, after being automatically
reset, in order to be accepted as a valid alarm-initiation signal.
¬
ANNULAR SPACE. The opening around the penetrating
item.
[BS] AREA (for masonry).
Net cross-sectional. The area of masonry units, grout and
mortar crossed by the plane under consideration based on
out-to-out specified dimensions.
AREA, BUILDING. The area included within surrounding
exterior walls (or exterior walls and fire walls) exclusive of
vent shafts and courts. Areas of the building not provided
with surrounding walls shall be included in the building area
if such areas are included within the horizontal projection of
the roof or floor above.
ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN. A method of proportioning structural members, such that elastically computed
stresses produced in the members by nominal loads do not
exceed specified allowable stresses (also called “working
stress design”).
AREA OF REFUGE. An area where persons unable to use
stairways can remain temporarily to await instructions or
assistance during emergency evacuation.
[A] ALTERATION. Any construction or renovation to an
existing structure other than repair or addition.
AREAWAY. A subsurface space adjacent to a building open
at the top or protected at the top by a grating or guard.
ALTERNATING TREAD DEVICE. A device that has a
series of steps between 50 and 70 degrees (0.87 and 1.22 rad)
from horizontal, usually attached to a center support rail in an
alternating manner so that the user does not have both feet on
the same level at the same time.
ASSEMBLY SEATING, MULTILEVEL. See “Multilevel
assembly seating.”
AMBULATORY CARE FACILITY. Buildings or portions
thereof used to provide medical, surgical, psychiatric, nursing
or similar care on a less than 24-hour basis to persons who are
rendered incapable of self-preservation by the services provided.
ANCHOR BUILDING. An exterior perimeter building of a
group other than H having direct access to a covered or open
mall building but having required means of egress independent of the mall.
[BS] ANCHORED MASONRY VENEER. Veneer secured
with approved mechanical fasteners to an approved backing.
12
¬
AIR-INFLATED STRUCTURE. A structure that uses airpressurized membrane beams, arches or other elements to
enclose space. Occupants of such a structure do not occupy
the pressurized area used to support the structure.
AREA OF SPORT ACTIVITY. That portion of an indoor
or outdoor space where the play or practice of a sport occurs.
ATRIUM. An opening connecting two or more stories other
than enclosed stairways, elevators, hoistways, escalators,
plumbing, electrical, air-conditioning or other equipment,
which is closed at the top and not defined as a mall. Stories,
as used in this definition, do not include balconies within
assembly groups or mezzanines that comply with Section
505.
ATTIC. The space between the ceiling beams of the top story
and the roof rafters.
[F] AUDIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE.
A notification appliance that alerts by the sense of hearing.
AUTOCLAVED AERATED CONCRETE (AAC). Low
density cementitious product of calcium silicate hydrates,
whose material specifications are defined in ASTM C1386.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
[F] AUTOMATIC. As applied to fire protection devices, a
device or system providing an emergency function without
the necessity for human intervention and activated as a result
of a predetermined temperature rise, rate of temperature rise
or combustion products.
[F] AUTOMATIC FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM.
An approved system of devices and equipment which automatically detects a fire and discharges an approved fire-extinguishing agent onto or in the area of a fire.
[F] AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM. A
fire alarm system that has initiation devices that utilize smoke
detectors for protection of an area such as a room or space
with detectors to provide early warning of fire.
[F] AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. An automatic
sprinkler system, for fire protection purposes, is an integrated
system of underground and overhead piping designed in
accordance with fire protection engineering standards. The
system includes a suitable water supply. The portion of the
system above the ground is a network of specially sized or
hydraulically designed piping installed in a structure or area,
generally overhead, and to which automatic sprinklers are
connected in a systematic pattern. The system is usually activated by heat from a fire and discharges water over the fire
area.
[F] AUTOMATIC WATER MIST SYSTEM. A system
consisting of a water supply, a pressure source, and a distribution piping system with attached nozzles, which, at or
above a minimum operating pressure, defined by its listing,
discharges water in fine droplets meeting the requirements of
NFPA 750 for the purpose of the control, suppression or
extinguishment of a fire. Such systems include wet-pipe, drypipe and preaction types. The systems are designed as engineered, preengineered, local-application or total-flooding
systems.
[F] AVERAGE AMBIENT SOUND LEVEL. The root
mean square, A-weighted sound pressure level measured over
a 24-hour period, or the time any person is present, whichever
time period is less.
AWNING. An architectural projection that provides weather
protection, identity or decoration and is partially or wholly
supported by the building to which it is attached. An awning
is comprised of a lightweight frame structure over which a
covering is attached.
[F] BALED COTTON, DENSELY PACKED. Cotton
made into banded bales with a packing density of not less
than 22 pounds per cubic foot (360 kg/m3), and dimensions
complying with the following: a length of 55 inches (1397
mm), a width of 21 inches (533.4 mm) and a height of 27.6 to
35.4 inches (701 to 899 mm).
[BS] BALLAST. In roofing, ballast comes in the form of
large stones or paver systems or light-weight interlocking
paver systems and is used to provide uplift resistance for
roofing systems that are not adhered or mechanically attached
to the roof deck.
[F] BARRICADE. A structure that consists of a combination
of walls, floor and roof, which is designed to withstand the
rapid release of energy in an explosion and which is fully
confined, partially vented or fully vented; or other effective
method of shielding from explosive materials by a natural or
artificial barrier.
Artificial barricade. An artificial mound or revetment a
minimum thickness of 3 feet (914 mm).
Natural barricade. Natural features of the ground, such
as hills, or timber of sufficient density that the surrounding
exposures that require protection cannot be seen from the
magazine or building containing explosives when the trees
are bare of leaves.
[BS] BASE FLOOD. The flood having a 1-percent chance of
being equaled or exceeded in any given year.
[BS] BASE FLOOD ELEVATION. The elevation of the
base flood, including wave height, relative to the National
Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD), North American Vertical
Datum (NAVD) or other datum specified on the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM).
[BS] BASEMENT (for flood loads). The portion of a building having its floor subgrade (below ground level) on all
sides. This definition of “Basement” is limited in application
to the provisions of Section 1612.
BASEMENT. A story that is not a story above grade plane
(see “Story above grade plane”). This definition of “Basement” does not apply to the provisions of Section 1612 for
flood loads.
BEARING WALL STRUCTURE. A building or other
structure in which vertical loads from floors and roofs are primarily supported by walls.
BACKING. The wall or surface to which the veneer is
secured.
[BS] BED JOINT. The horizontal layer of mortar on which a
masonry unit is laid.
BALANCED DOOR. A door equipped with double-pivoted
hardware so designed as to cause a semicounterbalanced
swing action when opening.
[F] BALED COTTON. A natural seed fiber wrapped in and
secured with industry accepted materials, usually consisting
of burlap, woven polypropylene, polyethylene or cotton or
sheet polyethylene, and secured with steel, synthetic or wire
bands or wire; also includes linters (lint removed from the
cottonseed) and motes (residual materials from the ginning
process).
BLEACHERS. Tiered seating supported on a dedicated
structural system and two or more rows high and is not a
building element (see “Grandstand”).
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
BOARDING HOUSE. A building arranged or used for lodging for compensation, with or without meals, and not occupied as a single-family unit.
[F] BOILING POINT. The temperature at which the vapor
pressure of a liquid equals the atmospheric pressure of 14.7
pounds per square inch (psia) (101 kPa) or 760 mm of mer-
13
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
¬
cury. Where an accurate boiling point is unavailable for the
material in question, or for mixtures which do not have a constant boiling point, for the purposes of this classification, the
20-percent evaporated point of a distillation performed in
accordance with ASTM D86 shall be used as the boiling
point of the liquid.
[BS] BRACED WALL LINE. A straight line through the
building plan that represents the location of the lateral resistance provided by the wall bracing.
[BS] BRACED WALL PANEL. A full-height section of
wall constructed to resist in-plane shear loads through interaction of framing members, sheathing material and anchors.
The panel’s length meets the requirements of its particular
bracing method and contributes toward the total amount of
bracing required along its braced wall line.
BREAKOUT. For revolving doors, a process whereby wings
or door panels can be pushed open manually for means of
egress travel.
[BS] BRICK.
Calcium silicate (sand lime brick). A pressed and subsequently autoclaved unit that consists of sand and lime,
with or without the inclusion of other materials.
Clay or shale. A solid or hollow masonry unit of clay or
shale, usually formed into a rectangular prism, then burned
or fired in a kiln; brick is a ceramic product.
Concrete. A concrete masonry unit made from Portland
cement, water, and suitable aggregates, with or without the
inclusion of other materials.
[A] BUILDING. Any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy.
BUILDING AREA. See “Area, building.”
BUILDING ELEMENT. A fundamental component of
building construction, listed in Table 601, which may or may
not be of fire-resistance-rated construction and is constructed
of materials based on the building type of construction.
BUILDING HEIGHT. See “Height, building.”
BUILDING-INTEGRATED PHOTOVOLTAIC (BIPV)
PRODUCT. A building product that incorporates photovoltaic modules and functions as a component of the building
envelope.
BUILDING LINE. The line established by law, beyond
which a building shall not extend, except as specifically provided by law.
[A] BUILDING OFFICIAL. The officer or other designated
authority charged with the administration and enforcement of
this code, or a duly authorized representative.
methods to the membrane or is an integral part of the membrane. This is not a cable-supported structure.
CANOPY. A permanent structure or architectural projection
of rigid construction over which a covering is attached that
provides weather protection, identity or decoration. A canopy is permitted to be structurally independent or supported
by attachment to a building on one or more sides.
[F] CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS.
A system supplying carbon dioxide (CO2) from a pressurized
vessel through fixed pipes and nozzles. The system includes a
manual- or automatic-actuating mechanism.
CARE SUITE. In Group I-2 occupancies, a group of treatment rooms, care recipient sleeping rooms and the support
rooms or spaces and circulation space within the suite where
staff are in attendance for supervision of all care recipients
within the suite, and the suite is in compliance with the
requirements of Section 407.4.4.
[BS] CAST STONE. A building stone manufactured from
Portland cement concrete precast and used as a trim, veneer
or facing on or in buildings or structures.
[F] CEILING LIMIT. The maximum concentration of an
air-borne contaminant to which one may be exposed. The
ceiling limits utilized are those published in DOL 29 CFR
Part 1910.1000. The ceiling Recommended Exposure Limit
(REL-C) concentrations published by the U.S. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), Threshold
Limit Value—Ceiling (TLV-C) concentrations published by
the American Conference of Governmental Industrial
Hygienists (ACGIH), Ceiling Workplace Environmental
Exposure Level (WEEL-Ceiling) Guides published by the
American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), and other
approved, consistent measures are allowed as surrogates for
hazardous substances not listed in DOL 29 CFR Part
1910.1000.
CEILING RADIATION DAMPER. A listed device
installed in a ceiling membrane of a fire-resistance-rated
floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly to limit automatically
the radiative heat transfer through an air inlet/outlet opening.
Ceiling radiation dampers include air terminal units, ceiling
dampers and ceiling air diffusers.
CELL (Group I-3 occupancy). A room within a housing
unit in a detention or correctional facility used to confine
inmates or prisoners.
[BS] CELL (masonry). A void space having a gross crosssectional area greater than 11/2 square inches (967 mm2).
CELL TIER. Levels of cells vertically stacked above one
another within a housing unit.
[BS] BUILT-UP ROOF COVERING. Two or more layers
of felt cemented together and surfaced with a cap sheet, mineral aggregate, smooth coating or similar surfacing material.
[BS] CEMENT PLASTER. A mixture of Portland or
blended cement, Portland cement or blended cement and
hydrated lime, masonry cement or plastic cement and aggregate and other approved materials as specified in this code.
CABLE-RESTRAINED, AIR-SUPPORTED STRUCTURE. A structure in which the uplift is resisted by cables or
webbings which are anchored to either foundations or dead
men. Reinforcing cable or webbing is attached by various
CERAMIC FIBER BLANKET. A high-temperature mineral wool insulation material made of alumina-silica ceramic
or calcium magnesium silicate soluble fibers and weighing 4
to 10 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (64 to 160 kg/m3).
14
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE. A certificate stating
that materials and products meet specified standards or that
work was done in compliance with approved construction
documents.
[A] CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY. A change in the purpose
or level of activity within a building that involves a change in
application of the requirements of this code.
[M] CHIMNEY. A primarily vertical structure containing
one or more flues, for the purpose of carrying gaseous products of combustion and air from a fuel-burning appliance to
the outdoor atmosphere.
Factory-built chimney. A listed and labeled chimney
composed of factory-made components, assembled in the
field in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and
the conditions of the listing.
Masonry chimney. A field-constructed chimney composed of solid masonry units, bricks, stones, or concrete.
Metal chimney. A field-constructed chimney of metal.
[M] CHIMNEY TYPES.
High-heat appliance type. An approved chimney for
removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning,
high-heat appliances producing combustion gases in
excess of 2000°F (1093°C) measured at the appliance flue
outlet (see Section 2113.11.3).
Low-heat appliance type. An approved chimney for
removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning,
low-heat appliances producing combustion gases not in
excess of 1000°F (538°C) under normal operating conditions, but capable of producing combustion gases of
1400°F (760°C) during intermittent forces firing for periods up to 1 hour. Temperatures shall be measured at the
appliance flue outlet.
Masonry type. A field-constructed chimney of solid
masonry units or stones.
Medium-heat appliance type. An approved chimney for
removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning,
medium-heat appliances producing combustion gases not
exceeding 2000°F (1093°C) measured at the appliance
flue outlet (see Section 2113.11.2).
CIRCULATION PATH. An exterior or interior way of passage from one place to another for pedestrians.
¬
[F] CLEAN AGENT. Electrically nonconducting, volatile or
gaseous fire extinguishant that does not leave a residue upon
vaporation.
[E] CLIMATE ZONE. A geographical region that has been
assigned climatic criteria as specified in Chapters 3CE and
3RE of the International Energy Conservation Code.
CLINIC, OUTPATIENT. Buildings or portions thereof
used to provide medical care on less than a 24-hour basis to
persons who are not rendered incapable of self-preservation
by the services provided.
[F] CLOSED SYSTEM. The use of a solid or liquid hazardous material involving a closed vessel or system that remains
closed during normal operations where vapors emitted by the
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
product are not liberated outside of the vessel or system and
the product is not exposed to the atmosphere during normal
operations; and all uses of compressed gases. Examples of
closed systems for solids and liquids include product conveyed through a piping system into a closed vessel, system or
piece of equipment.
[BS] COASTAL A ZONE. Area within a special flood hazard area, landward of a V zone or landward of an open coast
without mapped coastal high hazard areas. In a coastal A
zone, the principal source of flooding must be astronomical
tides, storm surges, seiches or tsunamis, not riverine flooding.
During the base flood conditions, the potential for breaking
wave height shall be greater than or equal to 11/2 feet (457
mm). The inland limit of the coastal A zone is (a) the Limit of
Moderate Wave Action if delineated on a FIRM, or (b) designated by the authority having jurisdiction.
[BS] COASTAL HIGH HAZARD AREA. Area within the
special flood hazard area extending from offshore to the
inland limit of a primary dune along an open coast and any
other area that is subject to high-velocity wave action from
storms or seismic sources, and shown on a Flood Insurance
Rate Map (FIRM) or other flood hazard map as velocity Zone
V, VO, VE or V1-30.
[BS] COLLAR JOINT. Vertical longitudinal space between
wythes of masonry or between masonry wythe and backup
construction that is permitted to be filled with mortar or
grout.
[BS] COLLECTOR. A horizontal diaphragm element parallel and in line with the applied force that collects and transfers diaphragm shear forces to the vertical elements of the
lateral force-resisting system or distributes forces within the
diaphragm, or both.
COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER. A listed
device installed in ducts and air transfer openings designed to
close automatically upon the detection of heat and resist the
passage of flame and smoke. The device is installed to operate automatically, controlled by a smoke detection system,
and where required, is capable of being positioned from a fire
command center
[F] COMBUSTIBLE DUST. Finely divided solid material
that is 420 microns or less in diameter and which, when dispersed in air in the proper proportions, could be ignited by a
flame, spark or other source of ignition. Combustible dust
will pass through a U.S. No. 40 standard sieve.
[F] COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS. Readily ignitable and freeburning materials in a fibrous or shredded form, such as
cocoa fiber, cloth, cotton, excelsior, hay, hemp, henequen,
istle, jute, kapok, oakum, rags, sisal, Spanish moss, straw,
tow, wastepaper, certain synthetic fibers or other like materials. This definition does not include densely packed baled
cotton.
[F] COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID. A liquid having a closed
cup flash point at or above 100°F (38°C). Combustible liquids shall be subdivided as follows:
Class II. Liquids having a closed cup flash point at or
above 100°F (38°C) and below 140°F (60°C).
15
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
Class IIIA. Liquids having a closed cup flash point at or
above 140°F (60°C) and below 200°F (93°C).
Class IIIB. Liquids having a closed cup flash point at or
above 200°F (93°C).
The category of combustible liquids does not include compressed gases or cryogenic fluids.
COMMERCIAL MOTOR VEHICLE. A motor vehicle
used to transport passengers or property where the motor
vehicle:
1. Has a gross vehicle weight rating of 10,000 pounds
(4540 kg) or more; or
2. Is designed to transport 16 or more passengers, including the driver.
COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL. That portion of
the exit access travel distance measured from the most remote
point within a story to that point where the occupants have
separate and distinct access to two exits or exit access doorways.
COMMON USE. Interior or exterior circulation paths,
rooms, spaces or elements that are not for public use and are
made available for the shared use of two or more people.
[F] COMPRESSED GAS. A material, or mixture of materials, that:
1. Is a gas at 68°F (20°C) or less at 14.7 pounds per square
inch atmosphere (psia) (101 kPa) of pressure; and
2. Has a boiling point of 68°F (20°C) or less at 14.7 psia
(101 kPa) which is either liquefied, nonliquefied or in
solution, except those gases which have no other
health- or physical-hazard properties are not considered
to be compressed until the pressure in the packaging
exceeds 41 psia (282 kPa) at 68°F (20°C).
The states of a compressed gas are categorized as follows:
1. Nonliquefied compressed gases are gases, other than
those in solution, which are in a packaging under the
charged pressure and are entirely gaseous at a temperature of 68°F (20°C).
2. Liquefied compressed gases are gases that, in a packaging under the charged pressure, are partially liquid at a
temperature of 68°F (20°C).
3. Compressed gases in solution are nonliquefied gases
that are dissolved in a solvent.
¬
4. Compressed gas mixtures consist of a mixture of two or
more compressed gases contained in a packaging, the
hazard properties of which are represented by the properties of the mixture as a whole.
[BS] CONCRETE.
Carbonate aggregate. Concrete made with aggregates
consisting mainly of calcium or magnesium carbonate,
such as limestone or dolomite, and containing 40 percent
or less quartz, chert or flint.
Cellular. A lightweight insulating concrete made by mixing a preformed foam with Portland cement slurry and
having a dry unit weight of approximately 30 pcf (480 kg/
m3).
16
Lightweight aggregate. Concrete made with aggregates
of expanded clay, shale, slag or slate or sintered fly ash or
any natural lightweight aggregate meeting ASTM C330
and possessing equivalent fire-resistance properties and
weighing 85 to 115 pcf (1360 to 1840 kg/m3).
Perlite. A lightweight insulating concrete having a dry
unit weight of approximately 30 pcf (480 kg/m3) made
with perlite concrete aggregate. Perlite aggregate is produced from a volcanic rock which, when heated, expands
to form a glass-like material of cellular structure.
Sand-lightweight. Concrete made with a combination of
expanded clay, shale, slag, slate, sintered fly ash, or any
natural lightweight aggregate meeting ASTM C330 and
possessing equivalent fire-resistance properties and natural sand. Its unit weight is generally between 105 and 120
pcf (1680 and 1920 kg/m3).
Siliceous aggregate. Concrete made with normal-weight
aggregates consisting mainly of silica or compounds other
than calcium or magnesium carbonate, which contains
more than 40-percent quartz, chert or flint.
Vermiculite. A light weight insulating concrete made
with vermiculite concrete aggregate which is laminated
micaceous material produced by expanding the ore at high
temperatures. When added to a Portland cement slurry the
resulting concrete has a dry unit weight of approximately
30 pcf (480 kg/m3).
CONGREGATE LIVING FACILITIES. A building or
part thereof that contains sleeping units where residents share
bathroom or kitchen facilities, or both.
[F] CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION. A designated location at a facility staffed by trained personnel on a
continuous basis where alarm or supervisory signals are monitored and facilities are provided for notification of the fire
department or other emergency services.
[A] CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. Written, graphic
and pictorial documents prepared or assembled for describing
the design, location and physical characteristics of the elements of a project necessary for obtaining a building permit.
CONSTRUCTION TYPES. See Section 602.
Type I. See Section 602.2.
Type II. See Section 602.2.
Type III. See Section 602.3.
Type IV. See Section 602.4.
Type V. See Section 602.5.
[F] CONTINUOUS GAS DETECTION SYSTEM. A gas
detection system where the analytical instrument is maintained in continuous operation and sampling is performed
without interruption. Analysis is allowed to be performed on
a cyclical basis at intervals not to exceed 30 minutes.
[F] CONTROL AREA. Spaces within a building where
quantities of hazardous materials not exceeding the maximum allowable quantities per control area are stored, dispensed, used or handled. See the definition of “Outdoor
control area” in the International Fire Code.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
CONTROLLED LOW-STRENGTH MATERIAL. A selfcompacted, cementitious material used primarily as a backfill
in place of compacted fill.
CONVENTIONAL
LIGHT-FRAME
CONSTRUCTION. A type of construction whose primary structural elements are formed by a system of repetitive wood-framing
members. See Section 2308 for conventional light-frame construction provisions.
CORNICE. A projecting horizontal molded element located
at or near the top of an architectural feature.
CORRIDOR. An enclosed exit access component that
defines and provides a path of egress travel.
CORRIDOR, OPEN-ENDED. See “Open-ended corridor.”
CORRIDOR DAMPER. A listed device intended for use
where air ducts penetrate or terminate at horizontal openings
in the ceilings of fire-resistance-rated corridors, where the
corridor ceiling is permitted to be constructed as required for
the corridor walls.
[BS] CORROSION RESISTANCE. The ability of a material to withstand deterioration of its surface or its properties
when exposed to its environment.
[F] CORROSIVE. A chemical that causes visible destruction of, or irreversible alterations in, living tissue by chemical
action at the point of contact. A chemical shall be considered
corrosive if, when tested on the intact skin of albino rabbits
by the method described in DOTn 49 CFR, Part 173.137,
such chemical destroys or changes irreversibly the structure
of the tissue at the point of contact following an exposure
period of 4 hours. This term does not refer to action on inanimate surfaces.
COURT. An open, uncovered space, unobstructed to the sky,
bounded on three or more sides by exterior building walls or
other enclosing devices.
COVERED MALL BUILDING. A single building enclosing a number of tenants and occupants, such as retail stores,
drinking and dining establishments, entertainment and
amusement facilities, passenger transportation terminals,
offices and other similar uses wherein two or more tenants
have a main entrance into one or more malls. Anchor buildings shall not be considered as a part of the covered mall
building. The term “covered mall building” shall include
open mall buildings as defined below.
Mall. A roofed or covered common pedestrian area within
a covered mall building that serves as access for two or
more tenants and not to exceed three levels that are open
to each other. The term “mall” shall include open malls as
defined below.
main entrance into one or more open malls. Anchor buildings are not considered as a part of the open mall building.
[BS] CRIPPLE WALL. A framed stud wall extending from
the top of the foundation to the underside of floor framing for
the lowest occupied floor level.
[F] CRITICAL CIRCUIT. A circuit that requires continuous operation to ensure safety of the structure and occupants.
[BS] CROSS-LAMINATED TIMBER. A prefabricated
engineered wood product consisting of not less than three
layers of solid-sawn lumber or structural composite lumber
where the adjacent layers are cross oriented and bonded with
structural adhesive to form a solid wood element.
[F] CRYOGENIC FLUID. A liquid having a boiling point
lower than -150°F (-101°C) at 14.7 pounds per square inch
atmosphere (psia) (an absolute pressure of 101 kPa).
CUSTODIAL CARE. Assistance with day-to-day living
tasks; such as assistance with cooking, taking medication,
bathing, using toilet facilities and other tasks of daily living.
Custodial care includes persons receiving care who have the
ability to respond to emergency situations and evacuate at a
slower rate and/or who have mental and psychiatric complications.
[BS] DALLE GLASS. A decorative composite glazing
material made of individual pieces of glass that are embedded
in a cast matrix of concrete or epoxy.
DAMPER. See “Ceiling radiation damper,” “Combination
fire/smoke damper,” “Corridor damper,” “Fire damper” and
“Smoke damper.”
[BS] DANGEROUS. Any building, structure or portion
thereof that meets any of the conditions described below shall
be deemed dangerous:
1. The building or structure has collapsed, has partially
collapsed, has moved off its foundation or lacks the
necessary support of the ground.
2. There exists a significant risk of collapse, detachment
or dislodgment of any portion, member, appurtenance
or ornamentation of the building or structure under service loads.
[F] DAY BOX. A portable magazine designed to hold explosive materials constructed in accordance with the requirements for a Type 3 magazine as defined and classified in
Chapter 56 of the International Fire Code.
Open mall. An unroofed common pedestrian way serving
a number of tenants not exceeding three levels. Circulation
at levels above grade shall be permitted to include open
exterior balconies leading to exits discharging at grade.
[BS] DEAD LOAD. The weight of materials of construction
incorporated into the building, including but not limited to
walls, floors, roofs, ceilings, stairways, built-in partitions,
finishes, cladding and other similarly incorporated architectural and structural items, and the weight of fixed service
equipment, such as cranes, plumbing stacks and risers, electrical feeders, heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems and automatic sprinkler systems.
Open mall building. Several structures housing a number
of tenants, such as retail stores, drinking and dining establishments, entertainment and amusement facilities, offices,
and other similar uses, wherein two or more tenants have a
[BS] DECORATIVE GLASS. A carved, leaded or Dalle
glass or glazing material whose purpose is decorative or artistic, not functional; whose coloring, texture or other design
qualities or components cannot be removed without destroy-
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
17
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
ing the glazing material and whose surface, or assembly into
which it is incorporated, is divided into segments.
where a depth number is not specified on the map, the depth
number shall be taken as being equal to 2 feet (610 mm).
[F] DECORATIVE MATERIALS. All materials applied
over the building interior finish for decorative, acoustical or
other effect including, but not limited to, curtains, draperies,
fabrics and streamers; and all other materials utilized for decorative effect including, but not limited to, bulletin boards,
artwork, posters, photographs, batting, cloth, cotton, hay,
stalks, straw, vines, leaves, trees, moss and similar items,
foam plastics and materials containing foam plastics. Decorative materials do not include wall coverings, ceiling coverings, floor coverings, ordinary window shades, interior finish
and materials 0.025 inch (0.64 mm) or less in thickness
applied directly to and adhering tightly to a substrate.
[A] DESIGN PROFESSIONAL, REGISTERED. See
“Registered design professional.”
DEFEND-IN-PLACE. A method of emergency response
that engages building components and trained staff to provide
occupant safety during an emergency. Emergency response
involves remaining in place, relocating within the building, or
both, without evacuating the building.
[A] DEFERRED SUBMITTAL. Those portions of the
design that are not submitted at the time of the application
and that are to be submitted to the building official within a
specified period.
[F] DEFLAGRATION. An exothermic reaction, such as the
extremely rapid oxidation of a flammable dust or vapor in air,
in which the reaction progresses through the unburned material at a rate less than the velocity of sound. A deflagration
can have an explosive effect.
[F] DELUGE SYSTEM. A sprinkler system employing
open sprinklers attached to a piping system connected to a
water supply through a valve that is opened by the operation
of a detection system installed in the same areas as the sprinklers. When this valve opens, water flows into the piping system and discharges from all sprinklers attached thereto.
[BS] DESIGN DISPLACEMENT. See Section 1905.1.1.
[BS] DESIGN EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION. The
earthquake ground motion that buildings and structures are
specifically proportioned to resist in Section 1613.
[BS] DESIGN FLOOD. The flood associated with the
greater of the following two areas:
1. Area with a flood plain subject to a 1-percent or greater
chance of flooding in any year.
2. Area designated as a flood hazard area on a community’s flood hazard map, or otherwise legally designated.
[BS] DESIGN FLOOD ELEVATION. The elevation of the
“design flood,” including wave height, relative to the datum
specified on the community’s legally designated flood hazard
map. In areas designated as Zone AO, the design flood elevation shall be the elevation of the highest existing grade of the
building’s perimeter plus the depth number (in feet) specified
on the flood hazard map. In areas designated as Zone AO
18
[BS] DESIGN STRENGTH. The product of the nominal
strength and a resistance factor (or strength reduction factor).
[BS] DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM. Those nonstructural components that require design in accordance with
Chapter 13 of ASCE 7 and for which the component importance factor, Ip, is greater than 1 in accordance with Section
13.1.3 of ASCE 7.
[F] DETACHED BUILDING. A separate single-story
building, without a basement or crawl space, used for the
storage or use of hazardous materials and located an
approved distance from all structures.
[BS] DETAILED PLAIN CONCRETE STRUCTURAL
WALL. See Section 1905.1.1
DETECTABLE WARNING. A standardized surface feature built in or applied to walking surfaces or other elements
to warn visually impaired persons of hazards on a circulation
path.
[F] DETECTOR, HEAT. A fire detector that senses heat—
either abnormally high temperature or rate of rise, or both.
[F] DETONATION. An exothermic reaction characterized
by the presence of a shock wave in the material which establishes and maintains the reaction. The reaction zone progresses through the material at a rate greater than the velocity
of sound. The principal heating mechanism is one of shock
compression. Detonations have an explosive effect.
DETOXIFICATION FACILITIES. Facilities that provide
treatment for substance abuse, serving care recipients who are
incapable of self-preservation or who are harmful to themselves or others.
[BS] DIAPHRAGM. A horizontal or sloped system acting to
transmit lateral forces to vertical elements of the lateral forceresisting system. When the term “diaphragm” is used, it shall
include horizontal bracing systems.
Diaphragm, blocked. In light-frame construction, a diaphragm in which all sheathing edges not occurring on a
framing member are supported on and fastened to blocking.
Diaphragm boundary. In light-frame construction, a
location where shear is transferred into or out of the diaphragm sheathing. Transfer is either to a boundary element or to another force-resisting element.
Diaphragm chord. A diaphragm boundary element perpendicular to the applied load that is assumed to take axial
stresses due to the diaphragm moment.
Diaphragm, unblocked. A diaphragm that has edge nailing at supporting members only. Blocking between supporting structural members at panel edges is not included.
Diaphragm panels are field nailed to supporting members.
¬
[BS] DEEP FOUNDATION. A deep foundation is a foundation element that does not satisfy the definition of a shallow
foundation.
[A] DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN RESPONSIBLE
CHARGE, REGISTERED. See “Registered design professional in responsible charge.”
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
DIMENSIONS (for Chapter 21).
Nominal. The specified dimension plus an allowance for
the joints with which the units are to be laid. Nominal
dimensions are usually stated in whole numbers. Thickness is given first, followed by height and then length.
Specified. Dimensions specified for the manufacture or
construction of a unit, joint or element.
DIRECT ACCESS. A path of travel from a space to an
immediately adjacent space through an opening in the common wall between the two spaces.
[F] DISPENSING. The pouring or transferring of any material from a container, tank or similar vessel, whereby vapors,
dusts, fumes, mists or gases are liberated to the atmosphere.
DOOR, BALANCED. See “Balanced door.”
DOOR, LOW-ENERGY POWER-OPERATED. See
“Low-energy power-operated door.”
DOOR, POWER-ASSISTED. See “Power-assisted door.”
DOOR, POWER-OPERATED. See “Power-operated
door.”
DOORWAY, EXIT ACCESS. See “Exit access doorway.”
DORMITORY. A space in a building where group sleeping
accommodations are provided in one room, or in a series of
closely associated rooms, for persons not members of the
same family group, under joint occupancy and single management, as in college dormitories or fraternity houses.
DRAFTSTOP. A material, device or construction installed
to restrict the movement of air within open spaces of concealed areas of building components such as crawl spaces,
floor/ceiling assemblies, roof/ceiling assemblies and attics.
[BS] DRAG STRUT. See “Collector.”
[BS] DRILLED SHAFT. A cast-in-place deep foundation
element constructed by drilling a hole (with or without permanent casing) into soil or rock and filling it with fluid concrete.
Socketed drilled shaft. A drilled shaft with a permanent
pipe or tube casing that extends down to bedrock and an
uncased socket drilled into the bedrock.
[F] DRY-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING AGENT. A
powder composed of small particles, usually of sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, urea-potassium-based bicarbonate, potassium chloride or monoammonium phosphate,
with added particulate material supplemented by special
treatment to provide resistance to packing, resistance to moisture absorption (caking) and the proper flow capabilities.
¬
[BS] DRY FLOODPROOFING. A combination of design
modifications that results in a building or structure, including
the attendant utilities and equipment and sanitary facilities,
being water tight with walls substantially impermeable to the
passage of water and with structural components having the
capacity to resist loads as identified in ASCE 7.
DWELLING. A building that contains one or two dwelling
units used, intended or designed to be used, rented, leased, let
or hired out to be occupied for living purposes.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
DWELLING UNIT. A single unit providing complete, independent living facilities for one or more persons, including
permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking
and sanitation.
DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT, MULTISTORY. See “Multistory unit.”
EGRESS COURT. A court or yard which provides access to
a public way for one or more exits.
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE SYSTEM. A
specific construction of devices, materials, or coatings
installed as a fire-resistive barrier system applied to electrical
system components, such as cable trays, conduits and other
raceways, open run cables and conductors, cables, and conductors.
[F] ELEVATOR GROUP. A grouping of elevators in a
building located adjacent or directly across from one another
that responds to common hall call buttons.
[F] EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEM. A system to provide indication and warning of emergency situations involving hazardous materials.
[F] EMERGENCY CONTROL STATION. An approved
location on the premises where signals from emergency
equipment are received and which is staffed by trained personnel.
EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENING. An
operable window, door or other similar device that provides
for a means of escape and access for rescue in the event of an
emergency.
[F] EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS. Dedicated manual or automatic facilities for originating and distributing voice instructions, as well as alert and
evacuation signals pertaining to a fire emergency, to the
occupants of a building.
[F] EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM. A source of automatic electric power of a required capacity and duration to
operate required life safety, fire alarm, detection and ventilation systems in the event of a failure of the primary power.
Emergency power systems are required for electrical loads
where interruption of the primary power could result in loss
of human life or serious injuries.
EMPLOYEE WORK AREA. All or any portion of a space
used only by employees and only for work. Corridors, toilet
rooms, kitchenettes and break rooms are not employee work
areas.
[BS] ENGINEERED WOOD RIM BOARD. A full-depth
structural composite lumber, wood structural panel, structural
glued laminated timber or prefabricated wood I-joist member
designed to transfer horizontal (shear) and vertical (compression) loads, provide attachment for diaphragm sheathing, siding and exterior deck ledgers, and provide lateral support at
the ends of floor or roof joists or rafters.
ENTRANCE, PUBLIC. See “Public entrance.”
ENTRANCE, RESTRICTED. See “Restricted entrance.”
ENTRANCE, SERVICE. See “Service entrance.”
19
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
EQUIPMENT PLATFORM. An unoccupied, elevated platform used exclusively for mechanical systems or industrial
process equipment, including the associated elevated walkways, stairways, alternating tread devices and ladders necessary to access the platform (see Section 505.3).
ESSENTIAL FACILITIES. Buildings and other structures
that are intended to remain operational in the event of
extreme environmental loading from flood, wind, snow or
earthquakes.
¬
[F] EXHAUSTED ENCLOSURE. An appliance or piece of
equipment that consists of a top, a back and two sides providing a means of local exhaust for capturing gases, fumes,
vapors and mists. Such enclosures include laboratory hoods,
exhaust fume hoods and similar appliances and equipment
used to locally retain and exhaust the gases, fumes, vapors
and mists that could be released. Rooms or areas provided
with general ventilation, in themselves, are not exhausted
enclosures.
[BS] EXISTING STRUCTURE. A structure erected prior to
the date of adoption of the appropriate code, or one for which
a legal building permit has been issued. For application of
provisions in flood hazard areas, an existing structure is any
building or structure for which the start of construction commenced before the effective date of the community’s first
flood plain management code, ordinance or standard.
EXIT. That portion of a means of egress system between the
exit access and the exit discharge or public way. Exit components include exterior exit doors at the level of exit discharge,
interior exit stairways and ramps, exit passageways, exterior
exit stairways and ramps and horizontal exits.
EXIT ACCESS. That portion of a means of egress system
that leads from any occupied portion of a building or structure to an exit.
EXIT ACCESS DOORWAY. A door or access point along
the path of egress travel from an occupied room, area or space
where the path of egress enters an intervening room, corridor, exit access stairway or ramp.
EXIT ACCESS RAMP. A ramp within the exit access portion of the means of egress system.
EXIT ACCESS STAIRWAY. A stairway with the exit
access portion of the means of egress system.
EXIT DISCHARGE. That portion of a means of egress system between the termination of an exit and a public way.
¬
EXIT DISCHARGE, LEVEL OF. The story at the point at
which an exit terminates and an exit discharge begins.
EXIT, HORIZONTAL. See “Horizontal exit.”
EXIT PASSAGEWAY. An exit component that is separated
from other interior spaces of a building or structure by fireresistance-rated construction and opening protectives, and
provides for a protected path of egress travel in a horizontal
direction to an exit or to the exit discharge.
EXPANDED VINYL WALL COVERING. Wall covering
consisting of a woven textile backing, an expanded vinyl base
coat layer and a nonexpanded vinyl skin coat. The expanded
base coat layer is a homogeneous vinyl layer that contains a
20
blowing agent. During processing, the blowing agent decomposes, causing this layer to expand by forming closed cells.
The total thickness of the wall covering is approximately
0.055 inch to 0.070 inch (1.4 mm to 1.78 mm).
[F] EXPLOSION. An effect produced by the sudden violent
expansion of gases, which may be accompanied by a shock
wave or disruption, or both, of enclosing materials or structures. An explosion could result from any of the following:
1. Chemical changes such as rapid oxidation, deflagration
or detonation, decomposition of molecules and runaway polymerization (usually detonations).
2. Physical changes such as pressure tank ruptures.
3. Atomic changes (nuclear fission or fusion).
[F] EXPLOSIVE. A chemical compound, mixture or device,
the primary or common purpose of which is to function by
explosion. The term includes, but is not limited to, dynamite,
black powder, pellet powder, initiating explosives, detonators, safety fuses, squibs, detonating cord, igniter cord, igniters and display fireworks, 1.3G.
The term “explosive” includes any material determined to
be within the scope of USC Title 18: Chapter 40 and also
includes any material classified as an explosive other than
consumer fireworks, 1.4G by the hazardous materials regulations of DOTn 49 CFR Parts 100-185.
High explosive. Explosive material, such as dynamite,
which can be caused to detonate by means of a No. 8 test
blasting cap when unconfined.
Low explosive. Explosive material that will burn or deflagrate when ignited. It is characterized by a rate of reaction
that is less than the speed of sound. Examples of low
explosives include, but are not limited to, black powder;
safety fuse; igniters; igniter cord; fuse lighters; fireworks,
1.3G and propellants, 1.3C.
Mass-detonating explosives. Division 1.1, 1.2 and 1.5
explosives alone or in combination, or loaded into various
types of ammunition or containers, most of which can be
expected to explode virtually instantaneously when a
small portion is subjected to fire, severe concussion,
impact, the impulse of an initiating agent or the effect of a
considerable discharge of energy from without. Materials
that react in this manner represent a mass explosion hazard. Such an explosive will normally cause severe structural damage to adjacent objects. Explosive propagation
could occur immediately to other items of ammunition and
explosives stored sufficiently close to and not adequately
protected from the initially exploding pile with a time
interval short enough so that two or more quantities must
be considered as one for quantity-distance purposes.
UN/DOTn Class 1 explosives. The former classification
system used by DOTn included the terms “high” and
“low” explosives as defined herein. The following terms
further define explosives under the current system applied
by DOTn for all explosive materials defined as hazard
Class 1 materials. Compatibility group letters are used in
concert with the division to specify further limitations on
each division noted (i.e., the letter G identifies the material
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
as a pyrotechnic substance or article containing a pyrotechnic substance and similar materials).
Division 1.1. Explosives that have a mass explosion
hazard. A mass explosion is one which affects almost
the entire load instantaneously.
Division 1.2. Explosives that have a projection hazard
but not a mass explosion hazard.
Division 1.3. Explosives that have a fire hazard and
either a minor blast hazard or a minor projection hazard
or both, but not a mass explosion hazard.
Division 1.4. Explosives that pose a minor explosion
hazard. The explosive effects are largely confined to
the package and no projection of fragments of appreciable size or range is to be expected. An external fire
must not cause virtually instantaneous explosion of
almost the entire contents of the package.
Division 1.5. Very insensitive explosives. This division
is comprised of substances that have a mass explosion
hazard, but that are so insensitive there is very little
probability of initiation or of transition from burning to
detonation under normal conditions of transport.
Division 1.6. Extremely insensitive articles which do
not have a mass explosion hazard. This division is comprised of articles that contain only extremely insensitive detonating substances and which demonstrate a
negligible probability of accidental initiation or propagation.
EXTERIOR EXIT RAMP. An exit component that serves
to meet one or more means of egress design requirements,
such as required number of exits or exit access travel distance, and is open to yards, courts or public ways.
EXTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAY. An exit component that
serves to meet one or more means of egress design requirements, such as required number of exits or exit access travel
distance, and is open to yards, courts or public ways.
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS
(EIFS). EIFS are nonstructural, nonload-bearing, exterior
wall cladding systems that consist of an insulation board
attached either adhesively or mechanically, or both, to the
substrate; an integrally reinforced base coat and a textured
protective finish coat.
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS
(EIFS) WITH DRAINAGE. An EIFS that incorporates a
means of drainage applied over a water-resistive barrier.
EXTERIOR SURFACES. Weather-exposed surfaces.
EXTERIOR WALL. A wall, bearing or nonbearing, that is
used as an enclosing wall for a building, other than a fire
wall, and that has a slope of 60 degrees (1.05 rad) or greater
with the horizontal plane.
EXTERIOR WALL COVERING. A material or assembly
of materials applied on the exterior side of exterior walls for
the purpose of providing a weather-resisting barrier, insulation or for aesthetics, including but not limited to, veneers,
siding, exterior insulation and finish systems, architectural
trim and embellishments such as cornices, soffits, facias, gutters and leaders.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
EXTERIOR WALL ENVELOPE. A system or assembly of
exterior wall components, including exterior wall finish
materials, that provides protection of the building structural
members, including framing and sheathing materials, and
conditioned interior space, from the detrimental effects of the
exterior environment.
F RATING. The time period that the through-penetration
firestop system limits the spread of fire through the penetration when tested in accordance with ASTM E814 or UL
1479.
FABRIC PARTITION. A partition consisting of a finished
surface made of fabric, without a continuous rigid backing,
that is directly attached to a framing system in which the vertical framing members are spaced greater than 4 feet (1219
mm) on center.
[BS] FABRICATED ITEM. Structural, load-bearing or lateral load-resisting members of assemblies consisting of materials assembled prior to installation in a building or structure,
or subjected to operations such as heat treatment, thermal cutting, cold working or reforming after manufacture and prior
to installation in a building or structure. Materials produced
in accordance with standards referenced by this code, such as
rolled structural steel shapes, steel reinforcing bars, masonry
units and wood structural panels, or in accordance with a referenced standard that provides requirements for quality control done under the supervision of a third-party quality
control agency, are not “fabricated items.”
[F] FABRICATION AREA. An area within a semiconductor fabrication facility and related research and development
areas in which there are processes using hazardous production materials. Such areas are allowed to include ancillary
rooms or areas such as dressing rooms and offices that are
directly related to the fabrication area processes.
[A] FACILITY. All or any portion of buildings, structures,
site improvements, elements and pedestrian or vehicular
routes located on a site.
[BS] FACTORED LOAD. The product of a nominal load
and a load factor.
FENESTRATION. Skylights, roof windows, vertical windows (fixed or moveable), opaque doors, glazed doors,
glazed block and combination opaque/glazed doors. Fenestration includes products with glass and nonglass glazing materials.
[BS] FIBER-CEMENT (BACKER BOARD, SIDING,
SOFFIT, TRIM AND UNDERLAYMENT) PRODUCTS. Manufactured thin section composites of hydraulic
cementitious matrices and discrete nonasbestos fibers.
FIBER-REINFORCED POLYMER. A polymeric composite material consisting of reinforcement fibers, such as glass,
impregnated with a fiber-binding polymer which is then
molded and hardened. Fiber-reinforced polymers are permitted to contain cores laminated between fiber-reinforced polymer facings.
[BS] FIBERBOARD. A fibrous, homogeneous panel made
from lignocellulosic fibers (usually wood or cane) and having
a density of less than 31 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (497 kg/
m3) but more than 10 pcf (160 kg/m3).
21
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
[BS] FIELD NAILING. See “Nailing, field.”
FIRE ALARM BOX, MANUAL. See “Manual fire alarm
box.”
[F] FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT. A system component that receives inputs from automatic and manual fire
alarm devices and may be capable of supplying power to
detection devices and transponders or off-premises transmitters. The control unit may be capable of providing a transfer
of power to the notification appliances and transfer of condition to relays or devices.
[F] FIRE ALARM SIGNAL. A signal initiated by a fire
alarm-initiating device such as a manual fire alarm box,
automatic fire detector, waterflow switch or other device
whose activation is indicative of the presence of a fire or fire
signature.
[F] FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. A system or portion of a combination system consisting of components and circuits
arranged to monitor and annunciate the status of fire alarm or
supervisory signal-initiating devices and to initiate the appropriate response to those signals.
FIRE AREA. The aggregate floor area enclosed and
bounded by fire walls, fire barriers, exterior walls or horizontal assemblies of a building. Areas of the building not provided with surrounding walls shall be included in the fire area
if such areas are included within the horizontal projection of
the roof or floor next above.
FIRE BARRIER. A fire-resistance-rated wall assembly of
materials designed to restrict the spread of fire in which continuity is maintained.
[F] FIRE COMMAND CENTER. The principal attended or
unattended location where the status of detection, alarm communications and control systems is displayed, and from
which the systems can be manually controlled.
FIRE DAMPER. A listed device installed in ducts and air
transfer openings designed to close automatically upon detection of heat and resist the passage of flame. Fire dampers are
classified for use in either static systems that will automatically shut down in the event of a fire, or in dynamic systems
that continue to operate during a fire. A dynamic fire damper
is tested and rated for closure under elevated temperature airflow.
[F] FIRE DETECTOR, AUTOMATIC. A device designed
to detect the presence of a fire signature and to initiate action.
FIRE DOOR. The door component of a fire door assembly.
FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. Any combination of a fire door,
frame, hardware and other accessories that together provide a
specific degree of fire protection to the opening.
FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY, FLOOR. See “Floor fire door
assembly.”
FIRE PARTITION. A vertical assembly of materials
designed to restrict the spread of fire in which openings are
protected.
FIRE PROTECTION RATING. The period of time that an
opening protective will maintain the ability to confine a fire
as determined by tests specified in Section 716. Ratings are
stated in hours or minutes.
[F] FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. Approved devices,
equipment and systems or combinations of systems used to
detect a fire, activate an alarm, extinguish or control a fire,
control or manage smoke and products of a fire or any combination thereof.
FIRE-RATED GLAZING. Glazing with either a fire protection rating or a fire-resistance rating.
FIRE RESISTANCE. That property of materials or their
assemblies that prevents or retards the passage of excessive
heat, hot gases or flames under conditions of use.
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING. The period of time a building element, component or assembly maintains the ability to
confine a fire, continues to perform a given structural function, or both, as determined by the tests, or the methods based
on tests, prescribed in Section 703.
FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEM. An assemblage of
specific materials or products that are designed, tested and
fire-resistance rated in accordance with either ASTM E1966
or UL 2079 to resist for a prescribed period of time the passage of fire through joints made in or between fire-resistancerated assemblies.
[F] FIRE SAFETY FUNCTIONS. Building and fire control
functions that are intended to increase the level of life safety
for occupants or to control the spread of harmful effects of
fire.
FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE. The distance measured
from the building face to one of the following:
1. The closest interior lot line.
2. To the centerline of a street, an alley or public way.
3. To an imaginary line between two buildings on the lot.
The distance shall be measured at right angles from the
face of the wall.
FIRE WALL. A fire-resistance-rated wall having protected
openings, which restricts the spread of fire and extends continuously from the foundation to or through the roof, with
sufficient structural stability under fire conditions to allow
collapse of construction on either side without collapse of the
wall.
FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY. A window constructed and
glazed to give protection against the passage of fire.
FIRE EXIT HARDWARE. Panic hardware that is listed
for use on fire door assemblies.
FIREBLOCKING. Building materials, or materials
approved for use as fireblocking, installed to resist the free
passage of flame to other areas of the building through concealed spaces.
[F] FIRE LANE. A road or other passageway developed to
allow the passage of fire apparatus. A fire lane is not necessarily intended for vehicular traffic other than fire apparatus.
[M] FIREPLACE. A hearth and fire chamber or similar prepared place in which a fire may be made and which is built in
conjunction with a chimney.
22
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
FIREPLACE THROAT. The opening between the top of
the firebox and the smoke chamber.
FIRESTOP, MEMBRANE-PENETRATION. See “Membrane-penetration firestop.”
FIRESTOP, PENETRATION. See “Penetration firestop.”
FIRESTOP SYSTEM, THROUGH-PENETRATION.
See “Through-penetration firestop system.”
[F] FIREWORKS. Any composition or device for the purpose of producing a visible or audible effect for entertainment
purposes by combustion, deflagration or detonation that
meets the definition of 1.4G fireworks or 1.3G fireworks.
Fireworks, 1.3G. Large fireworks devices, which are
explosive materials, intended for use in fireworks displays
and designed to produce audible or visible effects by combustion, deflagration or detonation. Such 1.3G fireworks
include, but are not limited to, firecrackers containing
more than 130 milligrams (2 grains) of explosive composition, aerial shells containing more than 40 grams of pyrotechnic composition, and other display pieces which
exceed the limits for classification as 1.4G fireworks. Such
1.3G fireworks are also described as fireworks, UN0335
by the DOTn.
Fireworks, 1.4G. Small fireworks devices containing
restricted amounts of pyrotechnic composition designed
primarily to produce visible or audible effects by combustion. Such 1.4G fireworks which comply with the construction, chemical composition and labeling regulations
of the DOTn for fireworks, UN0336, and the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) as set forth in
CPSC 16 CFR: Parts 1500 and 1507, are not explosive
materials for the purpose of this code.
FIXED BASE OPERATOR (FBO). A commercial business granted the right by the airport sponsor to operate on an
airport and provide aeronautical services, such as fueling,
hangaring, tie-down and parking, aircraft rental, aircraft
maintenance and flight instruction.
FIXED SEATING. Furniture or fixture designed and
installed for the use of sitting and secured in place including
bench-type seats and seats with or without backs or arm rests.
FLAME SPREAD. The propagation of flame over a surface.
FLAME SPREAD INDEX. A comparative measure,
expressed as a dimensionless number, derived from visual
measurements of the spread of flame versus time for a material tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723.
[F] FLAMMABLE GAS. A material that is a gas at 68°F
(20°C) or less at 14.7 pounds per square inch atmosphere
(psia) (101 kPa) of pressure [a material that has a boiling
point of 68°F (20°C) or less at 14.7 psia (101 kPa)] which:
1. Is ignitable at 14.7 psia (101 kPa) when in a mixture of
13 percent or less by volume with air; or
2. Has a flammable range at 14.7 psia (101 kPa) with air
of at least 12 percent, regardless of the lower limit.
The limits specified shall be determined at 14.7 psi (101
kPa) of pressure and a temperature of 68°F (20°C) in accordance with ASTM E681.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
[F] FLAMMABLE LIQUEFIED GAS. A liquefied compressed gas which, under a charged pressure, is partially liquid at a temperature of 68°F (20°C) and which is flammable.
[F] FLAMMABLE LIQUID. A liquid having a closed cup
flash point below 100°F (38°C). Flammable liquids are further categorized into a group known as Class I liquids. The
Class I category is subdivided as follows:
Class IA. Liquids having a flash point below 73°F (23°C)
and a boiling point below 100°F (38°C).
Class IB. Liquids having a flash point below 73°F (23°C)
and a boiling point at or above 100°F (38°C).
Class IC. Liquids having a flash point at or above 73°F
(23°C) and below 100°F (38°C). The category of flammable liquids does not include compressed gases or cryogenic fluids.
[F] FLAMMABLE MATERIAL. A material capable of
being readily ignited from common sources of heat or at a
temperature of 600°F (316°C) or less.
[F] FLAMMABLE SOLID. A solid, other than a blasting
agent or explosive, that is capable of causing fire through friction, absorption or moisture, spontaneous chemical change,
or retained heat from manufacturing or processing, or which
has an ignition temperature below 212°F (100°C) or which
burns so vigorously and persistently when ignited as to create
a serious hazard. A chemical shall be considered a flammable
solid as determined in accordance with the test method of
CPSC 16 CFR; Part 1500.44, if it ignites and burns with a
self-sustained flame at a rate greater than 0.1 inch (2.5 mm)
per second along its major axis.
[F] FLAMMABLE VAPORS OR FUMES. The concentration of flammable constituents in air that exceeds 25 percent
of their lower flammable limit (LFL).
[F] FLASH POINT. The minimum temperature in degrees
Fahrenheit at which a liquid will give off sufficient vapors to
form an ignitable mixture with air near the surface or in the
container, but will not sustain combustion. The flash point of
a liquid shall be determined by appropriate test procedure and
apparatus as specified in ASTM D56, ASTM D93 or ASTM
D3278.
FLIGHT. A continuous run of rectangular treads, winders or
combination thereof from one landing to another.
[BS] FLOOD or FLOODING. A general and temporary
condition of partial or complete inundation of normally dry
land from:
1. The overflow of inland or tidal waters.
2. The unusual and rapid accumulation or runoff of surface waters from any source.
[BS] FLOOD DAMAGE-RESISTANT MATERIALS.
Any construction material capable of withstanding direct and
prolonged contact with floodwaters without sustaining any
damage that requires more than cosmetic repair.
FLOOD, DESIGN. See “Design flood.”
FLOOD ELEVATION, DESIGN. See “Design flood elevation.”
23
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
reduced for purposes of moving or storing and is not a building element.
1. The area within a flood plain subject to a 1-percent or
greater chance of flooding in any year.
FOOD COURT. A public seating area located in the mall
that serves adjacent food preparation tenant spaces.
2. The area designated as a flood hazard area on a community’s flood hazard map, or otherwise legally designated.
FLOOD HAZARD AREAS, SPECIAL. See “Special
flood hazard area.”
FOSTER CARE FACILITIES. Facilities that provide care
to more than five children, 21/2 years of age or less.
[BS] FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM). An official map of a community on which the Federal Emergency
Management Agency (FEMA) has delineated both the special flood hazard areas and the risk premium zones applicable to the community.
[BS] FLOOD INSURANCE STUDY. The official report
provided by the Federal Emergency Management Agency
containing the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), the Flood
Boundary and Floodway Map (FBFM), the water surface elevation of the base flood and supporting technical data.
[BS] FLOODWAY. The channel of the river, creek or other
watercourse and the adjacent land areas that must be reserved
in order to discharge the base flood without cumulatively
increasing the water surface elevation more than a designated
height.
FLOOR AREA, GROSS. The floor area within the inside
perimeter of the exterior walls of the building under consideration, exclusive of vent shafts and courts, without deduction
for corridors, stairways, ramps, closets, the thickness of interior walls, columns or other features. The floor area of a
building, or portion thereof, not provided with surrounding
exterior walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal
projection of the roof or floor above. The gross floor area
shall not include shafts with no openings or interior courts.
FLOOR AREA, NET. The actual occupied area not including unoccupied accessory areas such as corridors, stairways,
ramps, toilet rooms, mechanical rooms and closets.
FLOOR FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. A combination of a
fire door, a frame, hardware and other accessories installed in
a horizontal plane, which together provide a specific degree
of fire protection to a through-opening in a fire-resistancerated floor (see Section 712.1.13.1).
[F] FOAM-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A special system discharging a foam made from concentrates, either
mechanically or chemically, over the area to be protected.
FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION. A plastic that is intentionally expanded by the use of a foaming agent to produce a
reduced-density plastic containing voids consisting of open
or closed cells distributed throughout the plastic for thermal
insulating or acoustical purposes and that has a density less
than 20 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (320 kg/m3).
FOLDING AND TELESCOPIC SEATING. Tiered seating
having an overall shape and size that is capable of being
24
[BS] FOUNDATION PIER (for Chapter 21). An isolated
vertical foundation member whose horizontal dimension
measured at right angles to its thickness does not exceed three
times its thickness and whose height is equal to or less than
four times its thickness.
FRAME STRUCTURE. A building or other structure in
which vertical loads from floors and roofs are primarily supported by columns.
GABLE. The triangular portion of a wall beneath the end of a
dual-slope, pitched, or mono-slope roof or portion thereof
and above the top plates of the story or level of the ceiling
below.
[F] GAS CABINET. A fully enclosed, ventilated noncombustible enclosure used to provide an isolated environment
for compressed gas cylinders in storage or use. Doors and
access ports for exchanging cylinders and accessing pressureregulating controls are allowed to be included.
[F] GAS ROOM. A separately ventilated, fully enclosed
room in which only compressed gases and associated equipment and supplies are stored or used.
[F] GASEOUS HYDROGEN SYSTEM. An assembly of
piping, devices and apparatus designed to generate, store,
contain, distribute or transport a nontoxic, gaseous hydrogencontaining mixture having not less than 95-percent hydrogen
gas by volume and not more than 1-percent oxygen by volume. Gaseous hydrogen systems consist of items such as
compressed gas containers, reactors and appurtenances,
including pressure regulators, pressure relief devices, manifolds, pumps, compressors and interconnecting piping and
tubing and controls.
GLASS FIBERBOARD. Fibrous glass roof insulation consisting of inorganic glass fibers formed into rigid boards
using a binder. The board has a top surface faced with asphalt
and kraft reinforced with glass fiber.
[BS] GRADE (LUMBER). The classification of lumber in
regard to strength and utility in accordance with American
Softwood Lumber Standard DOC PS 20 and the grading rules
of an approved lumber rules-writing agency.
¬
¬
[BS] FLOOD HAZARD AREA. The greater of the following two areas:
GRADE PLANE. A reference plane representing the average of finished ground level adjoining the building at exterior
walls. Where the finished ground level slopes away from the
exterior walls, the reference plane shall be established by the
lowest points within the area between the building and the lot
line or, where the lot line is more than 6 feet (1829 mm) from
the building, between the building and a point 6 feet (1829
mm) from the building.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
GRADE PLANE, STORY ABOVE. See “Story above
grade plane.”
HARDWARE. See “Fire exit hardware” and “Panic hardware.”
GRANDSTAND. Tiered seating supported on a dedicated
structural system and two or more rows high and is not a
building element (see “Bleachers”).
GROSS LEASABLE AREA. The total floor area designed
for tenant occupancy and exclusive use. The area of tenant
occupancy is measured from the centerlines of joint partitions
to the outside of the tenant walls. All tenant areas, including
areas used for storage, shall be included in calculating gross
leasable area.
[F] HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. Those chemicals or substances that are physical hazards or health hazards as classified in Section 307 and the International Fire Code, whether
the materials are in usable or waste condition.
GROUP HOME. A facility for social rehabilitation, substance abuse or mental health problems that contains a group
housing arrangement that provides custodial care but does
not provide medical care.
GUARD. A building component or a system of building
components located at or near the open sides of elevated
walking surfaces that minimizes the possibility of a fall from
the walking surface to a lower level.
GUEST ROOM. A room used or intended to be used by one
or more guests for living or sleeping purposes.
GYPSUM BOARD. The generic name for a family of sheet
products consisting of a noncombustible core primarily of
gypsum with paper surfacing. Gypsum wallboard, gypsum
sheathing, gypsum base for gypsum veneer plaster, exterior
gypsum soffit board, predecorated gypsum board and waterresistant gypsum backing board complying with the standards
listed in Tables 2506.2, 2507.2 and Chapter 35 are types of
gypsum board.
[BS] GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT. The general name for
a family of sheet products consisting essentially of gypsum.
[BS] GYPSUM PLASTER. A mixture of calcined gypsum
or calcined gypsum and lime and aggregate and other
approved materials as specified in this code.
[BS] GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER. Gypsum plaster
applied to an approved base in one or more coats normally
not exceeding 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in total thickness.
HABITABLE SPACE. A space in a building for living,
sleeping, eating or cooking. Bathrooms, toilet rooms, closets,
halls, storage or utility spaces and similar areas are not considered habitable spaces.
[F] HALOGENATED EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A
fire-extinguishing system using one or more atoms of an element from the halogen chemical series: fluorine, chlorine,
bromine and iodine.
[F] HANDLING. The deliberate transport by any means to a
point of storage or use.
HANDRAIL. A horizontal or sloping rail intended for grasping by the hand for guidance or support.
HARDBOARD. A fibrous-felted, homogeneous panel made
from lignocellulosic fibers consolidated under heat and pressure in a hot press to a density not less than 31 pcf (497 kg/
m3).
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
[F] HAZARDOUS PRODUCTION MATERIAL (HPM).
A solid, liquid or gas associated with semiconductor manufacturing that has a degree-of-hazard rating in health, flammability or instability of Class 3 or 4 as ranked by NFPA 704
and which is used directly in research, laboratory or production processes which have as their end product materials that
are not hazardous.
[BS] HEAD JOINT. Vertical mortar joint placed between
masonry units within the wythe at the time the masonry units
are laid.
[F] HEALTH HAZARD. A classification of a chemical for
which there is statistically significant evidence that acute or
chronic health effects are capable of occurring in exposed
persons. The term “health hazard” includes chemicals that are
toxic or highly toxic, and corrosive.
HEAT DETECTOR. See “Detector, heat.”
HEIGHT, BUILDING. The vertical distance from grade
plane to the average height of the highest roof surface.
HELICAL PILE. Manufactured steel deep foundation element consisting of a central shaft and one or more helical
bearing plates. A helical pile is installed by rotating it into the
ground. Each helical bearing plate is formed into a screw
thread with a uniform defined pitch.
HELIPAD. A structural surface that is used for the landing,
taking off, taxiing and parking of helicopters.
HELIPORT. An area of land or water or a structural surface
that is used, or intended for use, for the landing and taking off
of helicopters, and any appurtenant areas that are used, or
intended for use, for heliport buildings or other heliport facilities.
HELISTOP. The same as “heliport,” except that no fueling,
defueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of helicopters is
permitted.
HIGH-PRESSURE
DECORATIVE
EXTERIORGRADE COMPACT LAMINATE (HPL). Panels consisting of layers of cellulose fibrous material impregnated with
thermosetting resins and bonded together by a high-pressure
process to form a homogeneous nonporous core suitable for
exterior use.
HIGH-PRESSURE
DECORATIVE
EXTERIORGRADE COMPACT LAMINATE (HPL) SYSTEM. An
exterior wall covering fabricated using HPL in a specific
assembly including joints, seams, attachments, substrate,
framing and other details as appropriate to a particular design.
HIGH-RISE BUILDING. A building with an occupied floor
located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level
of fire department vehicle access.
25
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
[F] HIGHLY TOXIC. A material which produces a lethal
dose or lethal concentration that falls within any of the following categories:
[F] HYDROGEN FUEL GAS ROOM. A room or space
that is intended exclusively to house a gaseous hydrogen system.
1. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of 50
milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when
administered orally to albino rats weighing between
200 and 300 grams each.
[BS] ICE-SENSITIVE STRUCTURE. A structure for
which the effect of an atmospheric ice load governs the
design of a structure or portion thereof. This includes, but is
not limited to, lattice structures, guyed masts, overhead lines,
light suspension and cable-stayed bridges, aerial cable systems (e.g., for ski lifts or logging operations), amusement
rides, open catwalks and platforms, flagpoles and signs.
3. A chemical that has a median lethal concentration
(LC50) in air of 200 parts per million by volume or less
of gas or vapor, or 2 milligrams per liter or less of mist,
fume or dust, when administered by continuous inhalation for 1 hour (or less if death occurs within 1 hour) to
albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.
Mixtures of these materials with ordinary materials, such
as water, might not warrant classification as highly toxic.
While this system is basically simple in application, any hazard evaluation that is required for the precise categorization
of this type of material shall be performed by experienced,
technically competent persons.
[A] HISTORIC BUILDINGS. Buildings that are listed in or
eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places,
or designated as historic under an appropriate state or local
law.
HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY. A fire-resistance-rated floor
or roof assembly of materials designed to restrict the spread
of fire in which continuity is maintained.
HORIZONTAL EXIT. An exit component consisting of
fire-resistance-rated construction and opening protectives
intended to compartmentalize portions of a building thereby
creating refuge areas that afford safety from the fire and
smoke from the area of fire origin.
HOSPITALS AND PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALS. Facilities that provide care or treatment for the medical, psychiatric, obstetrical, or surgical treatment of care recipients who
are incapable of self-preservation.
¬
HOUSING UNIT. A dormitory or a group of cells with a
common dayroom in Group I-3.
[F] HPM ROOM. A room used in conjunction with or serving a Group H-5 occupancy, where HPM is stored or used
and which is classified as a Group H-2, H-3 or H-4 occupancy.
[BS] HURRICANE-PRONE REGIONS. Areas vulnerable
to hurricanes defined as:
1. The U. S. Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico coasts
where the ultimate design wind speed, Vult, for Risk Category II buildings is greater than 115 mph (51.4 m/s);
2. Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Guam, Virgin Islands and American Samoa.
26
[F] IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND
HEALTH (IDLH). The concentration of air-borne contaminants which poses a threat of death, immediate or delayed
permanent adverse health effects, or effects that could prevent escape from such an environment. This contaminant
concentration level is established by the National Institute of
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) based on both toxicity and flammability. It generally is expressed in parts per
million by volume (ppmv/v) or milligrams per cubic meter
(mg/m3). If adequate data do not exist for precise establishment of IDLH concentrations, an independent certified industrial hygienist, industrial toxicologist, appropriate regulatory
agency or other source approved by the building official shall
make such determination.
[BS] IMPACT LOAD. The load resulting from moving
machinery, elevators, craneways, vehicles and other similar
forces and kinetic loads, pressure and possible surcharge
from fixed or moving loads.
INCAPABLE OF SELF-PRESERVATION. Persons who,
because of age, physical limitations, mental limitations,
chemical dependency or medical treatment, cannot respond
as an individual to an emergency situation.
[F] INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS. Materials that, when
mixed, have the potential to react in a manner that generates
heat, fumes, gases or byproducts which are hazardous to life
or property.
[F] INERT GAS. A gas that is capable of reacting with other
materials only under abnormal conditions such as high temperatures, pressures and similar extrinsic physical forces.
Within the context of the code, inert gases do not exhibit
either physical or health hazard properties as defined (other
than acting as a simple asphyxiant) or hazard properties other
than those of a compressed gas. Some of the more common
inert gases include argon, helium, krypton, neon, nitrogen
and xenon.
[F] INITIATING DEVICE. A system component that originates transmission of a change-of-state condition, such as in a
smoke detector, manual fire alarm box or supervisory switch.
INTENDED TO BE OCCUPIED AS A RESIDENCE.
This refers to a dwelling unit or sleeping unit that can or will
be used all or part of the time as the occupant’s place of
abode.
¬
2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of 200
milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when
administered by continuous contact for 24 hours (or
less if death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare skin
of albino rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms
each.
INTERIOR EXIT RAMP. An exit component that serves to
meet one or more means of egress design requirements, such
as required number of exits or exit access travel distance, and
provides for a protected path of egress travel to the exit discharge or public way.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
INTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAY. An exit component that
serves to meet one or more means of egress design requirements, such as required number of exits or exit access travel
distance, and provides for a protected path of egress travel to
the exit discharge or public way.
INTERIOR FINISH. Interior finish includes interior wall
and ceiling finish and interior floor finish.
INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH. The exposed floor surfaces
of buildings including coverings applied over a finished floor
or stair, including risers.
INTERIOR FLOOR-WALL BASE. Interior floor finish
trim used to provide a functional or decorative border at the
intersection of walls and floors.
INTERIOR SURFACES. Surfaces other than weather
exposed surfaces.
INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH. The exposed
interior surfaces of buildings, including but not limited to:
fixed or movable walls and partitions; toilet room privacy
partitions; columns; ceilings; and interior wainscoting, paneling or other finish applied structurally or for decoration,
acoustical correction, surface insulation, structural fire resistance or similar purposes, but not including trim.
[BS] INTERLAYMENT. A layer of felt or nonbituminous
saturated felt not less than 18 inches (457 mm) wide, shingled
between each course of a wood-shake roof covering.
INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS. Thin
film liquid mixture applied to substrates by brush, roller,
spray or trowel which expands into a protective foamed layer
to provide fire-resistant protection of the substrates when
exposed to flame or intense heat.
[BS] JOINT. The opening in or between adjacent assemblies
that is created due to building tolerances, or is designed to
allow independent movement of the building in any plane
caused by thermal, seismic, wind or any other loading.
[A] JURISDICTION. The governmental unit that has
adopted this code under due legislative authority.
L RATING. The air leakage rating of a through penetration
firestop system or a fire-resistant joint system when tested in
accordance with UL 1479 or UL 2079, respectively.
[A] LABEL. An identification applied on a product by the
manufacturer that contains the name of the manufacturer, the
function and performance characteristics of the product or
material and the name and identification of an approved
agency, and that indicates that the representative sample of
the product or material has been tested and evaluated by an
approved agency (see Section 1703.5, “Manufacturer’s designation” and “Mark”).
[A] LABELED. Equipment, materials or products to which
has been affixed a label, seal, symbol or other identifying
mark of a nationally recognized testing laboratory, approved
agency or other organization concerned with product evaluation that maintains periodic inspection of the production of
the above-labeled items and whose labeling indicates either
that the equipment, material or product meets identified stan-
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
dards or has been tested and found suitable for a specified
purpose.
LEVEL OF EXIT DISCHARGE. See “Exit discharge,
level of.”
LIGHT-DIFFUSING SYSTEM. Construction consisting in
whole or in part of lenses, panels, grids or baffles made with
light-transmitting plastics positioned below independently
mounted electrical light sources, skylights or light-transmitting plastic roof panels. Lenses, panels, grids and baffles that
are part of an electrical fixture shall not be considered as a
light-diffusing system.
LIGHT-FRAME CONSTRUCTION. A type of construction whose vertical and horizontal structural elements are primarily formed by a system of repetitive wood or cold-formed
steel framing members.
LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC ROOF PANELS.
Structural plastic panels other than skylights that are fastened
to structural members, or panels or sheathing and that are
used as light-transmitting media in the plane of the roof.
LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC WALL PANELS.
Plastic materials that are fastened to structural members, or to
structural panels or sheathing, and that are used as light-transmitting media in exterior walls.
[BS] LIMIT OF MODERATE WAVE ACTION. Line
shown on FIRMs to indicate the inland limit of the 11/2-foot
(457 mm) breaking wave height during the base flood.
[BS] LIMIT STATE. A condition beyond which a structure
or member becomes unfit for service and is judged to be no
longer useful for its intended function (serviceability limit
state) or to be unsafe (strength limit state).
[F] LIQUID. A material that has a melting point that is equal
to or less than 68°F (20°C) and a boiling point that is greater
than 68°F (20°C) at 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute
(psia) (101 kPa). When not otherwise identified, the term
“liquid” includes both flammable and combustible liquids.
[F] LIQUID STORAGE ROOM. A room classified as a
Group H-3 occupancy used for the storage of flammable or
combustible liquids in a closed condition.
[F] LIQUID USE, DISPENSING AND MIXING ROOM.
A room in which Class I, II and IIIA flammable or combustible liquids are used, dispensed or mixed in open containers.
[A] LISTED. Equipment, materials, products or services
included in a list published by an organization acceptable to
the building official and concerned with evaluation of products or services that maintains periodic inspection of production of listed equipment or materials or periodic evaluation of
services and whose listing states either that the equipment,
material, product or service meets identified standards or has
been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose.
LIVE/WORK UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping unit in
which a significant portion of the space includes a nonresidential use that is operated by the tenant.
[BS] LIVE LOAD. A load produced by the use and occupancy of the building or other structure that does not include
27
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
construction or environmental loads such as wind load, snow
load, rain load, earthquake load, flood load or dead load.
port and stability for the overall structure. The system generally receives wind loading from more than one surface
[BS] LIVE LOAD, ROOF. A load on a roof produced:
1. During maintenance by workers, equipment and materials;
MALL BUILDING, COVERED and MALL BUILDING,
OPEN. See “Covered mall building.”
[BS] LOAD EFFECTS. Forces and deformations produced
in structural members by the applied loads.
[BS] LOAD FACTOR. A factor that accounts for deviations
of the actual load from the nominal load, for uncertainties in
the analysis that transforms the load into a load effect, and for
the probability that more than one extreme load will occur
simultaneously.
[BS] LOADS. Forces or other actions that result from the
weight of building materials, occupants and their possessions,
environmental effects, differential movement and restrained
dimensional changes. Permanent loads are those loads in
which variations over time are rare or of small magnitude,
such as dead loads. All other loads are variable loads (see
“Nominal loads”).
LODGING HOUSE. A one-family dwelling where one or
more occupants are primarily permanent in nature and rent is
paid for guest rooms.
[A] LOT. A portion or parcel of land considered as a unit.
[A] LOT LINE. A line dividing one lot from another, or
from a street or any public place.
LOW-ENERGY POWER-OPERATED DOOR. Swinging
door which opens automatically upon an action by a pedestrian such as pressing a push plate or waving a hand in front
of a sensor. The door closes automatically, and operates with
decreased forces and decreased speeds (see “Power-assisted
door” and “Power-operated door”).
[F] LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT (LFL). The minimum
concentration of vapor in air at which propagation of flame
will occur in the presence of an ignition source. The LFL is
sometimes referred to as “LEL” or “lower explosive limit.”
[BS] LOWEST FLOOR. The floor of the lowest enclosed
area, including basement, but excluding any unfinished or
flood-resistant enclosure, usable solely for vehicle parking,
building access or limited storage provided that such enclosure is not built so as to render the structure in violation of
Section 1612.
[BS] MAIN WINDFORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM. An
assemblage of structural elements assigned to provide sup-
28
[A] MANUFACTURER’S DESIGNATION. An identification applied on a product by the manufacturer indicating that
a product or material complies with a specified standard or
set of rules (see “Label” and “Mark”).
[A] MARK. An identification applied on a product by the
manufacturer indicating the name of the manufacturer and the
function of a product or material (see “Label” and “Manufacturer’s designation”).
MARQUEE. A canopy that has a top surface which is sloped
less than 25 degrees from the horizontal and is located less
than 10 feet (3048 mm) from operable openings above or
adjacent to the level of the marquee.
[BS] MASONRY. A built-up construction or combination of
building units or materials of clay, shale, concrete, glass, gypsum, stone or other approved units bonded together with or
without mortar or grout or other accepted methods of joining.
Glass unit masonry. Masonry composed of glass units
bonded by mortar.
Plain masonry. Masonry in which the tensile resistance of
the masonry is taken into consideration and the effects of
stresses in reinforcement are neglected.
Reinforced masonry. Masonry construction in which
reinforcement acting in conjunction with the masonry is
used to resist forces.
¬
3. By the use and occupancy of the roof such as for roof
gardens or assembly areas.
[BS] LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN
(LRFD). A method of proportioning structural members and
their connections using load and resistance factors such that
no applicable limit state is reached when the structure is subjected to appropriate load combinations. The term “LRFD” is
used in the design of steel and wood structures.
[F] MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX. A manually operated
device used to initiate an alarm signal.
¬
2. During the life of the structure by movable objects such
as planters or other similar small decorative appurtenances that are not occupancy related; or
Solid masonry. Masonry consisting of solid masonry
units laid contiguously with the joints between the units
filled with mortar.
Unreinforced (plain) masonry. Masonry in which the
tensile resistance of masonry is taken into consideration
and the resistance of the reinforcing steel, if present, is
neglected.
[BS] MASONRY UNIT. Brick, tile, stone, glass block or
concrete block conforming to the requirements specified in
Section 2103.
Hollow. A masonry unit whose net cross-sectional area in
any plane parallel to the load-bearing surface is less than
75 percent of its gross cross-sectional area measured in
the same plane.
Solid. A masonry unit whose net cross-sectional area in
every plane parallel to the load-bearing surface is 75 percent or more of its gross cross-sectional area measured in
the same plane.
MASTIC FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS. Liquid mixture applied to a substrate by brush, roller, spray or trowel
that provides fire-resistant protection of a substrate when
exposed to flame or intense heat.
MEANS OF EGRESS. A continuous and unobstructed path
of vertical and horizontal egress travel from any occupied
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
¬
portion of a building or structure to a public way. A means of
egress consists of three separate and distinct parts: the exit
access, the exit and the exit discharge.
MEZZANINE. An intermediate level or levels between the
floor and ceiling of any story and in accordance with Section
505.
MECHANICAL-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES.
Open parking garages employing parking machines, lifts,
elevators or other mechanical devices for vehicles moving
from and to street level and in which public occupancy is prohibited above the street level.
[BS] MICROPILE. A micropile is a bored, grouted-in-place
deep foundation element that develops its load-carrying
capacity by means of a bond zone in soil, bedrock or a combination of soil and bedrock.
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCREEN. A rooftop structure, not covered by a roof, used to aesthetically conceal
plumbing, electrical or mechanical equipment from view.
MINERAL BOARD. A rigid felted thermal insulation board
consisting of either felted mineral fiber or cellular beads of
expanded aggregate formed into flat rectangular units.
MEDICAL CARE. Care involving medical or surgical procedures, nursing or for psychiatric purposes.
MINERAL FIBER. Insulation composed principally of
fibers manufactured from rock, slag or glass, with or without
binders.
MEMBRANE-COVERED CABLE STRUCTURE. A
nonpressurized structure in which a mast and cable system
provides support and tension to the membrane weather barrier and the membrane imparts stability to the structure.
MINERAL WOOL. Synthetic vitreous fiber insulation
made by melting predominately igneous rock or furnace slag,
and other inorganic materials, and then physically forming
the melt into fibers.
MEMBRANE-COVERED FRAME STRUCTURE. A
nonpressurized building wherein the structure is composed of
a rigid framework to support a tensioned membrane which
provides the weather barrier.
[BS] MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOF COVERING. One or
more layers of polymer-modified asphalt sheets. The sheet
materials shall be fully adhered or mechanically attached to
the substrate or held in place with an approved ballast layer.
MEMBRANE PENETRATION. A breach in one side of a
floor-ceiling, roof-ceiling or wall assembly to accommodate
an item installed into or passing through the breach.
[BS] MORTAR. A mixture consisting of cementitious materials, fine aggregates, water, with or without admixtures, that
is used to construct unit masonry assemblies.
MEMBRANE-PENETRATION FIRESTOP. A material,
device or construction installed to resist for a prescribed time
period the passage of flame and heat through openings in a
protective membrane in order to accommodate cables, cable
trays, conduit, tubing, pipes or similar items.
[BS] MORTAR, SURFACE-BONDING. A mixture to
bond concrete masonry units that contains hydraulic cement,
glass fiber reinforcement with or without inorganic fillers or
organic modifiers and water.
MEMBRANE-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM.
An assemblage consisting of a fire-resistance-rated floor-ceiling, roof-ceiling or wall assembly, one or more penetrating
items installed into or passing through the breach in one side
of the assembly and the materials or devices, or both,
installed to resist the spread of fire into the assembly for a
prescribed period of time.
MERCHANDISE PAD. A merchandise pad is an area for
display of merchandise surrounded by aisles, permanent fixtures or walls. Merchandise pads contain elements such as
nonfixed and moveable fixtures, cases, racks, counters and
partitions as indicated in Section 105.2 from which customers
browse or shop.
METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL (MCM). A factorymanufactured panel consisting of metal skins bonded to both
faces of a solid plastic core.
METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL (MCM) SYSTEM.
An exterior wall covering fabricated using MCM in a specific
assembly including joints, seams, attachments, substrate,
framing and other details as appropriate to a particular design.
[BS] METAL ROOF PANEL. An interlocking metal sheet
having a minimum installed weather exposure of 3 square
feet (0.279 m2) per sheet.
[BS] METAL ROOF SHINGLE. An interlocking metal
sheet having an installed weather exposure less than 3 square
feet (0.279 m2) per sheet.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
MULTILEVEL ASSEMBLY SEATING. Seating that is
arranged in distinct levels where each level is comprised of
either multiple rows, or a single row of box seats accessed
from a separate level.
[F] MULTIPLE-STATION ALARM DEVICE. Two or
more single-station alarm devices that can be interconnected
such that actuation of one causes all integral or separate audible alarms to operate. A multiple-station alarm device can
consist of one single-station alarm device having connections
to other detectors or to a manual fire alarm box.
[F] MULTIPLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM. Two or
more single-station alarm devices that are capable of interconnection such that actuation of one causes the appropriate
alarm signal to operate in all interconnected alarms.
MULTISTORY UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping unit with
habitable space located on more than one story.
[BS] NAILING, BOUNDARY. A special nailing pattern
required by design at the boundaries of diaphragms.
[BS] NAILING, EDGE. A special nailing pattern required
by design at the edges of each panel within the assembly of a
diaphragm or shear wall.
[BS] NAILING, FIELD. Nailing required between the
sheathing panels and framing members at locations other than
boundary nailing and edge nailing.
[BS] NATURALLY DURABLE WOOD. The heartwood of
the following species except for the occasional piece with
29
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
corner sapwood, provided 90 percent or more of the width of
each side on which it occurs is heartwood.
Decay resistant. Redwood, cedar, black locust and black
walnut.
Termite resistant. Redwood, Alaska yellow cedar, Eastern red cedar and Western red cedar.
[BS] NOMINAL LOADS. The magnitudes of the loads
specified in Chapter 16 (dead, live, soil, wind, snow, rain,
flood and earthquake).
[BS] NOMINAL SIZE (LUMBER). The commercial size
designation of width and depth, in standard sawn lumber and
glued-laminated lumber grades; somewhat larger than the
standard net size of dressed lumber, in accordance with
DOCPS 20 for sawn lumber and with the ANSI/AWC NDS
for glued-laminated lumber.
NONCOMBUSTIBLE MEMBRANE STRUCTURE. A
membrane structure in which the membrane and all component parts of the structure are noncombustible.
[BS] NONSTRUCTURAL CONCRETE. Any element
made of plain or reinforced concrete that is not part of a structural system required to transfer either gravity or lateral loads
to the ground.
[F] NORMAL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE
(NTP). A temperature of 70°F (21°C) and a pressure of 1
atmosphere [14.7 psia (101 kPa)].
NOSING. The leading edge of treads of stairs and of landings at the top of stairway flights.
NOTIFICATION ZONE. See “Zone, notification.”
[F] NUISANCE ALARM. An alarm caused by mechanical
failure, malfunction, improper installation or lack of proper
maintenance, or an alarm activated by a cause that cannot be
determined.
NURSING HOMES. Facilities that provide care, including
both intermediate care facilities and skilled nursing facilities
where any of the persons are incapable of self-preservation.
OCCUPANT LOAD. The number of persons for which the
means of egress of a building or portion thereof is designed.
vapors are liberated, or the product is exposed to the atmosphere during normal operations. Examples of open systems
for solids and liquids include dispensing from or into open
beakers or containers, dip tank and plating tank operations.
[F] OPERATING BUILDING. A building occupied in conjunction with the manufacture, transportation or use of explosive materials. Operating buildings are separated from one
another with the use of intraplant or intraline distances.
[BS] ORDINARY PRECAST STRUCTURAL WALL.
See Section 1905.1.1.
[BS] ORDINARY REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURAL WALL. See Section 1905.1.1.
[BS] ORDINARY STRUCTURAL PLAIN CONCRETE
WALL. See Section 1905.1.1.
[F] ORGANIC PEROXIDE. An organic compound that
contains the bivalent -O-O- structure and which may be considered to be a structural derivative of hydrogen peroxide
where one or both of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced
by an organic radical. Organic peroxides can pose an explosion hazard (detonation or deflagration) or they can be shock
sensitive. They can also decompose into various unstable
compounds over an extended period of time.
Class I. Those formulations that are capable of deflagration but not detonation.
Class II. Those formulations that burn very rapidly and
that pose a moderate reactivity hazard.
Class III. Those formulations that burn rapidly and that
pose a moderate reactivity hazard.
Class IV. Those formulations that burn in the same manner as ordinary combustibles and that pose a minimal reactivity hazard.
Class V. Those formulations that burn with less intensity
than ordinary combustibles or do not sustain combustion
and that pose no reactivity hazard.
Unclassified detonable. Organic peroxides that are capable of detonation. These peroxides pose an extremely high
explosion hazard through rapid explosive decomposition.
OCCUPIABLE SPACE. A room or enclosed space
designed for human occupancy in which individuals congregate for amusement, educational or similar purposes or in
which occupants are engaged at labor, and which is equipped
with means of egress and light and ventilation facilities meeting the requirements of this code.
[BS] ORTHOGONAL. To be in two horizontal directions,
at 90 degrees (1.57 rad) to each other.
OPEN-ENDED CORRIDOR. An interior corridor that is
open on each end and connects to an exterior stairway or
ramp at each end with no intervening doors or separation
from the corridor.
OPEN PARKING GARAGE. A structure or portion of a
structure with the openings as described in Section 406.5.2 on
two or more sides that is used for the parking or storage of
private motor vehicles as described in Section 406.5.3.
[A] OWNER. Any person, agent, operator, entity, firm or
corporation having any legal or equitable interest in the property; or recorded in the official records of the state, county or
municipality as holding an interest or title to the property; or
otherwise having possession or control of the property,
including the guardian of the estate of any such person, and
the executor or administrator of the estate of such person if
ordered to take possession of real property by a court.
[F] OPEN SYSTEM. The use of a solid or liquid hazardous
material involving a vessel or system that is continuously
open to the atmosphere during normal operations and where
[F] OXIDIZER. A material that readily yields oxygen or
other oxidizing gas, or that readily reacts to promote or initiate combustion of combustible materials and, if heated or
30
[BS] OTHER STRUCTURES (for Chapters 16-23). Structures, other than buildings, for which loads are specified in
Chapter 16.
OUTPATIENT CLINIC. See “Clinic, outpatient.”
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
contaminated, can result in vigorous self-sustained decomposition.
Class 4. An oxidizer that can undergo an explosive reaction due to contamination or exposure to thermal or physical shock and that causes a severe increase in the burning
rate of combustible materials with which it comes into
contact. Additionally, the oxidizer causes a severe increase
in the burning rate and can cause spontaneous ignition of
combustibles.
Class 3. An oxidizer that causes a severe increase in the
burning rate of combustible materials with which it comes
in contact.
Class 2. An oxidizer that will cause a moderate increase in
the burning rate of combustible materials with which it
comes in contact.
Class 1. An oxidizer that does not moderately increase the
burning rate of combustible materials.
[F] OXIDIZING GAS. A gas that can support and accelerate
combustion of other materials more than air does.
[BS] PANEL (PART OF A STRUCTURE). The section of
a floor, wall or roof comprised between the supporting frame
of two adjacent rows of columns and girders or column bands
of floor or roof construction.
PANIC HARDWARE. A door-latching assembly incorporating a device that releases the latch upon the application of
a force in the direction of egress travel. See “Fire exit hardware.”
[BS] PARTICLEBOARD. A generic term for a panel primarily composed of cellulosic materials (usually wood), generally in the form of discrete pieces or particles, as
distinguished from fibers. The cellulosic material is combined with synthetic resin or other suitable bonding system
by a process in which the interparticle bond is created by the
bonding system under heat and pressure.
PENETRATION FIRESTOP. A through-penetration
firestop or a membrane-penetration firestop.
PENTHOUSE. An enclosed, unoccupied rooftop structure
used for sheltering mechanical and electrical equipment,
tanks, elevators and related machinery, and vertical shaft
openings.
[BS] PERFORMANCE CATEGORY. A designation of
wood structural panels as related to the panel performance
used in Chapter 23.
[A] PERMIT. An official document or certificate issued by
the building official that authorizes performance of a specified activity.
[A] PERSON. An individual, heirs, executors, administrators
or assigns, and also includes a firm, partnership or corporation, its or their successors or assigns, or the agent of any of
the aforesaid.
PERSONAL CARE SERVICE. The care of persons who do
not require medical care. Personal care involves responsibility for the safety of the persons while inside the building
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
PHOTOLUMINESCENT. Having the property of emitting
light that continues for a length of time after excitation by
visible or invisible light has been removed.
PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULE. A complete, environmentally protected unit consisting of solar cells, optics and other
components, exclusive of tracker, designed to generate DC
power when exposed to sunlight.
PHOTOVOLTAIC PANEL. A collection of modules
mechanically fastened together, wired and designed to provide a field-installable unit.
PHOTOVOLTAIC PANEL SYSTEM. A system that
incorporates discrete photovoltaic panels, that converts solar
radiation into electricity, including rack support systems.
PHOTOVOLTAIC SHINGLES. A roof covering resembling shingles that incorporates photovoltaic modules.
[F] PHYSICAL HAZARD. A chemical for which there is
evidence that it is a combustible liquid, cryogenic fluid,
explosive, flammable (solid, liquid or gas), organic peroxide
(solid or liquid), oxidizer (solid or liquid), oxidizing gas,
pyrophoric (solid, liquid or gas), unstable (reactive) material
(solid, liquid or gas) or water-reactive material (solid or liquid).
[F] PHYSIOLOGICAL WARNING THRESHOLD
LEVEL. A concentration of air-borne contaminants, normally expressed in parts per million (ppm) or milligrams per
cubic meter (mg/m3), that represents the concentration at
which persons can sense the presence of the contaminant due
to odor, irritation or other quick-acting physiological
response. When used in conjunction with the permissible
exposure limit (PEL) the physiological warning threshold
levels are those consistent with the classification system used
to establish the PEL. See the definition of “Permissible exposure limit (PEL)” in the International Fire Code.
PLACE OF RELIGIOUS WORSHIP. See “Religious worship, place of.”
PLASTIC, APPROVED. Any thermoplastic, thermosetting
or reinforced thermosetting plastic material that conforms to
combustibility classifications specified in the section applicable to the application and plastic type.
PLASTIC COMPOSITE. A generic designation that refers
to wood/plastic composites and plastic lumber.
PLASTIC GLAZING. Plastic materials that are glazed or
set in frame or sash and not held by mechanical fasteners that
pass through the glazing material.
PLASTIC LUMBER. A manufactured product made primarily of plastic materials (filled or unfilled) which is generally rectangular in cross section.
PLATFORM. A raised area within a building used for worship, the presentation of music, plays or other entertainment;
the head table for special guests; the raised area for lecturers
and speakers; boxing and wrestling rings; theater-in-theround stages; and similar purposes wherein, other than horizontal sliding curtains, there are no overhead hanging curtains, drops, scenery or stage effects other than lighting and
sound. A temporary platform is one installed for not more
than 30 days.
31
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
POLYPROPYLENE SIDING. A shaped material, made
principally from polypropylene homopolymer, or copolymer,
which in some cases contains fillers or reinforcements, that is
used to clad exterior walls of buildings.
[BS] PORCELAIN TILE. Tile that conforms to the
requirements of ANSI A137.1.3, Section 3.0 for ceramic tile
having an absorption of 0.5 percent or less in accordance with
ANSI A137.1, Section 4.1 and Section 6.1 Table 10.
[BS] POSITIVE ROOF DRAINAGE. The drainage condition in which consideration has been made for all loading
deflections of the roof deck, and additional slope has been
provided to ensure drainage of the roof within 48 hours of
precipitation.
POWER-ASSISTED DOOR. Swinging door which opens
by reduced pushing or pulling force on the door-operating
hardware. The door closes automatically after the pushing or
pulling force is released and functions with decreased forces.
See “Low-energy power-operated door” and “Power-operated door.”
POWER-OPERATED DOOR. Swinging, sliding, or folding door which opens automatically when approached by a
pedestrian or opens automatically upon an action by a pedestrian. The door closes automatically and includes provisions
such as presence sensors to prevent entrapment. See “Low
energy power-operated door” and “Power-assisted door.”
[BS] PREFABRICATED WOOD I-JOIST. Structural
member manufactured using sawn or structural composite
lumber flanges and wood structural panel webs bonded
together with exterior exposure adhesives, which forms an
“I” cross-sectional shape.
[BS] PRESTRESSED MASONRY. Masonry in which
internal stresses have been introduced to counteract potential
tensile stresses in masonry resulting from applied loads.
¬
PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME. The primary structural frame shall include all of the following structural members:
1. The columns.
2. Structural members having direct connections to the
columns, including girders, beams, trusses and spandrels.
3. Members of the floor construction and roof construction having direct connections to the columns.
¬
4. Bracing members that are essential to the vertical stability of the primary structural frame under gravity
loading shall be considered part of the primary structural frame whether or not the bracing member carries
gravity loads.
PRIVATE GARAGE. A building or portion of a building in
which motor vehicles used by the tenants of the building or
buildings on the premises are stored or kept, without provisions for repairing or servicing such vehicles for profit.
PROSCENIUM WALL. The wall that separates the stage
from the auditorium or assembly seating area.
PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALS. See “Hospitals.”
32
PUBLIC ENTRANCE. An entrance that is not a service
entrance or a restricted entrance.
PUBLIC-USE AREAS. Interior or exterior rooms or spaces
that are made available to the general public.
[A] PUBLIC WAY. A street, alley or other parcel of land
open to the outside air leading to a street, that has been
deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated to
the public for public use and which has a clear width and
height of not less than 10 feet (3048 mm).
[F] PYROPHORIC. A chemical with an auto-ignition temperature in air, at or below a temperature of 130°F (54.4°C).
[F] PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITION. A chemical mixture that produces visible light displays or sounds through a
self-propagating, heat-releasing chemical reaction which is
initiated by ignition.
RADIANT BARRIER. A material having a low-emittance
surface of 0.1 or less installed in building assemblies.
RAMP. A walking surface that has a running slope steeper
than one unit vertical in 20 units horizontal (5-percent slope).
RAMP-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES. Open
parking garages employing a series of continuously rising
floors or a series of interconnecting ramps between floors
permitting the movement of vehicles under their own power
from and to the street level.
RAMP, EXIT ACCESS. See “Exit access ramp.”
RAMP, EXTERIOR EXIT. See “Exterior exit ramp.”
RAMP, INTERIOR EXIT. See “Interior exit ramp.”
[A] RECORD DRAWINGS. Drawings (“as builts”) that
document the location of all devices, appliances, wiring
sequences, wiring methods and connections of the components of a fire alarm system as installed.
REFLECTIVE PLASTIC CORE INSULATION. An
insulation material packaged in rolls, that is less than 1/2 inch
(12.7 mm) thick, with not less than one exterior low-emittance surface (0.1 or less) and a core material containing
voids or cells.
[A] REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. An individual who is registered or licensed to practice their respective design profession as defined by the statutory
requirements of the professional registration laws of the state
or jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed.
[A] REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN
RESPONSIBLE CHARGE. A registered design professional engaged by the owner or the owner’s authorized agent
to review and coordinate certain aspects of the project, as
determined by the building official, for compatibility with the
design of the building or structure, including submittal documents prepared by others, deferred submittal documents and
phased submittal documents.
RELIGIOUS WORSHIP, PLACE OF. A building or portion thereof intended for the performance of religious services.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
[BS] ROOF REPLACEMENT. The process of removing
the existing roof covering, repairing any damaged substrate
and installing a new roof covering.
[BS] REROOFING. The process of recovering or replacing
an existing roof covering. See “Roof recover” and “Roof
replacement.”
ROOF VENTILATION. The natural or mechanical process
of supplying conditioned or unconditioned air to, or removing
such air from, attics, cathedral ceilings or other enclosed
spaces over which a roof assembly is installed.
ROOFTOP STRUCTURE. A structure erected on top of the
roof deck or on top of any part of a building.
RESIDENTIAL AIRCRAFT HANGAR. An accessory
building less than 2,000 square feet (186 m2) and 20 feet
(6096 mm) in building height constructed on a one- or twofamily property where aircraft are stored. Such use will be
considered as a residential accessory use incidental to the
dwelling.
[BS] RUNNING BOND. The placement of masonry units
such that head joints in successive courses are horizontally
offset at least one-quarter the unit length.
[BS] RESISTANCE FACTOR. A factor that accounts for
deviations of the actual strength from the nominal strength
and the manner and consequences of failure (also called
“strength reduction factor”).
SALLYPORT. A security vestibule with two or more doors
or gates where the intended purpose is to prevent continuous
and unobstructed passage by allowing the release of only one
door or gate at a time.
RESTRICTED ENTRANCE. An entrance that is made
available for common use on a controlled basis, but not public
use, and that is not a service entrance.
RETRACTABLE AWNING. A retractable awning is a
cover with a frame that retracts against a building or other
structure to which it is entirely supported.
SCISSOR STAIRWAY. Two interlocking stairways providing two separate paths of egress located within one exit enclosure.
[BS] RISK CATEGORY. A categorization of buildings and
other structures for determination of flood, wind, snow, ice
and earthquake loads based on the risk associated with unacceptable performance.
[BS] RISK-TARGETED MAXIMUM CONSIDERED
EARTHQUAKE
(MCER)
GROUND
MOTION
RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS. The most severe earthquake effects considered by this code, determined for the orientation that results in the largest maximum response to
horizontal ground motions and with adjustment for targeted
risk.
[BS] ROOF ASSEMBLY (For application to Chapter 15
only). A system designed to provide weather protection and
resistance to design loads. The system consists of a roof covering and roof deck or a single component serving as both the
roof covering and the roof deck. A roof assembly includes the
roof deck, vapor retarder, substrate or thermal barrier, insulation, vapor retarder and roof covering.
[BS] ROOF COVERING. The covering applied to the roof
deck for weather resistance, fire classification or appearance.
ROOF COVERING SYSTEM. See “Roof assembly.”
[BS] ROOF DECK. The flat or sloped surface constructed
on top of the exterior walls of a building or other supports for
the purpose of enclosing the story below, or sheltering an
area, to protect it from the elements, not including its supporting members or vertical supports.
ROOF DRAINAGE, POSITIVE. See “Positive roof drainage.”
[BS] SCUPPER. An opening in a wall or parapet that allows
water to drain from a roof.
SECONDARY MEMBERS. The following structural members shall be considered secondary members and not part of
the primary structural frame:
1. Structural members not having direct connections to
the columns.
2. Members of the floor construction and roof construction not having direct connections to the columns.
3. Bracing members other than those that are part of the
primary structural frame.
[BS] SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY. A classification
assigned to a structure based on its risk category and the
severity of the design earthquake ground motion at the site.
[BS] SEISMIC FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM. That part
of the structural system that has been considered in the design
to provide the required resistance to the prescribed seismic
forces.
SELF-CLOSING. As applied to a fire door or other opening
protective, means equipped with an device that will ensure
closing after having been opened.
SELF-LUMINOUS. Illuminated by a self-contained power
source, other than batteries, and operated independently of
external power sources.
SELF-PRESERVATION, INCAPABLE OF. See “Incapable of self-preservation.”
SELF-SERVICE STORAGE FACILITY. Real property
designed and used for the purpose of renting or leasing individual storage spaces to customers for the purpose of storing
and removing personal property on a self-service basis.
[BS] ROOF RECOVER. The process of installing an additional roof covering over a prepared existing roof covering
without removing the existing roof covering.
[F] SERVICE CORRIDOR. A fully enclosed passage used
for transporting HPM and purposes other than required
means of egress.
[BS] ROOF REPAIR. Reconstruction or renewal of any part
of an existing roof for the purposes of its maintenance.
SERVICE ENTRANCE. An entrance intended primarily for
delivery of goods or services.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
¬
[A] REPAIR. The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an
existing building for the purpose of its maintenance or to correct damage.
33
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
SHAFT. An enclosed space extending through one or more
stories of a building, connecting vertical openings in successive floors, or floors and roof.
SHAFT ENCLOSURE. The walls or construction forming
the boundaries of a shaft.
[BS] SHALLOW FOUNDATION. A shallow foundation is
an individual or strip footing, a mat foundation, a slab-ongrade foundation or a similar foundation element.
[BS] SHEAR WALL (for Chapter 23). A wall designed to
resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of a wall.
Shear wall, perforated. A wood structural panel sheathed
wall with openings, that has not been specifically designed
and detailed for force transfer around openings.
Shear wall segment, perforated. A section of shear wall
with full-height sheathing that meets the height-to-width
ratio limits of Section 4.3.4 of AWC SDPWS.
¬
[BS] SHINGLE FASHION. A method of installing roof or
wall coverings, water-resistive barriers, flashing or other
building components such that upper layers of material are
placed overlapping lower layers of material to provide for
drainage via gravity and moisture control.
[BS] SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE. A roofing membrane
that is field applied using one layer of membrane material
(either homogeneous or composite) rather than multiple layers.
[F] SINGLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM. An assembly
incorporating the detector, the control equipment and the
alarm-sounding device in one unit, operated from a power
supply either in the unit or obtained at the point of installation.
SITE. A parcel of land bounded by a lot line or a designated
portion of a public right-of-way.
[BS] SITE CLASS. A classification assigned to a site based
on the types of soils present and their engineering properties
as defined in Section 1613.3.2.
[BS] SITE COEFFICIENTS. The values of Fa and Fv indicated in Tables 1613.3.3(1) and 1613.3.3(2), respectively.
SITE-FABRICATED STRETCH SYSTEM. A system,
fabricated on site and intended for acoustical, tackable or aesthetic purposes, that is composed of three elements:
1. A frame (constructed of plastic, wood, metal or other
material) used to hold fabric in place;
2. A core material (infill, with the correct properties for
the application); and
3. An outside layer, composed of a textile, fabric or vinyl,
that is stretched taut and held in place by tension or
mechanical fasteners via the frame.
[BS] SKYLIGHT, UNIT. A factory-assembled, glazed fenestration unit, containing one panel of glazing material that
allows for natural lighting through an opening in the roof
assembly while preserving the weather-resistant barrier of the
roof.
[BS] SKYLIGHTS AND SLOPED GLAZING. Glass or
other transparent or translucent glazing material installed at a
34
slope of 15 degrees (0.26 rad) or more from vertical. Glazing
material in skylights, including unit skylights, tubular daylighting devices, solariums, sunrooms, roofs and sloped
walls, are included in this definition.
SLEEPING UNIT. A room or space in which people sleep,
which can also include permanent provisions for living, eating, and either sanitation or kitchen facilities but not both.
Such rooms and spaces that are also part of a dwelling unit
are not sleeping units.
[F] SMOKE ALARM. A single- or multiple-station alarm
responsive to smoke. See “Multiple-station smoke alarm”
and “Single-station smoke alarm.”
SMOKE BARRIER. A continuous membrane, either vertical or horizontal, such as a wall, floor or ceiling assembly,
that is designed and constructed to restrict the movement of
smoke.
SMOKE COMPARTMENT. A space within a building
enclosed by smoke barriers on all sides, including the top and
bottom.
SMOKE DAMPER. A listed device installed in ducts and
air transfer openings designed to resist the passage of smoke.
The device is installed to operate automatically, controlled by
a smoke detection system, and where required, is capable of
being positioned from a fire command center.
[F] SMOKE DETECTOR. A listed device that senses visible or invisible particles of combustion.
SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX. A comparative measure,
expressed as a dimensionless number, derived from measurements of smoke obscuration versus time for a material tested
in accordance with ASTM E84.
SMOKE-PROTECTED ASSEMBLY SEATING. Seating
served by means of egress that is not subject to smoke accumulation within or under a structure.
SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURE. An exit stairway or ramp
designed and constructed so that the movement of the products of combustion produced by a fire occurring in any part of
the building into the enclosure is limited.
[F] SOLID. A material that has a melting point, decomposes
or sublimes at a temperature greater than 68°F (20°C).
SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDING. A special amusement building is any temporary or permanent building or portion thereof that is occupied for amusement, entertainment or
educational purposes and that contains a device or system
that conveys passengers or provides a walkway along, around
or over a course in any direction so arranged that the means of
egress path is not readily apparent due to visual or audio distractions or is intentionally confounded or is not readily available because of the nature of the attraction or mode of
conveyance through the building or structure.
[BS] SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA. The land area
subject to flood hazards and shown on a Flood Insurance
Rate Map or other flood hazard map as Zone A, AE, A1-30,
A99, AR, AO, AH, V, VO, VE or V1-30.
[BS] SPECIAL INSPECTION. Inspection of construction
requiring the expertise of an approved special inspector in
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
order to ensure compliance with this code and the approved
construction documents.
Continuous special inspection. Special inspection by the
special inspector who is present continuously when and
where the work to be inspected is being performed.
Periodic special inspection. Special inspection by the
special inspector who is intermittently present where the
work to be inspected has been or is being performed.
[BS] SPECIAL INSPECTOR. A qualified person
employed or retained by an approved agency and approved
by the building official as having the competence necessary
to inspect a particular type of construction requiring special
inspection.
¬
[BS] SPECIAL STRUCTURAL WALL. See Section
1905.1.1.
[BS] SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF
MASONRY, f´m. Minimum compressive strength, expressed
as force per unit of net cross-sectional area, required of the
masonry used in construction by the approved construction
documents, and upon which the project design is based.
Whenever the quantity f´m is under the radical sign, the square
root of numerical value only is intended and the result has
units of pounds per square inch (psi) (MPa).
SPLICE. The result of a factory and/or field method of joining or connecting two or more lengths of a fire-resistant joint
system into a continuous entity.
SPORT ACTIVITY, AREA OF. See “Area of sport activity.”
¬
SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS. Cementitious or fibrous materials that are sprayed to provide fireresistant protection of the substrates.
STAGE. A space within a building utilized for entertainment
or presentations, which includes overhead hanging curtains,
drops, scenery or stage effects other than lighting and sound.
STAIR. A change in elevation, consisting of one or more risers.
STAIRWAY. One or more flights of stairs, either exterior or
interior, with the necessary landings and platforms connecting them, to form a continuous and uninterrupted passage
from one level to another.
STAIRWAY, EXIT ACCESS. See “Exit access stairway.”
¬
STAIRWAY, EXTERIOR EXIT. See “Exterior exit stairway.”
STAIRWAY, INTERIOR EXIT. See “Interior exit stairway.”
STAIRWAY, SCISSOR. See “Scissor stairway.”
STAIRWAY, SPIRAL. A stairway having a closed circular
form in its plan view with uniform section-shaped treads
attached to and radiating from a minimum-diameter supporting column.
[F] STANDBY POWER SYSTEM. A source of automatic
electric power of a required capacity and duration to operate
required building, hazardous materials or ventilation systems
in the event of a failure of the primary power. Standby power
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
systems are required for electrical loads where interruption of
the primary power could create hazards or hamper rescue or
fire-fighting operations.
[F] STANDPIPE SYSTEM, CLASSES OF. Standpipe
classes are as follows:
Class I system. A system providing 21/2-inch (64 mm)
hose connections to supply water for use by fire departments and those trained in handling heavy fire streams.
Class II system. A system providing 11/2-inch (38 mm)
hose stations to supply water for use primarily by the
building occupants or by the fire department during initial
response.
Class III system. A system providing 11/2-inch (38 mm)
hose stations to supply water for use by building occupants and 21/2-inch (64 mm) hose connections to supply a
larger volume of water for use by fire departments and
those trained in handling heavy fire streams.
[F] STANDPIPE, TYPES OF. Standpipe types are as follows:
Automatic dry. A dry standpipe system, normally filled
with pressurized air, that is arranged through the use of a
device, such as dry pipe valve, to admit water into the system piping automatically upon the opening of a hose
valve. The water supply for an automatic dry standpipe
system shall be capable of supplying the system demand.
Automatic wet. A wet standpipe system that has a water
supply that is capable of supplying the system demand
automatically.
Manual dry. A dry standpipe system that does not have a
permanent water supply attached to the system. Manual
dry standpipe systems require water from a fire department pumper to be pumped into the system through the
fire department connection in order to meet the system
demand.
Manual wet. A wet standpipe system connected to a water
supply for the purpose of maintaining water within the
system but does not have a water supply capable of delivering the system demand attached to the system. Manualwet standpipe systems require water from a fire department pumper (or the like) to be pumped into the system in
order to meet the system demand.
Semiautomatic dry. A dry standpipe system that is
arranged through the use of a device, such as a deluge
valve, to admit water into the system piping upon activation of a remote control device located at a hose connection. A remote control activation device shall be provided
at each hose connection. The water supply for a semiautomatic dry standpipe system shall be capable of supplying
the system demand.
[BS] START OF CONSTRUCTION. The date of issuance
for new construction and substantial improvements to existing structures, provided the actual start of construction,
repair, reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition, placement or
other improvement is within 180 days after the date of issuance. The actual start of construction means the first placement of permanent construction of a building (including a
35
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
manufactured home) on a site, such as the pouring of a slab or
footings, installation of pilings or construction of columns.
Permanent construction does not include land preparation
(such as clearing, excavation, grading or filling), the installation of streets or walkways, excavation for a basement, footings, piers or foundations, the erection of temporary forms or
the installation of accessory buildings such as garages or
sheds not occupied as dwelling units or not part of the main
building. For a substantial improvement, the actual “start of
construction” means the first alteration of any wall, ceiling,
floor or other structural part of a building, whether or not that
alteration affects the external dimensions of the building.
¬
¬
STORY. That portion of a building included between the
upper surface of a floor and the upper surface of the floor or
roof next above (see “Basement,” “Building height,” “Grade
plane” and “Mezzanine”). A story is measured as the vertical
distance from top to top of two successive tiers of beams or
finished floor surfaces and, for the topmost story, from the
top of the floor finish to the top of the ceiling joists or, where
there is not a ceiling, to the top of the roof rafters.
STORY ABOVE GRADE PLANE. Any story having its
finished floor surface entirely above grade plane, or in which
the finished surface of the floor next above is:
1. More than 6 feet (1829 mm) above grade plane; or
[BS] STEEL CONSTRUCTION, COLD-FORMED. That
type of construction made up entirely or in part of steel structural members cold formed to shape from sheet or strip steel
such as roof deck, floor and wall panels, studs, floor joists,
roof joists and other structural elements.
2. More than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the finished
ground level at any point.
[BS] STRENGTH (For Chapter 21).
[BS] STEEL ELEMENT, STRUCTURAL. Any steel
structural member of a building or structure consisting of
rolled shapes, pipe, hollow structural sections, plates, bars,
sheets, rods or steel castings other than cold-formed steel or
steel joist members.
Nominal strength. Strength of a member or cross section
calculated in accordance with these provisions before
application of any strength-reduction factors.
[BS] STEEL JOIST. Any steel structural member of a
building or structure made of hot-rolled or cold-formed solid
or open-web sections, or riveted or welded bars, strip or sheet
steel members, or slotted and expanded, or otherwise
deformed rolled sections.
STEEP SLOPE. A roof slope greater than two units vertical
in 12 units horizontal (17-percent slope).
[BS] STONE MASONRY. Masonry composed of field,
quarried or cast stone units bonded by mortar.
[F] STORAGE, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. The keeping, retention or leaving of hazardous materials in closed containers, tanks, cylinders, or similar vessels; or vessels
supplying operations through closed connections to the vessel.
[BS] STORAGE RACKS. Cold-formed or hot-rolled steel
structural members which are formed into steel storage racks,
including pallet storage racks, movable-shelf racks, rack-supported systems, automated storage and retrieval systems
(stacker racks), push-back racks, pallet-flow racks, case-flow
racks, pick modules and rack-supported platforms. Other
types of racks, such as drive-in or drive-through racks, cantilever racks, portable racks or racks made of materials other
than steel, are not considered storage racks for the purpose of
this code.
STORM SHELTER. A building, structure or portions
thereof, constructed in accordance with ICC 500 and designated for use during a severe wind storm event, such as a hurricane or tornado.
Community storm shelter. A storm shelter not defined as
a “Residential storm shelter.”
Residential storm shelter. A storm shelter serving occupants of dwelling units and having an occupant load not
exceeding 16 persons.
36
Design strength. Nominal strength multiplied by a
strength reduction factor.
Required strength. Strength of a member or cross section
required to resist factored loads.
[BS] STRENGTH (for Chapter 16).
Nominal strength. The capacity of a structure or member
to resist the effects of loads, as determined by computations using specified material strengths and dimensions
and equations derived from accepted principles of structural mechanics or by field tests or laboratory tests of
scaled models, allowing for modeling effects and differences between laboratory and field conditions.
Required strength. Strength of a member, cross section
or connection required to resist factored loads or related
internal moments and forces in such combinations as stipulated by these provisions.
Strength design. A method of proportioning structural
members such that the computed forces produced in the
members by factored loads do not exceed the member
design strength [also called “load and resistance factor
design” (LRFD)]. The term “strength design” is used in
the design of concrete and masonry structural elements.
[BS] STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER. Structural
member manufactured using wood elements bonded together
with exterior adhesives. Examples of structural composite
lumber are:
Laminated strand lumber (LSL). A composite of wood
strand elements with wood fibers primarily oriented along
the length of the member, where the least dimension of the
wood strand elements is 0.10 inch (2.54 mm) or less and
their average lengths not less than 150 times the least
dimension of the wood strand elements.
Laminated veneer lumber (LVL). A composite of wood
veneer sheet elements with wood fibers primarily oriented
along the length of the member, where the veneer element
thicknesses are 0.25 inches (6.4 mm) or less.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
Parallel strand lumber (PSL). A composite of wood
strand elements with wood fibers primarily oriented along
the length of the member where the least dimension of the
wood strand elements is 0.25 inches (6.4 mm) or less and
their average lengths not less than 300 times the least
dimension of the wood strand elements.
[BS] STRUCTURAL GLUED-LAMINATED TIMBER.
An engineered, stress-rated product of a timber laminating
plant, comprised of assemblies of specially selected and prepared wood laminations in which the grain of all laminations
is approximately parallel longitudinally and the laminations
are bonded with adhesives.
[BS] STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION. The visual observation of the structural system by a registered design professional for general conformance to the approved construction
documents.
¬
[A] STRUCTURE. That which is built or constructed.
[BS] SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGE. Damage of any origin
sustained by a structure whereby the cost of restoring the
structure to its before-damaged condition would equal or
exceed 50 percent of the market value of the structure before
the damage occurred.
[BS] SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT. Any repair,
reconstruction, rehabilitation, alteration, addition or other
improvement of a building or structure, the cost of which
equals or exceeds 50 percent of the market value of the structure before the improvement or repair is started. If the structure has sustained substantial damage, any repairs are
considered substantial improvement regardless of the actual
repair work performed. The term does not, however, include
either:
1. Any project for improvement of a building required to
correct existing health, sanitary or safety code violations identified by the building official and that are the
minimum necessary to assure safe living conditions.
2. Any alteration of a historic structure provided that the
alteration will not preclude the structure’s continued
designation as a historic structure.
[BS] SUBSTANTIAL STRUCTURAL DAMAGE. A condition where one or both of the following apply:
1. The vertical elements of the lateral force-resisting system have suffered damage such that the lateral loadcarrying capacity of any story in any horizontal direction has been reduced by more than 33 percent from its
predamage condition.
2. The capacity of any vertical component carrying gravity load, or any group of such components, that supports more than 30 percent of the total area of the
structure’s floors and roofs has been reduced more than
20 percent from its predamage condition and the
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
remaining capacity of such affected elements, with
respect to all dead and live loads, is less than 75 percent
of that required by this code for new buildings of similar structure, purpose and location.
[E] SUNROOM. A one-story structure attached to a building
with a glazing area in excess of 40 percent of the gross area of
the structure’s exterior walls and roof.
[F] SUPERVISING STATION. A facility that receives signals and at which personnel are in attendance at all times to
respond to these signals.
[F] SUPERVISORY SERVICE. The service required to
monitor performance of guard tours and the operative condition of fixed suppression systems or other systems for the
protection of life and property.
[F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL. A signal indicating the need
of action in connection with the supervision of guard tours,
the fire suppression systems or equipment or the maintenance
features of related systems.
[F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL-INITIATING DEVICE.
An initiation device, such as a valve supervisory switch,
water-level indicator or low-air pressure switch on a dry-pipe
sprinkler system, whose change of state signals an off-normal
condition and its restoration to normal of a fire protection or
life safety system, or a need for action in connection with
guard tours, fire suppression systems or equipment or maintenance features of related systems.
[BS] SUSCEPTIBLE BAY. A roof or portion thereof with:
1. A slope less than 1/4-inch per foot (0.0208 rad); or
2. On which water is impounded, in whole or in part, and
the secondary drainage system is functional but the primary drainage system is blocked.
A roof surface with a slope of 1/4-inch per foot (0.0208
rad) or greater towards points of free drainage is not a susceptible bay.
SWIMMING POOL. Any structure intended for swimming,
recreational bathing or wading that contains water over 24
inches (610 mm) deep. This includes in-ground, aboveground and on-ground pools; hot tubs; spas and fixed-inplace wading pools.
T RATING. The time period that the penetration firestop
system, including the penetrating item, limits the maximum
temperature rise to 325°F (163°C) above its initial temperature through the penetration on the nonfire side when tested
in accordance with ASTM E814 or UL 1479.
TECHNICAL PRODUCTION AREA. Open elevated
areas or spaces intended for entertainment technicians to
walk on and occupy for servicing and operating entertainment technology systems and equipment. Galleries, including fly and lighting galleries, gridirons, catwalks, and similar
areas are designed for these purposes.
TENSILE MEMBRANE STRUCTURE. A membrane
structure having a shape that is determined by tension in the
membrane and the geometry of the support structure. Typically, the structure consists of both flexible elements (e.g.,
membrane and cables), nonflexible elements (e.g., struts,
masts, beams and arches) and the anchorage (e.g., supports
¬
Oriented strand lumber (OSL). A composite of wood
strand elements with wood fibers primarily oriented along
the length of the member, where the least dimension of the
wood strand elements is 0.10 inches (2.54 mm) or less and
their average lengths not less than 75 times and less than
150 times the least dimension of the strand elements.
37
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
and foundations). This includes frame-supported tensile
membrane structures.
TENT. A structure, enclosure or shelter, with or without
sidewalls or drops, constructed of fabric or pliable material
supported in any manner except by air or the contents it protects.
[E] THERMAL ISOLATION. A separation of conditioned
spaces, between a sunroom and a dwelling unit, consisting of
existing or new walls, doors or windows.
THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL. A plastic material that
is capable of being repeatedly softened by increase of temperature and hardened by decrease of temperature.
¬
THERMOSETTING MATERIAL. A plastic material that
is capable of being changed into a substantially nonreformable product when cured.
THROUGH PENETRATION. A breach in both sides of a
floor, floor-ceiling or wall assembly to accommodate an item
passing through the breaches.
THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM. An
assemblage consisting of a fire-resistance-rated floor, floorceiling, or wall assembly, one or more penetrating items passing through the breaches in both sides of the assembly and the
materials or devices, or both, installed to resist the spread of
fire through the assembly for a prescribed period of time.
[BS] TIE-DOWN (HOLD-DOWN). A device used to resist
uplift of the chords of shear walls.
[BS] TIE, WALL. Metal connector that connects wythes of
masonry walls together.
[BS] TILE, STRUCTURAL CLAY. A hollow masonry unit
composed of burned clay, shale, fire clay or mixture thereof,
and having parallel cells.
[F] TIRES, BULK STORAGE OF. Storage of tires where
the area available for storage exceeds 20,000 cubic feet (566
m3).
[A] TOWNHOUSE. A single-family dwelling unit constructed in a group of three or more attached units in which
each unit extends from the foundation to roof and with open
space on at least two sides.
[F] TOXIC. A chemical falling within any of the following
categories:
1. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of
more than 50 milligrams per kilogram, but not more
than 500 milligrams per kilogram of body weight when
administered orally to albino rats weighing between
200 and 300 grams each.
2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of
more than 200 milligrams per kilogram, but not more
than 1,000 milligrams per kilogram of body weight
when administered by continuous contact for 24 hours
(or less if death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare
skin of albino rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms each.
3. A chemical that has a median lethal concentration
(LC50) in air of more than 200 parts per million, but not
more than 2,000 parts per million by volume of gas or
38
vapor, or more than 2 milligrams per liter but not more
than 20 milligrams per liter of mist, fume or dust, when
administered by continuous inhalation for 1 hour (or
less if death occurs within 1 hour) to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.
TRANSIENT. Occupancy of a dwelling unit or sleeping unit
for not more than 30 days.
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT. Aircraft based at another location and that is at the transient location for not more than 90
days.
[BS] TREATED WOOD. Wood products that are conditioned to enhance fire-retardant or preservative properties.
Fire-retardant-treated wood. Wood products that, when
impregnated with chemicals by a pressure process or other
means during manufacture, exhibit reduced surface-burning characteristics and resist propagation of fire.
Preservative-treated wood. Wood products that, conditioned with chemicals by a pressure process or other
means, exhibit reduced susceptibility to damage by fungi,
insects or marine borers.
TRIM. Picture molds, chair rails, baseboards, handrails,
door and window frames and similar decorative or protective
materials used in fixed applications.
[F] TROUBLE SIGNAL. A signal initiated by the fire
alarm system or device indicative of a fault in a monitored
circuit or component.
[BS] TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICE (TDD). A
non-operable fenestration unit primarily designed to transmit
daylight from a roof surface to an interior ceiling via a tubular
conduit. The basic unit consists of an exterior glazed weathering surface, a light-transmitting tube with a reflective interior
surface, and an interior-sealing device such as a translucent
ceiling panel. The unit can be factory assembled, or fieldassembled from a manufactured kit.
24-HOUR BASIS. See “24-hour basis” located preceding
“AAC masonry.”
TYPE A UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping unit designed
and constructed for accessibility in accordance with this code
and the provisions for Type A units in ICC A117.1.
TYPE B UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping unit designed
and constructed for accessibility in accordance with this code
and the provisions for Type B units in ICC A117.1, consistent
with the design and construction requirements of the federal
Fair Housing Act.
[BS] UNDERLAYMENT. One or more layers of felt,
sheathing paper, nonbituminous saturated felt or other
approved material over which a steep-slope roof covering is
applied.
UNIT SKYLIGHT. See “Skylight, unit.”
[F] UNSTABLE (REACTIVE) MATERIAL. A material,
other than an explosive, which in the pure state or as commercially produced, will vigorously polymerize, decompose,
condense or become self-reactive and undergo other violent
chemical changes, including explosion, when exposed to
heat, friction or shock, or in the absence of an inhibitor, or in
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
the presence of contaminants, or in contact with incompatible
materials. Unstable (reactive) materials are subdivided as follows:
[M] VENTILATION. The natural or mechanical process of
supplying conditioned or unconditioned air to, or removing
such air from, any space.
Class 4. Materials that in themselves are readily capable
of detonation or explosive decomposition or explosive
reaction at normal temperatures and pressures. This class
includes materials that are sensitive to mechanical or
localized thermal shock at normal temperatures and pressures.
VINYL SIDING. A shaped material, made principally from
rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC), that is used as an exterior
wall covering.
Class 3. Materials that in themselves are capable of detonation or of explosive decomposition or explosive reaction
but which require a strong initiating source or which must
be heated under confinement before initiation. This class
includes materials that are sensitive to thermal or mechanical shock at elevated temperatures and pressures.
WALKWAY, PEDESTRIAN. A walkway used exclusively
as a pedestrian trafficway.
[BS] WALL (for Chapter 21). A vertical element with a
horizontal length-to-thickness ratio greater than three, used to
enclose space.
Dry-stacked, surface-bonded wall. A wall built of concrete masonry units where the units are stacked dry, without mortar on the bed or head joints, and where both sides
of the wall are coated with a surface-bonding mortar.
Class 1. Materials that in themselves are normally stable
but which can become unstable at elevated temperatures
and pressure.
Parapet wall. The part of any wall entirely above the roof
line.
[F] USE (MATERIAL). Placing a material into action,
including solids, liquids and gases.
[BS] WALL, LOAD-BEARING. Any wall meeting either
of the following classifications:
VAPOR PERMEABLE MEMBRANE. The property of
having a moisture vapor permeance rating of 5 perms (2.9 ×
10-10 kg/Pa × s × m2) or greater, when tested in accordance
with the desiccant method using Procedure A of ASTM E96.
A vapor permeable material permits the passage of moisture
vapor.
1. Any metal or wood stud wall that supports more than
100 pounds per linear foot (1459 N/m) of vertical load
in addition to its own weight.
Class I: 0.1 perm or less.
Class II: 0.1 < perm d 1.0 perm.
Class III: 1.0 < perm d 10 perm.
VEGETATIVE ROOF. An assembly of interacting components designed to waterproof and normally insulate a building’s top surface that includes, by design, vegetation and
related landscape elements.
VEHICLE BARRIER. A component or a system of components, near open sides or walls of garage floors or ramps that
act as a restraint for vehicles.
VEHICULAR GATE. A gate that is intended for use at a
vehicular entrance or exit to a facility, building or portion
thereof, and that is not intended for use by pedestrian traffic.
VENEER. A facing attached to a wall for the purpose of providing ornamentation, protection or insulation, but not
counted as adding strength to the wall.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
2. Any masonry or concrete wall that supports more than
200 pounds per linear foot (2919 N/m) of vertical load
in addition to its own weight.
[BS] WALL, NONLOAD-BEARING. Any wall that is not
a load-bearing wall.
[F] WATER-REACTIVE MATERIAL. A material that
explodes; violently reacts; produces flammable, toxic or other
hazardous gases; or evolves enough heat to cause autoignition or ignition of combustibles upon exposure to water or
moisture. Water-reactive materials are subdivided as follows:
¬
VAPOR RETARDER CLASS. A measure of a material or
assembly’s ability to limit the amount of moisture that passes
through that material or assembly. Vapor retarder class shall
be defined using the desiccant method of ASTM E96 as follows:
¬
Cavity wall. A wall built of masonry units or of concrete,
or a combination of these materials, arranged to provide an
airspace within the wall, and in which the inner and outer
parts of the wall are tied together with metal ties.
¬
Class 2. Materials that in themselves are normally unstable and readily undergo violent chemical change but do
not detonate. This class includes materials that can
undergo chemical change with rapid release of energy at
normal temperatures and pressures, and that can undergo
violent chemical change at elevated temperatures and
pressures.
[F] VISIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. A
notification appliance that alerts by the sense of sight.
Class 3. Materials that react explosively with water without requiring heat or confinement.
Class 2. Materials that react violently with water or have
the ability to boil water. Materials that produce flammable,
toxic or other hazardous gases or evolve enough heat to
cause autoignition or ignition of combustibles upon exposure to water or moisture.
Class 1. Materials that react with water with some release
of energy, but not violently.
WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER. A material behind an
exterior wall covering that is intended to resist liquid water
that has penetrated behind the exterior covering from further
intruding into the exterior wall assembly.
39
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
DEFINITIONS
WEATHER-EXPOSED SURFACES. Surfaces of walls,
ceilings, floors, roofs, soffits and similar surfaces exposed to
the weather except the following:
1. Ceilings and roof soffits enclosed by walls, fascia,
bulkheads or beams that extend not less than 12 inches
(305 mm) below such ceiling or roof soffits.
2. Walls or portions of walls beneath an unenclosed roof
area, where located a horizontal distance from an open
exterior opening equal to not less than twice the height
of the opening.
3. Ceiling and roof soffits located a minimum horizontal
distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) from the outer edges of
the ceiling or roof soffits.
[F] WET-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A
solution of water and potassium-carbonate-based chemical,
potassium-acetate-based chemical or a combination thereof,
forming an extinguishing agent.
¬
WHEELCHAIR SPACE. A space for a single wheelchair
and its occupant.
[BS] WIND-BORNE DEBRIS REGION. Areas within hurricane-prone regions located:
1. Within 1 mile (1.61 km) of the coastal mean high water
line where the ultimate design wind speed, Vult, is 130
mph (58 m/s) or greater; or
2. In areas where the ultimate design wind speed is 140
mph (63.6 m/s) or greater.
For Risk Category II buildings and structures and Risk
Category III buildings and structures, except health care
facilities, the wind-borne debris region shall be based on Figure 1609.3.(1). For Risk Category IV buildings and structures and Risk Category III health care facilities, the windborne debris region shall be based on Figure 1609.3(2).
WINDFORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM, MAIN. See
“Main windforce-resisting system.”
[BS] WIND SPEED, Vult. Ultimate design wind speeds.
waterproof synthetic resins or other suitable bonding systems. Examples of wood structural panels are:
Composite panels. A wood structural panel that is comprised of wood veneer and reconstituted wood-based
material and bonded together with waterproof adhesive;
Oriented strand board (OSB). A mat-formed wood
structural panel comprised of thin rectangular wood
strands arranged in cross-aligned layers with surface layers normally arranged in the long panel direction and
bonded with waterproof adhesive; or
Plywood. A wood structural panel comprised of plies of
wood veneer arranged in cross-aligned layers. The plies
are bonded with waterproof adhesive that cures on application of heat and pressure.
[F] WORKSTATION. A defined space or an independent
principal piece of equipment using HPM within a fabrication
area where a specific function, laboratory procedure or
research activity occurs. Approved or listed hazardous materials storage cabinets, flammable liquid storage cabinets or
gas cabinets serving a workstation are included as part of the
workstation. A workstation is allowed to contain ventilation
equipment, fire protection devices, detection devices, electrical devices and other processing and scientific equipment.
[BS] WYTHE. Each continuous, vertical section of a wall,
one masonry unit in thickness.
YARD. An open space, other than a court, unobstructed from
the ground to the sky, except where specifically provided by
this code, on the lot on which a building is situated.
[F] ZONE. A defined area within the protected premises. A
zone can define an area from which a signal can be received,
an area to which a signal can be sent or an area in which a
form of control can be executed.
[F] ZONE, NOTIFICATION. An area within a building or
facility covered by notification appliances which are activated simultaneously.
[BS] WIND SPEED, Vasd. Nominal design wind speeds.
WINDER. A tread with nonparallel edges.
[BS] WIRE BACKING. Horizontal strands of tautened wire
attached to surfaces of vertical supports which, when covered
with the building paper, provide a backing for cement plaster
[F] WIRELESS PROTECTION SYSTEM. A system or a
part of a system that can transmit and receive signals without
the aid of wire.
[BS] WOOD/PLASTIC COMPOSITE. A composite material made primarily from wood or cellulose-based materials
and plastic.
[BS] WOOD SHEAR PANEL. A wood floor, roof or wall
component sheathed to act as a shear wall or diaphragm.
[BS] WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL. A panel manufactured from veneers, wood strands or wafers or a combination
of veneer and wood strands or wafers bonded together with
40
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
CHAPTER 3
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
User note: Code change proposals to sections preceded by the designation [F] will be considered by the nternational
Fire Code Development Committee during the 2016 (Group B) Code Development Cycle. See explanation on page iv.
SECTION 301
GENERAL
301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall control the
classification of all buildings and structures as to use and
occupancy.
SECTION 302
CLASSIFICATION
302.1 General. Structures or portions of structures shall be
classified with respect to occupancy in one or more of the
groups listed in this section. A room or space that is intended
to be occupied at different times for different purposes shall
comply with all of the requirements that are applicable to
each of the purposes for which the room or space will be
occupied. Structures with multiple occupancies or uses shall
comply with Section 508. Where a structure is proposed for a
purpose that is not specifically provided for in this code, such
structure shall be classified in the group that the occupancy
most nearly resembles, according to the fire safety and relative hazard involved.
1. Assembly (see Section 303): Groups A-1, A-2, A-3,
A-4 and A-5.
2. Business (see Section 304): Group B.
3. Educational (see Section 305): Group E.
4. Factory and Industrial (see Section 306): Groups F-1
and F-2.
5. High Hazard (see Section 307): Groups H-1, H-2, H-3,
H-4 and H-5.
6. Institutional (see Section 308): Groups I-1, I-2, I-3
and I-4.
7. Mercantile (see Section 309): Group M.
8. Residential (see Section 310): Groups R-1, R-2, R-3
and R-4.
9. Storage (see Section 311): Groups S-1 and S-2.
10. Utility and Miscellaneous (see Section 312): Group
U.
SECTION 303
ASSEMBLY GROUP A
303.1 Assembly Group A. Assembly Group A occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a
portion thereof, for the gathering of persons for purposes such
as civic, social or religious functions; recreation, food or
drink consumption or awaiting transportation.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
303.1.1 Small buildings and tenant spaces. A building or
tenant space used for assembly purposes with an occupant
load of less than 50 persons shall be classified as a Group
B occupancy.
303.1.2 Small assembly spaces. The following rooms and
spaces shall not be classified as Assembly occupancies:
1. A room or space used for assembly purposes with an
occupant load of less than 50 persons and accessory
to another occupancy shall be classified as a Group
B occupancy or as part of that occupancy.
2. A room or space used for assembly purposes that is
less than 750 square feet (70 m2) in area and accessory to another occupancy shall be classified as a
Group B occupancy or as part of that occupancy.
303.1.3 Associated with Group E occupancies. A room
or space used for assembly purposes that is associated with
a Group E occupancy is not considered a separate occupancy.
303.1.4 Accessory to places of religious worship.
Accessory religious educational rooms and religious auditoriums with occupant loads of less than 100 per room or
space are not considered separate occupancies.
303.2 Assembly Group A-1. Group A-1 occupancy includes
assembly uses, usually with fixed seating, intended for the
production and viewing of the performing arts or motion pictures including, but not limited to:
Motion picture theaters
Symphony and concert halls
Television and radio studios admitting an audience
Theaters
303.3 Assembly Group A-2. Group A-2 occupancy includes
assembly uses intended for food and/or drink consumption
including, but not limited to:
Banquet halls
Casinos (gaming areas)
Nightclubs
Restaurants, cafeterias and similar dining facilities
(including associated commercial kitchens)
Taverns and bars
303.4 Assembly Group A-3. Group A-3 occupancy includes
assembly uses intended for worship, recreation or amusement
and other assembly uses not classified elsewhere in Group A
including, but not limited to:
Amusement arcades
Art galleries
Bowling alleys
Community halls
41
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
Courtrooms
Dance halls (not including food or drink consumption)
Exhibition halls
Funeral parlors
Gymnasiums (without spectator seating)
Indoor swimming pools (without spectator seating)
Indoor tennis courts (without spectator seating)
Lecture halls
Libraries
Museums
Places of religious worship
Pool and billiard parlors
Waiting areas in transportation terminals
303.5 Assembly Group A-4. Group A-4 occupancy includes
assembly uses intended for viewing of indoor sporting events
and activities with spectator seating including, but not limited
to:
Arenas
Skating rinks
Swimming pools
Tennis courts
303.6 Assembly Group A-5. Group A-5 occupancy includes
assembly uses intended for participation in or viewing outdoor activities including, but not limited to:
Amusement park structures
Bleachers
Grandstands
Stadiums
SECTION 304
BUSINESS GROUP B
304.1 Business Group B. Business Group B occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a
portion thereof, for office, professional or service-type transactions, including storage of records and accounts. Business
occupancies shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Airport traffic control towers
Ambulatory care facilities
Animal hospitals, kennels and pounds
Banks
Barber and beauty shops
Car wash
Civic administration
Clinic, outpatient
Dry cleaning and laundries: pick-up and delivery stations
and self-service
Educational occupancies for students above the 12th grade
Electronic data processing
Food processing establishments and commercial kitchens
not associated with restaurants, cafeterias and similar
dining facilities not more than 2,500 square feet (232 m2)
in area.
Laboratories: testing and research
Motor vehicle showrooms
Post offices
Print shops
42
Professional services (architects, attorneys, dentists,
physicians, engineers, etc.)
Radio and television stations
Telephone exchanges
Training and skill development not in a school or
academic program (this shall include, but not be limited
to, tutoring centers, martial arts studios, gymnastics and
similar uses regardless of the ages served, and where not
classified as a Group A occupancy).
304.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2:
AMBULATORY CARE FACILITY.
CLINIC, OUTPATIENT.
SECTION 305
EDUCATIONAL GROUP E
305.1 Educational Group E. Educational Group E occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion thereof, by six or more persons at any one
time for educational purposes through the 12th grade.
305.1.1 Accessory to places of religious worship. Religious educational rooms and religious auditoriums, which
are accessory to places of religious worship in accordance
with Section 303.1.4 and have occupant loads of less than
100 per room or space, shall be classified as Group A-3
occupancies.
305.2 Group E, day care facilities. This group includes
buildings and structures or portions thereof occupied by more
than five children older than 21/2 years of age who receive
educational, supervision or personal care services for fewer
than 24 hours per day.
305.2.1 Within places of religious worship. Rooms and
spaces within places of religious worship providing such
day care during religious functions shall be classified as
part of the primary occupancy.
305.2.2 Five or fewer children. A facility having five or
fewer children receiving such day care shall be classified
as part of the primary occupancy.
305.2.3 Five or fewer children in a dwelling unit. A
facility such as the above within a dwelling unit and having five or fewer children receiving such day care shall be
classified as a Group R-3 occupancy or shall comply with
the International Residential Code.
SECTION 306
FACTORY GROUP F
306.1 Factory Industrial Group F. Factory Industrial Group
F occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or
structure, or a portion thereof, for assembling, disassembling,
fabricating, finishing, manufacturing, packaging, repair or
processing operations that are not classified as a Group H
hazardous or Group S storage occupancy.
306.2 Moderate-hazard factory industrial, Group F-1.
Factory industrial uses that are not classified as Factory
Industrial F-2 Low Hazard shall be classified as F-1 Moder2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
ate Hazard and shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Aircraft (manufacturing, not to include repair)
Appliances
Athletic equipment
Automobiles and other motor vehicles
Bakeries
Beverages: over 16-percent alcohol content
Bicycles
Boats
Brooms or brushes
Business machines
Cameras and photo equipment
Canvas or similar fabric
Carpets and rugs (includes cleaning)
Clothing
Construction and agricultural machinery
Disinfectants
Dry cleaning and dyeing
Electric generation plants
Electronics
Engines (including rebuilding)
Food processing establishments and commercial kitchens
not associated with restaurants, cafeterias and similar
dining facilities more than 2,500 square feet (232 m2) in
area.
Furniture
Hemp products
Jute products
Laundries
Leather products
Machinery
Metals
Millwork (sash and door)
Motion pictures and television filming (without
spectators)
Musical instruments
Optical goods
Paper mills or products
Photographic film
Plastic products
Printing or publishing
Recreational vehicles
Refuse incineration
Shoes
Soaps and detergents
Textiles
Tobacco
Trailers
Upholstering
Wood; distillation
Woodworking (cabinet)
306.3 Low-hazard factory industrial, Group F-2. Factory
industrial uses that involve the fabrication or manufacturing
of noncombustible materials that during finishing, packing or
processing do not involve a significant fire hazard shall be
classified as F-2 occupancies and shall include, but not be
limited to, the following:
Beverages: up to and including 16-percent alcohol content
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Brick and masonry
Ceramic products
Foundries
Glass products
Gypsum
Ice
Metal products (fabrication and assembly)
SECTION 307
HIGH-HAZARD GROUP H
[F] 307.1 High-hazard Group H. High-hazard Group H
occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or
structure, or a portion thereof, that involves the manufacturing, processing, generation or storage of materials that constitute a physical or health hazard in quantities in excess of
those allowed in control areas complying with Section 414,
based on the maximum allowable quantity limits for control
areas set forth in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2). Hazardous
occupancies are classified in Groups H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 and
H-5 and shall be in accordance with this section, the requirements of Section 415 and the International Fire Code. Hazardous materials stored, or used on top of roofs or canopies,
shall be classified as outdoor storage or use and shall comply
with the International Fire Code.
[F] 307.1.1 Uses other than Group H. An occupancy that
stores, uses or handles hazardous materials as described in
one or more of the following items shall not be classified
as Group H, but shall be classified as the occupancy that it
most nearly resembles.
1. Buildings and structures occupied for the application of flammable finishes, provided that such
buildings or areas conform to the requirements of
Section 416 and the International Fire Code.
2. Wholesale and retail sales and storage of flammable and combustible liquids in mercantile occupancies conforming to the International Fire
Code.
3. Closed piping system containing flammable or
combustible liquids or gases utilized for the operation of machinery or equipment.
4. Cleaning establishments that utilize combustible
liquid solvents having a flash point of 140°F
(60°C) or higher in closed systems employing
equipment listed by an approved testing agency,
provided that this occupancy is separated from all
other areas of the building by 1-hour fire barriers
constructed in accordance with Section 707 or 1hour horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both.
5. Cleaning establishments that utilize a liquid solvent having a flash point at or above 200°F
(93°C).
6. Liquor stores and distributors without bulk storage.
7. Refrigeration systems.
43
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
8. The storage or utilization of materials for agricultural purposes on the premises.
COMPRESSED GAS.
9. Stationary batteries utilized for facility emergency
power, uninterruptable power supply or telecommunication facilities, provided that the batteries
are provided with safety venting caps and ventilation is provided in accordance with the International Mechanical Code.
CORROSIVE.
10. Corrosive personal or household products in their
original packaging used in retail display.
CRYOGENIC FLUID.
DAY BOX.
DEFLAGRATION.
DETONATION.
DISPENSING.
11. Commonly used corrosive building materials.
EXPLOSION.
12. Buildings and structures occupied for aerosol storage shall be classified as Group S-1, provided that
such buildings conform to the requirements of the
International Fire Code.
13. Display and storage of nonflammable solid and
nonflammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous materials in quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per control area in Group
M or S occupancies complying with Section
414.2.5.
EXPLOSIVE.
14. The storage of black powder, smokeless propellant
and small arms primers in Groups M and R-3 and
special industrial explosive devices in Groups B,
F, M and S, provided such storage conforms to the
quantity limits and requirements prescribed in the
International Fire Code.
[F] 307.1.2 Hazardous materials. Hazardous materials in
any quantity shall conform to the requirements of this
code, including Section 414, and the International Fire
Code.
[F] 307.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in
Chapter 2:
AEROSOL
Level 1 aerosol products.
BALED COTTON, DENSELY PACKED.
BARRICADE.
CLOSED SYSTEM.
COMBUSTIBLE DUST.
COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS.
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID.
Class II.
Class IIIA.
Class IIIB.
Division 1.1.
Division 1.2.
Division 1.3.
Division 1.4.
Division 1.5.
Division 1.6.
FIREWORKS.
Fireworks, 1.3G.
Fireworks, 1.4G.
FLAMMABLE GAS.
FLAMMABLE LIQUEFIED GAS.
FLAMMABLE LIQUID.
Class IA.
FLASH POINT.
BALED COTTON.
BOILING POINT.
UN/DOTn Class 1 explosives.
Class IC.
AEROSOL CONTAINER.
Natural barricade.
Mass-detonating explosives.
FLAMMABLE MATERIAL.
FLAMMABLE SOLID.
Level 3 aerosol products.
Artificial barricade.
High explosive.
Low explosive.
Class IB.
Level 2 aerosol products.
44
CONTROL AREA.
HANDLING.
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.
HEALTH HAZARD.
HIGHLY TOXIC.
INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS.
INERT GAS.
OPEN SYSTEM.
OPERATING BUILDING.
ORGANIC PEROXIDE.
Class I.
Class II.
Class III.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
WATER-REACTIVE MATERIAL.
Class IV.
Class V.
Class 3.
Unclassified detonable.
Class 2.
OXIDIZER.
Class 1.
Class 4.
Class 3.
[F] 307.3 High-hazard Group H-1. Buildings and structures
containing materials that pose a detonation hazard shall be
classified as Group H-1. Such materials shall include, but not
be limited to, the following:
Class 2.
Class 1.
Detonable pyrophoric materials
OXIDIZING GAS.
Explosives:
PHYSICAL HAZARD.
Division 1.1
Division 1.2
PYROPHORIC.
PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITION.
Division 1.3
TOXIC.
Division 1.4
UNSTABLE (REACTIVE) MATERIAL.
Division 1.5
Class 4.
Division 1.6
Organic peroxides, unclassified detonable
Class 3.
Class 2.
Class 1.
Oxidizers, Class 4
Unstable (reactive) materials, Class 3 detonable and Class 4
TABLE 307.1(1)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS POSING A PHYSICAL HAZARDa, j, m, n, p
MATERIAL
CLASS
USE-CLOSED SYSTEMSb
USE-OPEN SYSTEMSb
STORAGEb
GROUP WHEN
THE MAXIMUM
Liquid
Solid
Liquid
Solid
Liquid
Solid
ALLOWABLE
Gas cubic
Gas cubic
gallons
pounds
gallons
pounds
gallons
pounds
QUANTITY IS
feet at NTP
feet at NTP
(cubic feet) (pounds)
(cubic feet) (pounds)
(cubic feet) (pounds)
EXCEEDED
Combustible dust
NA
H-2
See
Note q
NA
NA
See
Note q
NA
NA
See
Note q
NA
Combustible fiberq
Loose
Baledo
H-3
(100)
(1,000)
NA
NA
(100)
(1,000)
NA
NA
(20)
(200)
NA
Combustible liquidc, i
II
IIIA
IIIB
H-2 or H-3
H-2 or H-3
NA
NA
120d, e
330d, e
13,200e, f
NA
NA
120d
330d
13,200f
NA
NA
30d
80d
3,300f
Consumer fireworks
1.4G
H-3
125e, l
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
45
d
NA
NA
10d
NA
Cryogenic flammable
NA
Cryogenic inert
Cryogenic oxidizing
d
H-2
NA
45
NA
NA
NA
NA
NL
NA
NA
NL
NA
NA
H-3
NA
45d
NA
NA
45d
NA
NA
e, g
e, g
g
g
NA
(0.25)g
(0.25)g
(1)g
NA
NA
(0.25)g
NA
NA
(150)d, e
1,000d, e
NA
NA
NA
NA
30d
120d
NA
NA
10d
30d
NA
120d, h
NA
NA
30d, h
NA
(0.25)
(0.25)g
(1)g
(50)g
NA
(0.25)g
NA
NA
(150)d, e
1,000d, e
NA
NA
NA
30d, e
120d, e
NA
NA
120d, e, h
NA
H-1
H-1
H-1 or H-2
H-3
H-3
H-1
H-1
1
1e, g
5e, g
50e, g
125d, e, l
1e, g
1e, g
(1)
(1)e, g
(5)e, g
(50)e, g
NA
(1)e, g
NA
Flammable gas
Gaseous
Liquefied
H-2
NA
Flammable liquidc
IA
IB and IC
H-2
or H-3
Flammable liquid,
combination
(IA, IB, IC)
NA
H-2
or H-3
g
10d
0.25
0.25g
1g
NA
NA
0.25g
NA
0.25
0.25g
1g
50g
NA
0.25g
NA
Division 1.1
Division 1.2
Division 1.3
Division 1.4
Division 1.4G
Division 1.5
Division 1.6
Explosives
NA
(continued)
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
45
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
TABLE 307.1(1)—continued
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS POSING A PHYSICAL HAZARDa, j, m, n, p
MATERIAL
CLASS
STORAGEb
USE-CLOSED SYSTEMSb
USE-OPEN SYSTEMSb
GROUP WHEN
THE MAXIMUM
Solid
Liquid
Solid
Liquid
Solid
Liquid
ALLOWABLE
Gas cubic
Gas cubic
pounds
gallons
pounds
gallons
pounds
gallons
QUANTITY IS
feet at NTP
feet at NTP
(cubic feet) (pounds)
(cubic feet) (pounds)
(cubic feet) (pounds)
EXCEEDED
NA
Gaseous
Liquefied
UD
I
II
III
IV
V
4
3k
2
1
Gaseous
Liquefied
NA
H-3
NA
NA
H-1
H-2
H-3
H-3
NA
NA
H-1
H-2 or H-3
H-3
NA
125d, e
NA
NA
1e, g
5d, e
50d, e
125d, e
NL
NL
1g
10d, e
250d, e
4,000e, f
H-3
NA
H-2
4e, g
Unstable (reactive)
4
3
2
1
H-1
H-1 or H-2
H-3
NA
1e, g
5d, e
50d, e
NL
(1)e, g
(5)d, e
(50)d, e
NL
10e, g
50d, e
750d, e
NL
0.25g
1d
50d
NL
Water reactive
3
2
1
H-2
H-3
NA
5d, e
50d, e
NL
(5)d, e
(50)d, e
NL
NA
5d
50d
NL
Flammable solid
Inert gas
Organic peroxide
Oxidizer
Oxidizing gas
Pyrophoric
NA
NA
NA
NL
NA
NL
e, g
(1)
(5)d, e
(50)d, e
NA
(125)d, e
NL
NL
(1)e, g
(10)d, e
NA
(250)d, e
e, f
(4,000)
1,500d, e
NA
d, e
NA
(150)
(4)e, g
50e, g
125d
NA
NA
0.25g
1d
50d
125d
NL
NL
0.25g
2d
250d
4,000f
NA
1g
NA
NA
NA
(0.25)g
(1)d
(50)d
(125)d
NL
NL
(0.25)g
(2)d
(250)d
(4,000)f
NA
(150)d, e
(1)g
(0.25)g
(1)d
(50)d
NL
(5)d
(50)d
NL
NA
NL
NL
NA
NA
1,500d, e
NA
10e, g
25d
NA
NA
0.25g
1d
10d
25d
NL
NL
0.25g
2d
50d
1,000f
NA
NA
NA
(0.25)g
(1)d
(10)d
(25)d
NL
NL
(0.25)g
(2)d
(50)d
(1,000)f
NA
NA
0
0
2e, g
10d, e
750d, e
NL
0.25g
1d
10d
NL
(0.25)g
(1)d
(10)d
NL
NA
1d
10d
NL
(1)d
(10)d
NL
For SI: 1 cubic foot = 0.028 m3, 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.
NL = Not Limited; NA = Not Applicable; UD = Unclassified Detonable.
a. For use of control areas, see Section 414.2.
b. The aggregate quantity in use and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage.
c. The quantities of alcoholic beverages in retail and wholesale sales occupancies shall not be limited provided the liquids are packaged in individual containers
not exceeding 1.3 gallons. In retail and wholesale sales occupancies, the quantities of medicines, foodstuffs or consumer products, and cosmetics containing
not more than 50 percent by volume of water-miscible liquids with the remainder of the solutions not being flammable, shall not be limited, provided that
such materials are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons.
d. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1. Where Note e also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.
e. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent when stored in approved storage cabinets, day boxes, gas cabinets, gas rooms or exhausted
enclosures or in listed safety cans in accordance with Section 5003.9.10 of the International Fire Code. Where Note d also applies, the increase for both notes
shall be applied accumulatively.
f. Quantities shall not be limited in a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
g. Allowed only in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
h. Containing not more than the maximum allowable quantity per control area of Class IA, IB or IC flammable liquids.
i. The maximum allowable quantity shall not apply to fuel oil storage complying with Section 603.3.2 of the International Fire Code.
j. Quantities in parenthesis indicate quantity units in parenthesis at the head of each column.
k. A maximum quantity of 200 pounds of solid or 20 gallons of liquid Class 3 oxidizers is allowed when such materials are necessary for maintenance purposes,
operation or sanitation of equipment when the storage containers and the manner of storage are approved.
l. Net weight of the pyrotechnic composition of the fireworks. Where the net weight of the pyrotechnic composition of the fireworks is not known, 25 percent
of the gross weight of the fireworks, including packaging, shall be used.
m.For gallons of liquids, divide the amount in pounds by 10 in accordance with Section 5003.1.2 of the International Fire Code.
n. For storage and display quantities in Group M and storage quantities in Group S occupancies complying with Section 414.2.5, see Tables 414.2.5(1) and
414.2.5(2).
o. Densely packed baled cotton that complies with the packing requirements of ISO 8115 shall not be included in this material class.
p. The following shall not be included in determining the maximum allowable quantities:
1. Liquid or gaseous fuel in fuel tanks on vehicles.
2. Liquid or gaseous fuel in fuel tanks on motorized equipment operated in accordance with the International Fire Code.
3. Gaseous fuels in piping systems and fixed appliances regulated by the International Fuel Gas Code.
4. Liquid fuels in piping systems and fixed appliances regulated by the International Mechanical Code.
5. Alcohol-based hand rubs classified as Class I or II liquids in dispensers that are installed in accordance with Sections 5705.5 and 5705.5.1 of the
International Fire Code. The location of the alcohol-based hand rub (ABHR) dispensers shall be provided in the construction documents.
q. Where manufactured, generated or used in such a manner that the concentration and conditions create a fire or explosion hazard based on information
prepared in accordance with Section 414.1.3.
46
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
[F] TABLE 307.1(2)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL POSING A HEALTH HAZARDa, c, f, h, i
STORAGEb
USE-CLOSED SYSTEMSb
MATERIAL
Solid
poundsd, e
Corrosives
5,000
500
Gaseous 810e
Liquefied (150)
5,000
500
Highly
Toxic
10
(10)
Gaseous 20g
Liquefied (4)g
10
Toxic
500
(500)
Gaseous 810e
Liquefied (150)e
500
Liquid gallons Gas cubic feet at NTP
(pounds)d, e
(pounds)d
Solid
poundsd
Liquid gallons Gas cubic feet at NTP
(pounds)d
(pounds)d
USE-OPEN SYSTEMSb
Solid
poundsd
Liquid gallons
(pounds)d
Gaseous 810e
Liquefied (150)
1,000
100
(10)
Gaseous 20g
Liquefied (4)g
3
(3)
(500)
Gaseous 810e
Liquefied (150)e
125
(125)
For SI: 1 cubic foot = 0.028 m3, 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.
a. For use of control areas, see Section 414.2.
b. The aggregate quantity in use and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage.
c. In retail and wholesale sales occupancies, the quantities of medicines, foodstuffs or consumer products, and cosmetics containing not more than 50 percent by
volume of water-miscible liquids and with the remainder of the solutions not being flammable, shall not be limited, provided that such materials are packaged
in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons.
d. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1. Where Note e also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.
e. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent where stored in approved storage cabinets, gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures as specified in
the International Fire Code. Where Note d also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.
f. For storage and display quantities in Group M and storage quantities in Group S occupancies complying with Section 414.2.5, see Tables 414.2.5(1) and
414.2.5(2).
g. Allowed only where stored in approved exhausted gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures as specified in the International Fire Code.
h. Quantities in parenthesis indicate quantity units in parenthesis at the head of each column.
i. For gallons of liquids, divide the amount in pounds by 10 in accordance with Section 5003.1.2 of the International Fire Code.
[F] 307.3.1 Occupancies containing explosives not classified as H-1. The following occupancies containing
explosive materials shall be classified as follows:
1. Division 1.3 explosive materials that are used and
maintained in a form where either confinement or
configuration will not elevate the hazard from a
mass fire to mass explosion hazard shall be allowed
in H-2 occupancies.
2. Articles, including articles packaged for shipment,
that are not regulated as a Division 1.4 explosive
under Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and
Explosives regulations, or unpackaged articles used
in process operations that do not propagate a detonation or deflagration between articles shall be
allowed in H-3 occupancies.
[F] 307.4 High-hazard Group H-2. Buildings and structures
containing materials that pose a deflagration hazard or a hazard from accelerated burning shall be classified as Group H2. Such materials shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Class I, II or IIIA flammable or combustible liquids that
are used or stored in normally open containers or
systems, or in closed containers or systems pressurized
at more than 15 pounds per square inch gauge (103.4
kPa).
Combustible dusts where manufactured, generated or used
in such a manner that the concentration and conditions
create a fire or explosion hazard based on information
prepared in accordance with Section 414.1.3.
Cryogenic fluids, flammable.
Flammable gases.
Organic peroxides, Class I.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Oxidizers, Class 3, that are used or stored in normally
open containers or systems, or in closed containers or
systems pressurized at more than 15 pounds per square
inch gauge (103 kPa).
Pyrophoric liquids, solids and gases, nondetonable.
Unstable (reactive) materials, Class 3, nondetonable.
Water-reactive materials, Class 3.
[F] 307.5 High-hazard Group H-3. Buildings and structures
containing materials that readily support combustion or that
pose a physical hazard shall be classified as Group H-3. Such
materials shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Class I, II or IIIA flammable or combustible liquids that
are used or stored in normally closed containers or
systems pressurized at 15 pounds per square inch gauge
(103.4 kPa) or less.
Combustible fibers, other than densely packed baled
cotton, where manufactured, generated or used in such a
manner that the concentration and conditions create a
fire or explosion hazard based on information prepared
in accordance with Section 414.1.3.
Consumer fireworks, 1.4G (Class C, Common)
Cryogenic fluids, oxidizing
Flammable solids
Organic peroxides, Class II and III
Oxidizers, Class 2
Oxidizers, Class 3, that are used or stored in normally
closed containers or systems pressurized at 15 pounds
per square inch gauge (103 kPa) or less
Oxidizing gases
Unstable (reactive) materials, Class 2
Water-reactive materials, Class 2
47
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
[F] 307.6 High-hazard Group H-4. Buildings and structures
containing materials that are health hazards shall be classified
as Group H-4. Such materials shall include, but not be limited
to, the following:
Corrosives
Highly toxic materials
Toxic materials
[F] 307.7 High-hazard Group H-5. Semiconductor fabrication facilities and comparable research and development
areas in which hazardous production materials (HPM) are
used and the aggregate quantity of materials is in excess of
those listed in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2) shall be classified as Group H-5. Such facilities and areas shall be designed
and constructed in accordance with Section 415.11.
[F] 307.8 Multiple hazards. Buildings and structures containing a material or materials representing hazards that are
classified in one or more of Groups H-1, H-2, H-3 and H-4
shall conform to the code requirements for each of the occupancies so classified.
SECTION 308
INSTITUTIONAL GROUP I
308.1 Institutional Group I. Institutional Group I occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a
portion thereof, in which care or supervision is provided to
persons who are or are not capable of self-preservation without physical assistance or in which persons are detained for
penal or correctional purposes or in which the liberty of the
occupants is restricted. Institutional occupancies shall be
classified as Group I-1, I-2, I-3 or I-4.
308.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2:
24-HOUR BASIS.
CUSTODIAL CARE.
DETOXIFICATION FACILITIES.
FOSTER CARE FACILITIES.
HOSPITALS AND PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALS.
INCAPABLE OF SELF-PRESERVATION.
MEDICAL CARE.
NURSING HOMES.
¬
308.3 Institutional Group I-1. Institutional Group I-1 occupancy shall include buildings, structures or portions thereof
for more than 16 persons, excluding staff, who reside on a 24hour basis in a supervised environment and receive custodial
care. Buildings of Group I-1 shall be classified as one of the
occupancy conditions specified in Section 308.3.1 or 308.3.2.
This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Alcohol and drug centers
Assisted living facilities
Congregate care facilities
Group homes
Halfway houses
Residential board and care facilities
Social rehabilitation facilities
48
308.3.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which all persons receiving custodial
care who, without any assistance, are capable of responding to an emergency situation to complete building evacuation.
308.3.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which there are any persons receiving
custodial care who require limited verbal or physical assistance while responding to an emergency situation to complete building evacuation.
308.3.3 Six to 16 persons receiving custodial care. A
facility housing not fewer than six and not more than 16
persons receiving custodial care shall be classified as
Group R-4.
308.3.4 Five or fewer persons receiving custodial care.
A facility with five or fewer persons receiving custodial
care shall be classified as Group R-3 or shall comply with
the International Residential Code provided an automatic
sprinkler system is installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.3 or Section P2904 of the International Residential Code.
308.4 Institutional Group I-2. Institutional Group I-2 occupancy shall include buildings and structures used for medical
care on a 24-hour basis for more than five persons who are
incapable of self-preservation. This group shall include, but
not be limited to, the following:
Foster care facilities
Detoxification facilities
Hospitals
Nursing homes
Psychiatric hospitals
308.4.1 Occupancy conditions. Buildings of Group I-2
shall be classified as one of the occupancy conditions
specified in Section 308.4.1.1 or 308.4.1.2.
308.4.1.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall
include facilities that provide nursing and medical care
but do not provide emergency care, surgery, obstetrics
or in-patient stabilization units for psychiatric or detoxification, including but not limited to nursing homes
and foster care facilities.
308.4.1.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall
include facilities that provide nursing and medical care
and could provide emergency care, surgery, obstetrics
or in-patient stabilization units for psychiatric or detoxification, including but not limited to hospitals.
308.4.2 Five or fewer persons receiving medical care. A
facility with five or fewer persons receiving medical care
shall be classified as Group R-3 or shall comply with the
International Residential Code provided an automatic
sprinkler system is installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.3 or Section P2904 of the International Residential Code.
308.5 Institutional Group I-3. Institutional Group I-3 occupancy shall include buildings and structures that are inhabited
by more than five persons who are under restraint or security.
A Group I-3 facility is occupied by persons who are generally
incapable of self-preservation due to security measures not
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
under the occupants’ control. This group shall include, but
not be limited to, the following:
care rooms has an exit door directly to the exterior, shall
be classified as Group E.
308.6.2 Within a place of religious worship. Rooms and
spaces within places of religious worship providing such
care during religious functions shall be classified as part of
the primary occupancy.
Correctional centers
Detention centers
Jails
Prerelease centers
Prisons
Reformatories
Buildings of Group I-3 shall be classified as one of the
occupancy conditions specified in Sections 308.5.1 through
308.5.5 (see Section 408.1).
308.5.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is allowed from
sleeping areas, and other spaces where access or occupancy is permitted, to the exterior via means of egress
without restraint. A Condition 1 facility is permitted to be
constructed as Group R.
308.5.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is allowed from
sleeping areas and any other occupied smoke compartment
to one or more other smoke compartments. Egress to the
exterior is impeded by locked exits.
308.5.3 Condition 3. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is allowed
within individual smoke compartments, such as within a
residential unit comprised of individual sleeping units and
group activity spaces, where egress is impeded by remotecontrolled release of means of egress from such a smoke
compartment to another smoke compartment.
308.5.4 Condition 4. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is restricted
from an occupied space. Remote-controlled release is provided to permit movement from sleeping units, activity
spaces and other occupied areas within the smoke compartment to other smoke compartments.
308.5.5 Condition 5. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is restricted
from an occupied space. Staff-controlled manual release is
provided to permit movement from sleeping units, activity
spaces and other occupied areas within the smoke compartment to other smoke compartments.
308.6 Institutional Group I-4, day care facilities. Institutional Group I-4 occupancy shall include buildings and structures occupied by more than five persons of any age who
receive custodial care for fewer than 24 hours per day by persons other than parents or guardians, relatives by blood, marriage or adoption, and in a place other than the home of the
person cared for. This group shall include, but not be limited
to, the following:
Adult day care
Child day care
308.6.3 Five or fewer persons receiving care. A facility
having five or fewer persons receiving custodial care shall
be classified as part of the primary occupancy.
308.6.4 Five or fewer persons receiving care in a dwelling unit. A facility such as the above within a dwelling
unit and having five or fewer persons receiving custodial
care shall be classified as a Group R-3 occupancy or shall
comply with the International Residential Code.
SECTION 309
MERCANTILE GROUP M
309.1 Mercantile Group M. Mercantile Group M occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure or a
portion thereof for the display and sale of merchandise, and
involves stocks of goods, wares or merchandise incidental to
such purposes and accessible to the public. Mercantile occupancies shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Department stores
Drug stores
Markets
Motor fuel-dispensing facilities
Retail or wholesale stores
Sales rooms
309.2 Quantity of hazardous materials. The aggregate
quantity of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous materials stored or displayed in
a single control area of a Group M occupancy shall not
exceed the quantities in Table 414.2.5(1).
SECTION 310
RESIDENTIAL GROUP R
310.1 Residential Group R. Residential Group R includes,
among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion
thereof, for sleeping purposes when not classified as an Institutional Group I or when not regulated by the International
Residential Code.
310.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2:
BOARDING HOUSE.
CONGREGATE LIVING FACILITIES.
DORMITORY.
GROUP HOME.
308.6.1 Classification as Group E. A child day care facility that provides care for more than five but not more than
100 children 21/2 years or less of age, where the rooms in
which the children are cared for are located on a level of
exit discharge serving such rooms and each of these child
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
GUEST ROOM.
LODGING HOUSE.
PERSONAL CARE SERVICE.
TRANSIENT.
49
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
Boarding houses (transient) with more than 10 occupants
Congregate living facilities (transient) with more than 10
occupants
Hotels (transient)
Motels (transient)
310.4 Residential Group R-2. Residential Group R-2 occupancies containing sleeping units or more than two dwelling
units where the occupants are primarily permanent in nature,
including:
Apartment houses
Boarding houses (nontransient) with more than 16
occupants
Congregate living facilities (nontransient) with more
than 16 occupants
Convents
Dormitories
Fraternities and sororities
Hotels (nontransient)
Live/work units
Monasteries
Motels (nontransient)
Vacation timeshare properties
310.5 Residential Group R-3. Residential Group R-3 occupancies where the occupants are primarily permanent in
nature and not classified as Group R-1, R-2, R-4 or I, including:
Buildings that do not contain more than two dwelling
units
Boarding houses (nontransient) with 16 or fewer
occupants
Boarding houses (transient) with 10 or fewer occupants
Care facilities that provide accommodations for five or
fewer persons receiving care
Congregate living facilities (nontransient) with 16 or
fewer occupants
Congregate living facilities (transient) with 10 or fewer
occupants
Lodging houses with five or fewer guest rooms
310.5.1 Care facilities within a dwelling. Care facilities
for five or fewer persons receiving care that are within a
single-family dwelling are permitted to comply with the
International Residential Code provided an automatic
sprinkler system is installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.3 or Section P2904 of the International Residential Code.
310.5.2 Lodging houses. Owner-occupied lodging houses
with five or fewer guest rooms shall be permitted to be
constructed in accordance with the International Residential Code.
310.6 Residential Group R-4. Residential Group R-4 occupancy shall include buildings, structures or portions thereof
for more than five but not more than 16 persons, excluding
staff, who reside on a 24-hour basis in a supervised residen-
50
tial environment and receive custodial care. Buildings of
Group R-4 shall be classified as one of the occupancy conditions specified in Section 310.6.1 or 310.6.2. This group shall
include, but not be limited to, the following:
Alcohol and drug centers
Assisted living facilities
Congregate care facilities
Group homes
Halfway houses
Residential board and care facilities
Social rehabilitation facilities
Group R-4 occupancies shall meet the requirements for
construction as defined for Group R-3, except as otherwise
provided for in this code.
¬
310.3 Residential Group R-1. Residential Group R-1 occupancies containing sleeping units where the occupants are
primarily transient in nature, including:
310.6.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which all persons receiving custodial
care, without any assistance, are capable of responding to
an emergency situation to complete building evacuation.
310.6.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which there are any persons receiving
custodial care who require limited verbal or physical assistance while responding to an emergency situation to complete building evacuation.
SECTION 311
STORAGE GROUP S
311.1 Storage Group S. Storage Group S occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a
portion thereof, for storage that is not classified as a hazardous occupancy.
311.1.1 Accessory storage spaces. A room or space used
for storage purposes that is less than 100 square feet (9.3
m2) in area and accessory to another occupancy shall be
classified as part of that occupancy. The aggregate area of
such rooms or spaces shall not exceed the allowable area
limits of Section 508.2.
311.2 Moderate-hazard storage, Group S-1. Storage Group
S-1 occupancies are buildings occupied for storage uses that
are not classified as Group S-2, including, but not limited to,
storage of the following:
Aerosols, Levels 2 and 3
Aircraft hangar (storage and repair)
Bags: cloth, burlap and paper
Bamboos and rattan
Baskets
Belting: canvas and leather
Books and paper in rolls or packs
Boots and shoes
Buttons, including cloth covered, pearl or bone
Cardboard and cardboard boxes
Clothing, woolen wearing apparel
Cordage
Dry boat storage (indoor)
Furniture
Furs
Glues, mucilage, pastes and size
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
Grains
Horns and combs, other than celluloid
Leather
Linoleum
Lumber
Motor vehicle repair garages complying with the
maximum allowable quantities of hazardous materials
listed in Table 307.1(1) (see Section 406.8)
Photo engravings
Resilient flooring
Silks
Soaps
Sugar
Tires, bulk storage of
Tobacco, cigars, cigarettes and snuff
Upholstery and mattresses
Wax candles
311.3 Low-hazard storage, Group S-2. Storage Group S-2
occupancies include, among others, buildings used for the
storage of noncombustible materials such as products on
wood pallets or in paper cartons with or without single thickness divisions; or in paper wrappings. Such products are permitted to have a negligible amount of plastic trim, such as
knobs, handles or film wrapping. Group S-2 storage uses
shall include, but not be limited to, storage of the following:
SECTION 312
UTILITY AND MISCELLANEOUS GROUP U
312.1 General. Buildings and structures of an accessory
character and miscellaneous structures not classified in any
specific occupancy shall be constructed, equipped and maintained to conform to the requirements of this code commensurate with the fire and life hazard incidental to their
occupancy. Group U shall include, but not be limited to, the
following:
Agricultural buildings
Aircraft hangars, accessory to a one- or two-family
residence (see Section 412.5)
Barns
Carports
Fences more than 6 feet (1829 mm) in height
Grain silos, accessory to a residential occupancy
Greenhouses
Livestock shelters
Private garages
Retaining walls
Sheds
Stables
Tanks
Towers
Asbestos
Beverages up to and including 16-percent alcohol in
metal, glass or ceramic containers
Cement in bags
Chalk and crayons
Dairy products in nonwaxed coated paper containers
Dry cell batteries
Electrical coils
Electrical motors
Empty cans
Food products
Foods in noncombustible containers
Fresh fruits and vegetables in nonplastic trays or
containers
Frozen foods
Glass
Glass bottles, empty or filled with noncombustible liquids
Gypsum board
Inert pigments
Ivory
Meats
Metal cabinets
Metal desks with plastic tops and trim
Metal parts
Metals
Mirrors
Oil-filled and other types of distribution transformers
Parking garages, open or enclosed
Porcelain and pottery
Stoves
Talc and soapstones
Washers and dryers
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
51
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
52
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
CHAPTER 4
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED
ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
User note: Code change proposals to sections preceded by the designation [F] will be considered by the nternational
Fire Code Development Committee during the 2016 (Group B) Code Development Cycle. See explanation on page iv.
SECTION 401
SCOPE
401.1 Detailed use and occupancy requirements. In addition to the occupancy and construction requirements in this
code, the provisions of this chapter apply to the special uses
and occupancies described herein.
SECTION 402
COVERED MALL AND OPEN MALL BUILDINGS
402.1 Applicability. The provisions of this section shall
apply to buildings or structures defined herein as covered or
open mall buildings not exceeding three floor levels at any
point nor more than three stories above grade plane. Except
as specifically required by this section, covered and open
mall buildings shall meet applicable provisions of this code.
4. Group E, H, I or R occupancies are not located
within the covered or open mall building or
anchor buildings.
402.1.2 Open mall building perimeter line. For the purpose of this code, a perimeter line shall be established.
The perimeter line shall encircle all buildings and structures that comprise the open mall building and shall
encompass any open-air interior walkways, open-air
courtyards or similar open-air spaces. The perimeter line
shall define the extent of the open mall building. Anchor
buildings and parking structures shall be outside of the
perimeter line and are not considered as part of the open
mall building.
402.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2:
ANCHOR BUILDING.
COVERED MALL BUILDING.
Exceptions:
Mall.
1. Foyers and lobbies of Groups B, R-1 and R-2 are not
required to comply with this section.
Open mall.
2. Buildings need not comply with the provisions of
this section where they totally comply with other
applicable provisions of this code.
FOOD COURT.
Open mall building.
GROSS LEASABLE AREA.
402.1.1 Open space. A covered mall building and
attached anchor buildings and parking garages shall be
surrounded on all sides by a permanent open space or not
less than 60 feet (18 288 mm). An open mall building and
anchor buildings and parking garages adjoining the perimeter line shall be surrounded on all sides by a permanent
open space of not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm).
402.3 Lease plan. Each owner of a covered mall building or
of an open mall building shall provide both the building and
fire departments with a lease plan showing the location of
each occupancy and its exits after the certificate of occupancy
has been issued. No modifications or changes in occupancy
or use shall be made from that shown on the lease plan without prior approval of the building official.
Exception: The permanent open space of 60 feet (18
288 mm) shall be permitted to be reduced to not less
than 40 feet (12 192 mm), provided the following
requirements are met:
402.4 Construction. The construction of covered and open
mall buildings, anchor buildings and parking garages associated with a mall building shall comply with Sections 402.4.1
through 402.4.3.
1. The reduced open space shall not be allowed for
more than 75 percent of the perimeter of the covered or open mall building and anchor buildings;
402.4.1 Area and types of construction. The building
area and type of construction of covered mall or open mall
buildings, anchor buildings and parking garages shall
comply with this section.
2. The exterior wall facing the reduced open space
shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than
3 hours;
3. Openings in the exterior wall facing the reduced
open space shall have opening protectives with a
fire protection rating of not less than 3 hours; and
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
402.4.1.1 Covered and open mall buildings. The
building area of any covered mall or open mall building shall not be limited provided the covered mall or
open mall building does not exceed three floor levels at
any point nor three stories above grade plane, and is of
Type I, II, III or IV construction.
53
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
402.4.1.2 Anchor buildings. The building area and
building height of any anchor building shall be based
on the type of construction as required by Section 503
as modified by Sections 504 and 506.
Exception: The building area of any anchor building shall not be limited provided the anchor building
is not more than three stories above grade plane,
and is of Type I, II, III or IV construction.
402.4.1.3 Parking garage. The building area and
building height of any parking garage, open or
enclosed, shall be based on the type of construction as
required by Sections 406.5 and 406.6, respectively.
402.4.2 Fire-resistance-rated separation. Fire-resistance-rated separation is not required between tenant
spaces and the mall. Fire-resistance-rated separation is not
required between a food court and adjacent tenant spaces
or the mall.
402.4.2.1 Tenant separations. Each tenant space shall
be separated from other tenant spaces by a fire partition
complying with Section 708. A tenant separation wall
is not required between any tenant space and the mall.
402.4.2.2 Anchor building separation. An anchor
building shall be separated from the covered or open
mall building by fire walls complying with Section
706.
Exceptions:
1. Anchor buildings of not more than three stories above grade plane that have an occupancy classification the same as that permitted
for tenants of the mall building shall be separated by 2-hour fire-resistance-rated fire barriers complying with Section 707.
2. The exterior walls of anchor buildings separated from an open mall building by an open
mall shall comply with Table 602.
54
402.4.3 Open mall construction. Floor assemblies in, and
roof assemblies over, the open mall of an open mall building shall be open to the atmosphere for not less than 20
feet (9096 mm), measured perpendicular from the face of
the tenant spaces on the lowest level, from edge of balcony
to edge of balcony on upper floors and from edge of roof
line to edge of roof line. The openings within, or the
unroofed area of, an open mall shall extend from the lowest/grade level of the open mall through the entire roof
assembly. Balconies on upper levels of the mall shall not
project into the required width of the opening.
402.4.3.1 Pedestrian walkways. Pedestrian walkways
connecting balconies in an open mall shall be located
not less than 20 feet (9096 mm) from any other pedestrian walkway.
[F] 402.5 Automatic sprinkler system. Covered and open
mall buildings and buildings connected shall be equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1, which shall comply with all of the
following:
1. The automatic sprinkler system shall be complete and
operative throughout occupied space in the mall building prior to occupancy of any of the tenant spaces.
Unoccupied tenant spaces shall be similarly protected
unless provided with approved alternative protection.
2. Sprinkler protection for the mall of a covered mall
building shall be independent from that provided for
tenant spaces or anchor buildings.
3. Sprinkler protection for the tenant spaces of an open
mall building shall be independent from that provided
for anchor buildings.
4. Sprinkler protection shall be provided beneath exterior
circulation balconies located adjacent to an open mall.
5. Where tenant spaces are supplied by the same system,
they shall be independently controlled.
402.4.2.2.1 Openings between anchor building
and mall. Except for the separation between Group
R-1 sleeping units and the mall, openings between
anchor buildings of Type IA, IB, IIA or IIB construction and the mall need not be protected.
402.4.2.3 Parking garages. An attached garage for the
storage of passenger vehicles having a capacity of not
more than nine persons and open parking garages shall
be considered as a separate building where it is separated from the covered or open mall building or anchor
building by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711,
or both.
Exception: An automatic sprinkler system shall not be
required in spaces or areas of open parking garages
separated from the covered or open mall building in
accordance with Section 402.4.2.3 and constructed in
accordance with Section 406.5.
402.6 Interior finishes and features. Interior finishes
within the mall and installations within the mall shall comply
with Sections 402.6.1 through 402.6.4.
Parking garages, open or enclosed, which are separated from covered mall buildings, open mall buildings
or anchor buildings, shall comply with the provisions
of Table 602.
402.6.2 Kiosks. Kiosks and similar structures (temporary
or permanent) located within the mall of a covered mall
building or within the perimeter line of an open mall
building shall meet the following requirements:
Pedestrian walkways and tunnels that connect
garages to mall buildings or anchor buildings shall be
constructed in accordance with Section 3104.
1. Combustible kiosks or other structures shall not be
located within a covered or open mall unless constructed of any of the following materials:
402.6.1 Interior finish. Interior wall and ceiling finishes
within the mall of a covered mall building and within the
exits of covered or open mall buildings shall have a minimum flame spread index and smoke-developed index of
Class B in accordance with Chapter 8. Interior floor finishes shall meet the requirements of Section 804.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
1.1. Fire-retardant-treated wood complying
with Section 2303.2.
1.2. Foam plastics having a maximum heat
release rate not greater than 100 kW (105
Btu/h) when tested in accordance with the
exhibit booth protocol in UL 1975 or when
tested in accordance with NFPA 289 using
the 20 kW ignition source.
1.3. Aluminum composite material (ACM)
meeting the requirements of Class A interior finish in accordance with Chapter 8
when tested as an assembly in the maximum thickness intended.
2. Kiosks or similar structures located within the mall
shall be provided with approved automatic sprinkler
system and detection devices.
3. The horizontal separation between kiosks or groupings thereof and other structures within the mall
shall be not less than 20 feet (6096 mm).
4. Each kiosk or similar structure or groupings thereof
shall have an area not greater than 300 square feet
(28 m2).
402.6.3 Children’s play structures. Children’s play
structures located within the mall of a covered mall building or within the perimeter line of an open mall building
shall comply with Section 424. The horizontal separation
between children’s play structures, kiosks and similar
structures within the mall shall be not less than 20 feet
(6096 mm).
402.6.4 Plastic signs. Plastic signs affixed to the storefront of any tenant space facing a mall or open mall shall
be limited as specified in Sections 402.6.4.1 through
402.6.4.5.
402.6.4.1 Area. Plastic signs shall be not more than 20
percent of the wall area facing the mall.
402.6.4.2 Height and width. Plastic signs shall be not
greater than 36 inches (914 mm) in height, except that
where the sign is vertical, the height shall be not greater
than 96 inches (2438 mm) and the width shall be not
greater than 36 inches (914 mm).
402.6.4.3 Location. Plastic signs shall be located not
less than 18 inches (457 mm) from adjacent tenants.
402.6.4.4 Plastics other than foam plastics. Plastics
other than foam plastics used in signs shall be lighttransmitting plastics complying with Section 2606.4 or
shall have a self-ignition temperature of 650°F (343°C)
or greater when tested in accordance with ASTM
D1929, and a flame spread index not greater than 75
and smoke-developed index not greater than 450 when
tested in the manner intended for use in accordance
with ASTM E84 or UL 723 or meet the acceptance criteria of Section 803.1.2.1 when tested in accordance
with NFPA 286.
402.6.4.4.1 Encasement. Edges and backs of plastic
signs in the mall shall be fully encased in metal.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
402.6.4.5 Foam plastics. Foam plastics used in signs
shall have flame-retardant characteristics such that the
sign has a maximum heat-release rate of 150 kilowatts
when tested in accordance with UL 1975 or when
tested in accordance with NFPA 289 using the 20 kW
ignition source, and the foam plastics shall have the
physical characteristics specified in this section. Foam
plastics used in signs installed in accordance with Section 402.6.4 shall not be required to comply with the
flame spread and smoke-developed indices specified in
Section 2603.3.
402.6.4.5.1 Density. The density of foam plastics
used in signs shall be not less than 20 pounds per
cubic foot (pcf) (320 kg/ m3).
402.6.4.5.2 Thickness. The thickness of foam plastic signs shall not be greater than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm).
[F] 402.7 Emergency systems. Covered and open mall
buildings, anchor buildings and associated parking garages
shall be provided with emergency systems complying with
Sections 402.7.1 through 402.7.5.
[F] 402.7.1 Standpipe system. Covered and open mall
buildings shall be equipped throughout with a standpipe
system as required by Section 905.3.3.
[F] 402.7.2 Smoke control. Where a covered mall building contains an atrium, a smoke control system shall be
provided in accordance with Section 404.5.
Exception: A smoke control system is not required in
covered mall buildings where an atrium connects only
two stories.
[F] 402.7.3 Emergency power. Covered mall buildings
greater than 50,000 square feet (4645 m2) in area and open
mall buildings greater than 50,000 square feet (4645 m2)
within the established perimeter line shall be provided
with emergency power that is capable of operating the
emergency voice/alarm communication system in accordance with Section 2702.
[F] 402.7.4 Emergency voice/alarm communication
system. Where the total floor area is greater than 50,000
square feet (4645 m2) within either a covered mall building or within the perimeter line of an open mall building,
an emergency voice/alarm communication system shall be
provided.
Emergency voice/alarm communication systems serving a mall, required or otherwise, shall be accessible to the
fire department. The systems shall be provided in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2.
[F] 402.7.5 Fire department access to equipment.
Rooms or areas containing controls for air-conditioning
systems, automatic fire-extinguishing systems, automatic
sprinkler systems or other detection, suppression or control
elements shall be identified for use by the fire department.
402.8 Means of egress. Covered mall buildings, open mall
buildings and each tenant space within a mall building shall
be provided with means of egress as required by this section
and this code. Where there is a conflict between the requirements of this code and the requirements of Sections 402.8.1
55
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
through 402.8.8, the requirements of Sections 402.8.1
through 402.8.8 shall apply.
402.8.1 Mall width. For the purpose of providing required
egress, malls are permitted to be considered as corridors
but need not comply with the requirements of Section
1005.1 of this code where the width of the mall is as specified in this section.
402.8.1.1 Minimum width. The aggregate clear egress
width of the mall in either a covered or open mall
building shall be not less than 20 feet (6096 mm). The
mall width shall be sufficient to accommodate the
occupant load served. No portion of the minimum
required aggregate egress width shall be less than 10
feet (3048 mm) measured to a height of 8 feet (2438
mm) between any projection of a tenant space bordering the mall and the nearest kiosk, vending machine,
bench, display opening, food court or other obstruction
to means of egress travel.
402.8.2 Determination of occupant load. The occupant
load permitted in any individual tenant space in a covered
or open mall building shall be determined as required by
this code. Means of egress requirements for individual tenant spaces shall be based on the occupant load thus determined.
402.8.2.1 Occupant formula. In determining required
means of egress of the mall, the number of occupants
for whom means of egress are to be provided shall be
based on gross leasable area of the covered or open
mall building (excluding anchor buildings) and the
occupant load factor as determined by Equation 4-1.
OLF = (0.00007) (GLA) + 25
(Equation 4-1)
where:
OLF = The occupant load factor (square feet per
person).
GLA = The gross leasable area (square feet).
Exception: Tenant spaces attached to a covered or
open mall building but with a means of egress system that is totally independent of the open mall of an
open mall building or of a covered mall building
shall not be considered as gross leasable area for
determining the required means of egress for the
mall building.
402.8.2.2 OLF range. The occupant load factor (OLF)
is not required to be less than 30 and shall not exceed
50.
402.8.2.3 Anchor buildings. The occupant load of
anchor buildings opening into the mall shall not be
included in computing the total number of occupants
for the mall.
402.8.2.4 Food courts. The occupant load of a food
court shall be determined in accordance with Section
1004. For the purposes of determining the means of
egress requirements for the mall, the food court occupant load shall be added to the occupant load of the
covered or open mall building as calculated above.
56
402.8.3 Number of means of egress. Wherever the distance of travel to the mall from any location within a tenant space used by persons other than employees is greater
than 75 feet (22 860 mm) or the tenant space has an occupant load of 50 or more, no fewer than two means of
egress shall be provided.
402.8.4 Arrangements of means of egress. Assembly
occupancies with an occupant load of 500 or more located
within a covered mall building shall be so located such
that their entrance will be immediately adjacent to a principal entrance to the mall and shall have not less than onehalf of their required means of egress opening directly to
the exterior of the covered mall building. Assembly occupancies located within the perimeter line of an open mall
building shall be permitted to have their main exit open to
the open mall.
402.8.4.1 Anchor building means of egress. Required
means of egress for anchor buildings shall be provided
independently from the mall means of egress system.
The occupant load of anchor buildings opening into the
mall shall not be included in determining means of
egress requirements for the mall. The path of egress
travel of malls shall not exit through anchor buildings.
Malls terminating at an anchor building where no other
means of egress has been provided shall be considered
as a dead-end mall.
402.8.5 Distance to exits. Within each individual tenant
space in a covered or open mall building, the distance of
travel from any point to an exit or entrance to the mall
shall be not greater than 200 feet (60 960 mm).
The distance of travel from any point within a mall of a
covered mall building to an exit shall be not greater than
200 feet (60 960 mm). The maximum distance of travel
from any point within an open mall to the perimeter line of
the open mall building shall be not greater than 200 feet
(60 960 mm).
402.8.6 Access to exits. Where more than one exit is
required, they shall be so arranged that it is possible to
travel in either direction from any point in a mall of a covered mall building to separate exits or from any point in an
open mall of an open mall building to two separate locations on the perimeter line, provided neither location is an
exterior wall of an anchor building or parking garage. The
width of an exit passageway or corridor from a mall shall
be not less than 66 inches (1676 mm).
Exception: Access to exits is permitted by way of a
dead-end mall that does not exceed a length equal to
twice the width of the mall measured at the narrowest
location within the dead-end portion of the mall.
402.8.6.1 Exit passageways. Where exit passageways
provide a secondary means of egress from a tenant
space, doorways to the exit passageway shall be protected by 1-hour fire door assemblies that are self- or
automatic-closing by smoke detection in accordance
with Section 716.5.9.3.
402.8.7 Service areas fronting on exit passageways.
Mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, building service areas
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
and service elevators are permitted to open directly into
exit passageways, provided the exit passageway is separated from such rooms with not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or
horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both. The fire protection rating of openings in
the fire barriers shall be not less than 1 hour.
402.8.8 Security grilles and doors. Horizontal sliding or
vertical security grilles or doors that are a part of a
required means of egress shall conform to the following:
1. Doors and grilles shall remain in the full open position during the period of occupancy by the general
public.
2. Doors or grilles shall not be brought to the closed
position when there are 10 or more persons occupying spaces served by a single exit or 50 or more persons occupying spaces served by more than one exit.
3. The doors or grilles shall be openable from within
without the use of any special knowledge or effort
where the space is occupied.
4. Where two or more exits are required, not more than
one-half of the exits shall be permitted to include
either a horizontal sliding or vertical rolling grille or
door.
SECTION 403
HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS
403.1 Applicability. High-rise buildings shall comply with
Sections 403.2 through 403.6.
Exception: The provisions of Sections 403.2 through
403.6 shall not apply to the following buildings and structures:
1. Airport traffic control towers in accordance with
Section 412.3.
2. Open parking garages in accordance with Section
406.5.
3. The portion of a building containing a Group A-5
occupancy in accordance with Section 303.6.
4. Special industrial occupancies in accordance with
Section 503.1.1.
5. Buildings with:
5.1. A Group H-1 occupancy;
5.2. A Group H-2 occupancy in accordance with
Section 415.8, 415.9.2, 415.9.3 or 426.1; or,
5.3. A Group H-3 occupancy in accordance with
Section 415.8.
403.2 Construction. The construction of high-rise buildings
shall comply with the provisions of Sections 403.2.1 through
403.2.4.
403.2.1 Reduction in fire-resistance rating. The fireresistance-rating reductions listed in Sections 403.2.1.1
and 403.2.1.2 shall be allowed in buildings that have
sprinkler control valves equipped with supervisory initiat2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
ing devices and water-flow initiating devices for each
floor.
403.2.1.1 Type of construction. The following reductions in the minimum fire-resistance rating of the
building elements in Table 601 shall be permitted as
follows:
1. For buildings not greater than 420 feet (128 000
mm) in building height, the fire-resistance rating
of the building elements in Type IA construction
shall be permitted to be reduced to the minimum
fire-resistance ratings for the building elements
in Type IB.
Exception: The required fire-resistance rating of columns supporting floors shall not be
reduced.
2. In other than Group F-1, M and S-1 occupancies,
the fire-resistance rating of the building elements
in Type IB construction shall be permitted to be
reduced to the fire-resistance ratings in Type
IIA.
3. The building height and building area limitations
of a building containing building elements with
reduced fire-resistance ratings shall be permitted
to be the same as the building without such
reductions.
403.2.1.2 Shaft enclosures. For buildings not greater
than 420 feet (128 000 mm) in building height, the
required fire-resistance rating of the fire barriers
enclosing vertical shafts, other than interior exit stairway and elevator hoistway enclosures, is permitted to
be reduced to 1 hour where automatic sprinklers are
installed within the shafts at the top and at alternate
floor levels.
403.2.2 Seismic considerations. For seismic considerations, see Chapter 16.
403.2.3 Structural integrity of interior exit stairways
and elevator hoistway enclosures. For high-rise buildings of Risk Category III or IV in accordance with Section
1604.5, and for all buildings that are more than 420 feet
(128 000 mm) in building height, enclosures for interior
exit stairways and elevator hoistway enclosures shall comply with Sections 403.2.3.1 through 403.2.3.4.
403.2.3.1 Wall assembly. The wall assemblies making
up the enclosures for interior exit stairways and elevator hoistway enclosures shall meet or exceed Soft Body
Impact Classification Level 2 as measured by the test
method described in ASTM C1629/C1629M.
403.2.3.2 Wall assembly materials. The face of the
wall assemblies making up the enclosures for interior
exit stairways and elevator hoistway enclosures that are
not exposed to the interior of the enclosures for interior
exit stairways or elevator hoistway enclosure shall be
constructed in accordance with one of the following
methods:
1. The wall assembly shall incorporate no fewer
than two layers of impact-resistant construction
57
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
board each of which meets or exceeds Hard Body
Impact Classification Level 2 as measured by the
test method described in ASTM C1629/C1629M.
supply sprinklers on alternate floors. If more than two risers are provided for a zone, sprinklers on adjacent floors
shall not be supplied from the same riser.
2. The wall assembly shall incorporate no fewer
than one layer of impact-resistant construction
material that meets or exceeds Hard Body Impact
Classification Level 3 as measured by the test
method described in ASTM C1629/C1629M.
[F] 403.3.1.1 Riser location. Sprinkler risers shall be
placed in interior exit stairways and ramps that are
remotely located in accordance with Section 1007.1.
3. The wall assembly incorporates multiple layers
of any material, tested in tandem, that meets or
exceeds Hard Body Impact Classification Level 3
as measured by the test method described in
ASTM C1629/C1629M.
403.2.3.3 Concrete and masonry walls. Concrete or
masonry walls shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 403.2.3.1 and 403.2.3.2.
403.2.3.4 Other wall assemblies. Any other wall assembly that provides impact resistance equivalent to that
required by Sections 403.2.3.1 and 403.2.3.2 for Hard
Body Impact Classification Level 3, as measured by the
test method described in ASTM C1629/C1629M, shall
be permitted.
403.2.4 Sprayed fire-resistant materials (SFRM). The
bond strength of the SFRM installed throughout the building shall be in accordance with Table 403.2.4.
TABLE 403.2.4
MINIMUM BOND STRENGTH
HEIGHT OF BUILDINGa
SFRM MINIMUM BOND STRENGTH
Up to 420 feet
Greater than 420 feet
430 psf
1,000 psf
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot (psf) = 0.0479 kW/m2.
a. Above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access.
[F] 403.3.2 Water supply to required fire pumps. In
buildings that are more than 420 feet (128 000 mm) in
building height, required fire pumps shall be supplied by
connections to no fewer than two water mains located in
different streets. Separate supply piping shall be provided
between each connection to the water main and the pumps.
Each connection and the supply piping between the connection and the pumps shall be sized to supply the flow
and pressure required for the pumps to operate.
Exception: Two connections to the same main shall be
permitted provided the main is valved such that an
interruption can be isolated so that the water supply
will continue without interruption through no fewer
than one of the connections.
[F]403.3.3 Secondary water supply. An automatic secondary on-site water supply having a capacity not less than
the hydraulically calculated sprinkler demand, including
the hose stream requirement, shall be provided for highrise buildings assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D,
E or F as determined by Section 1613. An additional fire
pump shall not be required for the secondary water supply
unless needed to provide the minimum design intake pressure at the suction side of the fire pump supplying the
automatic sprinkler system. The secondary water supply
shall have a duration of not less than 30 minutes.
[F] 403.3.4 Fire pump room. Fire pumps shall be located
in rooms protected in accordance with Section 913.2.1.
[F] 403.3 Automatic sprinkler system. Buildings and structures shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and a
secondary water supply where required by Section 403.3.3.
[F] 403.4 Emergency systems. The detection, alarm and
emergency systems of high-rise buildings shall comply with
Sections 403.4.1 through 403.4.8.
Exception: An automatic sprinkler system shall not be
required in spaces or areas of:
[F] 403.4.1 Smoke detection. Smoke detection shall be
provided in accordance with Section 907.2.13.1.
1. Open parking garages in accordance with Section
406.5.
[F] 403.4.2 Fire alarm system. A fire alarm system shall
be provided in accordance with Section 907.2.13.
2. Telecommunications equipment buildings used
exclusively for telecommunications equipment,
associated electrical power distribution equipment,
batteries and standby engines, provided that those
spaces or areas are equipped throughout with an
automatic fire detection system in accordance with
Section 907.2 and are separated from the remainder
of the building by not less than 1-hour fire barriers
constructed in accordance with Section 707 or not
less than 2-hour horizontal assemblies constructed
in accordance with Section 711, or both.
[F] 403.4.3 Standpipe system. A high-rise building shall
be equipped with a standpipe system as required by Section 905.3.
[F] 403.3.1 Number of sprinkler risers and system
design. Each sprinkler system zone in buildings that are
more than 420 feet (128 000 mm) in building height shall
be supplied by no fewer than two risers. Each riser shall
58
**
[F] 403.4.4 Emergency voice/alarm communication
system. An emergency voice/alarm communication system shall be provided in accordance with Section
907.5.2.2.
[F] 403.4.5 Emergency responder radio coverage.
Emergency responder radio coverage shall be provided in
accordance with Section 510 of the International Fire
Code.
[F] 403.4.6 Fire command. A fire command center complying with Section 911 shall be provided in a location
approved by the fire department.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
1. Easily identifiable, manually operable windows or
panels shall be distributed around the perimeter of
each floor at not more than 50-foot (15 240 mm)
intervals. The area of operable windows or panels
shall be not less than 40 square feet (3.7 m2) per 50
linear feet (15 240 mm) of perimeter.
Exceptions:
1. In Group R-1 occupancies, each sleeping
unit or suite having an exterior wall shall
be permitted to be provided with 2 square
feet (0.19 m2) of venting area in lieu of the
area specified in Item 1.
2. Windows shall be permitted to be fixed
provided that glazing can be cleared by fire
fighters.
2. Mechanical air-handling equipment providing one
exhaust air change every 15 minutes for the area
involved. Return and exhaust air shall be moved
directly to the outside without recirculation to other
portions of the building.
3. Any other approved design that will produce equivalent results.
[F] 403.4.8 Standby and emergency power. A standby
power system complying with Section 2702 and Section
3003 shall be provided for the standby power loads specified in Section 403.4.8.3. An emergency power system
complying with Section 2702 shall be provided for the
emergency power loads specified in Section 403.4.8.4.
[F] 403.4.8.1 Equipment room. If the standby or
emergency power system includes a generator set
inside a building, the system shall be located in a separate room enclosed with 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711,
or both. System supervision with manual start and
transfer features shall be provided at the fire command
center.
Exception: In Group I-2, Condition 2, manual start
and transfer features for the critical branch of the
emergency power are not required to be provided at
the fire command center.
[F] 403.4.8.2 Fuel line piping protection. Fuel lines
supplying a generator set inside a building shall be separated from areas of the building other than the room
the generator is located in by an approved method or
assembly that has a fire-resistance rating of not less
than 2 hours. Where the building is protected throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, the
required fire-resistance rating shall be reduced to 1
hour.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
[F] 403.4.8.3 Standby power loads. The following are
classified as standby power loads:
1. Power and lighting for the fire command center
required by Section 403.4.6.
2. Ventilation and automatic fire detection equipment for smokeproof enclosures.
3. Elevators.
4. Where elevators are provided in a high-rise
building for accessible means of egress, fire service access or occupant self-evacuation, the
standby power system shall also comply with
Sections 1009.4, 3007 or 3008, as applicable.
[F] 403.4.8.4 Emergency power loads. The following
are classified as emergency power loads:
¬
403.4.7 Smoke removal. To facilitate smoke removal in
post-fire salvage and overhaul operations, buildings and
structures shall be equipped with natural or mechanical
ventilation for removal of products of combustion in
accordance with one of the following:
1. Exit signs and means of egress illumination
required by Chapter 10.
2. Elevator car lighting.
3. Emergency voice/alarm communications systems.
4. Automatic fire detection systems.
5. Fire alarm systems.
6. Electrically powered fire pumps.
403.5 Means of egress and evacuation. The means of egress
in high-rise buildings shall comply with Sections 403.5.1
through 403.5.6.
403.5.1 Remoteness of interior exit stairways. Required
interior exit stairways shall be separated by a distance not
less than 30 feet (9144 mm) or not less than one-fourth of
the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of
the building or area to be served, whichever is less. The
distance shall be measured in a straight line between the
nearest points of the enclosure surrounding the interior
exit stairways. In buildings with three or more interior exit
stairways, no fewer than two of the interior exit stairways
shall comply with this section. Interlocking or scissor
stairways shall be counted as one interior exit stairway.
403.5.2 Additional interior exit stairway. For buildings
other than Group R-2 that are more than 420 feet (128 000
mm) in building height, one additional interior exit stairway meeting the requirements of Sections 1011 and 1023
shall be provided in addition to the minimum number of
exits required by Section 1006.3. The total width of any
combination of remaining interior exit stairways with one
interior exit stairway removed shall be not less than the
total width required by Section 1005.1. Scissor stairways
shall not be considered the additional interior exit stairway
required by this section.
Exception: An additional interior exit stairway shall
not be required to be installed in buildings having elevators used for occupant self-evacuation in accordance
with Section 3008.
403.5.3 Stairway door operation. Stairway doors other
than the exit discharge doors shall be permitted to be
locked from the stairway side. Stairway doors that are
59
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
locked from the stairway side shall be capable of being
unlocked simultaneously without unlatching upon a signal
from the fire command center.
403.5.3.1 Stairway communication system. A telephone or other two-way communications system connected to an approved constantly attended station shall
be provided at not less than every fifth floor in each
stairway where the doors to the stairway are locked.
403.5.4 Smokeproof enclosures. Every required interior
exit stairway serving floors more than 75 feet (22 860
mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle
access shall be a smokeproof enclosure in accordance with
Sections 909.20 and 1023.11.
403.5.5 Luminous egress path markings. Luminous
egress path markings shall be provided in accordance with
Section 1025.
403.5.6 Emergency escape and rescue. Emergency
escape and rescue openings specified in Section 1030 are
not required.
403.6 Elevators. Elevator installation and operation in highrise buildings shall comply with Chapter 30 and Sections
403.6.1 and 403.6.2.
403.6.1 Fire service access elevator. In buildings with an
occupied floor more than 120 feet (36 576 mm) above the
lowest level of fire department vehicle access, no fewer
than two fire service access elevators, or all elevators,
whichever is less, shall be provided in accordance with
Section 3007. Each fire service access elevator shall have
a capacity of not less than 3,500 pounds (1588 kg) and
shall comply with Section 3002.4.
403.6.2 Occupant evacuation elevators. Where installed
in accordance with Section 3008, passenger elevators for
general public use shall be permitted to be used for occupant self-evacuation.
SECTION 404
ATRIUMS
404.1 General. In other than Group H occupancies, and
where permitted by Section 712.1.7, the provisions of Sections 404.1 through 404.10 shall apply to buildings or structures containing vertical openings defined as “Atriums.”
404.1.1 Definition. The following term is defined in
Chapter 2:
ATRIUM.
404.2 Use. The floor of the atrium shall not be used for other
than low fire hazard uses and only approved materials and
decorations in accordance with the International Fire Code
shall be used in the atrium space.
Exception: The atrium floor area is permitted to be used
for any approved use where the individual space is provided with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1.
60
[F] 404.3 Automatic sprinkler protection. An approved
automatic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout the
entire building.
Exceptions:
1. That area of a building adjacent to or above the
atrium need not be sprinklered provided that portion
of the building is separated from the atrium portion
by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in
accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or
both.
2. Where the ceiling of the atrium is more than 55 feet
(16 764 mm) above the floor, sprinkler protection at
the ceiling of the atrium is not required.
[F] 404.4 Fire alarm system. A fire alarm system shall be
provided in accordance with Section 907.2.14.
404.5 Smoke control. A smoke control system shall be
installed in accordance with Section 909.
Exception: In other than Group I-2, and Group I-1, Condition 2, smoke control is not required for atriums that connect only two stories.
404.6 Enclosure of atriums. Atrium spaces shall be separated from adjacent spaces by a 1-hour fire barrier constructed in accordance with Section 707 or a horizontal
assembly constructed in accordance with Section 711, or
both.
Exceptions:
1. A fire barrier is not required where a glass wall
forming a smoke partition is provided. The glass
wall shall comply with all of the following:
1.1. Automatic sprinklers are provided along
both sides of the separation wall and doors,
or on the room side only if there is not a
walkway on the atrium side. The sprinklers
shall be located between 4 inches and 12
inches (102 mm and 305 mm) away from
the glass and at intervals along the glass
not greater than 6 feet (1829 mm). The
sprinkler system shall be designed so that
the entire surface of the glass is wet upon
activation of the sprinkler system without
obstruction;
1.2. The glass wall shall be installed in a gasketed frame in a manner that the framing
system deflects without breaking (loading)
the glass before the sprinkler system operates; and
1.3. Where glass doors are provided in the glass
wall, they shall be either self-closing or
automatic-closing.
2. A fire barrier is not required where a glass-block
wall assembly complying with Section 2110 and
having a 3/4-hour fire protection rating is provided.
3. A fire barrier is not required between the atrium and
the adjoining spaces of any three floors of the atrium
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
provided such spaces are accounted for in the design
of the smoke control system.
[F] 404.7 Standby power. Equipment required to provide
smoke control shall be provided with standby power in accordance with Section 909.11.
404.8 Interior finish. The interior finish of walls and ceilings of the atrium shall be not less than Class B with no
reduction in class for sprinkler protection.
404.9 Exit access travel distance. Exit access travel distance
for areas open to an atrium shall comply with the requirements of this section.
404.9.1 Egress not through the atrium. Where required
access to the exits is not through the atrium, exit access
travel distance shall comply with Section 1017.
404.9.2 Exit access travel distance at the level of exit
discharge. Where the path of egress travel is through an
atrium space, exit access travel distance at the level of exit
discharge shall be determined in accordance with Section
1017.
404.9.3 Exit access travel distance at other than the
level of exit discharge. Where the path of egress travel is
not at the level of exit discharge from the atrium, that portion of the total permitted exit access travel distance that
occurs within the atrium shall be not greater than 200 feet
(60 960 mm).
404.10 Interior exit stairways. A maximum of 50 percent of
interior exit stairways are permitted to egress through an
atrium on the level of exit discharge in accordance with Section 1028.
SECTION 405
UNDERGROUND BUILDINGS
405.1 General. The provisions of Sections 405.2 through
405.9 apply to building spaces having a floor level used for
human occupancy more than 30 feet (9144 mm) below the
finished floor of the lowest level of exit discharge.
Exceptions: The provisions of Section 405 are not applicable to the following buildings or portions of buildings:
1. One- and two-family dwellings, sprinklered in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.3.
2. Parking garages provided with automatic sprinkler
systems in compliance with Section 405.3.
3. Fixed guideway transit systems.
4. Grandstands, bleachers, stadiums, arenas and similar facilities.
5. Where the lowest story is the only story that would
qualify the building as an underground building and
has an area not greater than 1,500 square feet (139
m2) and has an occupant load less than 10.
[F] 405.3 Automatic sprinkler system. The highest level of
exit discharge serving the underground portions of the building and all levels below shall be equipped with an automatic
sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1. Water-flow switches and control valves shall be
supervised in accordance with Section 903.4.
405.4 Compartmentation. Compartmentation shall be in
accordance with Sections 405.4.1 through 405.4.3.
405.4.1 Number of compartments. A building having a
floor level more than 60 feet (18 288 mm) below the finished floor of the lowest level of exit discharge shall be
divided into no fewer than two compartments of approximately equal size. Such compartmentation shall extend
through the highest level of exit discharge serving the
underground portions of the building and all levels below.
Exception: The lowest story need not be compartmented where the area is not greater than 1,500 square
feet (139 m2) and has an occupant load of less than 10.
405.4.2 Smoke barrier penetration. The compartments
shall be separated from each other by a smoke barrier in
accordance with Section 709. Penetrations between the
two compartments shall be limited to plumbing and electrical piping and conduit that are firestopped in accordance
with Section 714. Doorways shall be protected by fire
door assemblies that are automatic-closing by smoke
detection in accordance with Section 716.5.9.3 and are
installed in accordance with NFPA 105 and Section
716.5.3. Where provided, each compartment shall have an
air supply and an exhaust system independent of the other
compartments.
405.4.3 Elevators. Where elevators are provided, each
compartment shall have direct access to an elevator.
Where an elevator serves more than one compartment, an
elevator lobby shall be provided and shall be separated
from each compartment by a smoke barrier in accordance
with Section 709. Doors shall be gasketed, have a drop sill
and be automatic-closing by smoke detection in accordance with Section 716.5.9.3.
405.5 Smoke control system. A smoke control system shall
be provided in accordance with Sections 405.5.1 and 405.5.2.
405.5.1 Control system. A smoke control system is
required to control the migration of products of combustion in accordance with Section 909 and the provisions of
this section. Smoke control shall restrict movement of
smoke to the general area of fire origin and maintain
means of egress in a usable condition.
405.5.2 Compartment smoke control system. Where
compartmentation is required, each compartment shall
have an independent smoke control system. The system
shall be automatically activated and capable of manual
operation in accordance with Sections 907.2.18 and
907.2.19.
6. Pumping stations and other similar mechanical
spaces intended only for limited periodic use by service or maintenance personnel.
[F] 405.6 Fire alarm systems. A fire alarm system shall be
provided where required by Sections 907.2.18 and 907.2.19.
405.2 Construction requirements. The underground portion
of the building shall be of Type I construction.
405.7 Means of egress. Means of egress shall be in accordance with Sections 405.7.1 and 405.7.2.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
61
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
shall be not greater than 1,000 square feet (93 m2) in area.
Multiple private garages are permitted in a building where
each private garage is separated from the other private
garages by 1-hour fire barriers in accordance with Section
707, or 1-hour horizontal assemblies in accordance with
Section 711, or both.
405.7.2 Smokeproof enclosure. Every required stairway
serving floor levels more than 30 feet (9144 mm) below
the finished floor of its level of exit discharge shall comply
with the requirements for a smokeproof enclosure as provided in Section 1023.11.
[F] 405.8 Standby and emergency power. A standby power
system complying with Section 2702 shall be provided for
the standby power loads specified in Section 405.8.1. An
emergency power system complying with Section 2702 shall
be provided for the emergency power loads specified in Section 405.8.2.
406.3.2 Clear height. In private garages and carports, the
clear height in vehicle and pedestrian traffic areas shall be
not less than 7 feet (2134 mm). Vehicle and pedestrian
areas accommodating van-accessible parking shall comply
with Section 1106.5.
406.3.3 Garage floor surfaces. Garage floor surfaces
shall be of approved noncombustible material. The area of
floor used for parking of automobiles or other vehicles
shall be sloped to facilitate the movement of liquids to a
drain or toward the main vehicle entry doorway.
[F] 405.8.1 Standby power loads. The following loads
are classified as standby power loads:
1. Smoke control system.
2. Ventilation and automatic fire detection equipment
for smokeproof enclosures.
3. Fire pumps.
4. Elevators, as required in Section 3003.
¬
[F] 405.8.2 Emergency power loads. The following loads
are classified as emergency power loads:
1. Emergency voice/alarm communications systems.
2. Fire alarm systems.
3. Automatic fire detection systems.
4. Elevator car lighting.
5. Means of egress and exit sign illumination as
required by Chapter 10.
[F] 405.9 Standpipe system. The underground building shall
be equipped throughout with a standpipe system in accordance with Section 905.
SECTION 406
MOTOR-VEHICLE-RELATED OCCUPANCIES
406.1 General. Motor-vehicle-related occupancies shall
comply with Sections 406.1 through 406.8.
406.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2:
MECHANICAL-ACCESS OPEN PARKING
GARAGES.
OPEN PARKING GARAGE.
PRIVATE GARAGE.
RAMP-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES.
406.3 Private garages and carports. Private garages and
carports shall comply with Sections 406.3.1 through 406.3.6.
406.3.1 Classification. Private garages and carports shall
be classified as Group U occupancies. Each private garage
62
¬
405.7.1 Number of exits. Each floor level shall be provided with no fewer than two exits. Where compartmentation is required by Section 405.4, each compartment shall
have no fewer than one exit and shall also have no fewer
than one exit access doorway into the adjoining compartment.
406.3.4 Separation. For other than private garages adjacent to dwelling units, the separation of private garages
from other occupancies shall comply with Section 508.
Separation of private garages from dwelling units shall
comply with Sections 406.3.4.1 through 406.3.4.3.
406.3.4.1 Dwelling unit separation. The private
garage shall be separated from the dwelling unit and its
attic area by means of gypsum board, not less than 1/2
inch (12.7 mm) in thickness, applied to the garage side.
Garages beneath habitable rooms shall be separated
from all habitable rooms above by not less than a 5/8inch (15.9 mm) Type X gypsum board or equivalent
and 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board applied to structures supporting the separation from habitable rooms
above the garage. Door openings between a private
garage and the dwelling unit shall be equipped with
either solid wood doors or solid or honeycomb core
steel doors not less than 13/8 inches (34.9 mm) in thickness, or doors in compliance with Section 716.5.3 with
a fire protection rating of not less than 20 minutes.
Doors shall be self-closing and self-latching.
406.3.4.2 Openings prohibited. Openings from a private garage directly into a room used for sleeping purposes shall not be permitted.
406.3.4.3 Ducts. Ducts in a private garage and ducts
penetrating the walls or ceilings separating the dwelling
unit from the garage, including its attic area, shall be
constructed of sheet steel of not less than 0.019 inch
(0.48 mm) in thickness and shall have no openings into
the garage.
406.3.5 Carports. Carports shall be open on at least two
sides. Carport floor surfaces shall be of an approved noncombustible material. Carports not open on at least two
sides shall be considered a garage and shall comply with
the requirements for private garages.
Exception: Asphalt surfaces shall be permitted at
ground level in carports.
The area of floor used for parking of automobiles or
other vehicles shall be sloped to facilitate the movement of
liquids to a drain or toward the main vehicle entry doorway.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
406.3.5.1 Carport separation. A separation is not
required between a Group R-3 and U carport, provided
the carport is entirely open on two or more sides and
there are not enclosed areas above.
406.3.6 Automatic garage door openers. Automatic
garage door openers, where provided, shall be listed in
accordance with UL 325.
406.4 Public parking garages. Parking garages, other than
private garages, shall be classified as public parking garages
and shall comply with the provisions of Sections 406.4.2
through 406.4.8 and shall be classified as either an open parking garage or an enclosed parking garage. Open parking
garages shall also comply with Section 406.5. Enclosed
parking garages shall also comply with Section 406.6. See
Section 510 for special provisions for parking garages.
406.4.1 Clear height. The clear height of each floor level
in vehicle and pedestrian traffic areas shall be not less than
7 feet (2134 mm). Vehicle and pedestrian areas accommodating van-accessible parking shall comply with Section
1106.5.
406.4.2 Guards. Guards shall be provided in accordance
with Section 1015. Guards serving as vehicle barriers
shall comply with Sections 406.4.3 and 1015.
406.4.3 Vehicle barriers. Vehicle barriers not less than 2
feet 9 inches (835 mm) in height shall be placed where the
vertical distance from the floor of a drive lane or parking
space to the ground or surface directly below is greater
than 1 foot (305 mm). Vehicle barriers shall comply with
the loading requirements of Section 1607.8.3.
Exception: Vehicle barriers are not required in vehicle
storage compartments in a mechanical access parking
garage.
406.4.4 Ramps. Vehicle ramps shall not be considered as
required exits unless pedestrian facilities are provided.
Vehicle ramps that are utilized for vertical circulation as
well as for parking shall not exceed a slope of 1:15 (6.67
percent).
406.4.5 Floor surface. Parking surfaces shall be of concrete or similar noncombustible and nonabsorbent materials.
The area of floor used for parking of automobiles or
other vehicles shall be sloped to facilitate the movement of
liquids to a drain or toward the main vehicle entry doorway.
Exceptions:
1. Asphalt parking surfaces shall be permitted at
ground level.
2. Floors of Group S-2 parking garages shall not be
required to have a sloped surface.
406.4.6 Mixed occupancy separation. Parking garages
shall be separated from other occupancies in accordance
with Section 508.1.
406.4.7 Special hazards. Connection of a parking garage
with any room in which there is a fuel-fired appliance
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
shall be by means of a vestibule providing a two-doorway
separation.
Exception: A single door shall be allowed provided the
sources of ignition in the appliance are not less than 18
inches (457 mm) above the floor.
406.4.8 Attached to rooms. Openings from a parking
garage directly into a room used for sleeping purposes
shall not be permitted.
406.5 Open parking garages. Open parking garages shall
comply with Sections 406.5.1 through 406.5.11.
406.5.1 Construction. Open parking garages shall be of
Type I, II or IV construction. Open parking garages shall
meet the design requirements of Chapter 16. For vehicle
barriers, see Section 406.4.3.
406.5.2 Openings. For natural ventilation purposes, the
exterior side of the structure shall have uniformly distributed openings on two or more sides. The area of such
openings in exterior walls on a tier shall be not less than
20 percent of the total perimeter wall area of each tier. The
aggregate length of the openings considered to be providing natural ventilation shall be not less than 40 percent of
the perimeter of the tier. Interior walls shall be not less
than 20 percent open with uniformly distributed openings.
Exception: Openings are not required to be distributed
over 40 percent of the building perimeter where the
required openings are uniformly distributed over two
opposing sides of the building.
406.5.2.1 Openings below grade. Where openings
below grade provide required natural ventilation, the
outside horizontal clear space shall be one and one-half
times the depth of the opening. The width of the horizontal clear space shall be maintained from grade down
to the bottom of the lowest required opening.
406.5.3 Uses. Mixed uses shall be allowed in the same
building as an open parking garage subject to the provisions of Sections 402.4.2.3, 406.5.11, 508.1, 510.3, 510.4
and 510.7.
406.5.4 Area and height. Area and height of open parking garages shall be limited as set forth in Chapter 5 for
Group S-2 occupancies and as further provided for in Section 508.1.
406.5.4.1 Single use. Where the open parking garage
is used exclusively for the parking or storage of private
motor vehicles, with no other uses in the building, the
area and height shall be permitted to comply with Table
406.5.4, along with increases allowed by Section
406.5.5.
Exception: The grade-level tier is permitted to contain an office, waiting and toilet rooms having a total
combined area of not more than 1,000 square feet
(93 m2). Such area need not be separated from the
open parking garage.
In open parking garages having a spiral or sloping
floor, the horizontal projection of the structure at any
cross section shall not exceed the allowable area per
63
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
shall be within 200 feet (60 960 mm) horizontally from
such openings or other natural ventilation openings as
defined in Section 406.5.2. These openings shall be permitted to be provided in courts with a minimum dimension of 20 feet (6096 mm) for the full width of the
openings.
parking tier. In the case of an open parking garage having a continuous spiral floor, each 9 feet 6 inches (2896
mm) of height, or portion thereof, shall be considered a
tier.
The clear height of a parking tier shall be not less
than 7 feet (2134 mm), except that a lower clear height
is permitted in mechanical-access open parking
garages where approved by the building official.
406.5.5 Area and height increases. The allowable area
and height of open parking garages shall be increased in
accordance with the provisions of this section. Garages
with sides open on three-fourths of the building’s perimeter are permitted to be increased by 25 percent in area and
one tier in height. Garages with sides open around the
entire building’s perimeter are permitted to be increased
by 50 percent in area and one tier in height. For a side to
be considered open under the above provisions, the total
area of openings along the side shall not be less than 50
percent of the interior area of the side at each tier and such
openings shall be equally distributed along the length of
the tier. For purposes of calculating the interior area of the
side, the height shall not exceed 7 feet (2134 mm).
Allowable tier areas in Table 406.5.4 shall be increased
for open parking garages constructed to heights less than
the table maximum. The gross tier area of the garage shall
not exceed that permitted for the higher structure. No
fewer than three sides of each such larger tier shall have
continuous horizontal openings not less than 30 inches
(762 mm) in clear height extending for not less than 80
percent of the length of the sides and no part of such larger
tier shall be more than 200 feet (60 960 mm) horizontally
from such an opening. In addition, each such opening shall
face a street or yard accessible to a street with a width of
not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) for the full length of the
opening, and standpipes shall be provided in each such
tier.
Open parking garages of Type II construction, with all
sides open, shall be unlimited in allowable area where the
building height does not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm). For
a side to be considered open, the total area of openings
along the side shall be not less than 50 percent of the interior area of the side at each tier and such openings shall be
equally distributed along the length of the tier. For purposes of calculating the interior area of the side, the height
shall not exceed 7 feet (2134 mm). All portions of tiers
406.5.6 Fire separation distance. Exterior walls and
openings in exterior walls shall comply with Tables 601
and 602. The distance to an adjacent lot line shall be determined in accordance with Table 602 and Section 705.
406.5.7 Means of egress. Where persons other than parking attendants are permitted, open parking garages shall
meet the means of egress requirements of Chapter 10.
Where no persons other than parking attendants are permitted, there shall be no fewer than two exit stairways.
Each exit stairway shall be not less than 36 inches (914
mm) in width. Lifts shall be permitted to be installed for
use of employees only, provided they are completely
enclosed by noncombustible materials.
[F] 406.5.8 Standpipe system. An open parking garage
shall be equipped with a standpipe system as required by
Section 905.3.
406.5.9 Enclosure of vertical openings. Enclosure shall
not be required for vertical openings except as specified in
Section 406.5.7.
406.5.10 Ventilation. Ventilation, other than the percentage of openings specified in Section 406.5.2, shall not be
required.
406.5.11 Prohibitions. The following uses and alterations
are not permitted:
1. Vehicle repair work.
2. Parking of buses, trucks and similar vehicles.
3. Partial or complete closing of required openings in
exterior walls by tarpaulins or any other means.
4. Dispensing of fuel.
406.6 Enclosed parking garages. Enclosed parking garages
shall comply with Sections 406.6.1 through 406.6.3.
406.6.1 Heights and areas. Enclosed vehicle parking
garages and portions thereof that do not meet the definition of open parking garages shall be limited to the allowable heights and areas specified in Sections 504 and 506 as
modified by Section 507. Roof parking is permitted.
TABLE 406.5.4
OPEN PARKING GARAGES AREA AND HEIGHT
HEIGHT (in tiers)
Mechanical access
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
AREA PER TIER
(square feet)
Ramp access
IA
IB
IIA
IIB
IV
Unlimited
Unlimited
50,000
50,000
50,000
Unlimited
12 tiers
10 tiers
8 tiers
4 tiers
Automatic sprinkler system
No
Yes
Unlimited
12 tiers
10 tiers
8 tiers
4 tiers
Unlimited
18 tiers
15 tiers
12 tiers
4 tiers
For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2.
64
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
406.6.2 Ventilation. A mechanical ventilation system
shall be provided in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code.
[F] 406.6.3 Automatic sprinkler system. An enclosed
parking garage shall be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.10.
406.7 Motor fuel-dispensing facilities. Motor fuel-dispensing facilities shall comply with the International Fire Code
and Sections 406.7.1 and 406.7.2.
406.7.1 Vehicle fueling pad. The vehicle shall be fueled
on noncoated concrete or other approved paving material
having a resistance not exceeding 1 megohm as determined by the methodology in EN 1081.
406.7.2 Canopies. Canopies under which fuels are dispensed shall have a clear, unobstructed height of not less
than 13 feet 6 inches (4115 mm) to the lowest projecting
element in the vehicle drive-through area. Canopies and
their supports over pumps shall be of noncombustible
materials, fire-retardant-treated wood complying with
Chapter 23, wood of Type IV sizes or of construction providing 1-hour fire resistance. Combustible materials used
in or on a canopy shall comply with one of the following:
1. Shielded from the pumps by a noncombustible element of the canopy, or wood of Type IV sizes;
2. Plastics covered by aluminum facing having a thickness of not less than 0.010 inch (0.30 mm) or corrosion-resistant steel having a base metal thickness of
not less than 0.016 inch (0.41 mm). The plastic shall
have a flame spread index of 25 or less and a smokedeveloped index of 450 or less when tested in the
form intended for use in accordance with ASTM
E84 or UL 723 and a self-ignition temperature of
650°F (343°C) or greater when tested in accordance
with ASTM D1929; or
3. Panels constructed of light-transmitting plastic
materials shall be permitted to be installed in canopies erected over motor vehicle fuel-dispensing station fuel dispensers, provided the panels are located
not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from any building
on the same lot and face yards or streets not less
than 40 feet (12 192 mm) in width on the other sides.
The aggregate areas of plastics shall be not greater
than 1,000 square feet (93 m2). The maximum area
of any individual panel shall be not greater than 100
square feet (9.3 m2).
406.7.2.1 Canopies used to support gaseous hydrogen systems. Canopies that are used to shelter dispensing operations where flammable compressed gases are
located on the roof of the canopy shall be in accordance
with the following:
1. The canopy shall meet or exceed Type I construction requirements.
2. Operations located under canopies shall be limited to refueling only.
3. The canopy shall be constructed in a manner that
prevents the accumulation of hydrogen gas.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
406.8 Repair garages. Repair garages shall be constructed
in accordance with the International Fire Code and Sections
406.8.1 through 406.8.6. This occupancy shall not include
motor fuel-dispensing facilities, as regulated in Section
406.7.
406.8.1 Mixed uses. Mixed uses shall be allowed in the
same building as a repair garage subject to the provisions
of Section 508.1.
406.8.2 Ventilation. Repair garages shall be mechanically
ventilated in accordance with the International Mechanical Code. The ventilation system shall be controlled at the
entrance to the garage.
406.8.3 Floor surface. Repair garage floors shall be of
concrete or similar noncombustible and nonabsorbent
materials.
Exception: Slip-resistant, nonabsorbent, interior floor
finishes having a critical radiant flux not more than
0.45 W/cm2, as determined by NFPA 253, shall be permitted.
406.8.4 Heating equipment. Heating equipment shall be
installed in accordance with the International Mechanical
Code.
[F] 406.8.5 Gas detection system. Repair garages used
for the repair of vehicles fueled by nonodorized gases such
as hydrogen and nonodorized LNG, shall be provided with
a flammable gas detection system.
[F] 406.8.5.1 System design. The flammable gas
detection system shall be listed or approved and shall
be calibrated to the types of fuels or gases used by vehicles to be repaired. The gas detection system shall be
designed to activate when the level of flammable gas
exceeds 25 percent of the lower flammable limit (LFL).
Gas detection shall be provided in lubrication or chassis
service pits of repair garages used for repairing nonodorized LNG-fueled vehicles.
[F] 406.8.5.1.1 Gas detection system components.
Gas detection system control units shall be listed
and labeled in accordance with UL 864 or UL 2017.
Gas detectors shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 2075 for use with the gases and
vapors being detected.
[F] 406.8.5.2 Operation. Activation of the gas detection system shall result in all of the following:
1. Initiation of distinct audible and visual alarm signals in the repair garage.
2. Deactivation of all heating systems located in the
repair garage.
3. Activation of the mechanical ventilation system,
where the system is interlocked with gas detection.
[F] 406.8.5.3 Failure of the gas detection system.
Failure of the gas detection system shall result in the
deactivation of the heating system, activation of the
mechanical ventilation system where the system is
interlocked with the gas detection system and cause a
trouble signal to sound in an approved location.
65
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] 406.8.6 Automatic sprinkler system. A repair garage
shall be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.2.9.1.
SECTION 407
GROUP I-2
407.1 General. Occupancies in Group I-2 shall comply with
the provisions of Sections 407.1 through 407.10 and other
applicable provisions of this code.
407.2 Corridors continuity and separation. Corridors in
occupancies in Group I-2 shall be continuous to the exits and
shall be separated from other areas in accordance with Section 407.3 except spaces conforming to Sections 407.2.1
through 407.2.6.
407.2.1 Waiting and similar areas. Waiting areas and
similar spaces constructed as required for corridors shall
be permitted to be open to a corridor, only where all of the
following criteria are met:
1. The spaces are not occupied as care recipient’s
sleeping rooms, treatment rooms, incidental uses in
accordance with Section 509, or hazardous uses.
2. The open space is protected by an automatic fire
detection system installed in accordance with Section 907.
3. The corridors onto which the spaces open, in the
same smoke compartment, are protected by an automatic fire detection system installed in accordance
with Section 907, or the smoke compartment in
which the spaces are located is equipped throughout
with quick-response sprinklers in accordance with
Section 903.3.2.
4. The space is arranged so as not to obstruct access to
the required exits.
407.2.2 Care providers’ stations. Spaces for care providers’, supervisory staff, doctors’ and nurses’ charting,
communications and related clerical areas shall be permitted to be open to the corridor, where such spaces are constructed as required for corridors.
407.2.3 Psychiatric treatment areas. Areas wherein psychiatric care recipients who are not capable of self-preservation are housed, or group meeting or multipurpose
therapeutic spaces other than incidental uses in accordance
with Section 509, under continuous supervision by facility
staff, shall be permitted to be open to the corridor, where
the following criteria are met:
1. Each area does not exceed 1,500 square feet (140
m2).
2. The area is located to permit supervision by the
facility staff.
3. The area is arranged so as not to obstruct any access
to the required exits.
4. The area is equipped with an automatic fire detection system installed in accordance with Section
907.2.
66
5. Not more than one such space is permitted in any
one smoke compartment.
6. The walls and ceilings of the space are constructed
as required for corridors.
407.2.4 Gift shops. Gift shops and associated storage that
are less than 500 square feet (455 m2) in area shall be permitted to be open to the corridor where such spaces are
constructed as required for corridors.
407.2.5 Nursing home housing units. In Group I-2, Condition 1, occupancies, in areas where nursing home residents are housed, shared living spaces, group meeting or
multipurpose therapeutic spaces shall be permitted to be
open to the corridor, where all of the following criteria are
met:
1. The walls and ceilings of the space are constructed
as required for corridors.
2. The spaces are not occupied as resident sleeping
rooms, treatment rooms, incidental uses in accordance with Section 509, or hazardous uses.
3. The open space is protected by an automatic fire
detection system installed in accordance with Section 907.
4. The corridors onto which the spaces open, in the
same smoke compartment, are protected by an automatic fire detection system installed in accordance
with Section 907, or the smoke compartment in
which the spaces are located is equipped throughout
with quick-response sprinklers in accordance with
Section 903.3.2.
5. The space is arranged so as not to obstruct access to
the required exits.
407.2.6 Nursing home cooking facilities. In Group I-2,
Condition 1, occupancies, rooms or spaces that contain a
cooking facility with domestic cooking appliances shall be
permitted to be open to the corridor where all of the following criteria are met:
1. The number of care recipients housed in the smoke
compartment is not greater than 30.
2. The number of care recipients served by the cooking facility is not greater than 30.
3. Only one cooking facility area is permitted in a
smoke compartment.
4. The types of domestic cooking appliances permitted are limited to ovens, cooktops, ranges, warmers and microwaves.
5. The corridor is a clearly identified space delineated by construction or floor pattern, material or
color.
6. The space containing the domestic cooking facility
shall be arranged so as not to obstruct access to the
required exit.
7. A domestic cooking hood installed and constructed in accordance with Section 505 of the
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
8. The domestic cooking hood provided over the
cooktop or range shall be equipped with an automatic fire-extinguishing system of a type recognized for protection of domestic cooking
equipment. Preengineered automatic extinguishing
systems shall be tested in accordance with UL
300A and listed and labeled for the intended application. The system shall be installed in accordance
with this code, its listing and the manufacturer’s
instructions.
9. A manual actuation device for the hood suppression system shall be installed in accordance with
Sections 904.12.1 and 904.12.2.
10. An interlock device shall be provided such that
upon activation of the hood suppression system,
the power or fuel supply to the cooktop or range
will be turned off.
11. A shut-off for the fuel and electrical power supply
to the cooking equipment shall be provided in a
location that is accessible only to staff.
12. A timer shall be provided that automatically deactivates the cooking appliances within a period of
not more than 120 minutes.
13. A portable fire extinguisher shall be installed in
accordance with Section 906 of the International
Fire Code.
407.3 Corridor wall construction. Corridor walls shall be
constructed as smoke partitions in accordance with Section
710.
407.3.1 Corridor doors. Corridor doors, other than those
in a wall required to be rated by Section 509.4 or for the
enclosure of a vertical opening or an exit, shall not have a
required fire protection rating and shall not be required to
be equipped with self-closing or automatic-closing
devices, but shall provide an effective barrier to limit the
transfer of smoke and shall be equipped with positive
latching. Roller latches are not permitted. Other doors
shall conform to Section 716.5.
407.4 Means of egress. Group I-2 occupancies shall be provided with means of egress complying with Chapter 10 and
Sections 407.4.1 through 407.4.4. The fire safety and evacuation plans provided in accordance with Section 1001.4 shall
identify the building components necessary to support a
defend-in-place emergency response in accordance with Sections 404 and 408 of the International Fire Code.
407.4.1 Direct access to a corridor. Habitable rooms in
Group I-2 occupancies shall have an exit access door leading directly to a corridor.
Exceptions:
1. Rooms with exit doors opening directly to the
outside at ground level.
2. Rooms arranged as care suites complying with
Section 407.4.4.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
407.4.1.1 Locking devices. Locking devices that
restrict access to a care recipient’s room from the corridor and that are operable only by staff from the corridor side shall not restrict the means of egress from the
care recipient’s room.
Exceptions:
1. This section shall not apply to rooms in psychiatric treatment and similar care areas.
2. Locking arrangements in accordance with
Section 1010.1.9.6.
407.4.2 Distance of travel. The distance of travel between
any point in a Group I-2 occupancy sleeping room, not
located in a care suite, and an exit access door in that room
shall be not greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm).
407.4.3 Projections in nursing home corridors. In
Group I-2, Condition 1, occupancies, where the corridor
width is a minimum of 96 inches (2440 mm), projections
shall be permitted for furniture where all of the following
criteria are met:
1. The furniture is attached to the floor or to the wall.
2. The furniture does not reduce the clear width of the
corridor to less than 72 inches (1830 mm) except
where other encroachments are permitted in accordance with Section 1005.7.
3. The furniture is positioned on only one side of the
corridor.
4. Each arrangement of furniture is 50 square feet (4.6
m2) maximum in area.
5. Furniture arrangements are separated by 10 feet
(3048 mm) minimum.
6. Placement of furniture is considered as part of the
fire and safety plans in accordance with Section
1001.4.
407.4.4 Group I-2 care suites. Care suites in Group I-2
shall comply with Sections 407.4.4.1 through 407.4.4.4
and either Section 407.4.4.5 or 407.4.4.6.
407.4.4.1 Exit access through care suites. Exit access
from all other portions of a building not classified as a
care suite shall not pass through a care suite. In a care
suite required to have more than one exit, one exit
access is permitted to pass through an adjacent care
suite provided all of the other requirements of Sections
407.4 and 1016.2 are satisfied.
407.4.4.2 Separation. Care suites shall be separated
from other portions of the building, including other
care suites, by a smoke partition complying with Section 710.
407.4.4.3 Access to corridor. Movement from habitable rooms shall not require passage through more than
three doors and 100 feet (30 480 mm) distance of travel
within the suite.
¬
International Mechanical Code is provided over
the cooktop or range.
Exception: The distance of travel shall be permitted
to be increased to 125 feet (38 100 mm) where an
automatic smoke detection system is provided
67
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
throughout the care suite and installed in accordance
with NFPA 72.
¬
407.4.4.4 Doors within care suites. Doors in care
suites serving habitable rooms shall be permitted to
comply with one of the following:
1. Manually operated horizontal sliding doors permitted in accordance with Exception 9 to Section
1010.1.2.
2. Power-operated doors permitted in accordance
with Exception 7 to Section 1010.1.2.
3. Means of egress doors complying with Section
1010.
407.4.4.5 Care suites containing sleeping room
areas. Sleeping rooms shall be permitted to be grouped
into care suites where one of the following criteria is
met:
1. The care suite is not used as an exit access for
more than eight care recipient beds.
2. The arrangement of the care suite allows for
direct and constant visual supervision into the
sleeping rooms by care providers.
3. An automatic smoke detection system is provided
in the sleeping rooms and installed in accordance
with NFPA 72.
1. Not less than 30 net square feet (2.8 m2) for each
care recipient confined to bed or stretcher.
2. Not less than 6 square feet (0.56 m2) for each ambulatory care recipient not confined to bed or stretcher
and for other occupants.
Exception: Care suites containing sleeping
rooms shall be permitted to be not greater than
10,000 square feet (929 m2) in area where an
automatic smoke detection system is provided
throughout the care suite and installed in accordance with NFPA 72.
Areas or spaces permitted to be included in the calculation of refuge area are corridors, sleeping areas, treatment
rooms, lounge or dining areas and other low-hazard areas.
407.4.4.6 Care suites not containing sleeping rooms.
Areas not containing sleeping rooms, but only treatment areas and the associated rooms, spaces or circulation space, shall be permitted to be grouped into care
suites and shall conform to the limitations in Sections
407.4.4.6.1 and 407.4.4.6.2.
407.4.4.6.1 Area. Care suites of rooms, other than
sleeping rooms, shall have an area not greater than
12,500 square feet (1161 m2).
Exception: Care suites not containing sleeping
rooms shall be permitted to be not greater than
15,000 square feet (1394 m2) in area where an
automatic smoke detection system is provided
throughout the care suite in accordance with Section 907.
407.4.4.6.2 Exit access. Care suites, other than
sleeping rooms, with an area of more than 2,500
68
407.5.1 Refuge area. Refuge areas shall be provided
within each smoke compartment. The size of the refuge
area shall accommodate the occupants and care recipients
from the adjoining smoke compartment. Where a smoke
compartment is adjoined by two or more smoke compartments, the minimum area of the refuge area shall accommodate the largest occupant load of the adjoining
compartments. The size of the refuge area shall provide
the following:
407.4.4.5.1 Area. Care suites containing sleeping
rooms shall be not greater than 7,500 square feet
(696 m2) in area.
407.4.4.5.2 Exit access. Any sleeping room, or any
care suite that contains sleeping rooms, of more than
1,000 square feet (93 m2) shall have no fewer than
two exit access doors from the care suite located in
accordance with Section 1007.
¬
square feet (232 m2) shall have no fewer than two
exit access doors from the care suite located in
accordance with Section 1007.1.
407.5 Smoke barriers. Smoke barriers shall be provided to
subdivide every story used by persons receiving care, treatment or sleeping and to divide other stories with an occupant
load of 50 or more persons, into no fewer than two smoke
compartments. Such stories shall be divided into smoke compartments with an area of not more than 22,500 square feet
(2092 m2) in Group I-2, Condition 1, and not more than
40,000 square feet (3716 m2) in Group I-2, Condition 2, and
the distance of travel from any point in a smoke compartment
to a smoke barrier door shall be not greater than 200 feet (60
960 mm). The smoke barrier shall be in accordance with Section 709.
407.5.2 Independent egress. A means of egress shall be
provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke
barriers without having to return through the smoke compartment from which means of egress originated.
407.5.3 Horizontal assemblies. Horizontal assemblies
supporting smoke barriers required by this section shall be
designed to resist the movement of smoke. Elevator lobbies shall be in accordance with Section 3006.2.
[F] 407.6 Automatic sprinkler system. Smoke compartments containing sleeping rooms shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Sections 903.3.1.1 and 903.3.2.
[F] 407.7 Fire alarm system. A fire alarm system shall be
provided in accordance with Section 907.2.6.
[F] 407.8 Automatic fire detection. Corridors in Group I-2,
Condition 1 occupancies and spaces permitted to be open to
the corridors by Section 407.2 shall be equipped with an
automatic fire detection system.
Group I-2, Condition 2 occupancies shall be equipped with
smoke detection as required in Section 407.2.
Exceptions:
1. Corridor smoke detection is not required where
sleeping rooms are provided with smoke detectors
that comply with UL 268. Such detectors shall pro2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
vide a visual display on the corridor side of each
sleeping room and an audible and visual alarm at the
care provider’s station attending each unit.
2. Corridor smoke detection is not required where
sleeping room doors are equipped with automatic
door-closing devices with integral smoke detectors
on the unit sides installed in accordance with their
listing, provided that the integral detectors perform
the required alerting function.
407.9 Secured yards. Grounds are permitted to be fenced
and gates therein are permitted to be equipped with locks,
provided that safe dispersal areas having 30 net square feet
(2.8 m2) for bed and stretcher care recipients and 6 net square
feet (0.56 m2) for ambulatory care recipients and other occupants are located between the building and the fence. Such
provided safe dispersal areas shall be located not less than 50
feet (15 240 mm) from the building they serve.
*
407.10 Electrical systems. In Group I-2 occupancies, the
essential electrical system for electrical components, equipment and systems shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 27 and NFPA 99.
SECTION 408
GROUP I-3
408.1 General. Occupancies in Group I-3 shall comply with
the provisions of Sections 408.1 through 408.11 and other
applicable provisions of this code (see Section 308.5).
408.1.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in
Chapter 2:
CELL.
CELL TIER.
HOUSING UNIT.
SALLYPORT.
408.2 Other occupancies. Buildings or portions of buildings
in Group I-3 occupancies where security operations necessitate the locking of required means of egress shall be permitted to be classified as a different occupancy. Occupancies
classified as other than Group I-3 shall meet the applicable
requirements of this code for that occupancy where provisions are made for the release of occupants at all times.
Means of egress from detention and correctional occupancies that traverse other use areas shall, as a minimum, conform to requirements for detention and correctional
occupancies.
Exception: It is permissible to exit through a horizontal
exit into other contiguous occupancies that do not conform
to detention and correctional occupancy egress provisions
but that do comply with requirements set forth in the
appropriate occupancy, as long as the occupancy is not a
Group H use.
408.3 Means of egress. Except as modified or as provided
for in this section, the means of egress provisions of Chapter
10 shall apply.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
408.3.1 Door width. Doors to resident sleeping units shall
have a clear width of not less than 28 inches (711 mm).
408.3.2 Sliding doors. Where doors in a means of egress
are of the horizontal-sliding type, the force to slide the
door to its fully open position shall be not greater than 50
pounds (220 N) with a perpendicular force against the
door of 50 pounds (220 N).
408.3.3 Guard tower doors. A hatch or trap door not less
than 16 square feet (610 m2) in area through the floor and
having dimensions of not less than 2 feet (610 mm) in any
direction shall be permitted to be used as a portion of the
means of egress from guard towers.
408.3.4 Spiral stairways. Spiral stairways that conform
to the requirements of Section 1011.10 are permitted for
access to and between staff locations.
408.3.5 Ships ladders. Ships ladders shall be permitted
for egress from control rooms or elevated facility observation rooms in accordance with Section 1011.15.
408.3.6 Exit discharge. Exits are permitted to discharge
into a fenced or walled courtyard. Enclosed yards or
courts shall be of a size to accommodate all occupants, be
located not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from the building and have an area of not less than 15 square feet (1.4
m2) per person.
408.3.7 Sallyports. A sallyport shall be permitted in a
means of egress where there are provisions for continuous
and unobstructed passage through the sallyport during an
emergency egress condition.
408.3.8 Interior exit stairway and ramp construction.
One interior exit stairway or ramp in each building shall
be permitted to have glazing installed in doors and interior
walls at each landing level providing access to the interior
exit stairway or ramp, provided that the following conditions are met:
1. The interior exit stairway or ramp shall not serve
more than four floor levels.
2. Exit doors shall be not less than 3/4-hour fire door
assemblies complying with Section 716.5
3. The total area of glazing at each floor level shall not
exceed 5,000 square inches (3.2 m2) and individual
panels of glazing shall not exceed 1,296 square
inches (0.84 m2).
4. The glazing shall be protected on both sides by an
automatic sprinkler system. The sprinkler system
shall be designed to wet completely the entire surface of any glazing affected by fire when actuated.
5. The glazing shall be in a gasketed frame and
installed in such a manner that the framing system
will deflect without breaking (loading) the glass
before the sprinkler system operates.
6. Obstructions, such as curtain rods, drapery traverse
rods, curtains, drapes or similar materials shall not
be installed between the automatic sprinklers and
the glazing.
69
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
408.4 Locks. Egress doors are permitted to be locked in
accordance with the applicable use condition. Doors from a
refuge area to the outside are permitted to be locked with a
key in lieu of locking methods described in Section 408.4.1.
The keys to unlock the exterior doors shall be available at all
times and the locks shall be operable from both sides of the
door.
408.4.1 Remote release. Remote release of locks on doors
in a means of egress shall be provided with reliable means
of operation, remote from the resident living areas, to
release locks on all required doors. In Occupancy Condition 3 or 4, the arrangement, accessibility and security of
the release mechanisms required for egress shall be such
that with the minimum available staff at any time, the lock
mechanisms are capable of being released within 2 minutes.
Exception: Provisions for remote locking and unlocking of occupied rooms in Occupancy Condition 4 are
not required provided that not more than 10 locks are
necessary to be unlocked in order to move occupants
from one smoke compartment to a refuge area within 3
minutes. The opening of necessary locks shall be
accomplished with not more than two separate keys.
[F] 408.4.2 Power-operated doors and locks. Poweroperated sliding doors or power-operated locks for swinging doors shall be operable by a manual release mechanism at the door. Emergency power shall be provided for
the doors and locks in accordance with Section 2702.
Exceptions:
1. Emergency power is not required in facilities
with 10 or fewer locks complying with the exception to Section 408.4.1.
2. Emergency power is not required where remote
mechanical operating releases are provided.
408.4.3 Redundant operation. Remote release, mechanically operated sliding doors or remote release, mechanically operated locks shall be provided with a mechanically
operated release mechanism at each door, or shall be provided with a redundant remote release control.
408.4.4 Relock capability. Doors remotely unlocked
under emergency conditions shall not automatically relock
when closed unless specific action is taken at the remote
location to enable doors to relock.
408.5 Protection of vertical openings. Any vertical opening
shall be protected by a shaft enclosure in accordance with
Section 713, or shall be in accordance with Section 408.5.1.
4. Egress from any portion of the cell tier to an exit or
exit access door shall not require travel on more than
one additional floor level within the housing unit.
408.5.2 Shaft openings in communicating floor levels.
Where a floor opening is permitted between communicating floor levels of a housing unit in accordance with Section 408.5.1, plumbing chases serving vertically staked
individual cells contained with the housing unit shall be
permitted without a shaft enclosure.
408.6 Smoke barrier. Occupancies in Group I-3 shall have
smoke barriers complying with Sections 408.7 and 709 to
divide every story occupied by residents for sleeping, or any
other story having an occupant load of 50 or more persons,
into no fewer than two smoke compartments.
Exception: Spaces having a direct exit to one of the following, provided that the locking arrangement of the doors
involved complies with the requirements for doors at the
smoke barrier for the use condition involved:
1. A public way.
2. A building separated from the resident housing area
by a 2-hour fire-resistance-rated assembly or 50 feet
(15 240 mm) of open space.
3. A secured yard or court having a holding space 50
feet (15 240 mm) from the housing area that provides 6 square feet (0.56 m2) or more of refuge area
per occupant, including residents, staff and visitors.
408.6.1 Smoke compartments. The number of residents
in any smoke compartment shall be not more than 200.
The distance of travel to a door in a smoke barrier from
any room door required as exit access shall be not greater
than 150 feet (45 720 mm). The distance of travel to a door
in a smoke barrier from any point in a room shall be not
greater than 200 feet (60 960 mm).
408.6.2 Refuge area. Not less than 6 net square feet (0.56
m2) per occupant shall be provided on each side of each
smoke barrier for the total number of occupants in adjoining smoke compartments. This space shall be readily available wherever the occupants are moved across the smoke
barrier in a fire emergency.
408.6.3 Independent egress. A means of egress shall be
provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke
barriers without having to return through the smoke compartment from which means of egress originates.
1. The entire normally occupied areas so interconnected are open and unobstructed so as to enable
observation of the areas by supervisory personnel;
408.7 Security glazing. In occupancies in Group I-3, windows and doors in 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707, fire partitions constructed in
accordance with Section 708 and smoke barriers constructed
in accordance with Section 709 shall be permitted to have
security glazing installed provided that the following conditions are met.
2. Means of egress capacity is sufficient for all occupants from all interconnected cell tiers and areas;
1. Individual panels of glazing shall not exceed 1,296
square inches (0.84 m2).
408.5.1 Floor openings. Openings in floors within a housing unit are permitted without a shaft enclosure, provided
all of the following conditions are met:
70
3. The height difference between the floor levels of the
highest and lowest cell tiers shall not exceed 23 feet
(7010 mm); and
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
2. The glazing shall be protected on both sides by an automatic sprinkler system. The sprinkler system shall be
designed to, when actuated, wet completely the entire
surface of any glazing affected by fire.
3. The glazing shall be in a gasketed frame and installed
in such a manner that the framing system will deflect
without breaking (loading) the glass before the sprinkler system operates.
4. Obstructions, such as curtain rods, drapery traverse
rods, curtains, drapes or similar materials shall not be
installed between the automatic sprinklers and the glazing.
408.8 Subdivision of resident housing areas. Sleeping areas
and any contiguous day room, group activity space or other
common spaces where residents are housed shall be separated
from other spaces in accordance with Sections 408.8.1
through 408.8.4.
408.8.1 Occupancy Conditions 3 and 4. Each sleeping
area in Occupancy Conditions 3 and 4 shall be separated
from the adjacent common spaces by a smoke-tight partition where the distance of travel from the sleeping area
through the common space to the corridor exceeds 50 feet
(15 240 mm).
408.8.2 Occupancy Condition 5. Each sleeping area in
Occupancy Condition 5 shall be separated from adjacent
sleeping areas, corridors and common spaces by a smoketight partition. Additionally, common spaces shall be separated from the corridor by a smoke-tight partition.
408.8.3 Openings in room face. The aggregate area of
openings in a solid sleeping room face in Occupancy Conditions 2, 3, 4 and 5 shall not exceed 120 square inches
(0.77 m2). The aggregate area shall include all openings
including door undercuts, food passes and grilles. Openings shall be not more than 36 inches (914 mm) above the
floor. In Occupancy Condition 5, the openings shall be
closeable from the room side.
408.8.4 Smoke-tight doors. Doors in openings in partitions required to be smoke tight by Section 408.8 shall be
substantial doors, of construction that will resist the passage of smoke. Latches and door closures are not required
on cell doors.
408.9 Windowless buildings. For the purposes of this section, a windowless building or portion of a building is one
with nonopenable windows, windows not readily breakable
or without windows. Windowless buildings shall be provided
with an engineered smoke control system to provide a tenable
environment for exiting from the smoke compartment in the
area of fire origin in accordance with Section 909 for each
windowless smoke compartment.
[F] 408.10 Fire alarm system. A fire alarm system shall be
provided in accordance with Section 907.2.6.3.
[F] 408.11 Automatic sprinkler system. Group I-3 occupancies shall be equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.6.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SECTION 409
MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION ROOMS
409.1 General. The provisions of Sections 409.1 through
409.5 shall apply to rooms in which ribbon-type cellulose
acetate or other safety film is utilized in conjunction with
electric arc, xenon or other light-source projection equipment
that develops hazardous gases, dust or radiation. Where cellulose nitrate film is utilized or stored, such rooms shall comply
with NFPA 40.
409.1.1 Projection room required. Every motion picture
machine projecting film as mentioned within the scope of
this section shall be enclosed in a projection room. Appurtenant electrical equipment, such as rheostats, transformers and generators, shall be within the projection room or
in an adjacent room of equivalent construction.
409.2 Construction of projection rooms. Every projection
room shall be of permanent construction consistent with the
construction requirements for the type of building in which
the projection room is located. Openings are not required to
be protected.
The room shall have a floor area of not less than 80 square
feet (7.44 m2) for a single machine and not less than 40
square feet (3.7 m2) for each additional machine. Each motion
picture projector, floodlight, spotlight or similar piece of
equipment shall have a clear working space of not less than
30 inches by 30 inches (762 mm by 762 mm) on each side
and at the rear thereof, but only one such space shall be
required between two adjacent projectors. The projection
room and the rooms appurtenant thereto shall have a ceiling
height of not less than 7 feet 6 inches (2286 mm). The aggregate of openings for projection equipment shall not exceed 25
percent of the area of the wall between the projection room
and the auditorium. Openings shall be provided with glass or
other approved material, so as to close completely the opening.
409.3 Projection room and equipment ventilation. Ventilation shall be provided in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code.
409.3.1 Supply air. Each projection room shall be provided with adequate air supply inlets so arranged as to provide well-distributed air throughout the room. Air inlet
ducts shall provide an amount of air equivalent to the
amount of air being exhausted by projection equipment.
Air is permitted to be taken from the outside; from adjacent spaces within the building, provided the volume and
infiltration rate is sufficient; or from the building air-conditioning system, provided it is so arranged as to provide
sufficient air when other systems are not in operation.
409.3.2 Exhaust air. Projection rooms are permitted to be
exhausted through the lamp exhaust system. The lamp
exhaust system shall be positively interconnected with the
lamp so that the lamp will not operate unless there is the
required airflow. Exhaust air ducts shall terminate at the
exterior of the building in such a location that the exhaust
air cannot be readily recirculated into any air supply sys-
71
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
tem. The projection room ventilation system is permitted
to also serve appurtenant rooms, such as the generator and
rewind rooms.
409.3.3 Projection machines. Each projection machine
shall be provided with an exhaust duct that will draw air
from each lamp and exhaust it directly to the outside of the
building. The lamp exhaust is permitted to serve to
exhaust air from the projection room to provide room air
circulation. Such ducts shall be of rigid materials, except
for a flexible connector approved for the purpose. The
projection lamp or projection room exhaust system, or
both, is permitted to be combined but shall not be interconnected with any other exhaust or return system, or
both, within the building.
409.4 Lighting control. Provisions shall be made for control
of the auditorium lighting and the means of egress lighting
systems of theaters from inside the projection room and from
not less than one other convenient point in the building.
409.5 Miscellaneous equipment. Each projection room shall
be provided with rewind and film storage facilities.
SECTION 410
STAGES, PLATFORMS AND
TECHNICAL PRODUCTION AREAS
410.1 Applicability. The provisions of Sections 410.1
through 410.8 shall apply to all parts of buildings and structures that contain stages or platforms and similar appurtenances as herein defined.
410.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2:
PLATFORM.
PROSCENIUM WALL.
STAGE.
TECHNICAL PRODUCTION AREA.
410.3 Stages. Stage construction shall comply with Sections
410.3.1 through 410.3.7.
410.3.1 Stage construction. Stages shall be constructed of
materials as required for floors for the type of construction
of the building in which such stages are located.
Exception: Stages need not be constructed of the same
materials as required for the type of construction provided the construction complies with one of the following:
1. Stages of Type IIB or IV construction with a
nominal 2-inch (51 mm) wood deck, provided
that the stage is separated from other areas in
accordance with Section 410.3.4.
2. In buildings of Type IIA, IIIA and VA construction, a fire-resistance-rated floor is not required,
provided the space below the stage is equipped
with an automatic sprinkler system or fire-extinguishing system in accordance with Section 903
or 904.
72
3. In all types of construction, the finished floor
shall be constructed of wood or approved noncombustible materials. Openings through stage
floors shall be equipped with tight-fitting, solid
wood trap doors with approved safety locks.
410.3.1.1 Stage height and area. Stage areas shall be
measured to include the entire performance area and
adjacent backstage and support areas not separated
from the performance area by fire-resistance-rated construction. Stage height shall be measured from the lowest point on the stage floor to the highest point of the
roof or floor deck above the stage.
410.3.2 Technical production areas: galleries, gridirons
and catwalks. Beams designed only for the attachment of
portable or fixed theater equipment, gridirons, galleries
and catwalks shall be constructed of approved materials
consistent with the requirements for the type of construction of the building; and a fire-resistance rating shall not
be required. These areas shall not be considered to be
floors, stories, mezzanines or levels in applying this code.
Exception: Floors of fly galleries and catwalks shall be
constructed of any approved material.
410.3.3 Exterior stage doors. Where protection of openings is required, exterior exit doors shall be protected with
fire door assemblies that comply with Section 716. Exterior openings that are located on the stage for means of
egress or loading and unloading purposes, and that are
likely to be open during occupancy of the theater, shall be
constructed with vestibules to prevent air drafts into the
auditorium.
410.3.4 Proscenium wall. Where the stage height is
greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm), all portions of the stage
shall be completely separated from the seating area by a
proscenium wall with not less than a 2-hour fire-resistance
rating extending continuously from the foundation to the
roof.
410.3.5 Proscenium curtain. Where a proscenium wall is
required to have a fire-resistance rating, the stage opening
shall be provided with a fire curtain complying with
NFPA 80, horizontal sliding doors complying with Section 716.5.2 having a fire protection rating of at least 1
hour, or an approved water curtain complying with Section 903.3.1.1 or, in facilities not utilizing the provisions
of smoke-protected assembly seating in accordance with
Section 1029.6.2, a smoke control system complying with
Section 909 or natural ventilation designed to maintain the
smoke level not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the floor
of the means of egress.
410.3.6 Scenery. Combustible materials used in sets and
scenery shall meet the fire propagation performance criteria of Test Method 1 or Test Method 2, as appropriate, of
NFPA 701, in accordance with Section 806 and the International Fire Code. Foam plastics and materials containing foam plastics shall comply with Section 2603 and the
International Fire Code.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
410.3.7 Stage ventilation. Emergency ventilation shall be
provided for stages larger than 1,000 square feet (93 m2) in
floor area, or with a stage height greater than 50 feet (15
240 mm). Such ventilation shall comply with Section
410.3.7.1 or 410.3.7.2.
410.3.7.1 Roof vents. Two or more vents constructed
to open automatically by approved heat-activated
devices and with an aggregate clear opening area of not
less than 5 percent of the area of the stage shall be
located near the center and above the highest part of the
stage area. Supplemental means shall be provided for
manual operation of the ventilator. Curbs shall be provided as required for skylights in Section 2610.2. Vents
shall be labeled.
[F] 410.3.7.2 Smoke control. Smoke control in accordance with Section 909 shall be provided to maintain
the smoke layer interface not less than 6 feet (1829
mm) above the highest level of the assembly seating or
above the top of the proscenium opening where a proscenium wall is provided in compliance with Section
410.3.4.
410.4 Platform construction. Permanent platforms shall be
constructed of materials as required for the type of construction of the building in which the permanent platform is
located. Permanent platforms are permitted to be constructed
of fire-retardant-treated wood for Types I, II and IV construction where the platforms are not more than 30 inches
(762 mm) above the main floor, and not more than one-third
of the room floor area and not more than 3,000 square feet
(279 m2) in area. Where the space beneath the permanent
platform is used for storage or any purpose other than equipment, wiring or plumbing, the floor assembly shall be not less
than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction. Where the
space beneath the permanent platform is used only for equipment, wiring or plumbing, the underside of the permanent
platform need not be protected.
410.4.1 Temporary platforms. Platforms installed for a
period of not more than 30 days are permitted to be constructed of any materials permitted by this code. The space
between the floor and the platform above shall only be
used for plumbing and electrical wiring to platform equipment.
410.5 Dressing and appurtenant rooms. Dressing and
appurtenant rooms shall comply with Sections 410.5.1 and
410.5.2.
410.5.1 Separation from stage. The stage shall be separated from dressing rooms, scene docks, property rooms,
workshops, storerooms and compartments appurtenant to
the stage and other parts of the building by fire barriers
constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or
both. The fire-resistance rating shall be not less than 2
hours for stage heights greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm)
and not less than 1 hour for stage heights of 50 feet (15
240 mm) or less.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
410.5.2 Separation from each other. Dressing rooms,
scene docks, property rooms, workshops, storerooms and
compartments appurtenant to the stage shall be separated
from each other by not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or
both.
410.6 Means of egress. Except as modified or as provided
for in this section, the provisions of Chapter 10 shall apply.
410.6.1 Arrangement. Where two or more exits or exit
access doorways from the stage are required in accordance
with Section 1006.2, no fewer than one exit or exit access
doorway shall be provided on each side of a stage.
410.6.2 Stairway and ramp enclosure. Exit access stairways and ramps serving a stage or platform are not
required to be enclosed. Exit access stairways and ramps
serving technical production areas are not required to be
enclosed.
410.6.3 Technical production areas. Technical production areas shall be provided with means of egress and
means of escape in accordance with Sections 410.6.3.1
through 410.6.3.5.
410.6.3.1 Number of means of egress. No fewer than
one means of egress shall be provided from technical
production areas.
410.6.3.2 Exit access travel distance. The exit access
travel distance shall be not greater than 300 feet (91
440 mm) for buildings without a sprinkler system and
400 feet (121 900 mm) for buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1.
410.6.3.3 Two means of egress. Where two means of
egress are required, the common path of travel shall be
not greater than 100 feet (30 480 mm).
Exception: A means of escape to a roof in place of
a second means of egress is permitted.
410.6.3.4 Path of egress travel. The following exit
access components are permitted where serving technical production areas:
1. Stairways.
2. Ramps.
3. Spiral stairways.
4. Catwalks.
5. Alternating tread devices.
6. Permanent ladders.
410.6.3.5 Width. The path of egress travel within and
from technical support areas shall be not less than 22
inches (559 mm).
[F] 410.7 Automatic sprinkler system. Stages shall be
equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1. Sprinklers shall be installed under
73
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
the roof and gridiron and under all catwalks and galleries
over the stage. Sprinklers shall be installed in dressing
rooms, performer lounges, shops and storerooms accessory to
such stages.
Exceptions:
1. Sprinklers are not required under stage areas less
than 4 feet (1219 mm) in clear height that are utilized exclusively for storage of tables and chairs,
provided the concealed space is separated from the
adjacent spaces by Type X gypsum board not less
than 5/8-inch (15.9 mm) in thickness.
2. Sprinklers are not required for stages 1,000 square
feet (93 m2) or less in area and 50 feet (15 240 mm)
or less in height where curtains, scenery or other
combustible hangings are not retractable vertically.
Combustible hangings shall be limited to a single
main curtain, borders, legs and a single backdrop.
3. Sprinklers are not required within portable orchestra
enclosures on stages.
[F] 410.8 Standpipes. Standpipe systems shall be provided
in accordance with Section 905.
SECTION 411
SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDINGS
411.1 General. Special amusement buildings having an occupant load of 50 or more shall comply with the requirements
for the appropriate Group A occupancy and Sections 411.1
through 411.8. Special amusement buildings having an occupant load of less than 50 shall comply with the requirements
for a Group B occupancy and Sections 411.1 through 411.8.
Exception: Special amusement buildings or portions
thereof that are without walls or a roof and constructed to
prevent the accumulation of smoke need not comply with
this section.
For flammable decorative materials, see the International
Fire Code.
411.2 Definition. The following term is defined in Chapter
2:
SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDING.
[F] 411.3 Automatic fire detection. Special amusement
buildings shall be equipped with an automatic fire detection
system in accordance with Section 907.
[F] 411.4 Automatic sprinkler system. Special amusement
buildings shall be equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Where
the special amusement building is temporary, the sprinkler
water supply shall be of an approved temporary means.
Exception: Automatic sprinklers are not required where
the total floor area of a temporary special amusement
building is less than 1,000 square feet (93 m2) and the exit
access travel distance from any point to an exit is less than
50 feet (15 240 mm).
[F] 411.5 Alarm. Actuation of a single smoke detector, the
automatic sprinkler system or other automatic fire detection
74
device shall immediately sound an alarm at the building at a
constantly attended location from which emergency action
can be initiated including the capability of manual initiation
of requirements in Section 907.2.12.2.
[F] 411.6 Emergency voice/alarm communications system. An emergency voice/alarm communications system
shall be provided in accordance with Sections 907.2.12 and
907.5.2.2, which is also permitted to serve as a public address
system and shall be audible throughout the entire special
amusement building.
411.7 Exit marking. Exit signs shall be installed at the
required exit or exit access doorways of amusement buildings
in accordance with this section and Section 1013. Approved
directional exit markings shall also be provided. Where mirrors, mazes or other designs are utilized that disguise the path
of egress travel such that they are not apparent, approved and
listed low-level exit signs that comply with Section 1013.5,
and directional path markings listed in accordance with UL
1994, shall be provided and located not more than 8 inches
(203 mm) above the walking surface and on or near the path
of egress travel. Such markings shall become visible in an
emergency. The directional exit marking shall be activated by
the automatic fire detection system and the automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 907.2.12.2.
411.7.1 Photoluminescent exit signs. Where photoluminescent exit signs are installed, activating light source and
viewing distance shall be in accordance with the listing
and markings of the signs.
411.8 Interior finish. The interior finish shall be Class A in
accordance with Section 803.1.
SECTION 412
AIRCRAFT-RELATED OCCUPANCIES
412.1 General. Aircraft-related occupancies shall comply
with Sections 412.1 through 412.8 and the International Fire
Code.
412.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2:
FIXED BASE OPERATOR (FBO).
HELIPORT.
HELISTOP.
RESIDENTIAL AIRCRAFT HANGAR.
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT.
412.3 Airport traffic control towers. The provisions of Sections 412.3.1 through 412.3.8 shall apply to airport traffic
control towers occupied only for the following uses:
1. Airport traffic control cab.
2. Electrical and mechanical equipment rooms.
3. Airport terminal radar and electronics rooms.
4. Office spaces incidental to the tower operation.
5. Lounges for employees, including sanitary facilities.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
412.3.1 Type of construction. Airport traffic control towers shall be constructed to comply with the height limitations of Table 412.3.1.
TABLE 412.3.1
HEIGHT LIMITATIONS FOR
AIRPORT TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWERS
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
HEIGHTa
(feet)
IA
Unlimited
IB
240
IIA
100
IIB
85
IIIA
65
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2.
a. Height to be measured from grade plane to cab floor.
412.3.2 Stairways. Stairways in airport traffic control
towers shall be in accordance with Section 1011. Stairways shall be smokeproof enclosures complying with one
of the alternatives provided in Section 909.20.
Exception: Stairways in airport traffic control towers
are not required to comply with Section 1011.12.
412.3.3 Exit access. From observation levels, airport traffic control towers shall be permitted to have a single
means of exit access for a distance of travel not greater
than 100 feet (30 480 mm). Exit access stairways from the
observation level need not be enclosed.
412.3.4 Number of exits. Not less than one exit stairway
shall be permitted for airport traffic control towers of any
height provided that the occupant load per floor is not
greater than 15 and the area per floor does not exceed
1,500 square feet (140 m2).
412.3.4.1 Interior finish. Where an airport traffic control tower is provided with only one exit stairway, interior wall and ceiling finishes shall be either Class A or
Class B.
[F] 412.3.5 Automatic fire detection systems. Airport
traffic control towers shall be provided with an automatic
fire detection system installed in accordance with Section
907.2.
¬
412.3.6 Automatic sprinkler system. Where an occupied
floor is located more than 35 feet (10 668 mm) above the
lowest level of fire department vehicle access, airport traffic control towers shall be equipped with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
412.3.7 Elevator protection. Wires or cables that provide
normal or standby power, control signals, communication
with the car, lighting, heating, air conditioning, ventilation
and fire detecting systems to elevators shall be protected
by construction having a fire-resistance rating of not less
than 1 hour, or shall be circuit integrity cable having a fireresistance rating of not less than 1 hour.
412.3.7.1 Elevators for occupant evacuation. Where
provided in addition to an exit stairway, occupant evacuation elevators shall be in accordance with Section
3008.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
412.3.8 Accessibility. Airport traffic control towers need
not be accessible as specified in the provisions of Chapter
11.
412.4 Aircraft hangars. Aircraft hangars shall be in accordance with Sections 412.4.1 through 412.4.6.
412.4.1 Exterior walls. Exterior walls located less than 30
feet (9144 mm) from lot lines or a public way shall have a
fire-resistance rating not less than 2 hours.
412.4.2 Basements. Where hangars have basements,
floors over basements shall be of Type IA construction
and shall be made tight against seepage of water, oil or
vapors. There shall be no opening or communication
between basements and the hangar. Access to basements
shall be from outside only.
412.4.3 Floor surface. Floors shall be graded and drained
to prevent water or fuel from remaining on the floor. Floor
drains shall discharge through an oil separator to the sewer
or to an outside vented sump.
Exception: Aircraft hangars with individual lease
spaces not exceeding 2,000 square feet (186 m2) each in
which servicing, repairing or washing is not conducted
and fuel is not dispensed shall have floors that are
graded toward the door, but shall not require a separator.
412.4.4 Heating equipment. Heating equipment shall be
placed in another room separated by 2-hour fire barriers
constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or
both. Entrance shall be from the outside or by means of a
vestibule providing a two-doorway separation.
Exceptions:
1. Unit heaters and vented infrared radiant heating
equipment suspended not less than 10 feet (3048
mm) above the upper surface of wings or engine
enclosures of the highest aircraft that are permitted to be housed in the hangar need not be located
in a separate room provided they are mounted not
less than 8 feet (2438 mm) above the floor in
shops, offices and other sections of the hangar
communicating with storage or service areas.
2. Entrance to the separated room shall be permitted
by a single interior door provided the sources of
ignition in the appliances are not less than 18
inches (457 mm) above the floor.
412.4.5 Finishing. The process of “doping,” involving use
of a volatile flammable solvent, or of painting, shall be
carried on in a separate detached building equipped with
automatic fire-extinguishing equipment in accordance
with Section 903.
[F] 412.4.6 Fire suppression. Aircraft hangars shall be
provided with a fire suppression system designed in accordance with NFPA 409, based upon the classification for
the hangar given in Table 412.4.6.
Exception: Where a fixed base operator has separate
repair facilities on site, Group II hangars operated by a
75
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] TABLE 412.4.6
HANGAR FIRE SUPPRESSION REQUIREMENTSa,b,c
MAXIMUM SINGLE
FIRE AREA
(square feet)
IA
IB
IIA
IIB
IIIA
IIIB
IV
VA
VB
t 40,001
Group I
Group I
Group I
Group I
Group I
Group I
Group I
Group I
Group I
40,000
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
30,000
Group III
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
20,000
Group III
Group III
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
15,000
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group II
Group III
Group II
Group III
Group II
Group II
12,000
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group II
Group II
8,000
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group II
5,000
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2.
a. Aircraft hangars with a door height greater than 28 feet shall be provided with fire suppression for a Group I hangar regardless of maximum fire area.
b. Groups shall be as classified in accordance with NFPA 409.
c. Membrane structures complying with Section 3102 shall be classified as a Group IV hangar.
fixed base operator used for storage of transient aircraft only shall have a fire suppression system, but the
system is exempt from foam requirements.
[F] 412.4.6.1 Hazardous operations. Any Group III
aircraft hangar according to Table 412.4.6 that contains
hazardous operations including, but not limited to, the
following shall be provided with a Group I or II fire
suppression system in accordance with NFPA 409 as
applicable:
1. Doping.
2. Hot work including, but not limited to, welding,
torch cutting and torch soldering.
3. Fuel transfer.
4. Fuel tank repair or maintenance not including
defueled tanks in accordance with NFPA 409,
inerted tanks or tanks that have never been
fueled.
5. Spray finishing operations.
6. Total fuel capacity of all aircraft within the
unsprinklered single fire area in excess of 1,600
gallons (6057 L).
7. Total fuel capacity of all aircraft within the maximum single fire area in excess of 7,500 gallons
(28 390 L) for a hangar with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
[F] 412.4.6.2 Separation of maximum single fire
areas. Maximum single fire areas established in accordance with hangar classification and construction type
in Table 412.4.6 shall be separated by 2-hour fire walls
constructed in accordance with Section 706. In determining the maximum single fire area as set forth in
Table 412.4.6, ancillary uses that are separated from
aircraft servicing areas by a fire barrier of not less than
1 hour, constructed in accordance with Section 707,
shall not be included in the area.
76
412.5 Residential aircraft hangars. Residential aircraft
hangars shall comply with Sections 412.5.1 through 412.5.5.
412.5.1 Fire separation. A hangar shall not be attached to
a dwelling unless separated by a fire barrier having a fireresistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Such separation
shall be continuous from the foundation to the underside
of the roof and unpierced except for doors leading to the
dwelling unit. Doors into the dwelling unit shall be
equipped with self-closing devices and conform to the
requirements of Section 716 with a noncombustible raised
sill not less than 4 inches (102 mm) in height. Openings
from a hangar directly into a room used for sleeping purposes shall not be permitted.
412.5.2 Egress. A hangar shall provide two means of
egress. One of the doors into the dwelling shall be considered as meeting only one of the two means of egress.
[F] 412.5.3 Smoke alarms. Smoke alarms shall be provided within the hangar in accordance with Section
907.2.21.
412.5.4 Independent systems. Electrical, mechanical and
plumbing drain, waste and vent (DWV) systems installed
within the hangar shall be independent of the systems
installed within the dwelling. Building sewer lines shall be
permitted to be connected outside the structures.
Exception: Smoke detector wiring and feed for electrical subpanels in the hangar.
412.5.5 Height and area limits. Residential aircraft hangars shall be not greater than 2,000 square feet (186 m2) in
area and 20 feet (6096 mm) in building height.
[F] 412.6 Aircraft paint hangars. Aircraft painting operations where flammable liquids are used in excess of the maximum allowable quantities per control area listed in Table
307.1(1) shall be conducted in an aircraft paint hangar that
complies with the provisions of Sections 412.6.1 through
412.6.6.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
average width at roof level of 15 feet (4572 mm) but with
no width less than 5 feet (1524 mm).
[F] 412.6.1 Occupancy group. Aircraft paint hangars
shall be classified as Group H-2. Aircraft paint hangars
shall comply with the applicable requirements of this code
and the International Fire Code for such occupancy.
[F] 412.8.2 Design. Helicopter landing areas and the supports thereof on the roof of a building shall be noncombustible construction. Landing areas shall be designed to
confine any flammable liquid spillage to the landing area
itself and provisions shall be made to drain such spillage
away from any exit or stairway serving the helicopter
landing area or from a structure housing such exit or stairway. For structural design requirements, see Section
1607.6.
[F] 412.8.3 Means of egress. The means of egress from
heliports and helistops shall comply with the provisions of
Chapter 10. Landing areas located on buildings or structures shall have two or more means of egress. For landing
areas less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in length or less than
2,000 square feet (186 m2) in area, the second means of
egress is permitted to be a fire escape, alternating tread
device or ladder leading to the floor below.
412.6.2 Construction. The aircraft paint hangar shall be
of Type I or II construction.
[F] 412.6.3 Operations. Only those flammable liquids
necessary for painting operations shall be permitted in
quantities less than the maximum allowable quantities per
control area in Table 307.1(1). Spray equipment cleaning
operations shall be conducted in a liquid use, dispensing
and mixing room.
[F] 412.6.4 Storage. Storage of flammable liquids shall be
in a liquid storage room.
[F] 412.6.5 Fire suppression. Aircraft paint hangars shall
be provided with fire suppression as required by NFPA
409.
[F] 412.6.6 Ventilation. Aircraft paint hangars shall be
provided with ventilation as required in the International
Mechanical Code.
[F] 412.8.4 Rooftop heliports and helistops. Rooftop
heliports and helistops shall comply with NFPA 418.
412.7 Aircraft manufacturing facilities. In buildings used
for the manufacturing of aircraft, exit access travel distances
indicated in Section 1017.1 shall be increased in accordance
with the following:
1. The building shall be of Type I or II construction.
2. Exit access travel distance shall not exceed the distances given in Table 412.7.
412.7.1 Ancillary areas. Rooms, areas and spaces ancillary to the primary manufacturing area shall be permitted
to egress through such area having a minimum height as
indicated in Table 412.7. Exit access travel distance within
the ancillary room, area or space shall not exceed that indicated in Table 1017.2 based on the occupancy classification of that ancillary area. Total exit access travel distance
shall not exceed that indicated in Table 412.7.
[F] 412.8 Heliports and helistops. Heliports and helistops
shall be permitted to be erected on buildings or other locations where they are constructed in accordance with Sections
412.8.1 through 412.8.5.
[F] 412.8.5 Standpipe system. In buildings equipped
with a standpipe system, the standpipe shall extend to the
roof level in accordance with Section 905.3.6.
SECTION 413
COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE
413.1 General. High-piled stock or rack storage in any occupancy group shall comply with the International Fire Code.
413.2 Attic, under-floor and concealed spaces. Attic,
under-floor and concealed spaces used for storage of combustible materials shall be protected on the storage side as
required for 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction. Openings shall be protected by assemblies that are self-closing and
are of noncombustible construction or solid wood core not
less than 13/4 inch (45 mm) in thickness.
Exception: Neither fire-resistance-rated construction nor
opening protectives are required in any of the following
locations:
1. Areas protected by approved automatic sprinkler
systems.
2. Group R-3 and U occupancies.
[F] 412.8.1 Size. The landing area for helicopters less than
3,500 pounds (1588 kg) shall be not less than 20 feet
(6096 mm) in length and width. The landing area shall be
surrounded on all sides by a clear area having a minimum
TABLE 412.7
AIRCRAFT MANUFACTURING EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE
HEIGHT (feet) b
t 25
MANUFACTURING AREA (sq. ft.) a
t150,000
400
t200,000
450
t250,000
500
t500,000
500
t750,000
500
t1,000,000
500
t 50
400
500
600
700
700
700
t75
400
500
700
850
1,000
1,000
t 100
400
500
750
1,000
1,250
1,500
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
a. Contiguous floor area of the aircraft manufacturing facility having the indicated height.
b. Minimum height from finished floor to bottom of ceiling or roof slab or deck.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
77
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
SECTION 414
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
[F] 414.1 General. The provisions of Sections 414.1 through
414.6 shall apply to buildings and structures occupied for the
manufacturing, processing, dispensing, use or storage of hazardous materials.
[F] 414.1.1 Other provisions. Buildings and structures
with an occupancy in Group H shall comply with this section and the applicable provisions of Section 415 and the
International Fire Code.
[F] 414.1.2 Materials. The safe design of hazardous material occupancies is material dependent. Individual material
requirements are also found in Sections 307 and 415, and
in the International Mechanical Code and the International Fire Code.
[F] 414.1.2.1 Aerosols. Level 2 and 3 aerosol products
shall be stored and displayed in accordance with the
International Fire Code. See Section 311.2 and the
International Fire Code for occupancy group requirements.
[F] 414.1.3 Information required. A report shall be submitted to the building official identifying the maximum
expected quantities of hazardous materials to be stored,
used in a closed system and used in an open system, and
subdivided to separately address hazardous material classification categories based on Tables 307.1(1) and
307.1(2). The methods of protection from such hazards,
including but not limited to control areas, fire protection
systems and Group H occupancies shall be indicated in the
report and on the construction documents. The opinion
and report shall be prepared by a qualified person, firm or
corporation approved by the building official and provided
without charge to the enforcing agency.
For buildings and structures with an occupancy in
Group H, separate floor plans shall be submitted identifying the locations of anticipated contents and processes so
as to reflect the nature of each occupied portion of every
building and structure.
[F] 414.2 Control areas. Control areas shall comply with
Sections 414.2.1 through 414.2.5 and the International Fire
Code.
[F] 414.2.1 Construction requirements. Control areas
shall be separated from each other by fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or
both.
[F] 414.2.2 Percentage of maximum allowable quantities. The percentage of maximum allowable quantities of
hazardous materials per control area permitted at each
floor level within a building shall be in accordance with
Table 414.2.2.
[F] 414.2.3 Number. The maximum number of control
areas within a building shall be in accordance with Table
414.2.2.
[F] 414.2.4 Fire-resistance-rating requirements. The
required fire-resistance rating for fire barriers shall be in
accordance with Table 414.2.2. The floor assembly of the
control area and the construction supporting the floor of
the control area shall have a fire-resistance rating of not
less than 2 hours.
Exception: The floor assembly of the control area and
the construction supporting the floor of the control area
are allowed to be 1-hour fire-resistance rated in buildings of Types IIA, IIIA and VA construction, provided
that both of the following conditions exist:
1. The building is equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1; and
2. The building is three or fewer stories above
grade plane.
[F] 414.2.5 Hazardous material in Group M display
and storage areas and in Group S storage areas. The
aggregate quantity of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous materials permitted within a single control area of a Group M display and
[F] TABLE 414.2.2
DESIGN AND NUMBER OF CONTROL AREAS
FLOOR LEVEL
PERCENTAGE OF THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE NUMBER OF CONTROL AREAS
QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREAa
PER FLOOR
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING FOR
FIRE BARRIERS IN HOURSb
Above grade
plane
Higher than 9
7-9
6
5
4
3
2
1
5
5
12.5
12.5
12.5
50
75
100
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
Below grade
plane
1
2
Lower than 2
75
50
Not Allowed
3
2
Not Allowed
1
1
Not Allowed
a. Percentages shall be of the maximum allowable quantity per control area shown in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2), with all increases allowed in the notes to
those tables.
b. Separation shall include fire barriers and horizontal assemblies as necessary to provide separation from other portions of the building.
78
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
storage area, a Group S storage area or an outdoor control
area is permitted to exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control area specified in Tables 307.1(1) and
307.1(2) without classifying the building or use as a Group
H occupancy, provided that the materials are displayed
and stored in accordance with the International Fire Code
and quantities do not exceed the maximum allowable
specified in Table 414.2.5(1).
In Group M occupancy wholesale and retail sales uses,
indoor storage of flammable and combustible liquids shall
not exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control
area as indicated in Table 414.2.5(2), provided that the
materials are displayed and stored in accordance with the
International Fire Code.
The maximum quantity of aerosol products in Group M
occupancy retail display areas, storage areas adjacent to
retail display areas and retail storage areas shall be in
accordance with the International Fire Code.
[F] 414.3 Ventilation. Rooms, areas or spaces in which
explosive, corrosive, combustible, flammable or highly toxic
dusts, mists, fumes, vapors or gases are or may be emitted
due to the processing, use, handling or storage of materials
shall be mechanically ventilated where required by this code,
the International Fire Code or the International Mechanical
Code.
Emissions generated at workstations shall be confined to
the area in which they are generated as specified in the International Fire Code and the International Mechanical Code.
[F] 414.4 Hazardous material systems. Systems involving
hazardous materials shall be suitable for the intended application. Controls shall be designed to prevent materials from
entering or leaving process or reaction systems at other than
[F] TABLE 414.2.5(1)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER INDOOR AND OUTDOOR CONTROL AREA IN GROUP M AND S OCCUPANCIES
NONFLAMMABLE SOLIDS AND NONFLAMMABLE AND NONCOMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS d,e,f
CONDITION
Materiala
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA
Class
Solids
pounds
Liquids
gallons
A. Health-hazard materials—nonflammable and noncombustible solids and liquids
1. Corrosivesb,c
Not Applicable
9,750
975
2. Highly toxics
Not Applicable
20b,c
2b,c
3. Toxicsb,c
Not Applicable
1,000
100
4
Not Allowed
Not Allowed
3
1,150g
115
2
h
225
B. Physical-hazard materials—nonflammable and noncombustible solids and liquids
1. Oxidizersb,c
1
2. Unstable (reactives)b,c
18,000
i, j
1,800 i, j
4
Not Allowed
Not Allowed
3
550
55
2
1,150
115
1
Not Limited
Not Limited
b,c
550
55
2b,c
1,150
115
1
Not Limited
Not Limited
3
3. Water reactives
2,250
For SI: 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.
a. Hazard categories are as specified in the International Fire Code.
b. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings that are sprinklered in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. When Note c also
applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.
c. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent when stored in approved storage cabinets, in accordance with the International Fire Code.
When Note b also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.
d. See Table 414.2.2 for design and number of control areas.
e. Allowable quantities for other hazardous material categories shall be in accordance with Section 307.
f. Maximum quantities shall be increased 100 percent in outdoor control areas.
g. Maximum amounts shall be increased to 2,250 pounds when individual packages are in the original sealed containers from the manufacturer or packager and
do not exceed 10 pounds each.
h. Maximum amounts shall be increased to 4,500 pounds when individual packages are in the original sealed containers from the manufacturer or packager and
do not exceed 10 pounds each.
i. The permitted quantities shall not be limited in a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
j. Quantities are unlimited in an outdoor control area.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
79
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] TABLE 414.2.5(2)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY OF FLAMMABLE AND
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS IN WHOLESALE AND RETAIL SALES OCCUPANCIES PER CONTROL AREAa
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA (gallons)
TYPE OF LIQUID
Sprinklered in accordance with note
b densities and arrangements
Sprinklered in accordance with Tables 5704.3.6.3(4)
through 5704.3.6.3(8) and 5704.3.7.5.1 of the
International Fire Code
Nonsprinklered
Class IA
Class IB, IC, II and IIIA
Class IIIB
60
7,500c
Unlimited
60
15,000c
Unlimited
30
1,600
13,200
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 gallon per minute per square foot = 40.75 L/min/m2.
a. Control areas shall be separated from each other by not less than a 1-hour fire barrier wall.
b. To be considered as sprinklered, a building shall be equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system with a design providing minimum
densities as follows:
1. For uncartoned commodities on shelves 6 feet or less in height where the ceiling height does not exceed 18 feet, quantities are those permitted with a
minimum sprinkler design density of Ordinary Hazard Group 2.
2. For cartoned, palletized or racked commodities where storage is 4 feet 6 inches or less in height and where the ceiling height does not exceed 18 feet,
quantities are those permitted with a minimum sprinkler design density of 0.21 gallon per minute per square foot over the most remote 1,500-square-foot
area.
c. Where wholesale and retail sales or storage areas exceed 50,000 square feet in area, the maximum allowable quantities are allowed to be increased by 2
percent for each 1,000 square feet of area in excess of 50,000 square feet, up to a maximum of 100 percent of the table amounts. A control area separation is
not required. The cumulative amounts, including amounts attained by having an additional control area, shall not exceed 30,000 gallons.
the intended time, rate or path. Automatic controls, where
provided, shall be designed to be fail safe.
[F] 414.5 Inside storage, dispensing and use. The inside
storage, dispensing and use of hazardous materials shall be in
accordance with Sections 414.5.1 through 414.5.3 of this
code and the International Fire Code.
[F] 414.5.1 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be
provided in accordance with the International Fire Code
as required by Table 414.5.1 where quantities of hazardous materials specified in that table exceed the maximum
allowable quantities in Table 307.1(1) or where a structure, room or space is occupied for purposes involving
explosion hazards as required by Section 415 or the International Fire Code.
¬
[F] 414.5.2 Emergency or standby power. Where
required by the International Fire Code or this code,
mechanical ventilation, treatment systems, temperature
control, alarm, detection or other electrically operated systems shall be provided with emergency or standby power
in accordance with Section 2702. For storage and use
areas for highly toxic or toxic materials, see Sections
6004.2.2.8 and 6004.3.4.2 of the International Fire Code.
[F] 414.5.2.1 Exempt applications. Emergency or
standby power is not required for the mechanical ventilation systems provided for any of the following:
1. Storage of Class IB and IC flammable and combustible liquids in closed containers not exceeding 6.5 gallons (25 L) capacity.
2. Storage of Class 1 and 2 oxidizers.
3. Storage of Class II, III, IV and V organic peroxides.
4. Storage of asphyxiant, irritant and radioactive
gases.
[F] 414.5.2.2 Fail-safe engineered systems. Standby
power for mechanical ventilation, treatment systems
and temperature control systems shall not be required
80
where an approved fail-safe engineered system is
installed.
[F] 414.5.3 Spill control, drainage and containment.
Rooms, buildings or areas occupied for the storage of solid
and liquid hazardous materials shall be provided with a
means to control spillage and to contain or drain off spillage and fire protection water discharged in the storage area
where required in the International Fire Code. The methods of spill control shall be in accordance with the International Fire Code.
[F] 414.6 Outdoor storage, dispensing and use. The outdoor storage, dispensing and use of hazardous materials shall
be in accordance with the International Fire Code.
[F] 414.6.1 Weather protection. Where weather protection is provided for sheltering outdoor hazardous material
storage or use areas, such areas shall be considered outdoor storage or use when the weather protection structure
complies with Sections 414.6.1.1 through 414.6.1.3.
[F] 414.6.1.1 Walls. Walls shall not obstruct more than
one side of the structure.
Exception: Walls shall be permitted to obstruct portions of multiple sides of the structure, provided that
the obstructed area is not greater than 25 percent of
the structure’s perimeter.
[F] 414.6.1.2 Separation distance. The distance from
the structure to buildings, lot lines, public ways or
means of egress to a public way shall be not less than
the distance required for an outside hazardous material
storage or use area without weather protection.
[F] 414.6.1.3 Noncombustible construction. The
overhead structure shall be of approved noncombustible construction with a maximum area of 1,500 square
feet (140 m2).
Exception: The maximum area is permitted to be
increased as provided by Section 506.
*
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
SECTION 415
GROUPS H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 AND H-5
[F] 415.1 Scope. The provisions of Sections 415.1 through
415.11 shall apply to the storage and use of hazardous materials in excess of the maximum allowable quantities per control
area listed in Section 307.1. Buildings and structures with an
occupancy in Group H shall also comply with the applicable
provisions of Section 414 and the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in
Chapter 2:
CONTINUOUS GAS DETECTION SYSTEM.
EMERGENCY CONTROL STATION.
EXHAUSTED ENCLOSURE.
FABRICATION AREA.
FLAMMABLE VAPORS OR FUMES.
GAS CABINET.
GASROOM.
HAZARDOUS PRODUCTION MATERIAL (HPM).
HPM FLAMMABLE LIQUID.
HPM ROOM.
DETACHED BUILDING.
[F] TABLE 414.5.1
EXPLOSION CONTROL REQUIREMENTSa, h
EXPLOSION CONTROL METHODS
MATERIAL
CLASS
Barricade construction
Explosion (deflagration) venting
or explosion (deflagration)
prevention systemsb
HAZARD CATEGORY
Combustible dustsc
—
Not Required
Required
Cryogenic flammables
—
Not Required
Required
Division 1.1
Division 1.2
Division 1.3
Division 1.4
Division 1.5
Division 1.6
Required
Required
Not Required
Not Required
Required
Required
Not Required
Not Required
Required
Required
Not Required
Not Required
Gaseous
Liquefied
Not Required
Not Required
Required
Required
Flammable liquid
IAd
IBe
Not Required
Not Required
Required
Required
Organic peroxides
U
I
Required
Required
Not Permitted
Not Permitted
Explosives
Flammable gas
Oxidizer liquids and solids
4
Required
Not Permitted
Pyrophoric gas
—
Not Required
Required
4
3 Detonable
3 Nondetonable
Required
Required
Not Required
Not Permitted
Not Permitted
Required
3
2g
Not Required
Not Required
Required
Required
Acetylene generator rooms
—
Not Required
Required
Grain processing
—
Not Required
Required
Liquefied petroleum gas-distribution facilities
—
Not Required
Required
Detonation
Deflagration
Required
Not Required
Not Permitted
Required
Unstable (reactive)
Water-reactive liquids and solids
SPECIAL USES
Where explosion hazards existf
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
See Section 414.1.3.
See the International Fire Code.
As generated during manufacturing or processing.
Storage or use.
In open use or dispensing.
Rooms containing dispensing and use of hazardous materials when an explosive environment can occur because of the characteristics or nature of the
hazardous materials or as a result of the dispensing or use process.
g. A method of explosion control shall be provided when Class 2 water-reactive materials can form potentially explosive mixtures.
h. Explosion venting is not required for Group H-5 fabrication areas complying with Section 415.11.1 and the International Fire Code.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
81
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND
HEALTH (IDLH).
LIQUID.
LIQUID STORAGE ROOM.
LIQUID USE, DISPENSING AND MIXING ROOM.
LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT (LFL).
NORMAL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE (NTP).
PHYSIOLOGICAL WARNING THRESHOLD LEVEL.
SERVICE CORRIDOR.
SOLID.
STORAGE, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.
USE (MATERIAL).
WORKSTATION.
[F] 415.3 Automatic fire detection systems. Group H occupancies shall be provided with an automatic fire detection
system in accordance with Section 907.2.
**
[F] 415.4 Automatic sprinkler system. Group H occupancies shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.2.5.
[F] 415.5 Emergency alarms. Emergency alarms for the
detection and notification of an emergency condition in
Group H occupancies shall be provided as set forth herein.
[F] 415.5.1 Storage. An approved manual emergency
alarm system shall be provided in buildings, rooms or
areas used for storage of hazardous materials. Emergency
alarm-initiating devices shall be installed outside of each
interior exit or exit access door of storage buildings, rooms
or areas. Activation of an emergency alarm-initiating
device shall sound a local alarm to alert occupants of an
emergency situation involving hazardous materials.
[F] 415.5.2 Dispensing, use and handling. Where hazardous materials having a hazard ranking of 3 or 4 in
accordance with NFPA 704 are transported through corridors, interior exit stairways or ramps, or exit passageways,
there shall be an emergency telephone system, a local
manual alarm station or an approved alarm-initiating
device at not more than 150-foot (45 720 mm) intervals
and at each exit and exit access doorway throughout the
transport route. The signal shall be relayed to an approved
central, proprietary or remote station service or constantly
attended on-site location and shall initiate a local audible
alarm.
[F] 415.5.3 Supervision. Emergency alarm systems shall
be supervised by an approved central, proprietary or
remote station service or shall initiate an audible and
visual signal at a constantly attended on-site location.
[F] 415.5.4 Emergency alarm systems. Emergency
alarm systems shall be provided with emergency power in
accordance with Section 2702.
[F] 415.6 Fire separation distance. Group H occupancies
shall be located on property in accordance with the other provisions of this chapter. In Groups H-2 and H-3, not less than
82
25 percent of the perimeter wall of the occupancy shall be an
exterior wall.
Exceptions:
1. Liquid use, dispensing and mixing rooms having a
floor area of not more than 500 square feet (46.5 m2)
need not be located on the outer perimeter of the
building where they are in accordance with the
International Fire Code and NFPA 30.
2. Liquid storage rooms having a floor area of not
more than 1,000 square feet (93 m2) need not be
located on the outer perimeter where they are in
accordance with the International Fire Code and
NFPA 30.
3. Spray paint booths that comply with the International Fire Code need not be located on the outer
perimeter.
[F] 415.6.1 Group H occupancy minimum fire separation distance. Regardless of any other provisions, buildings containing Group H occupancies shall be set back to
the minimum fire separation distance as set forth in Sections 415.6.1.1 through 415.6.1.4. Distances shall be measured from the walls enclosing the occupancy to lot lines,
including those on a public way. Distances to assumed lot
lines established for the purpose of determining exterior
wall and opening protection are not to be used to establish
the minimum fire separation distance for buildings on
sites where explosives are manufactured or used when
separation is provided in accordance with the quantity distance tables specified for explosive materials in the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.6.1.1 Group H-1. Group H-1 occupancies shall
be set back not less than 75 feet (22 860 mm) and not
less than required by the International Fire Code.
Exception: Fireworks manufacturing buildings
separated in accordance with NFPA 1124.
[F] 415.6.1.2 Group H-2. Group H-2 occupancies shall
be set back not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) where the
area of the occupancy is greater than 1,000 square feet
(93 m2) and it is not required to be located in a detached
building.
[F] 415.6.1.3 Groups H-2 and H-3. Group H-2 and H3 occupancies shall be set back not less than 50 feet (15
240 mm) where a detached building is required (see
Table 415.6.2).
[F] 415.6.1.4 Explosive materials. Group H-2 and H-3
occupancies containing materials with explosive characteristics shall be separated as required by the International Fire Code. Where separations are not specified,
the distances required shall be determined by a technical report issued in accordance with Section 414.1.3.
[F] 415.6.2 Detached buildings for Group H-1, H-2 or
H-3 occupancy. The storage or use of hazardous materials
in excess of those amounts listed in Table 415.6.2 shall be
in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections
415.7 and 415.8.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] 415.7.1 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage
areas for organic peroxides, pyrophoric materials and
unstable (reactive) materials shall be of liquid-tight, noncombustible construction.
[F] 415.8 Special provisions for Group H-2 and H-3 occupancies. Group H-2 and H-3 occupancies containing quantities of hazardous materials in excess of those set forth in
Table 415.6.2 shall be in detached buildings used for manufacturing, processing, dispensing, use or storage of hazardous
materials. Materials listed for Group H-1 occupancies in Section 307.3 are permitted to be located within Group H-2 or H-
3 detached buildings provided the amount of materials per
control area do not exceed the maximum allowed quantity
specified in Table 307.1(1).
[F] 415.8.1 Multiple hazards. Group H-2 or H-3 occupancies containing materials that are in themselves both
physical and health hazards in quantities exceeding the
maximum allowable quantities per control area in Table
307.1(2) shall comply with requirements for Group H-2,
H-3 or H-4 occupancies as applicable.
[F] 415.8.2 Separation of incompatible materials. Hazardous materials other than those listed in Table 415.6.2
shall be allowed in manufacturing, processing, dispensing,
use or storage areas when separated from incompatible
materials in accordance with the provisions of the International Fire Code.
¬
[F] 415.6.2.1 Wall and opening protection. Where a
detached building is required by Table 415.6.2, there
are no requirements for wall and opening protection
based on fire separation distance.
[F] 415.7 Special provisions for Group H-1 occupancies.
Group H-1 occupancies shall be in detached buildings used
for no other purpose. Roofs shall be of lightweight construction with suitable thermal insulation to prevent sensitive
material from reaching its decomposition temperature. Group
H-1 occupancies containing materials that are in themselves
both physical and health hazards in quantities exceeding the
maximum allowable quantities per control area in Table
307.1(2) shall comply with requirements for both Group H-1
and H-4 occupancies.
[F] 415.8.3 Water reactives. Group H-2 and H-3 occupancies containing water-reactive materials shall be resistant to water penetration. Piping for conveying liquids
shall not be over or through areas containing water reactives, unless isolated by approved liquid-tight construction.
Exception: Fire protection piping shall be permitted
over or through areas containing water reactives without isolating it with liquid-tight construction.
[F] TABLE 415.6.2
DETACHED BUILDING REQUIRED
A DETACHED BUILDING IS REQUIRED WHEN THE QUANTITY OF MATERIAL EXCEEDS THAT LISTED HEREIN
Class
Solids and Liquids (tons)a, b
Gases (cubic feet)a, b
Explosives
Division 1.1
Division 1.2
Division 1.3
Division 1.4
Division 1.4c
Division 1.5
Division 1.6
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity
1
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Not Applicable
Oxidizers
Class 4
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Class 3 or 4
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Class 3
Class 2
1,200
2,000
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Detonable
Class I
Class II
Class III
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity
25
50
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Unstable (reactives) nondetonable
Class 3
Class 2
1
25
2,000
10,000
Water reactives
Class 3
Class 2
1
25
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
2,000
Material
Unstable (reactives) detonable
Oxidizer, liquids and solids
Organic peroxides
Pyrophoric gases
For SI: 1 ton = 906 kg, 1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m3, 1 pound = 0.454 kg.
a. For materials that are detonable, the distance to other buildings or lot lines shall be in accordance with Chapter 56 of the International Fire Code based on
trinitrotoluene (TNT) equivalence of the material. For materials classified as explosives, see Chapter 56 of the International Fire Code.
b. “Maximum Allowable Quantity” means the maximum allowable quantity per control area set forth in Table 307.1(1).
c. Limited to Division 1.4 materials and articles, including articles packaged for shipment, that are not regulated as an explosive under Bureau of Alcohol,
Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (BATF) regulations or unpackaged articles used in process operations that do not propagate a detonation or deflagration
between articles, provided the net explosive weight of individual articles does not exceed 1 pound.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
83
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
*
[F] 415.8.4 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage
areas for organic peroxides, oxidizers, pyrophoric materials, unstable (reactive) materials and water-reactive solids
and liquids shall be of liquid-tight, noncombustible construction.
the sign shall state: WARNING, WHEN ALARM
SOUNDS, THE ENVIRONMENT WITHIN THE
ROOM MAY BE HAZARDOUS. The leakage alarm
shall also be supervised in accordance with Chapter 9
to transmit a trouble signal.
[F] 415.8.5 Waterproof room. Rooms or areas used for
the storage of water-reactive solids and liquids shall be
constructed in a manner that resists the penetration of
water through the use of waterproof materials. Piping carrying water for other than approved automatic sprinkler
systems shall not be within such rooms or areas.
[F] 415.9 Group H-2. Occupancies in Group H-2 shall be
constructed in accordance with Sections 415.9.1 through
415.9.3 and the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.9.1.6 Tank vent. Storage tank vents for Class
I, II or IIIA liquids shall terminate to the outdoor air in
accordance with the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.9.1 Flammable and combustible liquids. The
storage, handling, processing and transporting of flammable and combustible liquids in Group H-2 and H-3 occupancies shall be in accordance with Sections 415.9.1.1
through 415.9.1.9, the International Mechanical Code and
the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.9.1.1 Mixed occupancies. Where the storage
tank area is located in a building of two or more occupancies and the quantity of liquid exceeds the maximum allowable quantity for one control area, the use
shall be completely separated from adjacent occupancies in accordance with the requirements of Section
508.4.
[F] 415.9.1.1.1 Height exception. Where storage
tanks are located within a building no more than one
story above grade plane, the height limitation of
Section 504 shall not apply for Group H.
[F] 415.9.1.2 Tank protection. Storage tanks shall be
noncombustible and protected from physical damage.
Fire barriers or horizontal assemblies or both around
the storage tanks shall be permitted as the method of
protection from physical damage.
[F] 415.9.1.3 Tanks. Storage tanks shall be approved
tanks conforming to the requirements of the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.9.1.4 Leakage containment. A liquid-tight
containment area compatible with the stored liquid
shall be provided. The method of spill control, drainage
control and secondary containment shall be in accordance with the International Fire Code.
Exception: Rooms where only double-wall storage
tanks conforming to Section 415.9.1.3 are used to
store Class I, II and IIIA flammable and combustible
liquids shall not be required to have a leakage containment area.
[F] 415.9.1.5 Leakage alarm. An approved automatic
alarm shall be provided to indicate a leak in a storage
tank and room. The alarm shall sound an audible signal,
15 dBa above the ambient sound level, at every point of
entry into the room in which the leaking storage tank is
located. An approved sign shall be posted on every
entry door to the tank storage room indicating the
potential hazard of the interior room environment, or
84
[F] 415.9.1.7 Room ventilation. Storage tank areas
storing Class I, II or IIIA liquids shall be provided with
mechanical ventilation. The mechanical ventilation system shall be in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code and the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.9.1.8 Explosion venting. Where Class I liquids
are being stored, explosion venting shall be provided in
accordance with the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.9.1.9 Tank openings other than vents. Tank
openings other than vents from tanks inside buildings
shall be designed to ensure that liquids or vapor concentrations are not released inside the building.
[F] 415.9.2 Liquefied petroleum gas facilities. The construction and installation of liquefied petroleum gas facilities shall be in accordance with the requirements of this
code, the International Fire Code, the International
Mechanical Code, the International Fuel Gas Code and
NFPA 58.
[F] 415.9.3 Dry cleaning plants. The construction and
installation of dry cleaning plants shall be in accordance
with the requirements of this code, the International
Mechanical Code, the International Plumbing Code and
NFPA 32. Dry cleaning solvents and systems shall be classified in accordance with the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.10 Groups H-3 and H-4. Groups H-3 and H-4 shall
be constructed in accordance with the applicable provisions
of this code and the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.10.1 Flammable and combustible liquids. The
storage, handling, processing and transporting of flammable and combustible liquids in Group H-3 occupancies
shall be in accordance with Section 415.9.1.
[F] 415.10.2 Gas rooms. Where gas rooms are provided,
such rooms shall be separated from other areas by not less
than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with
Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both.
[F] 415.10.3 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage
areas for corrosive liquids and highly toxic or toxic materials shall be of liquid-tight, noncombustible construction.
[F] 415.10.4 Separation-highly toxic solids and liquids.
Highly toxic solids and liquids not stored in approved hazardous materials storage cabinets shall be isolated from
other hazardous materials storage by not less than 1-hour
fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707
or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with
Section 711, or both.
[F] 415.11 Group H-5. In addition to the requirements set
forth elsewhere in this code, Group H-5 shall comply with the
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
provisions of Sections 415.11.1 through 415.11.11 and the
International Fire Code.
[F] 415.11.1 Fabrication areas. Fabrication areas shall
comply with Sections 415.11.1.1 through 415.11.1.8.
[F] 415.11.1.1 Hazardous materials. Hazardous
materials and hazardous production materials (HPM)
shall comply with Sections 415.11.1.1.1 and
415.11.1.1.2.
[F] 415.11.1.1.1 Aggregate quantities. The aggregate quantities of hazardous materials stored and
used in a single fabrication area shall not exceed the
quantities set forth in Table 415.11.1.1.1.
Exception: The quantity limitations for any hazard category in Table 415.11.1.1.1 shall not apply
where the fabrication area contains quantities of
hazardous materials not exceeding the maximum
allowable quantities per control area established
by Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2).
[F] 415.11.1.1.2 Hazardous production materials. The maximum quantities of hazardous production materials (HPM) stored in a single fabrication
area shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control area established by Tables
307.1(1) and 307.1(2).
[F] 415.11.1.2 Separation. Fabrication areas, whose
sizes are limited by the quantity of hazardous materials
allowed by Table 415.11.1.1.1, shall be separated from
each other, from corridors and from other parts of the
building by not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711,
or both.
Exceptions:
1. Doors within such fire barrier walls, including
doors to corridors, shall be only self-closing
fire door assemblies having a fire protection
rating of not less than 3/4 hour.
2. Windows between fabrication areas and corridors are permitted to be fixed glazing listed
and labeled for a fire protection rating of not
less than 3/4 hour in accordance with Section
716.
[F] 415.11.1.3 Location of occupied levels. Occupied
levels of fabrication areas shall be located at or above
the first story above grade plane.
[F] 415.11.1.4 Floors. Except for surfacing, floors
within fabrication areas shall be of noncombustible
construction.
Openings through floors of fabrication areas are
permitted to be unprotected where the interconnected
levels are used solely for mechanical equipment
directly related to such fabrication areas (see also Section 415.11.1.5).
Floors forming a part of an occupancy separation
shall be liquid tight.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
[F] 415.11.1.5 Shafts and openings through floors.
Elevator hoistways, vent shafts and other openings
through floors shall be enclosed where required by Sections 712 and 713. Mechanical, duct and piping penetrations within a fabrication area shall not extend
through more than two floors. The annular space
around penetrations for cables, cable trays, tubing, piping, conduit or ducts shall be sealed at the floor level to
restrict the movement of air. The fabrication area,
including the areas through which the ductwork and
piping extend, shall be considered a single conditioned
environment.
[F] 415.11.1.6 Ventilation. Mechanical exhaust ventilation at the rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per minute
per square foot [0.0051 m3/(s · m2)] of floor area shall
be provided throughout the portions of the fabrication
area where HPM are used or stored. The exhaust air
duct system of one fabrication area shall not connect to
another duct system outside that fabrication area
within the building.
A ventilation system shall be provided to capture
and exhaust gases, fumes and vapors at workstations.
Two or more operations at a workstation shall not
be connected to the same exhaust system where either
one or the combination of the substances removed
could constitute a fire, explosion or hazardous chemical
reaction within the exhaust duct system.
Exhaust ducts penetrating fire barriers constructed
in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711 shall
be contained in a shaft of equivalent fire-resistancerated construction. Exhaust ducts shall not penetrate
fire walls.
Fire dampers shall not be installed in exhaust ducts.
[F] 415.11.1.7 Transporting hazardous production
materials to fabrication areas. HPM shall be transported to fabrication areas through enclosed piping or
tubing systems that comply with Section 415.11.6,
through service corridors complying with Section
415.11.3, or in corridors as permitted in the exception
to Section 415.11.2. The handling or transporting of
HPM within service corridors shall comply with the
International Fire Code.
[F] 415.11.1.8 Electrical. Electrical equipment and
devices within the fabrication area shall comply with
NFPA 70. The requirements for hazardous locations
need not be applied where the average air change is at
least four times that set forth in Section 415.11.1.6 and
where the number of air changes at any location is not
less than three times that required by Section
415.11.1.6. The use of recirculated air shall be permitted.
[F] 415.11.1.8.1 Workstations. Workstations shall
not be energized without adequate exhaust ventilation. See Section 415.11.1.6 for workstation
exhaust ventilation requirements.
85
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] TABLE 415.11.1.1.1
QUANTITY LIMITS FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN A SINGLE FABRICATION AREA IN GROUP H-5a
HAZARD CATEGORY
SOLIDS
(pounds per square foot)
LIQUIDS
(gallons per square foot)
GAS
(cubic feet @ NTP/square foot)
PHYSICAL-HAZARD MATERIALS
Combustible dust
Combustible fiber
Combustible liquid
Combination Class
Cryogenic gas
Explosives
Flammable gas
Flammable liquid
Combination Class
Combination Class
Loose
Baled
II
IIIA
IIIB
I, II and IIIA
Flammable
Oxidizing
Gaseous
Liquefied
IA
IB
IC
IA, IB and IC
I, II and IIIA
Flammable solid
Organic peroxide
Oxidizing gas
Unclassified
detonable
Class I
Class II
Class III
Class IV
Class V
Gaseous
Liquefied
Note b
Note b
Notes b, c
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
0.01
0.02
Not Limited
0.04
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Note d
1.25
Note b
Note b
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
0.0025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.04
Not Applicable
0.001
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Note b
Note b
0.025
0.1
Not Limited
Not Limited
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Note b
Note d
Note d
1.25
1.25
1.25
Combination of gaseous and liquefied
Oxidizer
Class 4
Class 3
Class 2
Class 1
Combination Class
1, 2, 3
Pyrophoric materials
Unstable (reactive)
Class 4
Class 3
Class 2
Class 1
Water reactive
Class 3
Class 2
Class 1
Note b
0.25
Not Limited
Corrosives
Highly toxic
Toxics
Not Limited
Not Limited
Not Limited
Note b
0.003
0.003
0.003
0.003
Note b
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
Not Applicable
0.01
0.00125
Notes d and e
Note b
0.025
0.1
Not Limited
Note b
0.0025
0.01
Not Limited
Note b
Note b
Note b
Not Limited
0.00125
0.025
Not Limited
Not Applicable
HEALTH-HAZARD MATERIALS
Not Limited
Not Limited
Not Limited
Not Limited
Note d
Note d
For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 4.882 kg/m2, 1 gallon per square foot = 40.7 L/m2, 1 cubic foot @ NTP/square foot = 0.305 m3 @ NTP/m2, 1 cubic foot =
0.02832 m3.
a. Hazardous materials within piping shall not be included in the calculated quantities.
b. Quantity of hazardous materials in a single fabrication shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control area in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2).
c. Densely packed baled cotton that complies with the packing requirements of ISO 8115 shall not be included in this material class.
d. The aggregate quantity of flammable, pyrophoric, toxic and highly toxic gases shall not exceed 9,000 cubic feet at NTP.
e. The aggregate quantity of pyrophoric gases in the building shall not exceed the amounts set forth in Table 415.6.2.
86
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] 415.11.2 Corridors. Corridors shall comply with
Chapter 10 and shall be separated from fabrication areas
as specified in Section 415.11.1.2. Corridors shall not
contain HPM and shall not be used for transporting such
materials except through closed piping systems as provided in Section 415.11.6.4
Exception: Where existing fabrication areas are
altered or modified, HPM is allowed to be transported
in existing corridors, subject to the following conditions:
1. Nonproduction HPM is allowed to be transported
in corridors if utilized for maintenance, lab work
and testing.
2. Where existing fabrication areas are altered or
modified, HPM is allowed to be transported in
existing corridors, subject to the following conditions:
2.1. Corridors. Corridors adjacent to the fabrication area where the alteration work is
to be done shall comply with Section
1020 for a length determined as follows:
2.1.1. The length of the common wall
of the corridor and the
fabrication area; and
2.1.2. For the distance along the
corridor to the point of entry of
HPM into the corridor serving
that fabrication area.
[F] 415.11.3.3 Means of egress. The distance of travel
from any point in a service corridor to an exit, exit
access corridor or door into a fabrication area shall be
not greater than 75 feet (22 860 mm). Dead ends shall
be not greater than 4 feet (1219 mm) in length. There
shall be not less than two exits, and not more than onehalf of the required means of egress shall require travel
into a fabrication area. Doors from service corridors
shall swing in the direction of egress travel and shall be
self-closing.
[F] 415.11.3.4 Minimum width. The clear width of a
service corridor shall be not less than 5 feet (1524
mm), or 33 inches (838 mm) wider than the widest cart
or truck used in the service corridor, whichever is
greater.
[F] 415.11.3.5 Emergency alarm system. Emergency
alarm systems shall be provided in accordance with this
section and Sections 415.5.1 and 415.5.2. The maximum allowable quantity per control area provisions
shall not apply to emergency alarm systems required
for HPM.
[F] 415.11.3.5.1 Service corridors. An emergency
alarm system shall be provided in service corridors,
with no fewer than one alarm device in each service
corridor.
[F] 415.11.3.5.2 Corridors and interior exit stairways and ramps. Emergency alarms for corridors,
interior exit stairways and ramps and exit passageways shall comply with Section 415.5.2.
2.2. Emergency alarm system. There shall be
an emergency telephone system, a local
manual alarm station or other approved
alarm-initiating device within corridors at
not more than 150-foot (45 720 mm)
intervals and at each exit and doorway.
The signal shall be relayed to an approved
central, proprietary or remote station service or the emergency control station and
shall also initiate a local audible alarm.
[F] 415.11.3.5.3 Liquid storage rooms, HPM
rooms and gas rooms. Emergency alarms for liquid
storage rooms, HPM rooms and gas rooms shall
comply with Section 415.5.1.
2.3. Pass-throughs. Self-closing doors having
a fire protection rating of not less than 1
hour shall separate pass-throughs from
existing corridors. Pass-throughs shall be
constructed as required for the corridors
and protected by an approved automatic
sprinkler system.
[F] 415.11.3 Service corridors. Service corridors within
a Group H-5 occupancy shall comply with Sections
415.11.3.1 through 415.11.3.4.
[F] 415.11.3.5.5 Alarm signals. Activation of the
emergency alarm system shall sound a local alarm
and transmit a signal to the emergency control station.
[F] 415.11.3.5.4 Alarm-initiating devices. An
approved emergency telephone system, local alarm
manual pull stations, or other approved alarm-initiating devices are allowed to be used as emergency
alarm-initiating devices.
[F] 415.11.3.1 Use conditions. Service corridors shall
be separated from corridors as required by Section
415.11.1.2. Service corridors shall not be used as a
required corridor.
[F] 415.11.4 Storage of hazardous production materials. Storage of hazardous production materials (HPM) in
fabrication areas shall be within approved or listed storage cabinets or gas cabinets or within a workstation. The
storage of HPM in quantities greater than those listed in
Section 5004.2 of the International Fire Code shall be in
liquid storage rooms, HPM rooms or gas rooms as appropriate for the materials stored. The storage of other hazardous materials shall be in accordance with other applicable
provisions of this code and the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.11.3.2 Mechanical ventilation. Service corridors shall be mechanically ventilated as required by
Section 415.11.1.6 or at not less than six air changes
per hour.
[F] 415.11.5 HPM rooms, gas rooms, liquid storage
room construction. HPM rooms, gas rooms and liquid
shall be constructed in accordance with Sections
415.11.5.1 through 415.11.5.9.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
87
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] 415.11.5.1 HPM rooms and gas rooms. HPM
rooms and gas rooms shall be separated from other
areas by fire barriers constructed in accordance with
Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in
accordance with Section 711, or both. The fire-resistance rating shall be not less than 2 hours where the
area is 300 square feet (27.9 m2) or more and not less
than 1 hour where the area is less than 300 square feet
(27.9 m2).
rounding areas and direct the exhaust ventilation to an
exhaust system.
[F] 415.11.5.2 Liquid storage rooms. Liquid storage
rooms shall be constructed in accordance with the following requirements:
Activation of an emergency alarm-initiating device
shall sound a local alarm and transmit a signal to the
emergency control station.
1. Rooms greater than 500 square feet (46.5 m2) in
area, shall have no fewer than one exterior door
approved for fire department access.
An approved emergency telephone system, local
alarm manual pull stations or other approved alarm-initiating devices are allowed to be used as emergency
alarm-initiating devices.
[F] 415.11.6 Piping and tubing. Hazardous production
materials piping and tubing shall comply with this section
and ASME B31.3.
2. Rooms shall be separated from other areas by fire
barriers constructed in accordance with Section
707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in
accordance with Section 711, or both. The fireresistance rating shall be not less than 1 hour for
rooms up to 150 square feet (13.9 m2) in area and
not less than 2 hours where the room is more than
150 square feet (13.9 m2) in area.
3. Shelving, racks and wainscotting in such areas
shall be of noncombustible construction or wood
of not less than 1-inch (25 mm) nominal thickness or fire-retardant-treated wood complying
with Section 2303.2.
4. Rooms used for the storage of Class I flammable
liquids shall not be located in a basement.
[F] 415.11.5.3 Floors. Except for surfacing, floors of
HPM rooms and liquid storage rooms shall be of noncombustible liquid-tight construction. Raised grating
over floors shall be of noncombustible materials.
[F] 415.11.5.4 Location. Where HPM rooms, liquid
storage rooms and gas rooms are provided, they shall
have no fewer than one exterior wall and such wall
shall be not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) from lot lines,
including lot lines adjacent to public ways.
[F] 415.11.5.5 Explosion control. Explosion control
shall be provided where required by Section 414.5.1.
[F] 415.11.5.6 Exits. Where two exits are required
from HPM rooms, liquid storage rooms and gas rooms,
one shall be directly to the outside of the building.
[F] 415.11.5.7 Doors. Doors in a fire barrier wall,
including doors to corridors, shall be self-closing fire
door assemblies having a fire protection rating of not
less than 3/4 hour.
[F] 415.11.5.8 Ventilation. Mechanical exhaust ventilation shall be provided in liquid storage rooms, HPM
rooms and gas rooms at the rate of not less than 1 cubic
foot per minute per square foot (0.044 L/s/m2) of floor
area or six air changes per hour.
Exhaust ventilation for gas rooms shall be designed
to operate at a negative pressure in relation to the sur-
88
[F] 415.11.5.9 Emergency alarm system. An
approved emergency alarm system shall be provided
for HPM rooms, liquid storage rooms and gas rooms.
Emergency alarm-initiating devices shall be
installed outside of each interior exit door of such
rooms.
[F] 415.11.6.1 HPM having a health-hazard ranking
of 3 or 4. Systems supplying HPM liquids or gases
having a health-hazard ranking of 3 or 4 shall be
welded throughout, except for connections, to the systems that are within a ventilated enclosure if the material is a gas, or an approved method of drainage or
containment is provided for the connections if the
material is a liquid.
[F] 415.11.6.2 Location in service corridors. Hazardous production materials supply piping or tubing in service corridors shall be exposed to view.
[F] 415.11.6.3 Excess flow control. Where HPM gases
or liquids are carried in pressurized piping above 15
pounds per square inch gauge (psig) (103.4 kPa),
excess flow control shall be provided. Where the piping
originates from within a liquid storage room, HPM
room or gas room, the excess flow control shall be
located within the liquid storage room, HPM room or
gas room. Where the piping originates from a bulk
source, the excess flow control shall be located as close
to the bulk source as practical.
[F] 415.11.6.4 Installations in corridors and above
other occupancies. The installation of HPM piping
and tubing within the space defined by the walls of corridors and the floor or roof above, or in concealed
spaces above other occupancies, shall be in accordance
with Sections 415.11.6.1 through 415.11.6.3 and the
following conditions:
1. Automatic sprinklers shall be installed within the
space unless the space is less than 6 inches (152
mm) in the least dimension.
2. Ventilation not less than six air changes per hour
shall be provided. The space shall not be used to
convey air from any other area.
3. Where the piping or tubing is used to transport
HPM liquids, a receptor shall be installed below
such piping or tubing. The receptor shall be
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
designed to collect any discharge or leakage and
drain it to an approved location. The 1-hour
enclosure shall not be used as part of the receptor.
of the corridors by supply piping that is enclosed
in a ferrous pipe or tube for the width of the corridor.
4. HPM supply piping and tubing and nonmetallic
waste lines shall be separated from the corridor
and from occupancies other than Group H-5 by
fire barriers or by an approved method or assembly that has a fire-resistance rating of not less
than 1 hour. Access openings into the enclosure
shall be protected by approved fire-protectionrated assemblies.
[F] 415.11.7.2 Gas detection system operation. The
continuous gas detection system shall be capable of
monitoring the room, area or equipment in which the
gas is located at or below all the following gas concentrations:
5. Readily accessible manual or automatic remotely
activated fail-safe emergency shutoff valves shall
be installed on piping and tubing other than waste
lines at the following locations:
5.1. At branch connections into the fabrication area.
5.2. At entries into corridors.
Exception: Transverse crossings of the corridors by
supply piping that is enclosed within a ferrous pipe
or tube for the width of the corridor need not comply with Items 1 through 5.
[F] 415.11.6.5 Identification. Piping, tubing and HPM
waste lines shall be identified in accordance with ANSI
A13.1 to indicate the material being transported.
[F] 415.11.7 Continuous gas detection systems. A continuous gas detection system shall be provided for HPM
gases where the physiological warning threshold level of
the gas is at a higher level than the accepted permissible
exposure limit (PEL) for the gas and for flammable gases
in accordance with Sections 415.11.7.1 and 415.11.7.2.
[F] 415.11.7.1 Where required. A continuous gas
detection system shall be provided in the areas identified in Sections 415.11.7.1.1 through 415.11.7.1.4.
[F] 415.11.7.1.1 Fabrication areas. A continuous
gas detection system shall be provided in fabrication
areas where gas is used in the fabrication area.
[F] 415.11.7.1.2 HPM rooms. A continuous gas
detection system shall be provided in HPM rooms
where gas is used in the room.
[F] 415.11.7.1.3 Gas cabinets, exhausted enclosures and gas rooms. A continuous gas detection
system shall be provided in gas cabinets and
exhausted enclosures. A continuous gas detection
system shall be provided in gas rooms where gases
are not located in gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures.
[F] 415.11.7.1.4 Corridors. Where gases are transported in piping placed within the space defined by
the walls of a corridor and the floor or roof above
the corridor, a continuous gas detection system shall
be provided where piping is located and in the corridor.
Exception: A continuous gas detection system is
not required for occasional transverse crossings
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
1. Immediately dangerous to life and health (IDLH)
values where the monitoring point is within an
exhausted enclosure, ventilated enclosure or gas
cabinet.
2. Permissible exposure limit (PEL) levels where
the monitoring point is in an area outside an
exhausted enclosure, ventilated enclosure or gas
cabinet.
3. For flammable gases, the monitoring detection
threshold level shall be vapor concentrations in
excess of 25 percent of the lower flammable limit
(LFL) where the monitoring is within or outside
an exhausted enclosure, ventilated enclosure or
gas cabinet.
4. Except as noted in this section, monitoring for
highly toxic and toxic gases shall also comply
with Chapter 60 of the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.11.7.2.1 Alarms. The gas detection system
shall initiate a local alarm and transmit a signal to
the emergency control station when a short-term
hazard condition is detected. The alarm shall be both
visual and audible and shall provide warning both
inside and outside the area where the gas is detected.
The audible alarm shall be distinct from all other
alarms.
[F] 415.11.7.2.2 Shutoff of gas supply. The gas
detection system shall automatically close the shutoff valve at the source on gas supply piping and tubing related to the system being monitored for which
gas is detected when a short-term hazard condition
is detected. Automatic closure of shutoff valves
shall comply with the following:
1. Where the gas detection sampling point initiating the gas detection system alarm is within
a gas cabinet or exhausted enclosure, the shutoff valve in the gas cabinet or exhausted
enclosure for the specific gas detected shall
automatically close.
2. Where the gas detection sampling point initiating the gas detection system alarm is within
a room and compressed gas containers are not
in gas cabinets or an exhausted enclosure, the
shutoff valves on all gas lines for the specific
gas detected shall automatically close.
3. Where the gas detection sampling point initiating the gas detection system alarm is within
a piping distribution manifold enclosure, the
shutoff valve supplying the manifold for the
89
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
compressed gas container of the specific gas
detected shall automatically close.
Exception: Where the gas detection sampling
point initiating the gas detection system alarm is
at the use location or within a gas valve enclosure
of a branch line downstream of a piping distribution manifold, the shutoff valve for the branch
line located in the piping distribution manifold
enclosure shall automatically close.
[F] 415.11.8 Manual fire alarm system. An approved
manual fire alarm system shall be provided throughout
buildings containing Group H-5. Activation of the alarm
system shall initiate a local alarm and transmit a signal to
the emergency control station. The fire alarm system shall
be designed and installed in accordance with Section 907.
[F] 415.11.9 Emergency control station. An emergency
control station shall be provided in accordance with Sections 415.11.9.1 through 415.11.9.3.
[F] 415.11.9.1 Location. The emergency control station shall be located on the premises at an approved
location outside the fabrication area.
[F] 415.11.9.2 Staffing. Trained personnel shall continuously staff the emergency control station.
[F] 415.11.9.3 Signals. The emergency control station
shall receive signals from emergency equipment and
alarm and detection systems. Such emergency equipment and alarm and detection systems shall include, but
not be limited to, the following where such equipment
or systems are required to be provided either in this
chapter or elsewhere in this code:
1. Automatic sprinkler system alarm and monitoring
systems.
2. Manual fire alarm systems.
3. Emergency alarm systems.
4. Continuous gas detection systems.
5. Smoke detection systems.
6. Emergency power system.
7. Automatic detection and alarm systems for pyrophoric liquids and Class 3 water-reactive liquids
required in Section 2705.2.3.4 of the International Fire Code.
8. Exhaust ventilation flow alarm devices for pyrophoric liquids and Class 3 water-reactive liquids
cabinet exhaust ventilation systems required in
Section 2705.2.3.4 of the International Fire
Code.
[F] 415.11.10 Emergency power system. An emergency
power system shall be provided in Group H-5 occupancies
in accordance with Section 2702. The emergency power
system shall supply power automatically to the electrical
systems specified in Section 415.11.10.1 when the normal
electrical supply system is interrupted.
[F] 415.11.10.1 Required electrical systems. Emergency power shall be provided for electrically operated
90
equipment and connected control circuits for the following systems:
1. HPM exhaust ventilation systems.
2. HPM gas cabinet ventilation systems.
3. HPM exhausted enclosure ventilation systems.
4. HPM gas room ventilation systems.
5. HPM gas detection systems.
6. Emergency alarm systems.
7. Manual and automatic fire alarm systems.
8. Automatic sprinkler system monitoring and
alarm systems.
9. Automatic alarm and detection systems for
pyrophoric liquids and Class 3 water-reactive
liquids required in Section 2705.2.3.4 of the
International Fire Code.
10. Flow alarm switches for pyrophoric liquids and
Class 3 water-reactive liquids cabinet exhaust
ventilation systems required in Section
2705.2.3.4 of the International Fire Code.
11. Electrically operated systems required elsewhere in this code or in the International Fire
Code applicable to the use, storage or handling
of HPM.
[F] 415.11.10.2 Exhaust ventilation systems. Exhaust
ventilation systems are allowed to be designed to operate at not less than one-half the normal fan speed on the
emergency power system where it is demonstrated that
the level of exhaust will maintain a safe atmosphere.
[F] 415.11.11 Automatic sprinkler system protection in
exhaust ducts for HPM. An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in exhaust ducts conveying
gases, vapors, fumes, mists or dusts generated from HPM
in accordance with Sections 415.11.11.1 through
415.10.11.3 and the International Mechanical Code.
[F] 415.11.11.1 Metallic and noncombustible nonmetallic exhaust ducts. An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in metallic and
noncombustible nonmetallic exhaust ducts where all of
the following conditions apply:
1. Where the largest cross-sectional diameter is
equal to or greater than 10 inches (254 mm).
2. The ducts are within the building.
3. The ducts are conveying flammable gases, vapors
or fumes.
[F] 415.11.11.2 Combustible nonmetallic exhaust
ducts. Automatic sprinkler system protection shall be
provided in combustible nonmetallic exhaust ducts
where the largest cross-sectional diameter of the duct is
equal to or greater than 10 inches (254 mm).
Exception: Ducts need not be provided with automatic sprinkler protection as follows:
1. Ducts listed or approved for applications without automatic sprinkler system protection.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
2. Ducts not more than 12 feet (3658 mm) in
length installed below ceiling level.
[F] 415.11.11.3 Automatic sprinkler locations. Sprinkler systems shall be installed at 12-foot (3658 mm)
intervals in horizontal ducts and at changes in direction.
In vertical ducts, sprinklers shall be installed at the top
and at alternate floor levels.
SECTION 416
APPLICATION OF FLAMMABLE FINISHES
[F] 416.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply
to the construction, installation and use of buildings and
structures, or parts thereof, for the application of flammable
finishes. Such construction and equipment shall comply with
the International Fire Code.
[F] 416.2 Spray rooms. Spray rooms shall be enclosed with
not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance
with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in
accordance with Section 711, or both. Floors shall be waterproofed and drained in an approved manner.
[F] 416.2.1 Surfaces. The interior surfaces of spray rooms
shall be smooth and shall be so constructed to permit the
free passage of exhaust air from all parts of the interior
and to facilitate washing and cleaning, and shall be so
designed to confine residues within the room. Aluminum
shall not be used.
[F] 416.2.2 Ventilation. Mechanical ventilation and
interlocks with the spraying operation shall be in accordance with the International Mechanical Code.
[F] 416.3 Spraying spaces. Spraying spaces shall be ventilated with an exhaust system to prevent the accumulation of
flammable mist or vapors in accordance with the International Mechanical Code. Where such spaces are not separately enclosed, noncombustible spray curtains shall be
provided to restrict the spread of flammable vapors.
[F] 416.3.1 Surfaces. The interior surfaces of spraying
spaces shall be smooth and continuous without edges;
shall be so constructed to permit the free passage of
exhaust air from all parts of the interior and to facilitate
washing and cleaning; and shall be so designed to confine
residues within the spraying space. Aluminum shall not be
used.
[F] 416.4 Spray booths. Spray booths shall be designed, constructed and operated in accordance with the International
Fire Code
[F] 416.5 Fire protection. An automatic sprinkler system or
fire-extinguishing system shall be provided in all spray, dip
and immersing spaces and storage rooms and shall be
installed in accordance with Chapter 9.
SECTION 417
DRYING ROOMS
[F] 417.1 General. A drying room or dry kiln installed within
a building shall be constructed entirely of approved noncombustible materials or assemblies of such materials regulated
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
by the approved rules or as required in the general and specific sections of this chapter for special occupancies and
where applicable to the general requirements of the International Mechanical Code.
[F] 417.2 Piping clearance. Overhead heating pipes shall
have a clearance of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) from combustible contents in the dryer.
[F] 417.3 Insulation. Where the operating temperature of the
dryer is 175°F (79°C) or more, metal enclosures shall be
insulated from adjacent combustible materials by not less
than 12 inches (305 mm) of airspace, or the metal walls shall
be lined with 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) insulating mill board or other
approved equivalent insulation.
[F] 417.4 Fire protection. Drying rooms designed for highhazard materials and processes, including special occupancies as provided for in Chapter 4, shall be protected by an
approved automatic fire-extinguishing system complying
with the provisions of Chapter 9.
SECTION 418
ORGANIC COATINGS
[F] 418.1 Building features. Manufacturing of organic coatings shall be done only in buildings that do not have pits or
basements.
[F] 418.2 Location. Organic coating manufacturing operations and operations incidental to or connected therewith
shall not be located in buildings having other occupancies.
[F] 418.3 Process mills. Mills operating with close clearances and that process flammable and heat-sensitive materials, such as nitrocellulose, shall be located in a detached
building or noncombustible structure.
[F] 418.4 Tank storage. Storage areas for flammable and
combustible liquid tanks inside of structures shall be located
at or above grade and shall be separated from the processing
area by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in
accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both.
[F] 418.5 Nitrocellulose storage. Nitrocellulose storage shall
be located on a detached pad or in a separate structure or a
room enclosed with not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both.
[F] 418.6 Finished products. Storage rooms for finished
products that are flammable or combustible liquids shall be
separated from the processing area by not less than 2-hour
fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or
horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section
711, or both.
SECTION 419
LIVE/WORK UNITS
419.1 General. A live/work unit shall comply with Sections
419.1 through 419.9.
Exception: Dwelling or sleeping units that include an
office that is less than 10 percent of the area of the dwell91
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
ing unit are permitted to be classified as dwelling units
with accessory occupancies in accordance with Section
508.2.
419.1.1 Limitations. The following shall apply to all live/
work areas:
1. The live/work unit is permitted to be not greater than
3,000 square feet (279 m2) in area;
1107.6.2.1, the plumbing fixtures specified by Chapter 29
shall be accessible.
3. The nonresidential area function shall be limited to
the first or main floor only of the live/work unit; and
4. Not more than five nonresidential workers or
employees are allowed to occupy the nonresidential
area at any one time.
SECTION 420
GROUPS I-1, R-1, R-2, R-3 AND R-4
420.1 General. Occupancies in Groups I-1, R-1, R-2, R-3
and R-4 shall comply with the provisions of Sections 420.1
through 420.6 and other applicable provisions of this code.
420.2 Separation walls. Walls separating dwelling units in
the same building, walls separating sleeping units in the same
building and walls separating dwelling or sleeping units from
other occupancies contiguous to them in the same building
shall be constructed as fire partitions in accordance with Section 708.
419.2 Occupancies. Live/work units shall be classified as a
Group R-2 occupancy. Separation requirements found in Sections 420 and 508 shall not apply within the live/work unit
where the live/work unit is in compliance with Section 419.
Nonresidential uses that would otherwise be classified as
either a Group H or S occupancy shall not be permitted in a
live/work unit.
420.3 Horizontal separation. Floor assemblies separating
dwelling units in the same buildings, floor assemblies separating sleeping units in the same building and floor assemblies separating dwelling or sleeping units from other
occupancies contiguous to them in the same building shall be
constructed as horizontal assemblies in accordance with Section 711.
Exception: Storage shall be permitted in the live/work
unit provided the aggregate area of storage in the nonresidential portion of the live/work unit shall be limited to 10
percent of the space dedicated to nonresidential activities.
420.4 Smoke barriers in Group I-1, Condition 2. Smoke
barriers shall be provided in Group I-1, Condition 2, to subdivide every story used by persons receiving care, treatment or
sleeping and to provide other stories with an occupant load of
50 or more persons, into no fewer than two smoke compartments. Such stories shall be divided into smoke compartments with an area of not more than 22,500 square feet (2092
m2) and the distance of travel from any point in a smoke compartment to a smoke barrier door shall not exceed 200 feet
(60 960 mm). The smoke barrier shall be in accordance with
Section 709.
2. The nonresidential area is permitted to be not more
than 50 percent of the area of each live/work unit;
419.3 Means of egress. Except as modified by this section,
the means of egress components for a live/work unit shall be
designed in accordance with Chapter 10 for the function
served.
419.3.1 Egress capacity. The egress capacity for each element of the live/work unit shall be based on the occupant
load for the function served in accordance with Table
1004.1.2.
419.3.2 Spiral stairways. Spiral stairways that conform
to the requirements of Section 1011.10 shall be permitted.
419.4 Vertical openings. Floor openings between floor levels of a live/work unit are permitted without enclosure.
[F] 419.5 Fire protection. The live/work unit shall be provided with a monitored fire alarm system where required by
Section 907.2.9 and an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.8.
419.6 Structural. Floors within a live/work unit shall be
designed for the live loads in Table 1607.1, based on the
function within the space.
419.7 Accessibility. Accessibility shall be designed in accordance with Chapter 11 for the function served.
419.8 Ventilation. The applicable ventilation requirements
of the International Mechanical Code shall apply to each area
within the live/work unit for the function within that space.
419.9 Plumbing facilities. The nonresidential area of the
live/work unit shall be provided with minimum plumbing
facilities as specified by Chapter 29, based on the function of
the nonresidential area. Where the nonresidential area of the
live/work unit is required to be accessible by Section
92
420.4.1 Refuge area. Refuge areas shall be provided
within each smoke compartment. The size of the refuge
area shall accommodate the occupants and care recipients
from the adjoining smoke compartment. Where a smoke
compartment is adjoined by two or more smoke compartments, the minimum area of the refuge area shall accommodate the largest occupant load of the adjoining
compartments. The size of the refuge area shall provide
the following:
1. Not less than 15 net square feet (1.4 m2) for each
care recipient.
2. Not less than 6 net square feet (0.56 m2) for other
occupants.
Areas or spaces permitted to be included in the calculation of the refuge area are corridors, lounge or dining areas
and other low-hazard areas.
[F] 420.5 Automatic sprinkler system. Group R occupancies shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.2.8. Group I-1 occupancies shall be equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.6. Quickresponse or residential automatic sprinklers shall be installed
in accordance with Section 903.3.2.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] 420.6 Fire alarm systems and smoke alarms. Fire alarm
systems and smoke alarms shall be provided in Group I-1, R1, R-2 and R-4 occupancies in accordance with Sections
907.2.6, 907.2.8, 907.2.9 and 907.2.10, respectively. Singleor multiple- station smoke alarms shall be provided in Groups
I-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4 in accordance with Section 907.2.11.
SECTION 421
HYDROGEN FUEL GAS ROOMS
[F] 421.1 General. Where required by the International Fire
Code, hydrogen fuel gas rooms shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Sections 421.1 through 421.7.
[F] 421.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in
Chapter 2:
GASEOUS HYDROGEN SYSTEM.
HYDROGEN FUEL GAS ROOM.
[F] 421.3 Location. Hydrogen fuel gas rooms shall not be
located below grade.
[F] 421.4 Design and construction. Hydrogen fuel gas
rooms not classified as Group H shall be separated from other
areas of the building in accordance with Section 509.1.
[F] 421.4.1 Pressure control. Hydrogen fuel gas rooms
shall be provided with a ventilation system designed to
maintain the room at a negative pressure in relation to surrounding rooms and spaces.
[F] 421.4.2 Windows. Operable windows in interior walls
shall not be permitted. Fixed windows shall be permitted
where in accordance with Section 716.
[F] 421.5 Exhaust ventilation. Hydrogen fuel gas rooms
shall be provided with mechanical exhaust ventilation in
accordance with the applicable provisions of Section
502.16.1 of the International Mechanical Code.
[F] 421.6 Gas detection system. Hydrogen fuel gas rooms
shall be provided with an approved flammable gas detection
system in accordance with Sections 421.6.1 through 421.6.4.
[F] 421.6.1 System design. The flammable gas detection
system shall be listed for use with hydrogen and any other
flammable gases used in the hydrogen fuel gas room. The
gas detection system shall be designed to activate when
the level of flammable gas exceeds 25 percent of the lower
flammability limit (LFL) for the gas or mixtures present at
their anticipated temperature and pressure.
[F] 421.6.2 Gas detection system components. Gas
detection system control units shall be listed and labeled in
accordance with UL 864 or UL 2017. Gas detectors shall
be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 2075 for use
with the gases and vapors being detected.
[F] 421.6.3 Operation. Activation of the gas detection
system shall result in all of the following:
1. Initiation of distinct audible and visual alarm signals
both inside and outside of the hydrogen fuel gas
room.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
2. Activation of the mechanical exhaust ventilation
system.
[F] 421.6.4 Failure of the gas detection system. Failure
of the gas detection system shall result in activation of the
mechanical exhaust ventilation system, cessation of
hydrogen generation and the sounding of a trouble signal
in an approved location.
[F] 421.7 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be provided where required by Section 414.5.1.
[F] 421.8 Standby power. Mechanical ventilation and gas
detection systems shall be provided with a standby power
system in accordance with Section 2702.
SECTION 422
AMBULATORY CARE FACIILITIES
422.1 General. Occupancies classified as ambulatory care
facilities shall comply with the provisions of Sections 422.1
through 422.5 and other applicable provisions of this code.
422.2 Separation. Ambulatory care facilities where the
potential for four or more care recipients are to be incapable
of self-preservation at any time, whether rendered incapable
by staff or staff accepted responsibility for a care recipient
already incapable, shall be separated from adjacent spaces,
corridors or tenants with a fire partition installed in accordance with Section 708.
422.3 Smoke compartments. Where the aggregate area of
one or more ambulatory care facilities is greater than 10,000
square feet (929 m2) on one story, the story shall be provided
with a smoke barrier to subdivide the story into no fewer than
two smoke compartments. The area of any one such smoke
compartment shall be not greater than 22,500 square feet
(2092 m2). The distance of travel from any point in a smoke
compartment to a smoke barrier door shall be not greater than
200 feet (60 960 mm). The smoke barrier shall be installed
in accordance with Section 709 with the exception that smoke
barriers shall be continuous from outside wall to an outside
wall, a floor to a floor, or from a smoke barrier to a smoke
barrier or a combination thereof.
422.3.1 Means of egress. Where ambulatory care facilities require smoke compartmentation in accordance with
Section 422.3, the fire safety evacuation plans provided in
accordance with Section 1001.4 shall identify the building
components necessary to support a defend-in-place emergency response in accordance with Sections 404 and 408
of the International Fire Code.
422.3.2 Refuge area. Not less than 30 net square feet (2.8
m2) for each nonambulatory care recipient shall be provided within the aggregate area of corridors, care recipient
rooms, treatment rooms, lounge or dining areas and other
low-hazard areas within each smoke compartment. Each
occupant of an ambulatory care facility shall be provided
with access to a refuge area without passing through or
utilizing adjacent tenant spaces.
93
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
422.3.3 Independent egress. A means of egress shall be
provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke
barriers without having to return through the smoke compartment from which means of egress originated.
[F] 422.4 Automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic sprinkler
systems shall be provided for ambulatory care facilities in
accordance with Section 903.2.2.
[F] 422.5 Fire alarm systems. A fire alarm system shall be
provided for ambulatory care facilities in accordance with
Section 907.2.2.
SECTION 423
STORM SHELTERS
423.1 General. In addition to other applicable requirements
in this code, storm shelters shall be constructed in accordance
with ICC 500.
423.1.1 Scope. This section applies to the construction of
storm shelters constructed as separate detached buildings
or constructed as safe rooms within buildings for the purpose of providing safe refuge from storms that produce
high winds, such as tornados and hurricanes. Such structures shall be designated to be hurricane shelters, tornado
shelters, or combined hurricane and tornado shelters.
423.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2:
STORM SHELTER.
Community storm shelter.
Residential storm shelter.
423.3 Critical emergency operations. In areas where the
shelter design wind speed for tornados in accordance with
Figure 304.2(1) of ICC 500 is 250 MPH, 911 call stations,
emergency operation centers and fire, rescue, ambulance and
police stations shall have a storm shelter constructed in accordance with ICC 500.
Exception: Buildings meeting the requirements for shelter
design in ICC 500.
423.4 Group E occupancies. In areas where the shelter
design wind speed for tornados is 250 MPH in accordance
with Figure 304.2(1) of ICC 500, all Group E occupancies
with an aggregate occupant load of 50 or more shall have a
storm shelter constructed in accordance with ICC 500. The
shelter shall be capable of housing the total occupant load of
the Group E occupancy.
Exceptions:
1. Group E day care facilities.
2. Group E occupancies accessory to places of religious worship.
3. Buildings meeting the requirements for shelter
design in ICC 500.
94
SECTION 424
CHILDREN’S PLAY STRUCTURES
424.1 Children’s play structures. Children’s play structures
installed inside all occupancies covered by this code that
exceed 10 feet (3048 mm) in height and 150 square feet (14
m2) in area shall comply with Sections 424.2 through 424.5.
424.2 Materials. Children’s play structures shall be constructed of noncombustible materials or of combustible materials that comply with the following:
1. Fire-retardant-treated wood complying with Section
2303.2.
2. Light-transmitting plastics complying with Section
2606.
3. Foam plastics (including the pipe foam used in softcontained play equipment structures) having a maximum heat-release rate not greater than 100 kilowatts
when tested in accordance with UL 1975 or when
tested in accordance with NFPA 289, using the 20 kW
ignition source.
4. Aluminum composite material (ACM) meeting the
requirements of Class A interior finish in accordance
with Chapter 8 when tested as an assembly in the maximum thickness intended for use.
5. Textiles and films complying with the fire propagation
performance criteria contained in Test Method 1 or
Test Method 2, as appropriate, of NFPA 701.
6. Plastic materials used to construct rigid components of
soft-contained play equipment structures (such as
tubes, windows, panels, junction boxes, pipes, slides
and decks) exhibiting a peak rate of heat release not
exceeding 400 kW/ m2 when tested in accordance with
ASTM E1354 at an incident heat flux of 50 kW/m2 in
the horizontal orientation at a thickness of 6 mm.
7. Ball pool balls, used in soft-contained play equipment
structures, having a maximum heat-release rate not
greater than 100 kilowatts when tested in accordance
with UL 1975 or when tested in accordance with NFPA
289, using the 20 kW ignition source. The minimum
specimen test size shall be 36 inches by 36 inches (914
mm by 914 mm) by an average of 21 inches (533 mm)
deep, and the balls shall be held in a box constructed of
galvanized steel poultry netting wire mesh.
8. Foam plastics shall be covered by a fabric, coating or
film meeting the fire propagation performance criteria
contained in Test Method 1 or Test Method 2, as appropriate, of NFPA 701.
9. The floor covering placed under the children’s play
structure shall exhibit a Class I interior floor finish classification, as described in Section 804, when tested in
accordance with NFPA 253.
[F] 424.3 Fire protection. Children’s play structures shall be
provided with the same level of approved fire suppression
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
and detection devices required for other structures in the
same occupancy.
424.4 Separation. Children’s play structures shall have a
horizontal separation from building walls, partitions and from
elements of the means of egress of not less than 5 feet (1524
mm). Children’s playground structures shall have a horizontal separation from other children’s play structures of not less
than 20 feet (6090 mm).
424.5 Area limits. Children’s play structures shall be not
greater than 300 square feet (28 m2) in area, unless a special
investigation, acceptable to the building official, has demonstrated adequate fire safety.
**
**
SECTION 425
HYPERBARIC FACILITIES
425.1 Hyperbaric facilities. Hyperbaric facilities shall meet
the requirements contained in Chapter 14 of NFPA 99.
SECTION [F] 426
COMBUSTIBLE DUSTS,
GRAIN PROCESSING AND STORAGE
426.1 Combustible dusts, grain processing and storage.
The provisions of Sections 426.1.1 through 426.1.7 shall
apply to buildings in which materials that produce combustible dusts are stored or handled. Buildings that store or handle
combustible dusts shall comply with the applicable provisions of NFPA 61, NFPA 85, NFPA 120, NFPA 484, NFPA
654, NFPA 655 and NFPA 664 and the International Fire
Code.
[F] 426.1.1 Type of construction and height exceptions.
Buildings shall be constructed in compliance with the
height, number of stories and area limitations specified in
Sections 504 and 506; except that where erected of Type I
or II construction, the heights and areas of grain elevators
and similar structures shall be unlimited, and where of
Type IV construction, the maximum building height shall
be 65 feet (19 812 mm) and except further that, in isolated
areas, the maximum building height of Type IV structures
shall be increased to 85 feet (25 908 mm).
[F] 426.1.4 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be
provided as specified in the International Fire Code, or
spaces shall be equipped with the equivalent mechanical
ventilation complying with the International Mechanical
Code.
[F] 426.1.5 Grain elevators. Grain elevators, malt houses
and buildings for similar occupancies shall not be located
within 30 feet (9144 mm) of interior lot lines or structures
on the same lot, except where erected along a railroad
right-of-way.
[F] 426.1.6 Coal pockets. Coal pockets located less than
30 feet (9144 mm) from interior lot lines or from structures on the same lot shall be constructed of not less than
Type IB construction. Where more than 30 feet (9144
mm) from interior lot lines, or where erected along a railroad right-of-way, the minimum type of construction of
such structures not more than 65 feet (19 812 mm) in
building height shall be Type IV.
[F] 426.1.7 Tire rebuilding. Buffing operations shall be
located in a room separated from the remainder of the
building housing the tire rebuilding or tire recapping operation by a 1-hour fire barrier.
Exception: Buffing operations are not required to be
separated where all of the following conditions are met:
1. Buffing operations are equipped with an
approved continuous automatic water-spray system directed at the point of cutting action;
2. Buffing machines are connected to particle-collecting systems providing a minimum air movement of 1,500 cubic feet per minute (cfm) (0.71
m3/s) in volume and 4,500 feet per minute (fpm)
(23 m/s) in-line velocity; and
3. The collecting system shall discharge the rubber
particles to an approved outdoor noncombustible
or fire-resistant container, which is emptied at
frequent intervals to prevent overflow.
[F] 426.1.2 Grinding rooms. Every room or space occupied for grinding or other operations that produce combustible dusts in such a manner that the room or space is
classified as a Group H-2 occupancy shall be enclosed
with fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section
707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance
with Section 711, or both. The fire-resistance rating of the
enclosure shall be not less than 2 hours where the area is
not more than 3,000 square feet (279 m2), and not less than
4 hours where the area is greater than 3,000 square feet
(279 m2).
[F] 426.1.3 Conveyors. Conveyors, chutes, piping and
similar equipment passing through the enclosures of
rooms or spaces shall be constructed dirt tight and vapor
tight, and be of approved noncombustible materials complying with Chapter 30.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
95
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
96
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
CHAPTER 5
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
User note: Code change proposals to sections preceded by the designation [F] will be considered by the nternational
Fire Code Development Committee during the 2016 (Group B) Code Development Cycle. See explanation on page iv.
501.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter control the height
and area of structures hereafter erected and additions to existing structures.
[F] 501.2 Address identification. New and existing buildings shall be provided with approved address identification.
The address identification shall be legible and placed in a
position that is visible from the street or road fronting the
property. Address identification characters shall contrast with
their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers
or alphabetical letters. Numbers shall not be spelled out. Each
character shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102 mm) high with
a minimum stroke width of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm). Where
required by the fire code official, address identification shall
be provided in additional approved locations to facilitate
emergency response. Where access is by means of a private
road and the building address cannot be viewed from the public way, a monument, pole or other approved sign or means
shall be used to identify the structure. Address identification
shall be maintained.
SECTION 502
DEFINITIONS
502.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2:
by one or more fire walls complying with Section 706 shall
be considered to be a separate building.
503.1.1 Special industrial occupancies. Buildings and
structures designed to house special industrial processes
that require large areas and unusual building heights to
accommodate craneways or special machinery and equipment, including, among others, rolling mills; structural
metal fabrication shops and foundries; or the production
and distribution of electric, gas or steam power, shall be
exempt from the building height, number of stories and
building area limitations specified in Sections 504 and
506.
503.1.2 Buildings on same lot. Two or more buildings on
the same lot shall be regulated as separate buildings or
shall be considered as portions of one building where the
building height, number of stories of each building and the
aggregate building area of the buildings are within the
limitations specified in Sections 504 and 506. The provisions of this code applicable to the aggregate building
shall be applicable to each building.
503.1.3 Type I construction. Buildings of Type I construction permitted to be of unlimited tabular building
heights and areas are not subject to the special requirements that allow unlimited area buildings in Section 507
or unlimited building height in Sections 503.1.1 and 504.3
or increased building heights and areas for other types of
construction.
¬
SECTION 501
GENERAL
AREA, BUILDING.
BASEMENT.
EQUIPMENT PLATFORM.
GRADE PLANE.
HEIGHT, BUILDING.
MEZZANINE.
SECTION 503
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHT AND
AREA LIMITATIONS
503.1 General. Unless otherwise specifically modified in
Chapter 4 and this chapter, building height, number of stories
and building area shall not exceed the limits specified in Sections 504 and 506 based on the type of construction as determined by Section 602 and the occupancies as determined by
Section 302 except as modified hereafter. Building height,
number of stories and building area provisions shall be
applied independently. Each portion of a building separated
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SECTION 504
BUILDING HEIGHT AND NUMBER OF STORIES
504.1 General. The height, in feet, and the number of stories
of a building shall be determined based on the type of construction, occupancy classification and whether there is an
automatic sprinkler system installed throughout the building.
Exception: The building height of one-story aircraft hangars, aircraft paint hangars and buildings used for the manufacturing of aircraft shall not be limited where the
building is provided with an automatic sprinkler system or
automatic fire-extinguishing system in accordance with
Chapter 9 and is entirely surrounded by public ways or
yards not less in width than one and one-half times the
building height.
504.1.1 Unlimited area buildings. The height of unlimited area buildings shall be designed in accordance with
Section 507.
504.1.2 Special provisions. The special provisions of Section 510 permit the use of special conditions that are
97
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
combustible materials (see Chapter 15 for additional
requirements).
exempt from, or modify, the specific requirements of this
chapter regarding the allowable heights of buildings based
on the occupancy classification and type of construction,
provided the special condition complies with the provisions specified in Section 510.
504.4 Number of stories. The maximum number of stories
of a building shall not exceed the limits specified in Table
504.4.
504.2 Mixed occupancy. In a building containing mixed
occupancies in accordance with Section 508, no individual
occupancy shall exceed the height and number of story limits
specified in this section for the applicable occupancies.
504.3 Height in feet. The maximum height, in feet, of a
building shall not exceed the limits specified in Table 504.3.
SECTION 505
MEZZANINES AND EQUIPMENT PLATFORMS
505.1 General. Mezzanines shall comply with Section 505.2.
Equipment platforms shall comply with Section 505.3.
505.2 Mezzanines. A mezzanine or mezzanines in compliance with Section 505.2 shall be considered a portion of the
story below. Such mezzanines shall not contribute to either
the building area or number of stories as regulated by Section
503.1. The area of the mezzanine shall be included in determining the fire area. The clear height above and below the
mezzanine floor construction shall be not less than 7 feet
(2134 mm).
Exception: Towers, spires, steeples and other roof structures shall be constructed of materials consistent with the
required type of construction of the building except where
other construction is permitted by Section 1510.2.5. Such
structures shall not be used for habitation or storage. The
structures shall be unlimited in height where of noncombustible materials and shall not extend more than 20 feet
(6096 mm) above the allowable building height where of
TABLE 504.3a
ALLOWABLE BUILDING HEIGHT IN FEET ABOVE GRADE PLANE
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
TYPE I
OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
TYPE II
TYPE III
TYPE IV
TYPE V
SEE FOOTNOTES
A, B, E, F, M, S, U
H-1, H-2, H-3, H-5
H-4
I-1 Condition 1, I-3
I-1 Condition 2, I-2
I-4
NS
A
B
A
B
A
B
HT
A
B
UL
160
65
55
65
55
65
50
40
UL
180
85
75
85
75
85
70
60
UL
160
65
55
65
55
65
50
40
NSc, d
UL
160
65
55
65
55
65
50
40
S
UL
180
85
75
85
75
85
70
60
S
NS
c, d
S
NS
d, e
S
NS
d, f, e
UL
160
65
55
65
55
65
50
40
UL
180
85
75
85
75
85
70
60
55
65
55
65
50
40
UL
160
65
UL
180
85
NSd, g
UL
160
65
55
65
55
65
50
40
S
UL
180
85
75
85
75
85
70
60
d, h
UL
160
65
55
65
55
65
50
40
S13R
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
S
UL
180
85
75
85
75
85
70
60
S
NS
R
b
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
Note: UL = Unlimited; NS = Buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system; S = Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1; S13R = Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.2.
a. See Chapters 4 and 5 for specific exceptions to the allowable height in this chapter.
b. See Section 903.2 for the minimum thresholds for protection by an automatic sprinkler system for specific occupancies.
c. New Group H occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.5.
d. The NS value is only for use in evaluation of existing building height in accordance with the International Existing Building Code.
e. New Group I-1 and I-3 occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.6. For new Group I-1
occupancies Condition 1, see Exception 1 of Section 903.2.6.
f. New and existing Group I-2 occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.6 and Section 1103.5
of the International Fire Code.
g. For new Group I-4 occupancies, see Exceptions 2 and 3 of Section 903.2.6.
h. New Group R occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.8.
98
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
TABLE 504.4a, b
ALLOWABLE NUMBER OF STORIES ABOVE GRADE PLANE
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
TYPE I
OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
SEE FOOTNOTES
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-4
A-5
B
E
F-1
F-2
H-1
H-2
H-3
H-4
H-5
I-1 Condition 1
I-1 Condition 2
I-2
I-3
I-4
TYPE II
TYPE III
TYPE IV
TYPE V
A
B
A
B
A
B
HT
A
B
NS
UL
5
3
2
3
2
3
2
1
S
UL
6
4
3
4
3
4
3
2
NS
UL
11
3
2
3
2
3
2
1
S
UL
12
4
3
4
3
4
3
2
NS
UL
11
3
2
3
2
3
2
1
S
UL
12
4
3
4
3
4
3
2
NS
UL
11
3
2
3
2
3
2
1
S
UL
12
4
3
4
3
4
3
2
NS
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
S
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
NS
UL
11
5
3
5
3
5
3
2
S
UL
12
6
4
6
4
6
4
3
NS
UL
5
3
2
3
2
3
1
1
S
UL
6
4
3
4
3
4
2
2
NS
UL
11
4
2
3
2
4
2
1
S
UL
12
5
3
4
3
5
3
2
NS
UL
11
5
3
4
3
5
3
2
S
UL
12
6
4
5
4
6
4
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
NP
UL
3
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
UL
6
4
2
4
2
4
2
1
NS
c, d
S
NSc, d
S
NSc, d
S
NSc, d
UL
7
5
3
5
3
5
3
2
S
UL
8
6
4
6
4
6
4
3
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
NSc, d
S
NSd, e
UL
9
4
3
4
3
4
3
2
S
UL
10
5
4
5
4
5
4
3
UL
9
4
UL
10
5
3
4
3
4
3
2
1
1
NP
1
1
NP
NS
d, e
S
NSd, f
UL
4
2
S
UL
5
3
NSd, e
UL
4
2
1
2
1
2
2
1
S
UL
5
3
2
3
2
3
3
2
NSd, g
UL
5
3
2
3
2
3
1
1
S
UL
6
4
3
4
3
4
2
2
NS
UL
11
4
2
4
2
4
3
1
S
UL
12
5
3
5
3
5
4
2
M
(continued)
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
99
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
TABLE 504.4a, b—continued
ALLOWABLE NUMBER OF STORIES ABOVE GRADE PLANE
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
TYPE I
OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
SEE FOOTNOTES
R-1
R-2
A
B
NSd, h
UL
11
S13R
4
4
R-4
S-1
S-2
U
A
B
HT
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
UL
12
5
UL
11
4
S13R
4
4
4
S
UL
12
5
UL
11
S13R
4
4
S
UL
12
NSd, h
UL
11
S13R
4
4
S
UL
NS
S
TYPE IV
B
S
NS
TYPE III
A
NSd, h
d, h
R-3
TYPE II
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
TYPE V
A
B
3
2
4
3
4
3
3
2
4
3
4
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
3
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
12
5
5
5
5
5
4
3
UL
11
4
2
3
2
4
3
1
UL
12
5
3
4
3
5
4
2
NS
UL
11
5
3
4
3
4
4
2
S
UL
12
6
4
5
4
5
5
3
NS
UL
5
4
2
3
2
4
2
1
S
UL
6
5
3
4
3
5
3
2
Note: UL = Unlimited; NP = Not Permitted; NS = Buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system; S = Buildings equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1; S13R = Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2.
a. See Chapters 4 and 5 for specific exceptions to the allowable height in this chapter.
b. See Section 903.2 for the minimum thresholds for protection by an automatic sprinkler system for specific occupancies.
c. New Group H occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.5.
d. The NS value is only for use in evaluation of existing building height in accordance with the International Existing Building Code.
e. New Group I-1 and I-3 occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.6. For new Group I-1
occupancies, Condition 1, see Exception 1 of Section 903.2.6.
f. New and existing Group I-2 occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.6 and Section 1103.5
of the International Fire Code.
g. For new Group I-4 occupancies, see Exceptions 2 and 3 of Section 903.2.6.
h. New Group R occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.8.
505.2.1 Area limitation. The aggregate area of a mezzanine or mezzanines within a room shall be not greater than
one-third of the floor area of that room or space in which
they are located. The enclosed portion of a room shall not
be included in a determination of the floor area of the
room in which the mezzanine is located. In determining
the allowable mezzanine area, the area of the mezzanine
shall not be included in the floor area of the room.
Where a room contains both a mezzanine and an equipment platform, the aggregate area of the two raised floor
levels shall be not greater than two-thirds of the floor area
of that room or space in which they are located.
Exceptions:
1. The aggregate area of mezzanines in buildings
and structures of Type I or II construction for
100
special industrial occupancies in accordance with
Section 503.1.1 shall be not greater than twothirds of the floor area of the room.
2. The aggregate area of mezzanines in buildings
and structures of Type I or II construction shall
be not greater than one-half of the floor area of
the room in buildings and structures equipped
throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and
an approved emergency voice/alarm communication system in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2.
505.2.2 Means of egress. The means of egress for mezzanines shall comply with the applicable provisions of Chapter 10.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
505.2.3 Openness. A mezzanine shall be open and unobstructed to the room in which such mezzanine is located
except for walls not more than 42 inches (1067 mm) in
height, columns and posts.
Exceptions:
1. Mezzanines or portions thereof are not required to
be open to the room in which the mezzanines are
located, provided that the occupant load of the
aggregate area of the enclosed space is not
greater than 10.
2. A mezzanine having two or more exits or access
to exits is not required to be open to the room in
which the mezzanine is located.
3. Mezzanines or portions thereof are not required to
be open to the room in which the mezzanines are
located, provided that the aggregate floor area of
the enclosed space is not greater than 10 percent
of the mezzanine area.
4. In industrial facilities, mezzanines used for control equipment are permitted to be glazed on all
sides.
5. In occupancies other than Groups H and I, that
are no more than two stories above grade plane
and equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1, a mezzanine having two or more
means of egress shall not be required to be open
to the room in which the mezzanine is located.
505.3 Equipment platforms. Equipment platforms in buildings shall not be considered as a portion of the floor below.
Such equipment platforms shall not contribute to either the
building area or the number of stories as regulated by Section
503.1. The area of the equipment platform shall not be
included in determining the fire area in accordance with Section 903. Equipment platforms shall not be a part of any mezzanine and such platforms and the walkways, stairways,
alternating tread devices and ladders providing access to an
equipment platform shall not serve as a part of the means of
egress from the building.
505.3.1 Area limitation. The aggregate area of all equipment platforms within a room shall be not greater than
two-thirds of the area of the room in which they are
located. Where an equipment platform is located in the
same room as a mezzanine, the area of the mezzanine shall
be determined by Section 505.2.1 and the combined aggregate area of the equipment platforms and mezzanines shall
be not greater than two-thirds of the room in which they
are located.
505.3.2 Automatic sprinkler system. Where located in a
building that is required to be protected by an automatic
sprinkler system, equipment platforms shall be fully protected by sprinklers above and below the platform, where
required by the standards referenced in Section 903.3.
SECTION 506
BUILDING AREA
506.1 General. The floor area of a building shall be determined based on the type of construction, occupancy classification, whether there is an automatic sprinkler system
installed throughout the building and the amount of building
frontage on public way or open space.
506.1.1 Unlimited area buildings. Unlimited area buildings shall be designed in accordance with Section 507.
506.1.2 Special provisions. The special provisions of Section 510 permit the use of special conditions that are
exempt from, or modify, the specific requirements of this
chapter regarding the allowable areas of buildings based
on the occupancy classification and type of construction,
provided the special condition complies with the provisions specified in Section 510.
506.1.3 Basements. Basements need not be included in
the total allowable floor area of a building provided the
total area of such basements does not exceed the area permitted for a one-story above grade plane building.
506.2 Allowable area determination. The allowable area of
a building shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 506.2.1 through 506.2.4 and
Section 506.3.
506.2.1 Single-occupancy, one-story buildings. The
allowable area of a single-occupancy building with no
more than one story above grade plane shall be determined
in accordance with Equation 5-1:
Aa = At + (NS × If)
(Equation 5-1)
where:
Aa = Allowable area (square feet).
At = Tabular allowable area factor (NS, S1, or S13R
value, as applicable) in accordance with Table
506.2.
NS = Tabular allowable area factor in accordance with
Table 506.2 for nonsprinklered building (regardless
of whether the building is sprinklered).
= Area factor increase due to frontage (percent) as
calculated in accordance with Section 506.3.
506.2.2 Mixed-occupancy, one-story buildings. The
allowable area of a mixed-occupancy building with no
more than one story above grade plane shall be determined
in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section
508.1 based on Equation 5-1 for each applicable occupancy.
If
506.2.2.1 Group H-2 or H-3 mixed occupancies. For
a building containing Group H-2 or H-3 occupancies,
the allowable area shall be determined in accordance
with Section 508.4.2, with the sprinkler system
increase applicable only to the portions of the building
not classified as Group H-2 or H-3.
505.3.3 Guards. Equipment platforms shall have guards
where required by Section 1015.2.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
101
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
TABLE 506.2a, b
ALLOWABLE AREA FACTOR (At = NS, S1, S13R, or SM, as applicable) IN SQUARE FEET
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
OCCUPANCY
CLASSIFICATION
SEE FOOTNOTES
NS
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-4
TYPE I
TYPE II
TYPE III
TYPE IV
TYPE V
A
B
A
B
A
B
HT
A
B
UL
UL
15,500
8,500
14,000
8,500
15,000
11,500
5,500
S1
UL
UL
62,000
34,000
56,000
34,000
60,000
46,000
22,000
SM
UL
UL
46,500
25,500
42,000
25,500
45,000
34,500
16,500
NS
UL
UL
15,500
9,500
14,000
9,500
15,000
11,500
6,000
S1
UL
UL
62,000
38,000
56,000
38,000
60,000
46,000
24,000
SM
UL
UL
46,500
28,500
42,000
28,500
45,000
34,500
18,000
NS
UL
UL
15,500
9,500
14,000
9,500
15,000
11,500
6,000
S1
UL
UL
62,000
38,000
56,000
38,000
60,000
46,000
24,000
SM
UL
UL
46,500
28,500
42,000
28,500
45,000
34,500
18,000
NS
UL
UL
15,500
9,500
14,000
9,500
15,000
11,500
6,000
S1
UL
UL
62,000
38,000
56,000
38,000
60,000
46,000
24,000
SM
UL
UL
46,500
28,500
42,000
28,500
45,000
34,500
18,000
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
NS
A-5
S1
SM
B
E
F-1
F-2
H-1
NS
UL
UL
37,500
23,000
28,500
19,000
36,000
18,000
9,000
S1
UL
UL
150,000
92,000
114,000
76,000
144,000
72,000
36,000
SM
UL
UL
112,500
69,000
85,500
57,000
108,000
54,000
27,000
NS
UL
UL
26,500
14,500
23,500
14,500
25,500
18,500
9,500
S1
UL
UL
106,000
58,000
94,000
58,000
102,000
74,000
38,000
SM
UL
UL
79,500
43,500
70,500
43,500
76,500
55,500
28,500
NS
UL
UL
25,000
15,500
19,000
12,000
33,500
14,000
8,500
S1
UL
UL
100,000
62,000
76,000
48,000
134,000
56,000
34,000
SM
UL
UL
75,000
46,500
57,000
36,000
100,500
42,000
25,500
NS
UL
UL
37,500
23,000
28,500
18,000
50,500
21,000
13,000
S1
UL
UL
150,000
92,000
114,000
72,000
202,000
84,000
52,000
SM
UL
UL
112,500
69,000
85,500
54,000
151,500
63,000
39,000
21,000
16,500
11,000
7,000
9.500
7,000
10,500
7,500
NP
21,000
16,500
11,000
7,000
9.500
7,000
10,500
7,500
3,000
UL
60,000
26,500
14,000
17,500
13,000
25,500
10,000
5,000
NSc
S1
NSc
H-2
S1
SM
NSc
H-3
S1
SM
H-4
H-5
NSc, d
UL
UL
37,500
17,500
28,500
17,500
36,000
18,000
6,500
S1
UL
UL
150,000
70,000
114,000
70,000
144,000
72,000
26,000
SM
UL
UL
112,500
52,500
85,500
52,500
108,000
54,000
19,500
NSc, d
UL
UL
37,500
23,000
28,500
19,000
36,000
18,000
9,000
S1
UL
UL
150,000
92,000
114,000
76,000
144,000
72,000
36,000
SM
UL
UL
112,500
69,000
85,500
57,000
108000
54,000
27,000
(continued)
102
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
TABLE 506.2a, b—continued
ALLOWABLE AREA FACTOR (At = NS, S1, S13R, or SM, as applicable) IN SQUARE FEET
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
OCCUPANCY
CLASSIFICATION
I-1
SEE FOOTNOTES
I-3
I-4
M
TYPE IV
TYPE V
A
B
A
B
HT
A
B
NSd, e
UL
55,000
19,000
10,000
16,500
10,000
18,000
10,500
4,500
S1
UL
220,000
76,000
40,000
66,000
40,000
72,000
42,000
18,000
SM
UL
165,000
57,000
30,000
49,500
30,000
54,000
31,500
13,500
d, f
UL
UL
15,000
11,000
12,000
NP
12,000
9,500
NP
UL
UL
60,000
44,000
48,000
NP
48,000
38,000
NP
SM
UL
UL
45,000
33,000
36,000
NP
36,000
28,500
NP
NSd, e
UL
UL
15,000
10,000
10,500
7,500
12,000
7,500
5,000
S1
S1
UL
UL
45,000
40,000
42,000
30,000
48,000
30,000
20,000
SM
UL
UL
45,000
30,000
31,500
22,500
36,000
22,500
15,000
NSd, g
UL
60.500
26,500
13,000
23,500
13,000
25,500
18,500
9,000
S1
UL
121,000
106,000
52,000
94,000
52,000
102,000
74,000
36,000
SM
UL
181,500
79,500
39,000
70,500
39,000
76,500
55,500
27,000
NS
UL
UL
21,500
12,500
18,500
12,500
20,500
14,000
9,000
S1
UL
UL
86,000
50,000
74,000
50,000
82,000
56,000
36,000
SM
UL
UL
64,500
37,500
55,500
37,500
61,500
42,000
27,000
UL
UL
24,000
16,000
24,000
16,000
20,500
12,000
7,000
S13R
S1
UL
UL
96,000
64,000
96,000
64,000
82,000
48,000
28,000
SM
UL
UL
72,000
48,000
72,000
48,000
61,500
36,000
21,000
UL
UL
24,000
16,000
24,000
16,000
20,500
12,000
7,000
NSd, h
R-2
TYPE III
B
NSd, h
R-1
TYPE II
A
NS
I-2
TYPE I
S13R
S1
UL
UL
96,000
64,000
96,000
64,000
82,000
48,000
28,000
SM
UL
UL
72,000
48,000
72,000
48,000
61,500
36,000
21,000
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
24,000
16,000
24,000
16,000
20,500
12,000
7,000
NSd, h
R-3
S13R
S1
SM
NSd, h
R-4
S-1
S-2
U
S13R
S1
UL
UL
96,000
64,000
96,000
64,000
82,000
48,000
28,000
SM
UL
UL
72,000
48,000
72,000
48,000
61,500
36,000
21,000
NS
UL
48,000
26,000
17,500
26,000
17,500
25,500
14,000
9,000
S1
UL
192,000
104,000
70,000
104,000
70,000
102,000
56,000
36,000
SM
UL
144,000
78,000
52,500
78,000
52,500
76,500
42,000
27,000
NS
UL
79,000
39,000
26,000
39,000
26,000
38,500
21,000
13,500
S1
UL
316,000
156,000
104,000
156,000
104,000
154,000
84,000
54,000
SM
UL
237,000
117,000
78,000
117,000
78,000
115,500
63,000
40,500
NS
UL
35,500
19,000
8,500
14,000
8,500
18,000
9,000
5,500
S1
UL
142,000
76,000
34,000
56,000
34,000
72,000
36,000
22,000
SM
UL
106,500
57,000
25,500
42,000
25,500
54,000
27,000
16,500
(continued)
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
103
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
TABLE 506.2a,b—continued
ALLOWABLE AREA FACTOR (At = NS, S1, S13R, or SM, as applicable) IN SQUARE FEET
Note: UL = Unlimited; NP = Not permitted;
For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2.
NS = Buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system; S1 = Buildings a maximum of one story above grade plane equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1; SM = Buildings two or more stories above grade plane equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1; S13R = Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2.
a. See Chapters 4 and 5 for specific exceptions to the allowable height in this chapter.
b. See Section 903.2 for the minimum thresholds for protection by an automatic sprinkler system for specific occupancies.
c. New Group H occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.5.
d. The NS value is only for use in evaluation of existing building area in accordance with the International Existing Building Code.
e. New Group I-1 and I-3 occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.6. For new Group I-1
occupancies, Condition 1, see Exception 1 of Section 903.2.6.
f. New and existing Group I-2 occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.6 and Section 1103.5
of the International Fire Code.
g. New Group I-4 occupancies see Exceptions 2 and 3 of Section 903.2.6.
h. New Group R occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.8.
506.2.3 Single-occupancy, multistory buildings. The
allowable area of a single-occupancy building with more
than one story above grade plane shall be determined in
accordance with Equation 5-2:
At = Tabular allowable area factor (NS, S13R or SM
value, as applicable) in accordance with Table
506.2.
where:
NS = Tabular allowable area factor in accordance with
Table 506.2 for a nonsprinklered building
(regardless of whether the building is sprinklered).
Aa = Allowable area (square feet).
If
Aa = [At + (NS × If)] × Sa
(Equation 5-2)
At = Tabular allowable area factor (NS, S13R or SM
value, as applicable) in accordance with Table
506.2.
NS = Tabular allowable area factor in accordance with
Table 506.2 for a nonsprinklered building
(regardless of whether the building is sprinklered).
If
= Area factor increase due to frontage (percent) as
calculated in accordance with Section 506.3.
Sa = Actual number of building stories above grade
plane, not to exceed three. For buildings equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2, use
the actual number of building stories above grade
plane, not to exceed four.
No individual story shall exceed the allowable area (Aa)
as determined by Equation 5-2 using the value of Sa = 1.
506.2.4 Mixed-occupancy, multistory buildings. Each
story of a mixed-occupancy building with more than one
story above grade plane shall individually comply with the
applicable requirements of Section 508.1. For buildings
with more than three stories above grade plane, the total
building area shall be such that the aggregate sum of the
ratios of the actual area of each story divided by the allowable area of such stories, determined in accordance with
Equation 5-3 based on the applicable provisions of Section
508.1, shall not exceed three.
Aa = [At +(NS × If)]
(Equation 5-3)
where:
Aa = Allowable area (square feet).
= Area factor increase due to frontage (percent) as
calculated in accordance with Section 506.3.
Exception: For buildings designed as separated occupancies under Section 508.4 and equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2, the total building area
shall be such that the aggregate sum of the ratios of the
actual area of each story divided by the allowable area
of such stories determined in accordance with Equation
5-3 based on the applicable provisions of Section
508.1, shall not exceed four.
506.2.4.1 Group H-2 or H-3 mixed occupancies. For
a building containing Group H-2 or H-3 occupancies,
the allowable area shall be determined in accordance
with Section 508.4.2, with the sprinkler system
increase applicable only to the portions of the building
not classified as Group H-2 or H-3.
506.3 Frontage increase. Every building shall adjoin or have
access to a public way to receive an area factor increase based
on frontage. Area factor increase shall be determined in
accordance with Sections 506.3.1 through 506.3.3.
506.3.1 Minimum percentage of perimeter. To qualify
for an area factor increase based on frontage, a building
shall have not less than 25 percent of its perimeter on a
public way or open space. Such open space shall be either
on the same lot or dedicated for public use and shall be
accessed from a street or approved fire lane.
506.3.2 Minimum frontage distance. To qualify for an
area factor increase based on frontage, the public way or
open space adjacent to the building perimeter shall have a
minimum distance (W) of 20 feet (6096 mm) measured at
right angles from the building face to any of the following:
1. The closest interior lot line.
104
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
2. The entire width of a street, alley or public way.
3. The exterior face of an adjacent building on the
same property.
Where the value of W is greater than 30 feet (9144 mm),
a value of 30 feet (9144 mm) shall be used in calculating
the building area increase based on frontage, regardless of
the actual width of the public way or open space. Where
the value of W varies along the perimeter of the building,
the calculation performed in accordance with Equation 5-5
shall be based on the weighted average calculated in
accordance with Equation 5-4.
W = (L1 × w1 + L2 × w2 + L3 × w3…)/F
(Equation 5-4)
where:
W
(Width: weighted average) = Calculated width of
public way or open space (feet).
Ln = Length of a portion of the exterior perimeter wall.
wn = Width (t 20 feet) of a public way or open space
associated with that portion of the exterior perimeter
wall.
F = Building perimeter that fronts on a public way or
open space having a width of 20 feet (6096 mm) or
more.
Exception: Where a building meets the requirements
of Section 507, as applicable, except for compliance
with the minimum 60-foot (18 288 mm) public way or
yard requirement, and the value of W is greater than 30
feet (9144 mm), the value of W shall not exceed 60 feet
(18 288 mm).
506.3.3 Amount of increase. The area factor increase
based on frontage shall be determined in accordance with
Equation 5-5:
If = [F/P - 0.25]W/30
(Equation 5-5)
where:
If = Area factor increase due to frontage.
F = Building perimeter that fronts on a public way or
open space having minimum distance of 20 feet
(6096 mm).
P = Perimeter of entire building (feet).
W = Width of public way or open space (feet) in
accordance with Section 506.3.2.
SECTION 507
UNLIMITED AREA BUILDINGS
507.1 General. The area of buildings of the occupancies and
configurations specified in Sections 507.1 through 507.12
shall not be limited. Basements not more than one story
below grade plane shall be permitted.
507.1.1 Accessory occupancies. Accessory occupancies
shall be permitted in unlimited area buildings in accordance with the provisions of Section 508.2, otherwise the
requirements of Sections 507.3 through 507.13 shall be
applied, where applicable.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
507.2 Measurement of open spaces. Where Sections 507.3
through 507.13 require buildings to be surrounded and
adjoined by public ways and yards, those open spaces shall be
determined as follows:
1. Yards shall be measured from the building perimeter in
all directions to the closest interior lot lines or to the
exterior face of an opposing building located on the
same lot, as applicable.
2 Where the building fronts on a public way, the entire
width of the public way shall be used.
507.2.1 Reduced open space. The public ways or yards of
60 feet (18 288 mm) in width required in Sections 507.3,
507.4, 507.5, 507.6 and 507.12 shall be permitted to be
reduced to not less than 40 feet (12 192 mm) in width provided all of the following requirements are met:
1. The reduced width shall not be allowed for more
than 75 percent of the perimeter of the building.
2. The exterior walls facing the reduced width shall
have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 3 hours.
3. Openings in the exterior walls facing the reduced
width shall have opening protectives with a fire protection rating of not less than 3 hours.
507.3 Nonsprinklered, one-story buildings. The area of a
Group F-2 or S-2 building no more than one story in height
shall not be limited where the building is surrounded and
adjoined by public ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288
mm) in width.
507.4 Sprinklered, one-story buildings. The area of a
Group A-4 building no more than one story above grade
plane of other than Type V construction, or the area of a
Group B, F, M or S building no more than one story above
grade plane of any construction type, shall not be limited
where the building is provided with an automatic sprinkler
system throughout in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and
is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less
than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width.
Exceptions:
1. Buildings and structures of Type I or II construction
for rack storage facilities that do not have access by
the public shall not be limited in height, provided
that such buildings conform to the requirements of
Sections 507.4 and 903.3.1.1 and Chapter 32 of the
International Fire Code.
2. The automatic sprinkler system shall not be required
in areas occupied for indoor participant sports, such
as tennis, skating, swimming and equestrian activities in occupancies in Group A-4, provided that both
of the following criteria are met:
2.1. Exit doors directly to the outside are provided for occupants of the participant
sports areas.
2.2. The building is equipped with a fire alarm
system with manual fire alarm boxes
installed in accordance with Section 907.
105
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
507.4.1 Mixed occupancy buildings with Groups A-1
and A-2. Group A-1 and A-2 occupancies of other than
Type V construction shall be permitted within mixed
occupancy buildings of unlimited area complying with
Section 507.4, provided all of the following criteria are
met:
1. Group A-1 and A-2 occupancies are separated from
other occupancies as required for separated occupancies in Section 508.4.4 with no reduction
allowed in the fire-resistance rating of the separation based upon the installation of an automatic
sprinkler system.
2. Each area of the portions of the building used for
Group A-1 or A-2 occupancies shall not exceed the
maximum allowable area permitted for such occupancies in Section 503.1.
3. Exit doors from Group A-1 and A-2 occupancies
shall discharge directly to the exterior of the building.
507.5 Two-story buildings. The area of a Group B, F, M or S
building no more than two stories above grade plane shall
not be limited where the building is equipped throughout with
an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 and is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or
yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width.
507.6 Group A-3 buildings of Type II construction. The
area of a Group A-3 building no more than one story above
grade plane, used as a place of religious worship, community
hall, dance hall, exhibition hall, gymnasium, lecture hall,
indoor swimming pool or tennis court of Type II construction,
shall not be limited provided all of the following criteria are
met:
1. The building shall not have a stage other than a platform.
2. The building shall be equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1.
3. The building shall be surrounded and adjoined by public
ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in
width.
507.7 Group A-3 buildings of Type III and IV construction. The area of a Group A-3 building of Type III or IV construction, with no more than one story above grade plane and
used as a place of religious worship, community hall, dance
hall, exhibition hall, gymnasium, lecture hall, indoor swimming pool or tennis court, shall not be limited provided all of
the following criteria are met:
1. The building shall not have a stage other than a platform.
2. The building shall be equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1.
3. The assembly floor shall be located at or within 21
inches (533 mm) of street or grade level and all exits
106
are provided with ramps complying with Section 1012
to the street or grade level.
4. The building shall be surrounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in
width.
507.8 Group H-2, H-3 and H-4 occupancies. Group H-2, H3 and H-4 occupancies shall be permitted in unlimited area
buildings containing Group F or S occupancies in accordance
with Sections 507.4 and 507.5 and the provisions of Sections
507.8.1 through 507.8.4.
507.8.1 Allowable area. The aggregate floor area of
Group H occupancies located in an unlimited area building
shall not exceed 10 percent of the area of the building or
the area limitations for the Group H occupancies as specified in Section 506 based on the perimeter of each Group
H floor area that fronts on a public way or open space.
507.8.1.1 Located within the building. The aggregate
floor area of Group H occupancies not located at the
perimeter of the building shall not exceed 25 percent of
the area limitations for the Group H occupancies as
specified in Section 506.
507.8.1.1.1 Liquid use, dispensing and mixing
rooms. Liquid use, dispensing and mixing rooms
having a floor area of not more than 500 square feet
(46.5 m2) need not be located on the outer perimeter
of the building where they are in accordance with
the International Fire Code and NFPA 30.
507.8.1.1.2 Liquid storage rooms. Liquid storage
rooms having a floor area of not more than 1,000
square feet (93 m2) need not be located on the outer
perimeter where they are in accordance with the
International Fire Code and NFPA 30.
507.8.1.1.3 Spray paint booths. Spray paint booths
that comply with the International Fire Code need
not be located on the outer perimeter.
507.8.2 Located on building perimeter. Except as provided for in Section 507.8.1.1, Group H occupancies shall
be located on the perimeter of the building. In Group H-2
and H-3 occupancies, not less than 25 percent of the
perimeter of such occupancies shall be an exterior wall.
507.8.3 Occupancy separations. Group H occupancies
shall be separated from the remainder of the unlimited area
building and from each other in accordance with Table
508.4.
507.8.4 Height limitations. For two-story, unlimited area
buildings, Group H occupancies shall not be located more
than one story above grade plane unless permitted based
on the allowable height and number of stories and feet as
specified in Section 504 based on the type of construction
of the unlimited area building.
507.9 Unlimited mixed occupancy buildings with Group
H-5. The area of a Group B, F, H-5, M or S building no more
than two stories above grade plane shall not be limited where
the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, and is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less than
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
60 feet (18 288 mm) in width, provided all of the following
criteria are met:
sions of Section 508.2, 508.3 or 508.4, or a combination of
these sections.
1. Buildings containing Group H-5 occupancy shall be of
Type I or II construction.
Exceptions:
1. Occupancies separated in accordance with Section
510.
Exception: Where the Group H-5 occupancy
exceeds the maximum allowable area, the Group H5 shall be subdivided into areas that are separated by
2-hour fire barriers.
507.10 Aircraft paint hangar. The area of a Group H-2 aircraft paint hangar no more than one story above grade plane
shall not be limited where such aircraft paint hangar complies
with the provisions of Section 412.6 and is surrounded and
adjoined by public ways or yards not less in width than one
and one-half times the building height.
507.11 Group E buildings. The area of a Group E building
no more than one story above grade plane, of Type II, IIIA or
IV construction, shall not be limited provided all of the following criteria are met:
1. Each classroom shall have not less than two means of
egress, with one of the means of egress being a direct
exit to the outside of the building complying with Section 1022.
2. The building is equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
3. The building is surrounded and adjoined by public
ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in
width.
507.12 Motion picture theaters. In buildings of Type II construction, the area of a motion picture theater located on the
first story above grade plane shall not be limited where the
building is provided with an automatic sprinkler system
throughout in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less than
60 feet (18 288 mm) in width.
507.13 Covered and open mall buildings and anchor
buildings. The area of covered and open mall buildings and
anchor buildings not exceeding three stories in height that
comply with Section 402 shall not be limited.
SECTION 508
MIXED USE AND OCCUPANCY
508.1 General. Each portion of a building shall be individually classified in accordance with Section 302.1. Where a
building contains more than one occupancy group, the building or portion thereof shall comply with the applicable provi-
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
3. Uses within live/work units, complying with Section
419, are not considered separate occupancies.
508.2 Accessory occupancies. Accessory occupancies are
those occupancies that are ancillary to the main occupancy of
the building or portion thereof. Accessory occupancies shall
comply with the provisions of Sections 508.2.1 through
508.2.4.
508.2.1 Occupancy classification. Accessory occupancies shall be individually classified in accordance with
Section 302.1. The requirements of this code shall apply to
each portion of the building based on the occupancy classification of that space.
508.2.2 Allowable building height. The allowable height
and number of stories of the building containing accessory
occupancies shall be in accordance with Section 504 for
the main occupancy of the building.
508.2.3 Allowable building area. The allowable area of
the building shall be based on the applicable provisions of
Section 506 for the main occupancy of the building.
Aggregate accessory occupancies shall not occupy more
than 10 percent of the floor area of the story in which they
are located and shall not exceed the tabular values for nonsprinklered buildings in Table 506.2 for each such accessory occupancy.
508.2.4 Separation of occupancies. No separation is
required between accessory occupancies and the main
occupancy.
¬
3. Each area used for Group H-5 occupancy shall not
exceed the maximum allowable area permitted for such
occupancies in Section 503.1 including modifications
of Section 506.
2. Where required by Table 415.6.2, areas of Group H1, H-2 and H-3 occupancies shall be located in a
detached building or structure.
¬
2. Each area used for Group H-5 occupancy shall be separated from other occupancies as required in Sections
415.11 and 508.4.
Exceptions:
1. Group H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 occupancies shall
be separated from all other occupancies in accordance with Section 508.4.
2. Group I-1, R-1, R-2 and R-3 dwelling units and
sleeping units shall be separated from other
dwelling or sleeping units and from accessory
occupancies contiguous to them in accordance
with the requirements of Section 420.
508.3 Nonseparated occupancies. Buildings or portions of
buildings that comply with the provisions of this section shall
be considered as nonseparated occupancies.
508.3.1 Occupancy classification. Nonseparated occupancies shall be individually classified in accordance with
Section 302.1. The requirements of this code shall apply
to each portion of the building based on the occupancy
classification of that space. In addition, the most restrictive provisions of Chapter 9 that apply to the nonseparated
107
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
occupancies shall apply to the total nonseparated occupancy area. Where nonseparated occupancies occur in a
high-rise building, the most restrictive requirements of
Section 403 that apply to the nonseparated occupancies
shall apply throughout the high-rise building.
508.4.2 Allowable building area. In each story, the building area shall be such that the sum of the ratios of the
actual building area of each separated occupancy divided
by the allowable building area of each separated occupancy shall not exceed 1.
508.3.2 Allowable building area and height. The allowable building area and height of the building or portion
thereof shall be based on the most restrictive allowances
for the occupancy groups under consideration for the type
of construction of the building in accordance with Section
503.1.
508.3.3 Separation. No separation is required between
nonseparated occupancies.
508.4.3 Allowable height. Each separated occupancy
shall comply with the building height limitations based on
the type of construction of the building in accordance with
Section 503.1.
Exception: Special provisions of Section 510 shall permit occupancies at building heights other than provided
in Section 503.1.
508.4.4 Separation. Individual occupancies shall be separated from adjacent occupancies in accordance with Table
508.4.
Exceptions:
1. Group H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 occupancies shall
be separated from all other occupancies in accordance with Section 508.4.
2. Group I-1, R-1, R-2 and R-3 dwelling units and
sleeping units shall be separated from other
dwelling or sleeping units and from other occupancies contiguous to them in accordance with
the requirements of Section 420.
508.4 Separated occupancies. Buildings or portions of
buildings that comply with the provisions of this section shall
be considered as separated occupancies.
508.4.1 Occupancy classification. Separated occupancies
shall be individually classified in accordance with Section
302.1. Each separated space shall comply with this code
based on the occupancy classification of that portion of the
building.
508.4.4.1 Construction. Required separations shall be
fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section
707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance
with Section 711, or both, so as to completely separate
adjacent occupancies.
SECTION 509
INCIDENTAL USES
509.1 General Incidental uses located within single occupancy or mixed occupancy buildings shall comply with the
provisions of this section. Incidental uses are ancillary functions associated with a given occupancy that generally pose a
greater level of risk to that occupancy and are limited to those
uses listed in Table 509.
Exception: Incidental uses within and serving a dwelling
unit are not required to comply with this section.
TABLE 508.4
REQUIRED SEPARATION OF OCCUPANCIES (HOURS)
I-1a, I-3, I-4
A, E
OCCUPANCY
Ra
I-2
F-2, S-2b, U
Be, F-1, M,
S-1
H-1
H-2
H-3, H-4
H-5
S
NS
S
NS
S
NS
S
NS
S
NS
S
NS
S
NS
S
NS
S
NS
S
NS
A, E
N
N
1
2
2
NP
1
2
N
1
1
2
NP
NP
3
4
2
3
2
NP
I-1a, I-3, I-4
—
—
N
N
2
NP
1
NP
1
2
1
2
NP
NP
3
NP
2
NP
2
NP
I-2
—
—
—
—
N
N
2
NP
2
NP
2
NP
NP
NP
3
NP
2
NP
2
NP
a
c
c
1
2
NP
NP
3
NP
2
NP
2
NP
N
1
2
NP
NP
3
4
2
3
2
NP
R
—
—
—
—
—
—
N
N
1
F-2, S-2b, U
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
N
2
e
B , F-1, M, S-1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
N
N
NP
NP
2
3
1
2
1
NP
H-1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
N
NP
NP
NP
NP
NP
NP
NP
H-2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
N
NP
1
NP
1
NP
H-3, H-4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1d
NP
1
NP
H-5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
N
NP
S = Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
NS = Buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
N = No separation requirement.
NP = Not permitted.
a See Section 420.
b. The required separation from areas used only for private or pleasure vehicles shall be reduced by 1 hour but not to less than 1 hour.
c. See Section 406.3.4.
d. Separation is not required between occupancies of the same classification.
e. See Section 422.2 for ambulatory care facilities.
108
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
509.2 Occupancy classification. Incidental uses shall not be
individually classified in accordance with Section 302.1.
Incidental uses shall be included in the building occupancies
within which they are located.
509.3 Area limitations. Incidental uses shall not occupy
more than 10 percent of the building area of the story in
which they are located.
509.4 Separation and protection. The incidental uses listed
in Table 509 shall be separated from the remainder of the
building or equipped with an automatic sprinkler system, or
both, in accordance with the provisions of that table.
509.4.1 Separation. Where Table 509 specifies a fireresistance-rated separation, the incidental uses shall be
separated from the remainder of the building by a fire barrier constructed in accordance with Section 707 or a horizontal assembly constructed in accordance with Section
711, or both. Construction supporting 1-hour fire barriers
or horizontal assemblies used for incidental use separations in buildings of Type IIB, IIIB and VB construction is
not required to be fire-resistance rated unless required by
other sections of this code.
509.4.2 Protection. Where Table 509 permits an automatic sprinkler system without a fire barrier, the incidental uses shall be separated from the remainder of the
building by construction capable of resisting the passage
of smoke. The walls shall extend from the top of the foundation or floor assembly below to the underside of the
ceiling that is a component of a fire-resistance-rated floor
assembly or roof assembly above or to the underside of the
floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab above. Doors shall be
self- or automatic-closing upon detection of smoke in
accordance with Section 716.5.9.3. Doors shall not have
air transfer openings and shall not be undercut in excess of
the clearance permitted in accordance with NFPA 80.
Walls surrounding the incidental use shall not have air
transfer openings unless provided with smoke dampers in
accordance with Section 710.8.
TABLE 509
INCIDENTAL USES
ROOM OR AREA
Furnace room where any piece of equipment is over 400,000 Btu per
hour input
Rooms with boilers where the largest piece of equipment is over 15
psi and 10 horsepower
Refrigerant machinery room
Hydrogen fuel gas rooms, not classified as Group H
Incinerator rooms
Paint shops, not classified as Group H, located in occupancies other
than Group F
In Group E occupancies, laboratories and vocational shops not classified as Group H
In Group I-2 occupancies, laboratories not classified as Group H
In ambulatory care facilities, laboratories not classified as Group H
Laundry rooms over 100 square feet
In Group I-2, laundry rooms over 100 square feet
Group I-3 cells and Group I-2 patient rooms equipped with padded
surfaces
In Group I-2, physical plant maintenance shops
In ambulatory care facilities or Group I-2 occupancies, waste and
linen collection rooms with containers that have an aggregate volume
of 10 cubic feet or greater
In other than ambulatory care facilities and Group I-2 occupancies,
waste and linen collection rooms over 100 square feet
In ambulatory care facilities or Group I-2 occupancies, storage rooms
greater than 100 square feet
Stationary storage battery systems having a liquid electrolyte capacity
of more than 50 gallons for flooded lead-acid, nickel cadmium or
VRLA, or more than 1,000 pounds for lithium-ion and lithium metal
polymer used for facility standby power, emergency power or
uninterruptable power supplies
SEPARATION AND/OR PROTECTION
1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system
1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system
1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system
1 hour in Group B, F, M, S and U occupancies; 2 hours in Group A, E,
I and R occupancies.
2 hours and provide automatic sprinkler system
2 hours; or 1 hour and provide automatic sprinkler system
1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system
1 hour and provide automatic sprinkler system
1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system
1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system
1 hour
1 hour
1 hour
1 hour
1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system
1 hour
1 hour in Group B, F, M, S and U occupancies; 2 hours in Group A, E,
I and R occupancies.
For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 pound per square inch (psi) = 6.9 kPa, 1 British thermal unit (Btu) per hour = 0.293 watts, 1 horsepower = 746 watts, 1
gallon = 3.785 L, 1 cubic foot = 0.0283 m3.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
109
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
509.4.2.1 Protection limitation. Where an automatic
sprinkler system is provided in accordance with Table
509, only the space occupied by the incidental use need
be equipped with such a system.
SECTION 510
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
510.1 General. The provisions in Sections 510.2 through
510.9 shall permit the use of special conditions that are
exempt from, or modify, the specific requirements of this
chapter regarding the allowable building heights and areas of
buildings based on the occupancy classification and type of
construction, provided the special condition complies with
the provisions specified in this section for such condition and
other applicable requirements of this code. The provisions of
Sections 510.2 through 510.8 are to be considered independent and separate from each other.
510.2 Horizontal building separation allowance. A building shall be considered as separate and distinct buildings for
the purpose of determining area limitations, continuity of fire
walls, limitation of number of stories and type of construction
where all of the following conditions are met:
¬
1. The buildings are separated with a horizontal assembly
having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 3 hours.
2. The building below the horizontal assembly is of Type
IA construction.
3. Shaft, stairway, ramp and escalator enclosures through
the horizontal assembly shall have not less than a 2hour fire-resistance rating with opening protectives in
accordance with Section 716.5.
Exception: Where the enclosure walls below the
horizontal assembly have not less than a 3-hour fireresistance rating with opening protectives in accordance with Section 716.5, the enclosure walls
extending above the horizontal assembly shall be
permitted to have a 1-hour fire-resistance rating,
provided:
1. The building above the horizontal assembly is
not required to be of Type I construction;
2. The enclosure connects fewer than four stories; and
3. The enclosure opening protectives above the
horizontal assembly have a fire protection rating of not less than 1 hour.
4. The building or buildings above the horizontal assembly shall be permitted to have multiple Group A occupancy uses, each with an occupant load of less 300, or
Group B, M, R or S occupancies.
5. The building below the horizontal assembly shall be
protected throughout by an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, and
shall be permitted to be any occupancy allowed by this
code except Group H.
110
6. The maximum building height in feet (mm) shall not
exceed the limits set forth in Section 504.3 for the
building having the smaller allowable height as measured from the grade plane.
510.3 Group S-2 enclosed parking garage with Group S-2
open parking garage above. A Group S-2 enclosed parking
garage with not more than one story above grade plane and
located below a Group S-2 open parking garage shall be classified as a separate and distinct building for the purpose of
determining the type of construction where all of the following conditions are met:
1. The allowable area of the building shall be such that the
sum of the ratios of the actual area divided by the
allowable area for each separate occupancy shall not
exceed 1.
2. The Group S-2 enclosed parking garage is of Type I or
II construction and is at least equal to the fire-resistance requirements of the Group S-2 open parking
garage.
3. The height and the number of tiers of the Group S-2
open parking garage shall be limited as specified in
Table 406.5.4.
4. The floor assembly separating the Group S-2 enclosed
parking garage and Group S-2 open parking garage
shall be protected as required for the floor assembly of
the Group S-2 enclosed parking garage. Openings
between the Group S-2 enclosed parking garage and
Group S-2 open parking garage, except exit openings,
shall not be required to be protected.
5. The Group S-2 enclosed parking garage is used exclusively for the parking or storage of private motor vehicles, but shall be permitted to contain an office, waiting
room and toilet room having a total area of not more
than 1,000 square feet (93 m2) and mechanical equipment rooms incidental to the operation of the building.
510.4 Parking beneath Group R. Where a maximum one
story above grade plane Group S-2 parking garage, enclosed
or open, or combination thereof, of Type I construction or
open of Type IV construction, with grade entrance, is provided under a building of Group R, the number of stories to
be used in determining the minimum type of construction
shall be measured from the floor above such a parking area.
The floor assembly between the parking garage and the
Group R above shall comply with the type of construction
required for the parking garage and shall also provide a fireresistance rating not less than the mixed occupancy separation required in Section 508.4.
510.5 Group R-1 and R-2 buildings of Type IIIA construction. The height limitation for buildings of Type IIIA
construction in Groups R-1 and R-2 shall be increased to six
stories and 75 feet (22 860 mm) where the first floor assembly above the basement has a fire-resistance rating of not less
than 3 hours and the floor area is subdivided by 2-hour fireresistance-rated fire walls into areas of not more than 3,000
square feet (279 m2).
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
510.6 Group R-1 and R-2 buildings of Type IIA construction. The height limitation for buildings of Type IIA construction in Groups R-1 and R-2 shall be increased to nine
stories and 100 feet (30 480 mm) where the building is separated by not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from any other
building on the lot and from lot lines, the exits are segregated
in an area enclosed by a 2-hour fire-resistance-rated fire wall
and the first floor assembly has a fire-resistance rating of not
less than 11/2 hours.
510.7 Open parking garage beneath Groups A, I, B, M
and R. Open parking garages constructed under Groups A, I,
B, M and R shall not exceed the height and area limitations
permitted under Section 406.5. The height and area of the
portion of the building above the open parking garage shall
not exceed the limitations in Section 503 for the upper occupancy. The height, in both feet and stories, of the portion of
the building above the open parking garage shall be measured from grade plane and shall include both the open parking garage and the portion of the building above the parking
garage.
510.7.1 Fire separation. Fire barriers constructed in
accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711 between the parking occupancy and the upper occupancy shall correspond
to the required fire-resistance rating prescribed in Table
508.4 for the uses involved. The type of construction shall
apply to each occupancy individually, except that structural members, including main bracing within the open
parking structure, which is necessary to support the upper
occupancy, shall be protected with the more restrictive
fire-resistance-rated assemblies of the groups involved as
shown in Table 601. Means of egress for the upper occupancy shall conform to Chapter 10 and shall be separated
from the parking occupancy by fire barriers having not
less than a 2-hour fire-resistance rating as required by
Section 707 with self-closing doors complying with Section 716 or horizontal assemblies having not less than a 2hour fire-resistance rating as required by Section 711,
with self-closing doors complying with Section 716.
Means of egress from the open parking garage shall comply with Section 406.5.
4. The building below the horizontal assembly is of Type
IA construction.
Exception: The building below the horizontal
assembly shall be permitted to be of Type IB or II
construction, but not less than the type of construction required for the Group S-2 open parking garage
above, where the building below is not greater than
one story in height above grade plane.
5. The height and area of the building below the horizontal assembly does not exceed the limits set forth in Section 503.
6. The height and area of the Group S-2 open parking
garage does not exceed the limits set forth in Section
406.5. The height, in both feet and stories, of the Group
S-2 open parking garage shall be measured from grade
plane and shall include the building below the horizontal assembly.
7. Exits serving the Group S-2 open parking garage discharge directly to a street or public way and are separated from the building below the horizontal assembly
by 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with
Section 707 or 2-hour horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both.
510.9 Multiple buildings above a horizontal assembly.
Where two or more buildings are provided above the horizontal assembly separating a Group S-2 parking garage or building below from the buildings above in accordance with the
special provisions in Section 510.2, 510.3 or 510.8, the buildings above the horizontal assembly shall be regarded as separate and distinct buildings from each other and shall comply
with all other provisions of this code as applicable to each
separate and distinct building.
510.8 Group B or M buildings with Group S-2 open parking garage above. Group B or M occupancies located below
a Group S-2 open parking garage of a lesser type of construction shall be considered as a separate and distinct building
from the Group S-2 open parking garage for the purpose of
determining the type of construction where all of the following conditions are met:
1. The buildings are separated with a horizontal assembly
having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours.
2. The occupancies in the building below the horizontal
assembly are limited to Groups B and M.
3. The occupancy above the horizontal assembly is limited to a Group S-2 open parking garage.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
111
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
112
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
CHAPTER 6
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 601
GENERAL
601.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall control the
classification of buildings as to type of construction.
602.2 Types I and II. Types I and II construction are those
types of construction in which the building elements listed in
Table 601 are of noncombustible materials, except as permitted in Section 603 and elsewhere in this code.
602.3 Type III. Type III construction is that type of construction in which the exterior walls are of noncombustible materials and the interior building elements are of any material
permitted by this code. Fire-retardant-treated wood framing
complying with Section 2303.2 shall be permitted within
exterior wall assemblies of a 2-hour rating or less.
SECTION 602
CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION
602.1 General. Buildings and structures erected or to be
erected, altered or extended in height or area shall be classified in one of the five construction types defined in Sections
602.2 through 602.5. The building elements shall have a fireresistance rating not less than that specified in Table 601 and
exterior walls shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than
that specified in Table 602. Where required to have a fireresistance rating by Table 601, building elements shall comply with the applicable provisions of Section 703.2. The protection of openings, ducts and air transfer openings in
building elements shall not be required unless required by
other provisions of this code.
602.4 Type IV. Type IV construction (Heavy Timber, HT) is
that type of construction in which the exterior walls are of
noncombustible materials and the interior building elements
are of solid or laminated wood without concealed spaces. The
details of Type IV construction shall comply with the provisions of this section and Section 2304.11. Exterior walls complying with Section 602.4.1 or 602.4.2 shall be permitted.
Minimum solid sawn nominal dimensions are required for
structures built using Type IV construction (HT). For gluedlaminated members and structural composite lumber (SCL)
members, the equivalent net finished width and depths corresponding to the minimum nominal width and depths of solid
sawn lumber are required as specified in Table 602.4. Crosslaminated timber (CLT) dimensions used in this section are
actual dimensions.
602.1.1 Minimum requirements. A building or portion
thereof shall not be required to conform to the details of a
type of construction higher than that type which meets the
minimum requirements based on occupancy even though
certain features of such a building actually conform to a
higher type of construction.
TABLE 601
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS (HOURS)
BUILDING ELEMENT
f
TYPE I
TYPE II
TYPE III
TYPE IV
TYPE V
A
B
A
B
A
B
HT
A
B
a
a
Primary structural frame (see Section 202)
3
2
1
0
1
0
HT
1
0
Bearing walls
Exteriore, f
Interior
3
3a
2
2a
1
1
0
0
2
1
2
0
2
1/HT
1
1
0
0
Nonbearing walls and partitions
Exterior
See Table 602
0
0
0
0
0
0
See
Section
602.4.6
0
0
Floor construction and associated secondary members
(see Section 202)
2
2
1
0
1
0
HT
1
0
Roof construction and associated secondary members
(see Section 202)
11/2b
1b,c
1b,c
0c
1b,c
0
HT
1b,c
0
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
a. Roof supports: Fire-resistance ratings of primary structural frame and bearing walls are permitted to be reduced by 1 hour where supporting a roof only.
b. Except in Group F-1, H, M and S-1 occupancies, fire protection of structural members shall not be required, including protection of roof framing and decking
where every part of the roof construction is 20 feet or more above any floor immediately below. Fire-retardant-treated wood members shall be allowed to be
used for such unprotected members.
c. In all occupancies, heavy timber shall be allowed where a 1-hour or less fire-resistance rating is required.
d. Not less than the fire-resistance rating required by other sections of this code.
e. Not less than the fire-resistance rating based on fire separation distance (see Table 602).
f. Not less than the fire-resistance rating as referenced in Section 704.10.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
¬
Nonbearing walls and partitions
Interiord
113
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
not less than 8 inches (203 mm) nominal in depth where
supporting roof and ceiling loads only. Columns shall be
continuous or superimposed and connected in an approved
manner. Protection in accordance with Section 704.2 is not
required.
602.4.1 Fire-retardant-treated wood in exterior walls.
Fire-retardant-treated wood framing complying with Section 2303.2 shall be permitted within exterior wall assemblies with a 2-hour rating or less.
602.4.2 Cross-laminated timber in exterior walls.
Cross-laminated timber complying with Section 2303.1.4
shall be permitted within exterior wall assemblies with a
2-hour rating or less, provided the exterior surface of the
cross-laminated timber is protected by one the following:
1. Fire-retardant-treated wood sheathing complying
with Section 2303.2 and not less than 15/32 inch (12
mm) thick;
602.4.4 Floor framing. Wood beams and girders shall be
of sawn or glued-laminated timber and shall be not less
than 6 inches (152 mm) nominal in width and not less than
10 inches (254 mm) nominal in depth. Framed sawn or
glued-laminated timber arches, which spring from the
floor line and support floor loads, shall be not less than 8
inches (203 mm) nominal in any dimension. Framed timber trusses supporting floor loads shall have members of
not less than 8 inches (203 mm) nominal in any dimension.
602.4.5 Roof framing. Wood-frame or glued-laminated
arches for roof construction, which spring from the floor
line or from grade and do not support floor loads, shall
have members not less than 6 inches (152 mm) nominal in
width and have not less than 8 inches (203 mm) nominal
in depth for the lower half of the height and not less than 6
2. Gypsum board not less than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm)
thick; or
3. A noncombustible material.
602.4.3 Columns. Wood columns shall be sawn or glued
laminated and shall be not less than 8 inches (203 mm),
nominal, in any dimension where supporting floor loads
and not less than 6 inches (152 mm) nominal in width and
TABLE 602
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR WALLS BASED ON FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCEa, d, g
¬
FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE =
X (feet)
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
OCCUPANCY GROUP He
OCCUPANCY
GROUP F-1, M, S-1f
OCCUPANCY
GROUP A, B, E, F-2, I, R, S-2, Uh
X < 5b
All
3
2
1
5 d X < 10
IA
Others
3
2
2
1
1
1
10 d X < 30
IA, IB
IIB, VB
Others
2
1
1
1
0
1
1c
0
1c
X t 30
All
0
0
0
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
a. Load-bearing exterior walls shall also comply with the fire-resistance rating requirements of Table 601.
b. See Section 706.1.1 for party walls.
c. Open parking garages complying with Section 406 shall not be required to have a fire-resistance rating.
d. The fire-resistance rating of an exterior wall is determined based upon the fire separation distance of the exterior wall and the story in which the wall is
located.
e. For special requirements for Group H occupancies, see Section 415.6.
f. For special requirements for Group S aircraft hangars, see Section 412.4.1.
g. Where Table 705.8 permits nonbearing exterior walls with unlimited area of unprotected openings, the required fire-resistance rating for the exterior walls is
0 hours.
h. For a building containing only a Group U occupancy private garage or carport, the exterior wall shall not be required to have a fire-resistance rating where the
fire separation distance is 5 feet (1523 mm) or greater.
TABLE 602.4
WOOD MEMBER SIZE EQUIVALENCIES
MINIMUM NOMINAL SOLID
SAWN SIZE
MINIMUM GLUED-LAMINATED
NET SIZE
MINIMUM STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER
NET SIZE
Width, inch
Depth, inch
Width, inch
Depth, inch
Width, inch
Depth, inch
8
8
63/4
81/4
7
71/2
6
10
5
101/2
51/4
91/2
1
1
6
8
5
8 /4
5 /4
71/2
6
6
5
6
51/4
51/2
3
7
1
51/2
4
6
6 /8
3 /2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
114
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
inches (152 mm) nominal in depth for the upper half.
Framed or glued-laminated arches for roof construction
that spring from the top of walls or wall abutments, framed
timber trusses and other roof framing, which do not support floor loads, shall have members not less than 4 inches
(102 mm) nominal in width and not less than 6 inches (152
mm) nominal in depth. Spaced members shall be permitted to be composed of two or more pieces not less than 3
inches (76 mm) nominal in thickness where blocked solidly throughout their intervening spaces or where spaces
are tightly closed by a continuous wood cover plate of not
less than 2 inches (51 mm) nominal in thickness secured to
the underside of the members. Splice plates shall be not
less than 3 inches (76 mm) nominal in thickness. Where
protected by approved automatic sprinklers under the roof
deck, framing members shall be not less than 3 inches (76
mm) nominal in width.
602.4.6 Floors. Floors shall be without concealed spaces.
Wood floors shall be constructed in accordance with Section 602.4.6.1 or 602.4.6.2.
602.4.6.1 Sawn or glued-laminated plank floors.
Sawn or glued-laminated plank floors shall be one of
the following:
1. Sawn or glued-laminated planks, splined or
tongue-and-groove, of not less than 3 inches (76
mm) nominal in thickness covered with 1-inch
(25 mm) nominal dimension tongue-and-groove
flooring, laid crosswise or diagonally, 15/32-inch
(12 mm) wood structural panel or 1/2-inch (12.7
mm) particleboard.
2. Planks not less than 4 inches (102 mm) nominal
in width set on edge close together and well
spiked and covered with 1-inch (25 mm) nominal
dimension flooring or 15/32-inch (12 mm) wood
structural panel or 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) particleboard.
The lumber shall be laid so that no continuous line of
joints will occur except at points of support. Floors
shall not extend closer than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) to walls.
Such 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) space shall be covered by a
molding fastened to the wall and so arranged that it will
not obstruct the swelling or shrinkage movements of
the floor. Corbelling of masonry walls under the floor
shall be permitted to be used in place of molding.
602.4.6.2 Cross-laminated timber floors. Cross-laminated timber shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm) in
thickness. Cross-laminated timber shall be continuous
from support to support and mechanically fastened to
one another. Cross-laminated timber shall be permitted
to be connected to walls without a shrinkage gap providing swelling or shrinking is considered in the
design. Corbelling of masonry walls under the floor
shall be permitted to be used.
602.4.7 Roofs. Roofs shall be without concealed spaces
and wood roof decks shall be sawn or glued laminated,
splined or tongue-and-groove plank, not less than 2 inches
(51 mm) nominal in thickness; 11/8-inch-thick (32 mm)
wood structural panel (exterior glue); planks not less than
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
3 inches (76 mm) nominal in width, set on edge close
together and laid as required for floors; or of cross-laminated timber. Other types of decking shall be permitted to
be used if providing equivalent fire resistance and structural properties.
Cross-laminated timber roofs shall be not less than 3
inches (76 mm) nominal in thickness and shall be continuous from support to support and mechanically fastened to
one another.
602.4.8 Partitions and walls. Partitions and walls shall
comply with Section 602.4.8.1 or 602.4.8.2.
602.4.8.1 Interior walls and partitions. Interior walls
and partitions shall be of solid wood construction
formed by not less than two layers of 1-inch (25 mm)
matched boards or laminated construction 4 inches
(102 mm) thick, or of 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction.
602.4.8.2 Exterior walls. Exterior walls shall be of one
of the following:
1. Noncombustible materials.
2. Not less than 6 inches (152 mm) in thickness and
constructed of one of the following:
2.1. Fire-retardant-treated wood in accordance with Section 2303.2 and complying
with Section 602.4.1.
2.2. Cross-laminated timber complying with
Section 602.4.2.
602.4.9 Exterior structural members. Where a horizontal separation of 20 feet (6096 mm) or more is provided,
wood columns and arches conforming to heavy timber
sizes shall be permitted to be used externally.
602.5 Type V. Type V construction is that type of construction in which the structural elements, exterior walls and interior walls are of any materials permitted by this code.
SECTION 603
COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL IN
TYPES I AND II CONSTRUCTION
603.1 Allowable materials. Combustible materials shall be
permitted in buildings of Type I or II construction in the following applications and in accordance with Sections 603.1.1
through 603.1.3:
1. Fire-retardant-treated wood shall be permitted in:
1.1. Nonbearing partitions where the required fireresistance rating is 2 hours or less.
1.2. Nonbearing exterior walls where fire-resistance-rated construction is not required.
1.3. Roof construction, including girders, trusses,
framing and decking.
Exception: In buildings of Type IA construction exceeding two stories above
grade plane, fire-retardant-treated wood is
not permitted in roof construction where
115
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
the vertical distance from the upper floor to
the roof is less than 20 feet (6096 mm).
19. Heavy timber as permitted by Note c to Table 601 and
Sections 602.4.7 and 1406.3.
2. Thermal and acoustical insulation, other than foam
plastics, having a flame spread index of not more than
25.
20. Aggregates, component materials and admixtures as
permitted by Section 703.2.2.
Exceptions:
1. Insulation placed between two layers of
noncombustible materials without an intervening airspace shall be allowed to have a
flame spread index of not more than 100.
2. Insulation installed between a finished
floor and solid decking without intervening
airspace shall be allowed to have a flame
spread index of not more than 200.
3. Foam plastics in accordance with Chapter 26.
4. Roof coverings that have an A, B or C classification.
5. Interior floor finish and floor covering materials
installed in accordance with Section 804.
6. Millwork such as doors, door frames, window sashes
and frames.
7. Interior wall and ceiling finishes installed in accordance with Sections 801 and 803.
8. Trim installed in accordance with Section 806.
9. Where not installed greater than 15 feet (4572 mm)
above grade, show windows, nailing or furring strips
and wooden bulkheads below show windows, including their frames, aprons and show cases.
10. Finish flooring installed in accordance with Section
805.
11. Partitions dividing portions of stores, offices or similar places occupied by one tenant only and that do not
establish a corridor serving an occupant load of 30 or
more shall be permitted to be constructed of fireretardant-treated wood, 1-hour fire-resistance-rated
construction or of wood panels or similar light construction up to 6 feet (1829 mm) in height.
21. Sprayed fire-resistant materials and intumescent and
mastic fire-resistant coatings, determined on the basis
of fire resistance tests in accordance with Section
703.2 and installed in accordance with Sections
1705.14 and 1705.15, respectively.
22. Materials used to protect penetrations in fire-resistance-rated assemblies in accordance with Section
714.
23. Materials used to protect joints in fire-resistance-rated
assemblies in accordance with Section 715.
24. Materials allowed in the concealed spaces of buildings of Types I and II construction in accordance with
Section 718.5.
25. Materials exposed within plenums complying with
Section 602 of the International Mechanical Code.
26. Wall construction of freezers and coolers of less than
1,000 square feet (92.9 m2), in size, lined on both
sides with noncombustible materials and the building
is protected throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
603.1.1 Ducts. The use of nonmetallic ducts shall be permitted where installed in accordance with the limitations
of the International Mechanical Code.
603.1.2 Piping. The use of combustible piping materials
shall be permitted where installed in accordance with the
limitations of the International Mechanical Code and the
International Plumbing Code.
603.1.3 Electrical. The use of electrical wiring methods
with combustible insulation, tubing, raceways and related
components shall be permitted where installed in accordance with the limitations of this code.
12. Stages and platforms constructed in accordance with
Sections 410.3 and 410.4, respectively.
13. Combustible exterior wall coverings, balconies and
similar projections and bay or oriel windows in accordance with Chapter 14.
14. Blocking such as for handrails, millwork, cabinets
and window and door frames.
15. Light-transmitting plastics as permitted by Chapter
26.
16. Mastics and caulking materials applied to provide
flexible seals between components of exterior wall
construction.
17. Exterior plastic veneer installed in accordance with
Section 2605.2.
18. Nailing or furring strips as permitted by Section
803.13.
116
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
CHAPTER 7
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
SECTION 701
GENERAL
701.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the
materials, systems and assemblies used for structural fire
resistance and fire-resistance-rated construction separation of
adjacent spaces to safeguard against the spread of fire and
smoke within a building and the spread of fire to or from
buildings.
701.2 Multiple use fire assemblies. Fire assemblies that
serve multiple purposes in a building shall comply with all of
the requirements that are applicable for each of the individual
fire assemblies.
SECTION 702
DEFINITIONS
702.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2:
L RATING.
MEMBRANE PENETRATION.
MEMBRANE-PENETRATION FIRESTOP.
MEMBRANE-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM.
MINERAL FIBER.
MINERAL WOOL.
PENETRATION FIRESTOP.
SELF-CLOSING.
SHAFT.
SHAFT ENCLOSURE.
SMOKE BARRIER.
SMOKE COMPARTMENT.
SMOKE DAMPER.
SPLICE.
ANNULAR SPACE.
T RATING.
BUILDING ELEMENT.
THROUGH PENETRATION.
CEILING RADIATION DAMPER.
THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM.
COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER.
SECTION 703
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS AND FIRE TESTS
703.1 Scope. Materials prescribed herein for fire resistance
shall conform to the requirements of this chapter.
CORRIDOR DAMPER.
DAMPER.
DRAFTSTOP
F RATING.
703.2 Fire-resistance ratings. The fire-resistance rating of
building elements, components or assemblies shall be determined in accordance with the test procedures set forth in
ASTM E119 or UL 263 or in accordance with Section 703.3.
The fire-resistance rating of penetrations and fire-resistant
joint systems shall be determined in accordance Sections 714
and 715, respectively.
FIRE BARRIER.
FIRE DAMPER.
FIRE DOOR.
FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY.
FIRE PARTITION.
FIRE PROTECTION RATING.
FIRE-RATED GLAZING.
FIRE RESISTANCE.
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING.
FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEM.
FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE.
FIRE WALL.
FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY.
FIREBLOCKING.
FLOOR FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY.
HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY.
JOINT.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
703.2.1 Nonsymmetrical wall construction. Interior
walls and partitions of nonsymmetrical construction shall
be tested with both faces exposed to the furnace, and the
assigned fire-resistance rating shall be the shortest duration obtained from the two tests conducted in compliance
with ASTM E119 or UL 263. Where evidence is furnished
to show that the wall was tested with the least fire-resistant
side exposed to the furnace, subject to acceptance of the
building official, the wall need not be subjected to tests
from the opposite side (see Section 705.5 for exterior
walls).
703.2.2 Combustible components. Combustible aggregates are permitted in gypsum and Portland cement concrete mixtures for fire-resistance-rated construction. Any
component material or admixture is permitted in assemblies if the resulting tested assembly meets the fire-resistance test requirements of this code.
117
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
703.2.3 Restrained classification. Fire-resistance-rated
assemblies tested under ASTM E119 or UL 263 shall not
be considered to be restrained unless evidence satisfactory
to the building official is furnished by the registered
design professional showing that the construction qualifies
for a restrained classification in accordance with ASTM
E119 or UL 263. Restrained construction shall be identified on the construction documents.
703.2.4 Supplemental features. Where materials, systems or devices that have not been tested as part of a fireresistance-rated assembly are incorporated into the building element, component or assembly, sufficient data shall
be made available to the building official to show that the
required fire-resistance rating is not reduced.
703.2.5 Exterior bearing walls. In determining the fireresistance rating of exterior bearing walls, compliance
with the ASTM E119 or UL 263 criteria for unexposed
surface temperature rise and ignition of cotton waste due
to passage of flame or gases is required only for a period
of time corresponding to the required fire-resistance rating of an exterior nonbearing wall with the same fire separation distance, and in a building of the same group.
Where the fire-resistance rating determined in accordance
with this exception exceeds the fire-resistance rating
determined in accordance with ASTM E119 or UL 263,
the fire exposure time period, water pressure and application duration criteria for the hose stream test of ASTM
E119 or UL 263 shall be based on the fire-resistance rating determined in accordance with this section.
703.3 Methods for determining fire resistance. The application of any of the methods listed in this section shall be
based on the fire exposure and acceptance criteria specified in
ASTM E119 or UL 263. The required fire resistance of a
building element, component or assembly shall be permitted
to be established by any of the following methods or procedures:
1. Fire-resistance designs documented in approved
sources.
2. Prescriptive designs of fire-resistance-rated building
elements, components or assemblies as prescribed in
Section 721.
3. Calculations in accordance with Section 722.
dures and acceptance criteria specified in ASTM E119 or UL
263. However, this section shall not prohibit or limit the
duties and powers of the building official allowed by Sections
104.10 and 104.11.
703.5 Noncombustibility tests. The tests indicated in Sections 703.5.1 and 703.5.2 shall serve as criteria for acceptance of building materials as set forth in Sections 602.2,
602.3 and 602.4 in Type I, II, III and IV construction. The
term “noncombustible” does not apply to the flame spread
characteristics of interior finish or trim materials. A material
shall not be classified as a noncombustible building construction material if it is subject to an increase in combustibility or
flame spread beyond the limitations herein established
through the effects of age, moisture or other atmospheric conditions.
703.5.1 Elementary materials. Materials required to be
noncombustible shall be tested in accordance with ASTM
E136.
703.5.2 Composite materials. Materials having a structural base of noncombustible material as determined in
accordance with Section 703.5.1 with a surfacing not more
than 0.125 inch (3.18 mm) thick that has a flame spread
index not greater than 50 when tested in accordance with
ASTM E84 or UL 723 shall be acceptable as noncombustible materials.
703.6 Fire-resistance-rated glazing. Fire-resistance-rated
glazing, when tested in accordance with ASTM E119 or UL
263 and complying with the requirements of Section 707,
shall be permitted. Fire-resistance-rated glazing shall bear a
label marked in accordance with Table 716.3 issued by an
agency and shall be permanently identified on the glazing.
703.7 Marking and identification. Where there is an accessible concealed floor, floor-ceiling or attic space, fire walls,
fire barriers, fire partitions, smoke barriers and smoke partitions or any other wall required to have protected openings or
penetrations shall be effectively and permanently identified
with signs or stenciling in the concealed space. Such identification shall:
1. Be located within 15 feet (4572 mm) of the end of each
wall and at intervals not exceeding 30 feet (9144 mm)
measured horizontally along the wall or partition.
4. Engineering analysis based on a comparison of building element, component or assemblies designs having
fire-resistance ratings as determined by the test procedures set forth in ASTM E119 or UL 263.
2. Include lettering not less than 3 inches (76 mm) in
height with a minimum 3/8-inch (9.5 mm) stroke in a
contrasting color incorporating the suggested wording,
“FIRE AND/OR SMOKE BARRIER—PROTECT
ALL OPENINGS,” or other wording.
5. Alternative protection methods as allowed by Section
104.11.
6. Fire-resistance designs certified by an approved
agency.
703.4 Automatic sprinklers. Under the prescriptive fireresistance requirements of this code, the fire-resistance rating
of a building element, component or assembly shall be established without the use of automatic sprinklers or any other
fire suppression system being incorporated as part of the
assembly tested in accordance with the fire exposure, proce-
SECTION 704
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
704.1 Requirements. The fire-resistance ratings of structural members and assemblies shall comply with this section
and the requirements for the type of construction as specified
in Table 601. The fire-resistance ratings shall be not less than
the ratings required for the fire-resistance-rated assemblies
supported by the structural members.
118
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
Exception: Fire barriers, fire partitions, smoke barriers
and horizontal assemblies as provided in Sections 707.5,
708.4, 709.4 and 711.2, respectively.
704.2 Column protection. Where columns are required to
have protection to achieve a fire-resistance rating, the entire
column shall be provided individual encasement protection
by protecting it on all sides for the full column height, including connections to other structural members, with materials
having the required fire-resistance rating. Where the column
extends through a ceiling, the encasement protection shall be
continuous from the top of the foundation or floor/ceiling
assembly below through the ceiling space to the top of the
column.
704.3 Protection of the primary structural frame other
than columns. Members of the primary structural frame
other than columns that are required to have protection to
achieve a fire-resistance rating and support more than two
floors or one floor and roof, or support a load-bearing wall or
a nonload-bearing wall more than two stories high, shall be
provided individual encasement protection by protecting
them on all sides for the full length, including connections to
other structural members, with materials having the required
fire-resistance rating.
Exception: Individual encasement protection on all sides
shall be permitted on all exposed sides provided the extent
of protection is in accordance with the required fire-resistance rating, as determined in Section 703.
704.4 Protection of secondary members. Secondary members that are required to have protection to achieve a fireresistance rating shall be protected by individual encasement
protection.
704.4.1 Light-frame construction. Studs and boundary
elements that are integral elements in load-bearing walls
of light-frame construction shall be permitted to have
required fire-resistance ratings provided by the membrane
protection provided for the load-bearing wall.
704.4.2 Horizontal assemblies. Horizontal assemblies are
permitted to be protected with a membrane or ceiling
where the membrane or ceiling provides the required fireresistance rating and is installed in accordance with Section 711.
704.5 Truss protection. The required thickness and construction of fire-resistance-rated assemblies enclosing trusses
shall be based on the results of full-scale tests or combinations of tests on truss components or on approved calculations based on such tests that satisfactorily demonstrate that
the assembly has the required fire resistance.
704.6 Attachments to structural members. The edges of
lugs, brackets, rivets and bolt heads attached to structural
members shall be permitted to extend to within 1 inch (25
mm) of the surface of the fire protection.
704.7 Reinforcing. Thickness of protection for concrete or
masonry reinforcement shall be measured to the outside of
the reinforcement except that stirrups and spiral reinforcement ties are permitted to project not more than 0.5-inch
(12.7 mm) into the protection.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
704.8 Embedments and enclosures. Pipes, wires, conduits,
ducts or other service facilities shall not be embedded in the
required fire protective covering of a structural member that
is required to be individually encased.
704.9 Impact protection. Where the fire protective covering
of a structural member is subject to impact damage from
moving vehicles, the handling of merchandise or other activity, the fire protective covering shall be protected by corner
guards or by a substantial jacket of metal or other noncombustible material to a height adequate to provide full protection, but not less than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the finished
floor.
Exception: Corner protection is not required on concrete
columns in open or enclosed parking garages.
704.10 Exterior structural members. Load-bearing structural members located within the exterior walls or on the outside of a building or structure shall be provided with the
highest fire-resistance rating as determined in accordance
with the following:
1. As required by Table 601 for the type of building element based on the type of construction of the building;
2. As required by Table 601 for exterior bearing walls
based on the type of construction; and
3. As required by Table 602 for exterior walls based on
the fire separation distance.
704.11 Bottom flange protection. Fire protection is not
required at the bottom flange of lintels, shelf angles and
plates, spanning not more than 6 feet 4 inches (1931 mm)
whether part of the primary structural frame or not, and from
the bottom flange of lintels, shelf angles and plates not part of
the structural frame, regardless of span.
704.12 Seismic isolation systems. Fire-resistance ratings for
the isolation system shall meet the fire-resistance rating
required for the columns, walls or other structural elements in
which the isolation system is installed in accordance with
Table 601. Isolation systems required to have a fire-resistance rating shall be protected with approved materials or
construction assemblies designed to provide the same degree
of fire resistance as the structural element in which the system is installed when tested in accordance with ASTM E119
or UL 263 (see Section 703.2).
Such isolation system protection applied to isolator units
shall be capable of retarding the transfer of heat to the isolator
unit in such a manner that the required gravity load-carrying
capacity of the isolator unit will not be impaired after exposure to the standard time-temperature curve fire test prescribed in ASTM E119 or UL 263 for a duration not less than
that required for the fire-resistance rating of the structure element in which the system is installed.
Such isolation system protection applied to isolator units
shall be suitably designed and securely installed so as not to
dislodge, loosen, sustain damage or otherwise impair its ability to accommodate the seismic movements for which the isolator unit is designed and to maintain its integrity for the
purpose of providing the required fire-resistance protection.
119
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
704.13 Sprayed fire-resistant materials (SFRM). Sprayed
fire-resistant materials (SFRM) shall comply with Sections
704.13.1 through 704.13.5.
704.13.1 Fire-resistance rating. The application of
SFRM shall be consistent with the fire-resistance rating
and the listing, including, but not limited to, minimum
thickness and dry density of the applied SFRM, method of
application, substrate surface conditions and the use of
bonding adhesives, sealants, reinforcing or other materials.
704.13.2 Manufacturer’s installation instructions. The
application of SFRM shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. The instructions shall
include, but are not limited to, substrate temperatures and
surface conditions and SFRM handling, storage, mixing,
conveyance, method of application, curing and ventilation.
704.13.3 Substrate condition. The SFRM shall be
applied to a substrate in compliance with Sections
704.13.3.1 through 704.13.3.2.
704.13.3.1 Surface conditions. Substrates to receive
SFRM shall be free of dirt, oil, grease, release agents,
loose scale and any other condition that prevents adhesion. The substrates shall be free of primers, paints and
encapsulants other than those fire tested and listed by a
nationally recognized testing agency. Primed, painted
or encapsulated steel shall be allowed, provided that
testing has demonstrated that required adhesion is
maintained.
704.13.3.2 Primers, paints and encapsulants. Where
the SFRM is to be applied over primers, paints or
encapsulants other than those specified in the listing,
the material shall be field tested in accordance with
ASTM E736. Where testing of the SFRM with primers,
paints or encapsulants demonstrates that required adhesion is maintained, SFRM shall be permitted to be
applied to primed, painted or encapsulated wide flange
steel shapes in accordance with the following conditions:
1. The beam flange width does not exceed 12 inches
(305 mm); or
2. The column flange width does not exceed 16
inches (400 mm); or
3. The beam or column web depth does not exceed
16 inches (400 mm).
4. The average and minimum bond strength values
shall be determined based on a minimum of five
bond tests conducted in accordance with ASTM
E736. Bond tests conducted in accordance with
ASTM E736 shall indicate an average bond
strength of not less than 80 percent and an individual bond strength of not less than 50 percent,
when compared to the bond strength of the
SFRM as applied to clean uncoated 1/8-inch-thick
(3.2 mm) steel plate.
704.13.4 Temperature. A minimum ambient and substrate temperature of 40°F (4.44°C) shall be maintained
during and for not fewer than 24 hours after the applica120
tion of the SFRM, unless the manufacturer’s instructions
allow otherwise.
704.13.5 Finished condition. The finished condition of
SFRM applied to structural members or assemblies shall
not, upon complete drying or curing, exhibit cracks, voids,
spalls, delamination or any exposure of the substrate. Surface irregularities of SFRM shall be deemed acceptable.
SECTION 705
EXTERIOR WALLS
705.1 General. Exterior walls shall comply with this section.
705.2 Projections. Cornices, eave overhangs, exterior balconies and similar projections extending beyond the exterior
wall shall conform to the requirements of this section and
Section 1406. Exterior egress balconies and exterior exit
stairways and ramps shall comply with Sections 1021 and
1027, respectively. Projections shall not extend any closer to
the line used to determine the fire separation distance than
shown in Table 705.2.
TABLE 705.2
MINIMUM DISTANCE OF PROJECTION
FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE
(FSD)
MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM LINE
USED TO DETERMINE FSD
0 feet to 2 feet
Greater than 2 feet to 3 feet
Projections not permitted
24 inches
24 inches plus 8 inches
for every foot of FSD beyond
3 feet or fraction thereof
20 feet
Greater than 3 feet to
less than 30 feet
30 feet or greater
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
Exception: Buildings on the same lot and considered as
portions of one building in accordance with Section 705.3
are not required to comply with this section for projections
between the buildings.
705.2.1 Type I and II construction. Projections from
walls of Type I or II construction shall be of noncombustible materials or combustible materials as allowed by Sections 1406.3 and 1406.4.
705.2.2 Type III, IV or V construction. Projections from
walls of Type III, IV or V construction shall be of any
approved material.
705.2.3 Combustible projections. Combustible projections extending to within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the line used
to determine the fire separation distance shall be of not
less than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction, Type
IV construction, fire-retardant-treated wood or as
required by Section 1406.3.
Exception: Type VB construction shall be allowed for
combustible projections in Group R-3 and U occupancies with a fire separation distance greater than or equal
to 5 feet (1524 mm).
705.3 Buildings on the same lot. For the purposes of determining the required wall and opening protection, projections
and roof-covering requirements, buildings on the same lot
shall be assumed to have an imaginary line between them.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
Where a new building is to be erected on the same lot as
an existing building, the location of the assumed imaginary
line with relation to the existing building shall be such that
the exterior wall and opening protection of the existing building meet the criteria as set forth in Sections 705.5 and 705.8.
Exceptions:
1. Two or more buildings on the same lot shall be
either regulated as separate buildings or shall be
considered as portions of one building if the aggregate area of such buildings is within the limits specified in Chapter 5 for a single building. Where the
buildings contain different occupancy groups or are
of different types of construction, the area shall be
that allowed for the most restrictive occupancy or
construction.
2. Where an S-2 parking garage of Construction Type I
or IIA is erected on the same lot as a Group R-2
building, and there is no fire separation distance
between these buildings, then the adjoining exterior
walls between the buildings are permitted to have
occupant use openings in accordance with Section
706.8. However, opening protectives in such openings shall only be required in the exterior wall of the
S-2 parking garage, not in the exterior wall openings
in the R-2 building, and these opening protectives in
the exterior wall of the S-2 parking garage shall be
not less than 11/2-hour fire protection rating.
705.4 Materials. Exterior walls shall be of materials permitted by the building type of construction.
705.5 Fire-resistance ratings. Exterior walls shall be fireresistance rated in accordance with Tables 601 and 602 and
this section. The required fire-resistance rating of exterior
walls with a fire separation distance of greater than 10 feet
(3048 mm) shall be rated for exposure to fire from the inside.
The required fire-resistance rating of exterior walls with a
fire separation distance of less than or equal to 10 feet (3048
mm) shall be rated for exposure to fire from both sides.
from the unexposed exterior wall surface in accordance with
the following formula:
Ae = A + (Af × Feo)
(Equation 7-1)
where:
Ae = Equivalent area of protected openings.
A = Actual area of protected openings.
Af = Area of exterior wall surface in the story under
consideration exclusive of openings, on which the
temperature limitations of ASTM E119 or UL 263 for
walls are exceeded.
Feo = An “equivalent opening factor” derived from Figure
705.7 based on the average temperature of the
unexposed wall surface and the fire-resistance rating
of the wall.
705.8 Openings. Openings in exterior walls shall comply
with Sections 705.8.1 through 705.8.6.
705.8.1 Allowable area of openings. The maximum area
of unprotected and protected openings permitted in an
exterior wall in any story of a building shall not exceed the
percentages specified in Table 705.8.
Exceptions:
1. In other than Group H occupancies, unlimited
unprotected openings are permitted in the first
story above grade plane either:
1.1. Where the wall faces a street and has a
fire separation distance of more than 15
feet (4572 mm); or
1.2. Where the wall faces an unoccupied
space. The unoccupied space shall be on
the same lot or dedicated for public use,
shall be not less than 30 feet (9144 mm)
in width and shall have access from a
street by a posted fire lane in accordance
with the International Fire Code.
705.6 Structural stability. Exterior walls shall extend to the
height required by Section 705.11. Interior structural elements that brace the exterior wall but that are not located
within the plane of the exterior wall shall have the minimum
fire-resistance rating required in Table 601 for that structural
element. Structural elements that brace the exterior wall but
are located outside of the exterior wall or within the plane of
the exterior wall shall have the minimum fire-resistance rating required in Tables 601 and 602 for the exterior wall.
2. Buildings whose exterior bearing walls, exterior
nonbearing walls and exterior primary structural
frame are not required to be fire-resistance rated
shall be permitted to have unlimited unprotected
openings.
705.8.2 Protected openings. Where openings are required
to be protected, fire doors and fire shutters shall comply
with Section 716.5 and fire window assemblies shall comply with Section 716.6.
705.7 Unexposed surface temperature. Where protected
openings are not limited by Section 705.8, the limitation on
the rise of temperature on the unexposed surface of exterior
walls as required by ASTM E119 or UL 263 shall not apply.
Where protected openings are limited by Section 705.8, the
limitation on the rise of temperature on the unexposed surface
of exterior walls as required by ASTM E119 or UL 263 shall
not apply provided that a correction is made for radiation
Exception: Opening protectives are not required where
the building is equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1
and the exterior openings are protected by a water curtain using automatic sprinklers approved for that use.
705.8.3 Unprotected openings. Where unprotected openings are permitted, windows and doors shall be constructed of any approved materials. Glazing shall conform
to the requirements of Chapters 24 and 26.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
121
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
For SI: °C = [(°F) - 32] /
1.8.
FIGURE 705.7
EQUIVALENT OPENING FACTOR
705.8.4 Mixed openings. Where both unprotected and
protected openings are located in the exterior wall in any
story of a building, the total area of openings shall be
determined in accordance with the following:
(Ap/ap) + (Au/au) d 1
(Equation 7-2)
where:
Ap = Actual area of protected openings, or the equivalent
area of protected openings, Ae (see Section 705.7).
ap = Allowable area of protected openings.
Au = Actual area of unprotected openings.
au = Allowable area of unprotected openings.
705.8.5 Vertical separation of openings. Openings in
exterior walls in adjacent stories shall be separated vertically to protect against fire spread on the exterior of the
buildings where the openings are within 5 feet (1524 mm)
of each other horizontally and the opening in the lower
story is not a protected opening with a fire protection rating of not less than 3/4 hour. Such openings shall be sepa122
rated vertically not less than 3 feet (914 mm) by spandrel
girders, exterior walls or other similar assemblies that
have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour, rated
for exposure to fire from both sides, or by flame barriers
that extend horizontally not less than 30 inches (762 mm)
beyond the exterior wall. Flame barriers shall have a fireresistance rating of not less than 1 hour. The unexposed
surface temperature limitations specified in ASTM E119
or UL 263 shall not apply to the flame barriers or vertical
separation unless otherwise required by the provisions of
this code.
Exceptions:
1. This section shall not apply to buildings that are
three stories or less above grade plane.
2. This section shall not apply to buildings equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
3. Open parking garages.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 705.8
MAXIMUM AREA OF EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGS BASED ON
FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE AND DEGREE OF OPENING PROTECTION
FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE (feet)
0 to less than 3
b, c, k
3 to less than 5d, e
5 to less than 10e, f, j
10 to less than 15e, f, g, j
15 to less than 20f, g, j
20 to less than 25f, g, j
25 to less than 30f, g, j
30 or greater
DEGREE OF OPENING PROTECTION
ALLOWABLE AREA a
Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)
Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)i
Protected (P)
Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)
Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)i
Protected (P)
Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)
Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)i
Protected (P)
Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)
Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)i
Protected (P)
Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)
Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)i
Protected (P)
Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)
Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)i
Protected (P)
Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)
Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)i
Protected (P)
Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)
Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)i
Protected (P)
Not Permittedk
Not Permittedk
Not Permittedk
Not Permitted
15%
15%
10%h
25%
25%
15%h
45%
45%
25%
75%
75%
45%
No Limit
No Limit
70%
No Limit
No Limit
No Limit
No Limit
No Limit
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
UP, NS = Unprotected openings in buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
UP, S = Unprotected openings in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
P = Openings protected with an opening protective assembly in accordance with Section 705.8.2.
a. Values indicated are the percentage of the area of the exterior wall, per story.
b. For the requirements for fire walls of buildings with differing heights, see Section 706.6.1.
c. For openings in a fire wall for buildings on the same lot, see Section 706.8.
d. The maximum percentage of unprotected and protected openings shall be 25 percent for Group R-3 occupancies.
e. Unprotected openings shall not be permitted for openings with a fire separation distance of less than 15 feet for Group H-2 and H-3 occupancies.
f. The area of unprotected and protected openings shall not be limited for Group R-3 occupancies, with a fire separation distance of 5 feet or greater.
g. The area of openings in an open parking structure with a fire separation distance of 10 feet or greater shall not be limited.
h. Includes buildings accessory to Group R-3.
i. Not applicable to Group H-1, H-2 and H-3 occupancies.
j. The area of openings in a building containing only a Group U occupancy private garage or carport with a fire separation distance of 5 feet (1523 mm) or
greater shall not be limited.
k. For openings between S-2 parking garage and Group R-2 building, see Section 705.3, Exception 2.
705.8.6 Vertical exposure. For buildings on the same lot,
opening protectives having a fire protection rating of not
less than 3/4 hour shall be provided in every opening that is
less than 15 feet (4572 mm) vertically above the roof of an
adjacent building or structure based on assuming an imaginary line between them. The opening protectives are
required where the fire separation distance between the
imaginary line and the adjacent building or structure is less
than 15 feet (4572 mm).
Exceptions:
1. Opening protectives are not required where the
roof assembly of the adjacent building or struc2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
ture has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1
hour for a minimum distance of 10 feet (3048
mm) from the exterior wall facing the imaginary
line and the entire length and span of the supporting elements for the fire-resistance-rated roof
assembly has a fire-resistance rating of not less
than 1 hour.
2. Buildings on the same lot and considered as portions of one building in accordance with Section
705.3 are not required to comply with Section
705.8.6.
123
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
705.9 Joints. Joints made in or between exterior walls
required by this section to have a fire-resistance rating shall
comply with Section 715.
of the roof sheathing or deck in Type III, IV and V
construction, provided one or both of the following
criteria is met:
Exception: Joints in exterior walls that are permitted to
have unprotected openings.
5.1. The roof sheathing or deck is constructed
of approved noncombustible materials or
of fire-retardant-treated wood for a distance of 4 feet (1220 mm).
705.9.1 Voids. The void created at the intersection of a
floor/ceiling assembly and an exterior curtain wall assembly shall be protected in accordance with Section 715.4.
705.10 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations by air
ducts and air transfer openings in fire-resistance-rated exterior walls required to have protected openings shall comply
with Section 717.
Exception: Foundation vents installed in accordance with
this code are permitted.
705.11 Parapets. Parapets shall be provided on exterior
walls of buildings.
Exceptions: A parapet need not be provided on an exterior wall where any of the following conditions exist:
1. The wall is not required to be fire-resistance rated in
accordance with Table 602 because of fire separation distance.
2. The building has an area of not more than 1,000
square feet (93 m2) on any floor.
3. Walls that terminate at roofs of not less than 2-hour
fire-resistance-rated construction or where the roof,
including the deck or slab and supporting construction, is constructed entirely of noncombustible materials.
4. One-hour fire-resistance-rated exterior walls that
terminate at the underside of the roof sheathing,
deck or slab, provided:
4.1. Where the roof/ceiling framing elements
are parallel to the walls, such framing and
elements supporting such framing shall not
be of less than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated
construction for a width of 4 feet (1220
mm) for Groups R and U and 10 feet (3048
mm) for other occupancies, measured from
the interior side of the wall.
4.2. Where roof/ceiling framing elements are
not parallel to the wall, the entire span of
such framing and elements supporting such
framing shall not be of less than 1-hour
fire-resistance-rated construction.
4.3. Openings in the roof shall not be located
within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the 1-hour fireresistance-rated exterior wall for Groups R
and U and 10 feet (3048 mm) for other
occupancies, measured from the interior
side of the wall.
4.4. The entire building shall be provided with
not less than a Class B roof covering.
5. In Groups R-2 and R-3 where the entire building is
provided with a Class C roof covering, the exterior
wall shall be permitted to terminate at the underside
124
5.2. The roof is protected with 0.625-inch (16
mm) Type X gypsum board directly
beneath the underside of the roof sheathing
or deck, supported by not less than nominal
2-inch (51 mm) ledgers attached to the
sides of the roof framing members for a
minimum distance of 4 feet (1220 mm).
6. Where the wall is permitted to have not less than 25
percent of the exterior wall areas containing unprotected openings based on fire separation distance as
determined in accordance with Section 705.8.
705.11.1 Parapet construction. Parapets shall have the
same fire-resistance rating as that required for the supporting wall, and on any side adjacent to a roof surface,
shall have noncombustible faces for the uppermost 18
inches (457 mm), including counterflashing and coping
materials. The height of the parapet shall be not less than
30 inches (762 mm) above the point where the roof surface
and the wall intersect. Where the roof slopes toward a parapet at a slope greater than two units vertical in 12 units
horizontal (16.7-percent slope), the parapet shall extend to
the same height as any portion of the roof within a fire
separation distance where protection of wall openings is
required, but in no case shall the height be less than 30
inches (762 mm).
SECTION 706
FIRE WALLS
706.1 General. Each portion of a building separated by one
or more fire walls that comply with the provisions of this section shall be considered a separate building. The extent and
location of such fire walls shall provide a complete separation. Where a fire wall separates occupancies that are
required to be separated by a fire barrier wall, the most
restrictive requirements of each separation shall apply.
706.1.1 Party walls. Any wall located on a lot line
between adjacent buildings, which is used or adapted for
joint service between the two buildings, shall be constructed as a fire wall in accordance with Section 706.
Party walls shall be constructed without openings and
shall create separate buildings.
Exception: Openings in a party wall separating an
anchor building and a mall shall be in accordance with
Section 402.4.2.2.1.
706.2 Structural stability. Fire walls shall be designed and
constructed to allow collapse of the structure on either side
without collapse of the wall under fire conditions. Fire walls
designed and constructed in accordance with NFPA 221 shall
be deemed to comply with this section.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
706.3 Materials. Fire walls shall be of any approved noncombustible materials.
Exception: Buildings of Type V construction.
706.4 Fire-resistance rating. Fire walls shall have a fireresistance rating of not less than that required by Table
706.4.
TABLE 706.4
FIRE WALL FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS
GROUP
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
A, B, E, H-4, I, R-1, R-2, U
3a
F-1, H-3b, H-5, M, S-1
3
H-1, H-2
4b
F-2, S-2, R-3, R-4
2
a. In Type II or V construction, walls shall be permitted to have a 2-hour
fire-resistance rating.
b. For Group H-1, H-2 or H-3 buildings, also see Sections 415.7 and 415.8.
706.5 Horizontal continuity. Fire walls shall be continuous
from exterior wall to exterior wall and shall extend not less
than 18 inches (457 mm) beyond the exterior surface of exterior walls.
Exceptions:
1. Fire walls shall be permitted to terminate at the interior surface of combustible exterior sheathing or siding provided the exterior wall has a fire-resistance
rating of not less than 1 hour for a horizontal distance of not less than 4 feet (1220 mm) on both sides
of the fire wall. Openings within such exterior walls
shall be protected by opening protectives having a
fire protection rating of not less than 3/4 hour.
2. Fire walls shall be permitted to terminate at the interior surface of noncombustible exterior sheathing,
exterior siding or other noncombustible exterior finishes provided the sheathing, siding or other exterior
noncombustible finish extends a horizontal distance
of not less than 4 feet (1220 mm) on both sides of
the fire wall.
3. Fire walls shall be permitted to terminate at the interior surface of noncombustible exterior sheathing
where the building on each side of the fire wall is
protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed
in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
706.5.1 Exterior walls. Where the fire wall intersects
exterior walls, the fire-resistance rating and opening protection of the exterior walls shall comply with one of the
following:
1. The exterior walls on both sides of the fire wall shall
have a 1-hour fire-resistance rating with 3/4-hour
protection where opening protection is required by
Section 705.8. The fire-resistance rating of the exterior wall shall extend not less than 4 feet (1220 mm)
on each side of the intersection of the fire wall to
exterior wall. Exterior wall intersections at fire
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
walls that form an angle equal to or greater than 180
degrees (3.14 rad) do not need exterior wall protection.
2. Buildings or spaces on both sides of the intersecting
fire wall shall assume to have an imaginary lot line
at the fire wall and extending beyond the exterior of
the fire wall. The location of the assumed line in
relation to the exterior walls and the fire wall shall
be such that the exterior wall and opening protection
meet the requirements set forth in Sections 705.5
and 705.8. Such protection is not required for exterior walls terminating at fire walls that form an
angle equal to or greater than 180 degrees (3.14 rad).
706.5.2 Horizontal projecting elements. Fire walls shall
extend to the outer edge of horizontal projecting elements
such as balconies, roof overhangs, canopies, marquees and
similar projections that are within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the
fire wall.
Exceptions:
1. Horizontal projecting elements without concealed spaces, provided the exterior wall behind
and below the projecting element has not less
than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction for
a distance not less than the depth of the projecting
element on both sides of the fire wall. Openings
within such exterior walls shall be protected by
opening protectives having a fire protection rating of not less than 3/4 hour.
2. Noncombustible horizontal projecting elements
with concealed spaces, provided a minimum 1hour fire-resistance-rated wall extends through
the concealed space. The projecting element shall
be separated from the building by not less than 1hour fire-resistance-rated construction for a distance on each side of the fire wall equal to the
depth of the projecting element. The wall is not
required to extend under the projecting element
where the building exterior wall is not less than
1-hour fire-resistance rated for a distance on each
side of the fire wall equal to the depth of the projecting element. Openings within such exterior
walls shall be protected by opening protectives
having a fire protection rating of not less than 3/4
hour.
3. For combustible horizontal projecting elements
with concealed spaces, the fire wall need only
extend through the concealed space to the outer
edges of the projecting elements. The exterior
wall behind and below the projecting element
shall be of not less than 1-hour fire-resistancerated construction for a distance not less than the
depth of the projecting elements on both sides of
the fire wall. Openings within such exterior walls
shall be protected by opening protectives having
a fire-protection rating of not less than 3/4 hour.
125
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
706.6 Vertical continuity. Fire walls shall extend from the
foundation to a termination point not less than 30 inches (762
mm) above both adjacent roofs.
Exceptions:
1. Stepped buildings in accordance with Section
706.6.1.
2. Two-hour fire-resistance-rated walls shall be permitted to terminate at the underside of the roof sheathing, deck or slab, provided:
2.1. The lower roof assembly within 4 feet
(1220 mm) of the wall has not less than a
1-hour fire-resistance rating and the entire
length and span of supporting elements for
the rated roof assembly has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour.
2.2. Openings in the roof shall not be located
within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the fire wall.
2.3. Each building shall be provided with not
less than a Class B roof covering.
3. Walls shall be permitted to terminate at the underside of noncombustible roof sheathing, deck or slabs
where both buildings are provided with not less than
a Class B roof covering. Openings in the roof shall
not be located within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the fire
wall.
4. In buildings of Type III, IV and V construction,
walls shall be permitted to terminate at the underside
of combustible roof sheathing or decks, provided:
4.1. There are no openings in the roof within 4
feet (1220 mm) of the fire wall,
4.2. The roof is covered with a minimum Class
B roof covering, and
4.3. The roof sheathing or deck is constructed
of fire-retardant-treated wood for a distance of 4 feet (1220 mm) on both sides of
the wall or the roof is protected with 5/8inch (15.9 mm) Type X gypsum board
directly beneath the underside of the roof
sheathing or deck, supported by not less
than 2-inch (51 mm) nominal ledgers
attached to the sides of the roof framing
members for a distance of not less than 4
feet (1220 mm) on both sides of the fire
wall.
5. In buildings designed in accordance with Section
510.2, fire walls located above the 3-hour horizontal
assembly required by Section 510.2, Item 1 shall be
permitted to extend from the top of this horizontal
assembly.
6. Buildings with sloped roofs in accordance with Section 706.6.2.
706.6.1 Stepped buildings. Where a fire wall serves as an
exterior wall for a building and separates buildings having
different roof levels, such wall shall terminate at a point
not less than 30 inches (762 mm) above the lower roof
126
level, provided the exterior wall for a height of 15 feet
(4572 mm) above the lower roof is not less than 1-hour
fire-resistance-rated construction from both sides with
openings protected by fire assemblies having a fire protection rating of not less than 3/4 hour.
Exception: Where the fire wall terminates at the underside of the roof sheathing, deck or slab of the lower
roof, provided:
1. The lower roof assembly within 10 feet (3048
mm) of the wall has not less than a 1-hour fireresistance rating and the entire length and span
of supporting elements for the rated roof assembly has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1
hour.
2. Openings in the lower roof shall not be located
within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the fire wall.
706.6.2 Buildings with sloped roofs. Where a fire wall
serves as an interior wall for a building, and the roof on
one side or both sides of the fire wall slopes toward the
fire wall at a slope greater than two units vertical in 12
units horizontal (2:12), the fire wall shall extend to a
height equal to the height of the roof located 4 feet (1219
mm) from the fire wall plus 30 inches (762 mm). In no
case shall the extension of the fire wall be less than 30
inches (762 mm).
706.7 Combustible framing in fire walls. Adjacent combustible members entering into a concrete or masonry fire wall
from opposite sides shall not have less than a 4-inch (102
mm) distance between embedded ends. Where combustible
members frame into hollow walls or walls of hollow units,
hollow spaces shall be solidly filled for the full thickness of
the wall and for a distance not less than 4 inches (102 mm)
above, below and between the structural members, with noncombustible materials approved for fireblocking.
706.8 Openings. Each opening through a fire wall shall be
protected in accordance with Section 716.5 and shall not
exceed 156 square feet (15 m2). The aggregate width of openings at any floor level shall not exceed 25 percent of the
length of the wall.
Exceptions:
1. Openings are not permitted in party walls constructed in accordance with Section 706.1.1.
2. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15
m2) where both buildings are equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
706.9 Penetrations. Penetrations of fire walls shall comply
with Section 714.
706.10 Joints. Joints made in or between fire walls shall
comply with Section 715.
706.11 Ducts and air transfer openings. Ducts and air
transfer openings shall not penetrate fire walls.
Exception: Penetrations by ducts and air transfer openings
of fire walls that are not on a lot line shall be allowed provided the penetrations comply with Section 717. The size
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
and aggregate width of all openings shall not exceed the
limitations of Section 706.8.
SECTION 707
FIRE BARRIERS
707.1 General. Fire barriers installed as required elsewhere
in this code or the International Fire Code shall comply with
this section.
707.2 Materials. Fire barriers shall be of materials permitted
by the building type of construction.
707.3 Fire-resistance rating. The fire-resistance rating of
fire barriers shall comply with this section.
707.3.1 Shaft enclosures. The fire-resistance rating of the
fire barrier separating building areas from a shaft shall
comply with Section 713.4.
707.3.2 Interior exit stairway and ramp construction.
The fire-resistance rating of the fire barrier separating
building areas from an interior exit stairway or ramp shall
comply with Section 1023.1.
707.3.3 Enclosures for exit access stairways. The fireresistance rating of the fire barrier separating building
areas from an exit access stairway or ramp shall comply
with Section 713.4.
707.3.4 Exit passageway. The fire-resistance rating of
the fire barrier separating building areas from an exit passageway shall comply with Section 1024.3.
707.3.5 Horizontal exit. The fire-resistance rating of the
separation between building areas connected by a horizontal exit shall comply with Section 1026.1.
707.3.6 Atriums. The fire-resistance rating of the fire
barrier separating atriums shall comply with Section
404.6.
707.3.7 Incidental uses. The fire barrier separating incidental uses from other spaces in the building shall have a
fire-resistance rating of not less than that indicated in
Table 509.
707.3.8 Control areas. Fire barriers separating control
areas shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than
that required in Section 414.2.4.
707.3.9 Separated occupancies. Where the provisions of
Section 508.4 are applicable, the fire barrier separating
mixed occupancies shall have a fire-resistance rating of
not less than that indicated in Table 508.4 based on the
occupancies being separated.
707.3.10 Fire areas. The fire barriers or horizontal
assemblies, or both, separating a single occupancy into
different fire areas shall have a fire-resistance rating of
not less than that indicated in Table 707.3.10. The fire barriers or horizontal assemblies, or both, separating fire
areas of mixed occupancies shall have a fire-resistance
rating of not less than the highest value indicated in Table
707.3.10 for the occupancies under consideration.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
TABLE 707.3.10
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR
FIRE BARRIER ASSEMBLIES OR HORIZONTAL
ASSEMBLIES BETWEEN FIRE AREAS
OCCUPANCY GROUP
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
H-1, H-2
4
F-1, H-3, S-1
3
A, B, E, F-2, H-4, H-5,
I, M, R, S-2
2
U
1
707.4 Exterior walls. Where exterior walls serve as a part of
a required fire-resistance-rated shaft or stairway or ramp
enclosure, or separation, such walls shall comply with the
requirements of Section 705 for exterior walls and the fireresistance-rated enclosure or separation requirements shall
not apply.
Exception: Exterior walls required to be fire-resistance
rated in accordance with Section 1021 for exterior egress
balconies, Section 1023.7 for interior exit stairways and
ramps and Section 1027.6 for exterior exit stairways and
ramp.
707.5 Continuity. Fire barriers shall extend from the top of
the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly below to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, slab or deck above and
shall be securely attached thereto. Such fire barriers shall be
continuous through concealed space, such as the space above
a suspended ceiling. Joints and voids at intersections shall
comply with Sections 707.8 and 707.9
Exceptions:
1. Shaft enclosures shall be permitted to terminate at a
top enclosure complying with Section 713.12.
2. Interior exit stairway and ramp enclosures required
by Section 1023 and exit access stairway and ramp
enclosures required by Section 1019 shall be permitted to terminate at a top enclosure complying with
Section 713.12.
707.5.1 Supporting construction. The supporting construction for a fire barrier shall be protected to afford the
required fire-resistance rating of the fire barrier supported. Hollow vertical spaces within a fire barrier shall
be fireblocked in accordance with Section 718.2 at every
floor level.
Exceptions:
1. The maximum required fire-resistance rating for
assemblies supporting fire barriers separating
tank storage as provided for in Section 415.9.1.2
shall be 2 hours, but not less than required by
Table 601 for the building construction type.
2. Supporting construction for 1-hour fire barriers
required by Table 509 in buildings of Type IIB,
IIIB and VB construction is not required to be
fire-resistance rated unless required by other sections of this code.
127
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
707.6 Openings. Openings in a fire barrier shall be protected
in accordance with Section 716. Openings shall be limited to
a maximum aggregate width of 25 percent of the length of the
wall, and the maximum area of any single opening shall not
exceed 156 square feet (15 m2). Openings in enclosures for
exit access stairways and ramps, interior exit stairways and
ramps and exit passageways shall also comply with Sections
1019, 1023.4 and 1024.5, respectively.
Exceptions:
1. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15
m2) where adjoining floor areas are equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
2. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15
m2) or an aggregate width of 25 percent of the length
of the wall where the opening protective is a fire
door serving enclosures for exit access stairways
and ramps, and interior exit stairways and ramps.
3. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15
m2) or an aggregate width of 25 percent of the length
of the wall where the opening protective has been
tested in accordance with ASTM E119 or UL 263
and has a minimum fire-resistance rating not less
than the fire-resistance rating of the wall.
4. Fire window assemblies permitted in atrium separation walls shall not be limited to a maximum aggregate width of 25 percent of the length of the wall.
5. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15
m2) or an aggregate width of 25 percent of the length
of the wall where the opening protective is a fire
door assembly in a fire barrier separating an enclosure for exit access stairways and ramps, and interior
exit stairways and ramps from an exit passageway in
accordance with Section 1023.3.1.
707.7 Penetrations. Penetrations of fire barriers shall comply with Section 714.
707.7.1 Prohibited penetrations. Penetrations into enclosures for exit access stairways and ramps, interior exit
stairways and ramps, and exit passageways shall be
allowed only where permitted by Sections 1019, 1023.5
and 1024.6, respectively.
707.8 Joints. Joints made in or between fire barriers, and
joints made at the intersection of fire barriers with underside
of a fire-resistance-rated floor or roof sheathing, slab or deck
above, and the exterior vertical wall intersection shall comply
with Section 715.
707.9 Voids at intersections. The voids created at the intersection of a fire barrier and a nonfire-resistance-rated roof
assembly or a nonfire-resistance-rated exterior wall assembly
shall be filled. An approved material or system shall be used
to fill the void, and shall be securely installed in or on the
intersection for its entire length so as not to dislodge, loosen
or otherwise impair its ability to accommodate expected
building movements and to retard the passage of fire and hot
gases.
128
707.10 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in a
fire barrier by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply
with Section 717.
SECTION 708
FIRE PARTITIONS
708.1 General. The following wall assemblies shall comply
with this section.
1. Separation walls as required by Section 420.2 for
Groups I-1, R-1, R-2 and R-3.
2. Walls separating tenant spaces in covered and open
mall buildings as required by Section 402.4.2.1.
3. Corridor walls as required by Section 1020.1.
4. Elevator lobby separation as required by Section
3006.2.
5. Egress balconies as required by Section 1019.2
708.2 Materials. The walls shall be of materials permitted by
the building type of construction.
708.3 Fire-resistance rating. Fire partitions shall have a fireresistance rating of not less than 1 hour.
Exceptions:
1. Corridor walls permitted to have a 1/2-hour fireresistance rating by Table 1020.1.
2. Dwelling unit and sleeping unit separations in buildings of Type IIB, IIIB and VB construction shall
have fire-resistance ratings of not less than 1/2 hour
in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1.
708.4 Continuity. Fire partitions shall extend from the top of
the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly below to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, slab or deck above or to
the fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly
above, and shall be securely attached thereto. In combustible
construction where the fire partitions are not required to be
continuous to the sheathing, deck or slab, the space between
the ceiling and the sheathing, deck or slab above shall be fireblocked or draftstopped in accordance with Sections 718.2
and 718.3 at the partition line. The supporting construction
shall be protected to afford the required fire-resistance rating
of the wall supported, except for walls separating tenant
spaces in covered and open mall buildings, walls separating
dwelling units, walls separating sleeping units and corridor
walls, in buildings of Type IIB, IIIB and VB construction.
Exceptions:
1. The wall need not be extended into the crawl space
below where the floor above the crawl space has a
minimum 1-hour fire-resistance rating.
2. Where the room-side fire-resistance-rated membrane of the corridor is carried through to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab of a
fire-resistance-rated floor or roof above, the ceiling
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
of the corridor shall be permitted to be protected by
the use of ceiling materials as required for a 1-hour
fire-resistance-rated floor or roof system.
3. Where the corridor ceiling is constructed as
required for the corridor walls, the walls shall be
permitted to terminate at the upper membrane of
such ceiling assembly.
4. The fire partitions separating tenant spaces in a covered or open mall building, complying with Section
402.4.2.1, are not required to extend beyond the
underside of a ceiling that is not part of a fire-resistance-rated assembly. A wall is not required in attic
or ceiling spaces above tenant separation walls.
5. Attic fireblocking or draftstopping is not required at
the partition line in Group R-2 buildings that do not
exceed four stories above grade plane, provided the
attic space is subdivided by draftstopping into areas
not exceeding 3,000 square feet (279 m2) or above
every two dwelling units, whichever is smaller.
6. Fireblocking or draftstopping is not required at the
partition line in buildings equipped with an automatic sprinkler system installed throughout in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, provided
that automatic sprinklers are installed in combustible floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling spaces.
708.5 Exterior walls. Where exterior walls serve as a part of
a required fire-resistance-rated separation, such walls shall
comply with the requirements of Section 705 for exterior
walls, and the fire-resistance-rated separation requirements
shall not apply.
Exception: Exterior walls required to be fire-resistance
rated in accordance with Section 1021.2 for exterior egress
balconies, Section 1023.7 for interior exit stairways and
ramps and Section 1027.6 for exterior exit stairways and
ramps.
708.6 Openings. Openings in a fire partition shall be protected in accordance with Section 716.
708.7 Penetrations. Penetrations of fire partitions shall comply with Section 714.
708.8 Joints. Joints made in or between fire partitions shall
comply with Section 715.
708.9 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in a fire
partition by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply with
Section 717.
SECTION 709
SMOKE BARRIERS
709.1 General. Vertical and horizontal smoke barriers shall
comply with this section.
709.2 Materials. Smoke barriers shall be of materials permitted by the building type of construction.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
709.3 Fire-resistance rating. A 1-hour fire-resistance rating
is required for smoke barriers.
Exception: Smoke barriers constructed of minimum 0.10inch-thick (2.5 mm) steel in Group I-3 buildings.
709.4 Continuity. Smoke barriers shall form an effective
membrane continuous from the top of the foundation or floor/
ceiling assembly below to the underside of the floor or roof
sheathing, deck or slab above, including continuity through
concealed spaces, such as those found above suspended ceilings, and interstitial structural and mechanical spaces. The
supporting construction shall be protected to afford the
required fire-resistance rating of the wall or floor supported
in buildings of other than Type IIB, IIIB or VB construction.
Smoke barrier walls used to separate smoke compartments
shall comply with Section 709.4.1. Smoke-barrier walls used
to enclose areas of refuge in accordance with Section
1009.6.4 or to enclose elevator lobbies in accordance with
Section 405.4.3, 3007.6.2, or 3008.6.2 shall comply with Section 709.4.2.
Exception: Smoke-barrier walls are not required in interstitial spaces where such spaces are designed and constructed with ceilings or exterior walls that provide
resistance to the passage of fire and smoke equivalent to
that provided by the smoke-barrier walls.
709.4.1 Smoke-barrier walls separating smoke compartments. Smoke-barrier walls used to separate smoke
compartments shall form an effective membrane continuous from outside wall to outside wall.
709.4.2 Smoke-barrier walls enclosing areas of refuge
or elevator lobbies. Smoke-barrier walls used to enclose
areas of refuge in accordance with Section 1009.6.4, or to
enclose elevator lobbies in accordance with Section
405.4.3, 3007.6.2, or 3008.6.2, shall form an effective
membrane enclosure that terminates at a fire barrier wall
having a level of fire protection rating not less than 1
hour, another smoke barrier wall or an outside wall. A
smoke and draft control door assembly as specified in Section 716.5.3.1 shall not be required at each elevator hoistway door opening or at each exit doorway between an area
of refuge and the exit enclosure.
709.5 Openings. Openings in a smoke barrier shall be protected in accordance with Section 716.
Exceptions:
1. In Group I-1 Condition 2, Group I-2 and ambulatory
care facilities, where a pair of opposite-swinging
doors are installed across a corridor in accordance
with Section 709.5.1, the doors shall not be required
to be protected in accordance with Section 716. The
doors shall be close fitting within operational tolerances, and shall not have a center mullion or undercuts in excess of 3/4 inch (19.1 mm), louvers or
grilles. The doors shall have head and jamb stops,
and astragals or rabbets at meeting edges. Where
permitted by the door manufacturer’s listing, positive-latching devices are not required.
129
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
2. In Group I-1 Condition 2, Group I-2 and ambulatory
care facilities, horizontal sliding doors installed in
accordance with Section 1010.1.4.3 and protected in
accordance with Section 716.
709.5.1 Group I-2 and ambulatory care facilities. In
Group I-2 and ambulatory care facilities, where doors are
installed across a corridor, the doors shall be automaticclosing by smoke detection in accordance with Section
716.5.9.3 and shall have a vision panel with fire-protection-rated glazing materials in fire-protection-rated
frames, the area of which shall not exceed that tested.
709.6 Penetrations. Penetrations of smoke barriers shall
comply with Section 714.
709.7 Joints. Joints made in or between smoke barriers shall
comply with Section 715.
709.8 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in a
smoke barrier by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply
with Section 717.
SECTION 710
SMOKE PARTITIONS
710.1 General. Smoke partitions installed as required elsewhere in the code shall comply with this section.
710.2 Materials. The walls shall be of materials permitted by
the building type of construction.
710.3 Fire-resistance rating. Unless required elsewhere in
the code, smoke partitions are not required to have a fireresistance rating.
710.4 Continuity. Smoke partitions shall extend from the top
of the foundation or floor below to the underside of the floor
or roof sheathing, deck or slab above or to the underside of
the ceiling above where the ceiling membrane is constructed
to limit the transfer of smoke.
710.5 Openings. Openings in smoke partitions shall comply
with Sections 710.5.1 and 710.5.2.
710.5.1 Windows. Windows in smoke partitions shall be
sealed to resist the free passage of smoke or be automaticclosing upon detection of smoke.
710.5.2 Doors. Doors in smoke partitions shall comply
with Sections 710.5.2.1 through 710.5.2.3.
710.5.2.1 Louvers. Doors in smoke partitions shall not
include louvers.
710.5.2.2 Smoke and draft control doors. Where
required elsewhere in the code, doors in smoke partitions shall meet the requirements for a smoke and draft
control door assembly tested in accordance with UL
1784. The air leakage rate of the door assembly shall
not exceed 3.0 cubic feet per minute per square foot
[0.015424 m3/(s • m2)] of door opening at 0.10 inch
(24.9 Pa) of water for both the ambient temperature test
and the elevated temperature exposure test. Installation
of smoke doors shall be in accordance with NFPA 105.
710.5.2.2.1 Smoke and draft control door labeling. Smoke and draft control doors complying only
130
with UL 1784 shall be permitted to show the letter
“S” on the manufacturer’s labeling.
710.5.2.3 Self- or automatic-closing doors. Where
required elsewhere in the code, doors in smoke partitions shall be self- or automatic-closing by smoke
detection in accordance with Section 716.5.9.3.
710.6 Penetrations. The space around penetrating items shall
be filled with an approved material to limit the free passage
of smoke.
710.7 Joints. Joints shall be filled with an approved material
to limit the free passage of smoke.
710.8 Ducts and air transfer openings. The space around a
duct penetrating a smoke partition shall be filled with an
approved material to limit the free passage of smoke. Air
transfer openings in smoke partitions shall be provided with a
smoke damper complying with Section 717.3.2.2.
Exception: Where the installation of a smoke damper will
interfere with the operation of a required smoke control
system in accordance with Section 909, approved alternative protection shall be utilized.
SECTION 711
FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES
711.1 General. Horizontal assemblies shall comply with
Section 711.2. Nonfire-resistance-rated floor and roof assemblies shall comply with Section 711.3.
711.2 Horizontal assemblies. Horizontal assemblies shall
comply with Sections 711.2.1 through 711.2.6.
711.2.1 Materials. Assemblies shall be of materials permitted by the building type of construction.
711.2.2 Continuity. Assemblies shall be continuous without vertical openings, except as permitted by this section
and Section 712.
711.2.3 Supporting construction. The supporting construction shall be protected to afford the required fireresistance rating of the horizontal assembly supported.
Exception: In buildings of Type IIB, IIIB or VB construction, the construction supporting the horizontal
assembly is not required to be fire-resistance rated at
the following:
1. Horizontal assemblies at the separations of incidental uses as specified by Table 509 provided
the required fire-resistance rating does not
exceed 1 hour.
2. Horizontal assemblies at the separations of dwelling units and sleeping units as required by Section 420.3.
3. Horizontal assemblies at smoke barriers constructed in accordance with Section 709.
711.2.4 Fire-resistance rating. The fire-resistance rating
of horizontal assemblies shall comply with Sections
711.2.4.1 through 711.2.4.6 but shall be not less than that
required by the building type of construction.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
711.2.4.1 Separating mixed occupancies. Where the
horizontal assembly separates mixed occupancies, the
assembly shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less
than that required by Section 508.4 based on the occupancies being separated.
711.2.4.2 Separating fire areas. Where the horizontal
assembly separates a single occupancy into different
fire areas, the assembly shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than that required by Section 707.3.10.
711.2.4.3 Dwelling units and sleeping units. Horizontal assemblies serving as dwelling or sleeping unit separations in accordance with Section 420.3 shall be not
less than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction.
Exception: Horizontal assemblies separating dwelling units and sleeping units shall be not less than 1/2hour fire-resistance-rated construction in a building
of Type IIB, IIIB and VB construction, where the
building is equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1.
711.2.4.4 Separating smoke compartments. Where
the horizontal assembly is required to be a smoke barrier, the assembly shall comply with Section 709.
711.2.4.5 Separating incidental uses. Where the horizontal assembly separates incidental uses from the
remainder of the building, the assembly shall have a
fire-resistance rating of not less than that required by
Section 509.
711.2.4.6 Other separations. Where a horizontal
assembly is required by other sections of this code, the
assembly shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less
than that required by that section.
711.2.5 Ceiling panels. Where the weight of lay-in ceiling
panels, used as part of fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or
roof/ceiling assemblies, is not adequate to resist an upward
force of 1 pound per square foot (48 Pa), wire or other
approved devices shall be installed above the panels to
prevent vertical displacement under such upward force.
711.2.6 Unusable space. In 1-hour fire-resistance-rated
floor/ceiling assemblies, the ceiling membrane is not
required to be installed over unusable crawl spaces. In 1hour fire-resistance-rated roof assemblies, the floor membrane is not required to be installed where unusable attic
space occurs above.
711.3 Nonfire-resistance-rated floor and roof assemblies.
Nonfire-resistance-rated floor, floor/ceiling, roof and roof/
ceiling assemblies shall comply with Sections 711.3.1 and
711.3.2.
711.3.1 Materials. Assemblies shall be of materials permitted by the building type of construction.
¬
711.3.2 Continuity. Assemblies shall be continuous without vertical openings, except as permitted by Section 712.
SECTION 712
VERTICAL OPENINGS
712.1 General. Each vertical opening shall comply in accordance with one of the protection methods in Sections 712.1.1
through 712.1.16.
712.1.1 Shaft enclosures. Vertical openings contained
entirely within a shaft enclosure complying with Section
713 shall be permitted.
712.1.2 Individual dwelling unit. Unconcealed vertical
openings totally within an individual residential dwelling
unit and connecting four stories or less shall be permitted.
712.1.3 Escalator openings. Where a building is
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, vertical openings for
escalators shall be permitted where protected in accordance with Section 712.1.3.1 or 712.1.3.2.
712.1.3.1 Opening size. Protection by a draft curtain
and closely spaced sprinklers in accordance with NFPA
13 shall be permitted where the area of the vertical
opening between stories does not exceed twice the horizontal projected area of the escalator. In other than
Groups B and M, this application is limited to openings
that do not connect more than four stories.
712.1.3.2 Automatic shutters. Protection of the vertical opening by approved shutters at every penetrated
floor shall be permitted in accordance with this section.
The shutters shall be of noncombustible construction
and have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1.5
hours. The shutter shall be so constructed as to close
immediately upon the actuation of a smoke detector
installed in accordance with Section 907.3.1 and shall
completely shut off the well opening. Escalators shall
cease operation when the shutter begins to close. The
shutter shall operate at a speed of not more than 30 feet
per minute (152.4 mm/s) and shall be equipped with a
sensitive leading edge to arrest its progress where in
contact with any obstacle, and to continue its progress
on release there from.
712.1.4 Penetrations. Penetrations, concealed and unconcealed, shall be permitted where protected in accordance
with Section 714.
712.1.5 Joints. Joints shall be permitted where complying
with Section 712.1.5.1 or 712.1.5.2, as applicable.
712.1.5.1 Joints in or between horizontal assemblies.
Joints made in or between horizontal assemblies shall
comply with Section 715. The void created at the intersection of a floor/ceiling assembly and an exterior curtain wall assembly shall be permitted where protected
in accordance with Section 715.4.
712.1.5.2 Joints in or between nonfire-resistancerated floor assemblies. Joints in or between floor
assemblies without a required fire-resistance rating
*
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
131
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
2. The joint shall be located above a ceiling.
3. The joint shall be sealed, treated or covered with
an approved material or system to resist the free
passage of flame and the products of combustion.
Exception: Joints meeting one of the exceptions
listed in Section 715.1.
712.1.6 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations by
ducts and air transfer openings shall be protected in accordance with Section 717. Grease ducts shall be protected in
accordance with the International Mechanical Code.
712.1.7 Atriums. In other than Group H occupancies, atriums complying with Section 404 shall be permitted.
712.1.8 Masonry chimney. Approved vertical openings
for masonry chimneys shall be permitted where the annular space is fireblocked at each floor level in accordance
with Section 718.2.5.
712.1.9 Two-story openings. In other than Groups I-2 and
I-3, a vertical opening that is not used as one of the applications listed in this section shall be permitted if the opening complies with all of the items below:
1. Does not connect more than two stories.
2. Does not penetrate a horizontal assembly that separates fire areas or smoke barriers that separate
smoke compartments.
3. Is not concealed within the construction of a wall or
a floor/ceiling assembly.
4. Is not open to a corridor in Group I and R occupancies.
5. Is not open to a corridor on nonsprinklered floors.
6. Is separated from floor openings and air transfer
openings serving other floors by construction conforming to required shaft enclosures.
712.1.10 Parking garages. Vertical openings in parking
garages for automobile ramps, elevators and duct systems
shall comply with Section 712.1.10.1, 712.1.10.2 or
712.1.10.3, as applicable.
712.1.10.1 Automobile ramps. Vertical openings for
automobile ramps in open and enclosed parking
garages shall be permitted where constructed in accordance with Sections 406.5 and 406.6, respectively.
712.1.10.2 Elevators. Vertical openings for elevator
hoistways in open or enclosed parking garages that
serve only the parking garage, and complying with Sections 406.5 and 406.6, respectively, shall be permitted.
712.1.10.3 Duct systems. Vertical openings for
mechanical exhaust or supply duct systems in open or
enclosed parking garages complying with Sections
406.5 and 406.6, respectively, shall be permitted to be
132
712.1.12 Exit access stairways and ramps. Vertical
openings containing exit access stairways or ramps in
accordance with Section 1019 shall be permitted.
712.1.13 Openings. Vertical openings for floor fire doors
and access doors shall be permitted where protected by
Section 712.1.13.1 or 712.1.13.2.
712.1.13.1 Horizontal fire door assemblies. Horizontal fire door assemblies used to protect openings in fireresistance-rated horizontal assemblies shall be tested in
accordance with NFPA 288, and shall achieve a fireresistance rating not less than the assembly being penetrated. Horizontal fire door assemblies shall be labeled
by an approved agency. The label shall be permanently
affixed and shall specify the manufacturer, the test standard and the fire-resistance rating.
712.1.13.2 Access doors. Access doors shall be permitted in ceilings of fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling and
roof/ceiling assemblies, provided such doors are tested
in accordance with ASTM E119 or UL 263 as horizontal assemblies and labeled by an approved agency for
such purpose.
712.1.14 Group I-3. In Group I-3 occupancies, vertical
openings shall be permitted in accordance with Section
408.5.
712.1.15 Skylights. Skylights and other penetrations
through a fire-resistance-rated roof deck or slab are permitted to be unprotected, provided that the structural
integrity of the fire-resistance-rated roof assembly is
maintained. Unprotected skylights shall not be permitted
in roof assemblies required to be fire-resistance rated in
accordance with Section 705.8.6. The supporting construction shall be protected to afford the required fireresistance rating of the horizontal assembly supported.
712.1.16 Openings otherwise permitted. Vertical openings shall be permitted where allowed by other sections of
this code.
**
¬
1. The joint shall be concealed within the cavity of a
wall.
unenclosed where such duct system is contained within
and serves only the parking garage.
712.1.11 Mezzanine. Vertical openings between a mezzanine complying with Section 505 and the floor below shall
be permitted.
¬
shall be permitted where they comply with one of the
following:
SECTION 713
SHAFT ENCLOSURES
713.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to
shafts required to protect openings and penetrations through
floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling assemblies. Interior exit stairways and ramps shall be enclosed in accordance with Section
1023.
713.2 Construction. Shaft enclosures shall be constructed as
fire barriers in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies in accordance with Section 711, or both.
713.3 Materials. The shaft enclosure shall be of materials
permitted by the building type of construction.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
713.4 Fire-resistance rating. Shaft enclosures shall have a
fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours where connecting four stories or more, and not less than 1 hour where connecting less than four stories. The number of stories
connected by the shaft enclosure shall include any basements
but not any mezzanines. Shaft enclosures shall have a fireresistance rating not less than the floor assembly penetrated,
but need not exceed 2 hours. Shaft enclosures shall meet the
requirements of Section 703.2.1.
713.5 Continuity. Shaft enclosures shall be constructed as
fire barriers in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or
both, and shall have continuity in accordance with Section
707.5 for fire barriers or Section 711.2.2 for horizontal
assemblies, as applicable.
713.6 Exterior walls. Where exterior walls serve as a part of
a required shaft enclosure, such walls shall comply with the
requirements of Section 705 for exterior walls and the fireresistance-rated enclosure requirements shall not apply.
Exception: Exterior walls required to be fire-resistance
rated in accordance with Section 1021.2 for exterior egress
balconies, Section 1023.7 for interior exit stairways and
ramps and Section 1027.6 for exterior exit stairways and
ramps.
713.7 Openings. Openings in a shaft enclosure shall be protected in accordance with Section 716 as required for fire
barriers. Doors shall be self- or automatic-closing by smoke
detection in accordance with Section 716.5.9.3.
713.7.1 Prohibited openings. Openings other than those
necessary for the purpose of the shaft shall not be permitted in shaft enclosures.
713.8 Penetrations. Penetrations in a shaft enclosure shall be
protected in accordance with Section 714 as required for fire
barriers. Structural elements, such as beams or joists, where
protected in accordance with Section 714 shall be permitted
to penetrate a shaft enclosure.
713.8.1 Prohibited penetrations. Penetrations other than
those necessary for the purpose of the shaft shall not be
permitted in shaft enclosures.
713.9 Joints. Joints in a shaft enclosure shall comply with
Section 715.
713.10 Duct and air transfer openings. Penetrations of a
shaft enclosure by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply with Section 717.
713.11 Enclosure at the bottom. Shafts that do not extend to
the bottom of the building or structure shall comply with one
of the following:
1. They shall be enclosed at the lowest level with construction of the same fire-resistance rating as the lowest floor through which the shaft passes, but not less
than the rating required for the shaft enclosure.
2. They shall terminate in a room having a use related to
the purpose of the shaft. The room shall be separated
from the remainder of the building by fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711,
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
or both. The fire-resistance rating and opening protectives shall be not less than the protection required for
the shaft enclosure.
3. They shall be protected by approved fire dampers
installed in accordance with their listing at the lowest
floor level within the shaft enclosure.
Exceptions:
1. The fire-resistance-rated room separation is not
required, provided there are no openings in or penetrations of the shaft enclosure to the interior of the
building except at the bottom. The bottom of the
shaft shall be closed off around the penetrating items
with materials permitted by Section 718.3.1 for
draftstopping, or the room shall be provided with an
approved automatic sprinkler system.
2. A shaft enclosure containing a waste or linen chute
shall not be used for any other purpose and shall discharge in a room protected in accordance with Section 713.13.4.
3. The fire-resistance-rated room separation and the
protection at the bottom of the shaft are not required
provided there are no combustibles in the shaft and
there are no openings or other penetrations through
the shaft enclosure to the interior of the building.
713.12 Enclosure at top. A shaft enclosure that does not
extend to the underside of the roof sheathing, deck or slab of
the building shall be enclosed at the top with construction of
the same fire-resistance rating as the topmost floor penetrated by the shaft, but not less than the fire-resistance rating
required for the shaft enclosure.
713.13 Waste and linen chutes and incinerator rooms.
Waste and linen chutes shall comply with the provisions of
NFPA 82, Chapter 5 and shall meet the requirements of Sections 713.13.1 through 713.13.6. Incinerator rooms shall meet
the provisions of Sections 713.13.4 through 713.13.5.
Exception: Chutes serving and contained within a single
dwelling unit.
713.13.1 Waste and linen. A shaft enclosure containing a
recycling, or waste or linen chute shall not be used for any
other purpose and shall be enclosed in accordance with
Section 713.4. Openings into the shaft, from access rooms
and discharge rooms, shall be protected in accordance
with this section and Section 716. Openings into chutes
shall not be located in corridors. Doors into chutes shall
be self-closing. Discharge doors shall be self- or automatic-closing upon the actuation of a smoke detector in
accordance with Section 716.5.9.3, except that heat-activated closing devices shall be permitted between the shaft
and the discharge room.
713.13.2 Materials. A shaft enclosure containing a waste,
recycling, or linen chute shall be constructed of materials
as permitted by the building type of construction.
713.13.3 Chute access rooms. Access openings for waste
or linen chutes shall be located in rooms or compartments
enclosed by not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed
in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies
133
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both.
Openings into the access rooms shall be protected by
opening protectives having a fire protection rating of not
less than 3/4 hour. Doors shall be self- or automatic-closing
upon the detection of smoke in accordance with Section
716.5.9.3.
partitions shall comply with Sections 714.3.1 through
714.3.3. Penetrations in smoke barrier walls shall also comply with Section 714.4.4.
713.13.4 Chute discharge room. Waste or linen chutes
shall discharge into an enclosed room separated by fire
barriers with a fire-resistance rating not less than the
required fire rating of the shaft enclosure and constructed
in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies
constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both.
Openings into the discharge room from the remainder of
the building shall be protected by opening protectives having a fire protection rating equal to the protection required
for the shaft enclosure. Doors shall be self- or automaticclosing upon the detection of smoke in accordance with
Section 716.5.9.3. Waste chutes shall not terminate in an
incinerator room. Waste and linen rooms that are not provided with chutes need only comply with Table 509.
Exception: Where the penetrating items are steel, ferrous or copper pipes, tubes or conduits, the annular
space between the penetrating item and the fire-resistance-rated wall is permitted to be protected by either
of the following measures:
713.13.5 Incinerator room. Incinerator rooms shall comply with Table 509.
2. The material used to fill the annular space shall
prevent the passage of flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste when subjected to
ASTM E119 or UL 263 time-temperature fire
conditions under a minimum positive pressure
differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of water at the
location of the penetration for the time period
equivalent to the fire-resistance rating of the construction penetrated.
713.13.6 Automatic sprinkler system. An approved
automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in accordance
with Section 903.2.11.2.
*
713.14 Elevator, dumbwaiter and other hoistways. Elevator, dumbwaiter and other hoistway enclosures shall be constructed in accordance with Section 713 and Chapter 30.
SECTION 714
PENETRATIONS
714.1 Scope. The provisions of this section shall govern the
materials and methods of construction used to protect
through penetrations and membrane penetrations of horizontal assemblies and fire-resistance-rated wall assemblies.
714.1.1 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations of
fire-resistance-rated walls by ducts that are not protected
with dampers shall comply with Sections 714.2 through
714.3.3. Penetrations of horizontal assemblies not protected with a shaft as permitted by Section 717.6, and not
required to be protected with fire dampers by other sections of this code, shall comply with Sections 714.4
through 714.5.2. Ducts and air transfer openings that are
protected with dampers shall comply with Section 717.
714.2 Installation details. Where sleeves are used, they shall
be securely fastened to the assembly penetrated. The space
between the item contained in the sleeve and the sleeve itself
and any space between the sleeve and the assembly penetrated shall be protected in accordance with this section. Insulation and coverings on or in the penetrating item shall not
penetrate the assembly unless the specific material used has
been tested as part of the assembly in accordance with this
section.
714.3 Fire-resistance-rated walls. Penetrations into or
through fire walls, fire barriers, smoke barrier walls and fire
134
714.3.1 Through penetrations. Through penetrations of
fire-resistance-rated walls shall comply with Section
714.3.1.1 or 714.3.1.2.
1. In concrete or masonry walls where the penetrating item is a maximum 6-inch (152 mm) nominal
diameter and the area of the opening through the
wall does not exceed 144 square inches (0.0929
m2), concrete, grout or mortar is permitted where
installed the full thickness of the wall or the
thickness required to maintain the fire-resistance
rating.
714.3.1.1 Fire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetrations shall be installed as tested in an approved fireresistance-rated assembly.
714.3.1.2 Through-penetration firestop system.
Through penetrations shall be protected by an
approved penetration firestop system installed as tested
in accordance with ASTM E814 or UL 1479, with a
minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch
(2.49 Pa) of water and shall have an F rating of not less
than the required fire-resistance rating of the wall penetrated.
714.3.2 Membrane penetrations. Membrane penetrations shall comply with Section 714.3.1. Where walls or
partitions are required to have a fire-resistance rating,
recessed fixtures shall be installed such that the required
fire resistance will not be reduced.
Exceptions:
1. Membrane penetrations of maximum 2-hour fireresistance-rated walls and partitions by steel electrical boxes that do not exceed 16 square inches
(0.0 103 m2) in area, provided the aggregate area
of the openings through the membrane does not
exceed 100 square inches (0.0645 m2) in any 100
square feet (9.29 m2) of wall area. The annular
space between the wall membrane and the box
shall not exceed 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). Such boxes on
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
1.1. By a horizontal distance of not less than
24 inches (610 mm) where the wall or
partition is constructed with individual
noncommunicating stud cavities;
1.2. By a horizontal distance of not less than
the depth of the wall cavity where the
wall cavity is filled with cellulose loosefill, rockwool or slag mineral wool insulation;
1.3. By solid fireblocking in accordance with
Section 718.2.1;
1.4. By protecting both outlet boxes with
listed putty pads; or
1.5. By other listed materials and methods.
2. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical boxes
of any material, provided such boxes have been
tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies
and are installed in accordance with the instructions included in the listing. The annular space
between the wall membrane and the box shall not
exceed 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) unless listed otherwise.
Such boxes on opposite sides of the wall or partition shall be separated by one of the following:
2.1. By the horizontal distance specified in the
listing of the electrical boxes;
2.2. By solid fireblocking in accordance with
Section 718.2.1;
2.3. By protecting both boxes with listed putty
pads; or
2.4. By other listed materials and methods.
3. Membrane penetrations by electrical boxes of
any size or type, that have been listed as part of a
wall opening protective material system for use
in fire-resistance-rated assemblies and are
installed in accordance with the instructions
included in the listing.
4. Membrane penetrations by boxes other than electrical boxes, provided such penetrating items and
the annular space between the wall membrane
and the box, are protected by an approved membrane penetration firestop system installed as
tested in accordance with ASTM E814 or UL
1479, with a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of water, and shall have
an F and T rating of not less than the required
fire-resistance rating of the wall penetrated and
be installed in accordance with their listing.
5. The annular space created by the penetration of
an automatic sprinkler, provided it is covered by
a metal escutcheon plate.
6. Membrane penetrations of maximum 2-hour fire
resistance-rated walls and partitions by steel
electrical boxes that exceed 16 square inches (0.0
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
103 m2) in area, or steel electrical boxes of any
size having an aggregate area through the membrane exceeding 100 square inches (0.0645 m2) in
any 100 square feet (9.29 m2) of wall area, provided such penetrating items are protected by
listed putty pads or other listed materials and
methods, and installed in accordance with the
listing.
714.3.3 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible penetrating items shall not connect to combustible items beyond
the point of firestopping unless it can be demonstrated that
the fire-resistance integrity of the wall is maintained.
714.4 Horizontal assemblies. Penetrations of a fire-resistance-rated floor, floor/ceiling assembly or the ceiling membrane of a roof/ceiling assembly not required to be enclosed
in a shaft by Section 712.1 shall be protected in accordance
with Sections 714.4.1 through 714.4.4.
714.4.1 Through penetrations. Through penetrations of
horizontal assemblies shall comply with Section 714.4.1.1
or 714.4.1.2.
¬
opposite sides of the wall or partition shall be
separated by one of the following:
Exceptions:
1. Penetrations by steel, ferrous or copper conduits, pipes, tubes or vents or concrete or
masonry items through a single fire-resistance-rated floor assembly where the annular
space is protected with materials that prevent
the passage of flame and hot gases sufficient
to ignite cotton waste when subjected to
ASTM E119 or UL 263 time-temperature fire
conditions under a minimum positive pressure
differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of water at
the location of the penetration for the time
period equivalent to the fire-resistance rating
of the construction penetrated. Penetrating
items with a maximum 6-inch (152 mm) nominal diameter shall not be limited to the penetration of a single fire-resistance-rated floor
assembly, provided the aggregate area of the
openings through the assembly does not
exceed 144 square inches (92 900 mm2) in any
100 square feet (9.3 m2) of floor area.
2. Penetrations in a single concrete floor by steel,
ferrous or copper conduits, pipes, tubes or
vents with a maximum 6-inch (152 mm) nominal diameter, provided the concrete, grout or
mortar is installed the full thickness of the
floor or the thickness required to maintain the
fire-resistance rating. The penetrating items
shall not be limited to the penetration of a single concrete floor, provided the area of the
opening through each floor does not exceed
144 square inches (92 900 mm2).
3. Penetrations by listed electrical boxes of any
material, provided such boxes have been
tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies and installed in accordance with the
instructions included in the listing.
135
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
714.4.1.1 Installation. Through penetrations shall be
installed as tested in the approved fire-resistance-rated
assembly.
714.4.1.2 Through-penetration firestop system.
Through penetrations shall be protected by an
approved through-penetration firestop system installed
and tested in accordance with ASTM E814 or UL 1479,
with a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01
inch of water (2.49 Pa). The system shall have an F rating/T rating of not less than 1 hour but not less than the
required rating of the floor penetrated.
Exceptions:
1. Floor penetrations contained and located
within the cavity of a wall above the floor
or below the floor do not require a T rating.
2. Floor penetrations by floor drains, tub
drains or shower drains contained and
located within the concealed space of a horizontal assembly do not require a T rating.
3. Floor penetrations of maximum 4-inch
(102 mm) nominal diameter penetrating
directly into metal-enclosed electrical
power switchgear do not require a T rating.
714.4.2 Membrane penetrations. Penetrations of membranes that are part of a horizontal assembly shall comply
with Section 714.4.1.1 or 714.4.1.2. Where floor/ceiling
assemblies are required to have a fire-resistance rating,
recessed fixtures shall be installed such that the required
fire resistance will not be reduced.
Exceptions:
1. Membrane penetrations by steel, ferrous or copper conduits, pipes, tubes or vents, or concrete or
masonry items where the annular space is protected either in accordance with Section 714.4.1
or to prevent the free passage of flame and the
products of combustion. The aggregate area of
the openings through the membrane shall not
exceed 100 square inches (64 500 mm2) in any
100 square feet (9.3 m2) of ceiling area in assemblies tested without penetrations.
2. Ceiling membrane penetrations of maximum 2hour horizontal assemblies by steel electrical
boxes that do not exceed 16 square inches (10
323 mm2) in area, provided the aggregate area of
such penetrations does not exceed 100 square
inches (44 500 mm2) in any 100 square feet (9.29
m2) of ceiling area, and the annular space
between the ceiling membrane and the box does
not exceed 1/8 inch (3.2 mm).
3. Membrane penetrations by electrical boxes of
any size or type, that have been listed as part of
an opening protective material system for use in
horizontal assemblies and are installed in accordance with the instructions included in the listing.
4. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical boxes
of any material, provided such boxes have been
136
tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies
and are installed in accordance with the instructions included in the listing. The annular space
between the ceiling membrane and the box shall
not exceed 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) unless listed otherwise.
5. The annular space created by the penetration of a
fire sprinkler, provided it is covered by a metal
escutcheon plate.
6. Noncombustible items that are cast into concrete
building elements and that do not penetrate both
top and bottom surfaces of the element.
7. The ceiling membrane of 1- and 2-hour fire-resistance-rated horizontal assemblies is permitted to
be interrupted with the double wood top plate of a
wall assembly that is sheathed with Type X gypsum wallboard, provided that all penetrating
items through the double top plates are protected
in accordance with Section 714.4.1.1 or 714.4.1.2
and the ceiling membrane is tight to the top
plates.
714.4.3 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible penetrating items shall not connect to combustible materials
beyond the point of firestopping unless it can be demonstrated that the fire-resistance integrity of the horizontal
assembly is maintained.
714.4.4 Penetrations in smoke barriers. Penetrations in
smoke barriers shall be protected by an approved throughpenetration firestop system installed and tested in accordance with the requirements of UL 1479 for air leakage.
The L rating of the system measured at 0.30 inch (7.47 Pa)
of water in both the ambient temperature and elevated
temperature tests shall not exceed:
1. 5.0 cfm per square foot (0.025 m3/ s · m2) of penetration opening for each through-penetration firestop
system; or
2. A total cumulative leakage of 50 cfm (0.024 m3/s)
for any 100 square feet (9.3 m2) of wall area, or floor
area.
714.5 Nonfire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetrations of
nonfire-resistance-rated floor or floor/ceiling assemblies or
the ceiling membrane of a nonfire-resistance-rated roof/ceiling assembly shall meet the requirements of Section 713 or
shall comply with Section 714.5.1 or 714.5.2.
714.5.1 Noncombustible penetrating items. Noncombustible penetrating items that connect not more than five
stories are permitted, provided that the annular space is
filled to resist the free passage of flame and the products
of combustion with an approved noncombustible material
or with a fill, void or cavity material that is tested and classified for use in through-penetration firestop systems.
714.5.2 Penetrating items. Penetrating items that connect
not more than two stories are permitted, provided that the
annular space is filled with an approved material to resist
the free passage of flame and the products of combustion.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
SECTION 715
FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEMS
715.1 General. Joints installed in or between fire-resistancerated walls, floor or floor/ceiling assemblies and roofs or
roof/ceiling assemblies shall be protected by an approved
fire-resistant joint system designed to resist the passage of
fire for a time period not less than the required fire-resistance
rating of the wall, floor or roof in or between which the system is installed. Fire-resistant joint systems shall be tested in
accordance with Section 715.3.
Exception: Fire-resistant joint systems shall not be
required for joints in all of the following locations:
1. Floors within a single dwelling unit.
2. Floors where the joint is protected by a shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 713.
3. Floors within atriums where the space adjacent to
the atrium is included in the volume of the atrium
for smoke control purposes.
4. Floors within malls.
5. Floors and ramps within open and enclosed parking
garages or structures constructed in accordance with
Sections 406.5 and 406.6, respectively.
6. Mezzanine floors.
7. Walls that are permitted to have unprotected openings.
8. Roofs where openings are permitted.
9. Control joints not exceeding a maximum width of
0.625 inch (15.9 mm) and tested in accordance with
ASTM E119 or UL 263.
715.1.1 Curtain wall assembly. The void created at the
intersection of a floor/ceiling assembly and an exterior
curtain wall assembly shall be protected in accordance
with Section 715.4.
715.2 Installation. A fire-resistant joint system shall be
securely installed in accordance with the listing criteria in or
on the joint for its entire length so as not to dislodge, loosen
or otherwise impair its ability to accommodate expected
building movements and to resist the passage of fire and hot
gases.
715.3 Fire test criteria. Fire-resistant joint systems shall be
tested in accordance with the requirements of either ASTM
E1966 or UL 2079. Nonsymmetrical wall joint systems shall
be tested with both faces exposed to the furnace, and the
assigned fire-resistance rating shall be the shortest duration
obtained from the two tests. Where evidence is furnished to
show that the wall was tested with the least fire-resistant side
exposed to the furnace, subject to acceptance of the building
official, the wall need not be subjected to tests from the opposite side.
voids created at the intersection of the exterior curtain wall
assemblies and such floor assemblies shall be sealed with an
approved system to prevent the interior spread of fire. Such
systems shall be securely installed and tested in accordance
with ASTM E2307 to provide an F rating for a time period
not less than the fire-resistance rating of the floor assembly.
Height and fire-resistance requirements for curtain wall spandrels shall comply with Section 705.8.5.
Exception: Voids created at the intersection of the exterior curtain wall assemblies and such floor assemblies
where the vision glass extends to the finished floor level
shall be permitted to be sealed with an approved material
to prevent the interior spread of fire. Such material shall be
securely installed and capable of preventing the passage of
flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste where
subjected to ASTM E119 time-temperature fire conditions
under a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01
inch (0.254 mm) of water column (2.5 Pa) for the time
period not less than the fire-resistance rating of the floor
assembly.
715.4.1 Exterior curtain wall/nonfire-resistance-rated
floor assembly intersections. Voids created at the intersection of exterior curtain wall assemblies and nonfireresistance-rated floor or floor/ceiling assemblies shall be
sealed with an approved material or system to retard the
interior spread of fire and hot gases between stories.
715.4.2 Exterior curtain wall/vertical fire barrier intersections. Voids created at the intersection of nonfire-resistance-rated exterior curtain wall assemblies and fire
barriers shall be filled. An approved material or system
shall be used to fill the void and shall be securely installed
in or on the intersection for its entire length so as not to
dislodge, loosen or otherwise impair its ability to accommodate expected building movements and to retard the
passage of fire and hot gases.
715.5 Spandrel wall. Height and fire-resistance requirements
for curtain wall spandrels shall comply with Section 705.8.5.
Where Section 705.8.5 does not require a fire-resistancerated spandrel wall, the requirements of Section 715.4 shall
still apply to the intersection between the spandrel wall and
the floor.
715.6 Fire-resistant joint systems in smoke barriers. Fireresistant joint systems in smoke barriers, and joints at the
intersection of a horizontal smoke barrier and an exterior curtain wall, shall be tested in accordance with the requirements
of UL 2079 for air leakage. The L rating of the joint system
shall not exceed 5 cfm per linear foot (0.00775 m3/s m) of
joint at 0.30 inch (7.47 Pa) of water for both the ambient temperature and elevated temperature tests.
Exception: For exterior walls with a horizontal fire separation distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm), the joint
system shall be required to be tested for interior fire exposure only.
SECTION 716
OPENING PROTECTIVES
716.1 General. Opening protectives required by other sections of this code shall comply with the provisions of this section.
715.4 Exterior curtain wall/floor intersection.Where fire
resistance-rated floor or floor/ceiling assemblies are required,
716.2 Fire-resistance-rated glazing. Fire-resistance-rated
glazing tested as part of a fire-resistance-rated wall or floor/
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
137
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
ceiling assembly in accordance with ASTM E119 or UL 263
and labeled in accordance with Section 703.6 shall not otherwise be required to comply with this section where used as
part of a wall or floor/ceiling assembly. Fire-resistance-rated
glazing shall be permitted in fire door and fire window assemblies where tested and installed in accordance with their listings and where in compliance with the requirements of this
section.
716.3 Marking fire-rated glazing assemblies. Fire-rated
glazing assemblies shall be marked in accordance with
Tables 716.3, 716.5 and 716.6.
716.3.1 Fire-rated glazing identification. For fire-rated
glazing, the label shall bear the identification required in
Tables 716.3 and 716.5. “D” indicates that the glazing is
permitted to be used in fire door assemblies and that the
glazing meets the fire protection requirements of NFPA
252. “H” shall indicate that the glazing meets the hose
stream requirements of NFPA 252. “T” shall indicate that
the glazing meets the temperature requirements of Section
716.5.5.1. The placeholder “XXX” represents the fire-rating period, in minutes.
716.3.2 Fire-protection-rated glazing identification. For
fire-protection-rated glazing, the label shall bear the following identification required in Tables 716.3 and 716.6:
“OH – XXX.” “OH” indicates that the glazing meets both
the fire protection and the hose-stream requirements of
NFPA 257 or UL 9 and is permitted to be used in fire window openings. The placeholder “XXX” represents the
fire-rating period, in minutes.
716.3.3 Fire-rated glazing that exceeds the code
requirements. Fire-rated glazing assemblies marked as
complying with hose stream requirements (H) shall be permitted in applications that do not require compliance with
hose stream requirements. Fire-rated glazing assemblies
marked as complying with temperature rise requirements
(T) shall be permitted in applications that do not require
compliance with temperature rise requirements. Fire-rated
glazing assemblies marked with ratings (XXX) that
exceed the ratings required by this code shall be permitted.
716.4 Alternative methods for determining fire protection
ratings. The application of any of the alternative methods
listed in this section shall be based on the fire exposure and
acceptance criteria specified in NFPA 252, NFPA 257 or UL
9. The required fire resistance of an opening protective shall
be permitted to be established by any of the following methods or procedures:
1. Designs documented in approved sources.
2. Calculations performed in an approved manner.
3. Engineering analysis based on a comparison of opening
protective designs having fire protection ratings as
determined by the test procedures set forth in NFPA
252, NFPA 257 or UL 9.
4. Alternative protection methods as allowed by Section
104.11.
716.5 Fire door and shutter assemblies. Approved fire door
and fire shutter assemblies shall be constructed of any material or assembly of component materials that conforms to the
test requirements of Section 716.5.1, 716.5.2 or 716.5.3 and
the fire protection rating indicated in Table 716.5. Fire door
frames with transom lights, sidelights or both shall be permitted in accordance with Section 716.5.6. Fire door assemblies
and shutters shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of this section and NFPA 80.
Exceptions:
1. Labeled protective assemblies that conform to the
requirements of this section or UL 10A, UL 14B and
UL 14C for tin-clad fire door assemblies.
2. Floor fire door assemblies in accordance with Section 712.1.13.1.
716.5.1 Side-hinged or pivoted swinging doors. Fire
door assemblies with side-hinged and pivoted swinging
doors shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 252 or UL
10C. After 5 minutes into the NFPA 252 test, the neutral
pressure level in the furnace shall be established at 40
inches (1016 mm) or less above the sill.
716.5.2 Other types of assemblies. Fire door assemblies
with other types of doors, including swinging elevator
doors, horizontal sliding fire door assemblies, and fire
shutter assemblies, bottom and side-hinged chute intake
doors, and top-hinged chute discharge doors, shall be
tested in accordance with NFPA 252 or UL 10B. The pressure in the furnace shall be maintained as nearly equal to
the atmospheric pressure as possible. Once established, the
pressure shall be maintained during the entire test period.
716.5.3 Door assemblies in corridors and smoke barriers. Fire door assemblies required to have a minimum fire
protection rating of 20 minutes where located in corridor
TABLE 716.3
MARKING FIRE-RATED GLAZING ASSEMBLIES
FIRE TEST STANDARD
MARKING
ASTM E119 or UL 263
W
Meets wall assembly criteria.
NFPA 257 or UL 9
OH
Meets fire window assembly criteria including the hose stream test.
NFPA 252 or UL 10B or UL 10C
D
H
T
XXX
DEFINITION OF MARKING
Meets fire door assembly criteria.
Meets fire door assembly hose stream test.
Meets 450ºF temperature rise criteria for 30 minutes
The time in minutes of the fire resistance or fire protection rating of the glazing assembly.
For SI: ºC = [(ºF) - 32]/1.8.
138
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
walls or smoke barrier walls having a fire-resistance rating in accordance with Table 716.5 shall be tested in
accordance with NFPA 252 or UL 10C without the hose
stream test.
Exceptions:
1. Viewports that require a hole not larger than 1
inch (25 mm) in diameter through the door, have
not less than a 0.25-inch-thick (6.4 mm) glass
disc and the holder is of metal that will not melt
out where subject to temperatures of 1,700°F
(927°C).
2. Corridor door assemblies in occupancies of
Group I-2 shall be in accordance with Section
407.3.1.
3. Unprotected openings shall be permitted for corridors in multitheater complexes where each
motion picture auditorium has not fewer than
one-half of its required exit or exit access doorways opening directly to the exterior or into an
exit passageway.
4. Horizontal sliding doors in smoke barriers that
comply with Sections 408.6 and 408.8.4 in occupancies in Group I-3.
716.5.3.1 Smoke and draft control. Fire door assemblies shall meet the requirements for a smoke and draft
control door assembly tested in accordance with UL
1784. The air leakage rate of the door assembly shall
not exceed 3.0 cubic feet per minute per square foot
(0.01524 m3/s x m2) of door opening at 0.10 inch (24.9
Pa) of water for both the ambient temperature and elevated temperature tests. Louvers shall be prohibited.
Installation of smoke doors shall be in accordance with
NFPA 105.
716.5.3.2 Glazing in door assemblies. In a 20-minute
fire door assembly, the glazing material in the door
itself shall have a minimum fire-protection-rated glazing of 20 minutes and shall be exempt from the hose
stream test. Glazing material in any other part of the
door assembly, including transom lights and sidelights,
shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 257 or UL 9,
including the hose stream test, in accordance with Section 716.6.
716.5.4 Door assemblies in other fire partitions. Fire
door assemblies required to have a minimum fire protection rating of 20 minutes where located in other fire partitions having a fire-resistance rating of 0.5 hour in
accordance with Table 716.5 shall be tested in accordance
with NFPA 252, UL 10B or UL 10C with the hose stream
test.
716.5.5 Doors in interior exit stairways and ramps and
exit passageways. Fire door assemblies in interior exit
stairways and ramps and exit passageways shall have a
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
maximum transmitted temperature rise of not more than
450qF (250qC) above ambient at the end of 30 minutes of
standard fire test exposure.
Exception: The maximum transmitted temperature
rise is not required in buildings equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
716.5.5.1 Glazing in doors. Fire-protection-rated glazing in excess of 100 square inches (0.065 m2) is not permitted. Fire-resistance-rated glazing in excess of 100
square inches (0.065 m2) shall be permitted in fire
doors. Listed fire-resistance-rated glazing in a fire
door shall have a maximum transmitted temperature
rise in accordance with Section 716.5.5 when the fire
door is tested in accordance with NFPA 252, UL 10B
or UL 10C.
716.5.6 Fire door frames with transom lights and sidelights. Door frames with transom lights, sidelights or both,
shall be permitted where a 3/4-hour fire protection rating or
less is required in accordance with Table 716.5. Fire door
frames with transom lights, sidelights, or both, installed
with fire-resistance-rated glazing tested as an assembly in
accordance with ASTM E119 or UL 263 shall be permitted where a fire protection rating exceeding 3/4 hour is
required in accordance with Table 716.5.
716.5.7 Labeled protective assemblies. Fire door assemblies shall be labeled by an approved agency. The labels
shall comply with NFPA 80, and shall be permanently
affixed to the door or frame.
716.5.7.1 Fire door labeling requirements. Fire
doors shall be labeled showing the name of the manufacturer or other identification readily traceable back to
the manufacturer, the name or trademark of the thirdparty inspection agency, the fire protection rating and,
where required for fire doors in interior exit stairways
and ramps and exit passageways by Section 716.5.5,
the maximum transmitted temperature end point.
Smoke and draft control doors complying with UL
1784 shall be labeled as such and shall comply with
Section 716.5.7.3. Labels shall be approved and permanently affixed. The label shall be applied at the factory
or location where fabrication and assembly are performed.
716.5.7.1.1 Light kits, louvers and components.
Listed light kits and louvers and their required preparations shall be considered as part of the labeled
door where such installations are done under the listing program of the third-party agency. Fire doors
and door assemblies shall be permitted to consist of
components, including glazing, vision light kits and
hardware that are listed or classified and labeled for
such use by different third-party agencies.
139
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 716.5
OPENING FIRE PROTECTION ASSEMBLIES, RATINGS AND MARKINGS
TYPE OF
ASSEMBLY
Fire walls and fire
barriers having a
required fire-resistance rating
greater than 1 hour
Enclosures for
shafts, interior exit
stairways and interior exit ramps.
REQUIRED
WALL
ASSEMBLY
RATING
(hours)
MINIMUM
FIRE DOOR
AND FIRE
DOOR VISION
SHUTTER
PANEL SIZEb
ASSEMBLY
RATING
(hours)
4
3
3
3a
See Note b
See Note b
2
11/2
100 sq. in.
11/2
11/2
100 sq. in.
2
11/2
100 sq. in.
4
3
100 sq. in.
3
3a
100 sq. in.
1
1
100 sq. in.c
Horizontal exits in
fire wallse
Fire barriers having a required fireresistance rating
of 1 hour:
Enclosures for
shafts, exit access
stairways, exit access ramps, interior exit stairways
and interior exit
ramps; and exit
passageway walls
FIRE-RATED
GLAZING MARKING
DOOR VISION PANEL d
D-H-W-240
D-H-W-180
d100 sq. in. = D-H-90
>100 sq. in.=
D-H-W-90
d100 sq. in. = D-H-90
>100 sq. in.=
D-H-W-90
MINIMUM SIDELIGHT/
TRANSOM ASSEMBLY
RATING (hours)
Fire protection
Fire
resistance
Fire protection
Fire
resistance
Not Permitted
Not Permitted
4
3
Not Permitted
Not Permitted
W-240
W-180
Not Permitted
2
Not Permitted
W-120
Not Permitted
11/2
Not Permitted
W-90
2
Not Permitted
W-120
4
Not Permitted
W-240
3
Not Permitted
W-180
1
Not Permitted
W-60
d100 sq. in. = D-H-90
> 100 sq. in.=
Not Permitted
D-H-T-W-90
d100 sq. in. = D-H-180
> 100 sq. in.=
Not Permitted
D-H-W-240
d100 sq. in. = D-H-180
> 100 sq. in.=
Not Permitted
D-H-W-180
d100 sq. in. = D-H-60
>100 sq. in.=
D-H-T-W-60
FIRE-RATED GLAZING MARKING
SIDELIGHT/TRANSOM PANEL
Not
Permitted
Fire protection
Other fire barriers
Fire partitions:
Corridor walls
1
3
1
1 b
3
0.5
1 b
3
/4
/
Maximum
size tested
Maximum
size tested
1
3
/4
Maximum
size tested
Maximum
size tested
0.5
1
/3
Maximum
size tested
/
Other fire
partitions
D-H
3
/4
D-H
D-20
3 b
4
/
D-H-OH-45
D-20
1
/3
D-H-OH-20
D-H-45
3
/4
D-H-45
D-H-20
1
/3
D-H-20
(continued)
140
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 716.5—continued
OPENING FIRE PROTECTION ASSEMBLIES, RATINGS AND MARKINGS
TYPE OF
ASSEMBLY
MINIMUM
REQUIRED FIRE DOOR
AND FIRE
WALL
DOOR VISION
ASSEMBLY SHUTTER
PANEL SIZEb
RATING ASSEMBLY
RATING
(hours)
(hours)
FIRE-RATED
GLAZING MARKING
DOOR VISION PANELd
MINIMUM SIDELIGHT/
TRANSOM ASSEMBLY
RATING (hours)
FIRE-RATED GLAZING
MARKING SIDELIGHT/TRANSOM
PANEL
Fire
protection
Fire
resistance
Fire protection
Fire
resistance
Not Permitted
3
Not Permitted
W-180
Not Permitted
2
Not Permitted
W-120
d100 sq. in. = D-H-90
3
Exterior walls
2
11/2
100 sq. in.b
11/2
100 sq. in.b
>100 sq. in = D-H-W-90
d100 sq. in. = D-H-90
>100 sq. in.= D-H-W-90
Fire protection
1
3
1
1
/4
Maximum
size tested
/3
Maximum
size tested
D-H-45
3
/4
D-H-45
Fire protection
Smoke barriers
D-20
3
/4
D-H-OH-45
For SI: 1 square inch = 645.2 mm.
a. Two doors, each with a fire protection rating of 11/2 hours, installed on opposite sides of the same opening in a fire wall, shall be deemed equivalent in fire
protection rating to one 3-hour fire door.
b. Fire-resistance-rated glazing tested to ASTM E119 in accordance with Section 716.2 shall be permitted, in the maximum size tested.
c. Except where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler and the fire-rated glazing meets the criteria established in Section 716.5.5.
d. Under the column heading “Fire-rated glazing marking door vision panel,” W refers to the fire-resistance rating of the glazing, not the frame.
e. See Section 716.5.8.1.2.1.
716.5.7.2 Oversized doors. Oversized fire doors shall
bear an oversized fire door label by an approved
agency or shall be provided with a certificate of inspection furnished by an approved testing agency. Where a
certificate of inspection is furnished by an approved
testing agency, the certificate shall state that the door
conforms to the requirements of design, materials and
construction, but has not been subjected to the fire test.
716.5.8.1.1 Fire-resistance-rated glazing in door
assemblies in fire walls and fire barriers rated
greater than 1 hour. Fire-resistance-rated glazing
tested to ASTM E119 or UL 263 and NFPA 252, UL
10B or UL 10C shall be permitted in fire door
assemblies located in fire walls and in fire barriers
in accordance with Table 716.5 to the maximum size
tested and in accordance with their listings.
716.5.7.3 Smoke and draft control door labeling
requirements. Smoke and draft control doors complying with UL 1784 shall be labeled in accordance with
Section 716.5.7.1 and shall show the letter “S” on the
fire-rating label of the door. This marking shall indicate
that the door and frame assembly are in compliance
where listed or labeled gasketing is installed.
716.5.8.1.2 Fire-protection-rated glazing in door
assemblies in fire walls and fire barriers rated
greater than 1 hour. Fire-protection-rated glazing
shall be prohibited in fire walls and fire barriers
except as provided in Sections 716.5.8.1.2.1 and
716.5.8.1.2.2.
716.5.7.4 Fire door frame labeling requirements.
Fire door frames shall be labeled showing the names of
the manufacturer and the third-party inspection agency.
716.5.7.5 Fire door operator labeling requirements.
Fire door operators for horizontal sliding doors shall be
labeled and listed for use with the assembly.
716.5.8 Glazing material. Fire-rated glazing and fireresistance-rated glazing conforming to the opening protection requirements in Section 716.5 shall be permitted in
fire door assemblies.
716.5.8.1 Size limitations. Fire-resistance-rated glazing shall comply with the size limitations in Section
716.5.8.1.1. Fire-protection-rated glazing shall comply
with the size limitations of NFPA 80, and as provided
in Section 716.5.8.1.2.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
716.5.8.1.2.1 Horizontal exits. Fire-protectionrated glazing shall be permitted as vision panels
in self-closing swinging fire door assemblies
serving as horizontal exits in fire walls where
limited to 100 square inches (0.065 m2) with no
dimension exceeding 10 inches (0.3 mm).
716.5.8.1.2.2 Fire barriers. Fire-protection-rated
glazing shall be permitted in fire doors having a
11/2-hour fire protection rating intended for
installation in fire barriers, where limited to 100
square inches (0.065 m2).
716.5.8.2 Elevator, stairway and ramp protectives.
Approved fire-protection-rated glazing used in fire
door assemblies in elevator, stairway and ramp enclosures shall be so located as to furnish clear vision of the
passageway or approach to the elevator, stairway or
ramp.
141
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
¬
716.5.8.3 Labeling. Fire-rated glazing shall bear a
label or other identification showing the name of the
manufacturer, the test standard and information
required in Table 716.3 that shall be issued by an
approved agency and shall be permanently identified
on the glazing.
716.5.8.4 Safety glazing. Fire-protection-rated glazing
and fire-resistance-rated glazing installed in fire door
assemblies shall comply with the safety glazing
requirements of Chapter 24 where applicable.
716.5.9 Door closing. Fire doors shall be latching and
self- or automatic-closing in accordance with this section.
Exceptions:
8. Doors installed in shaft enclosures in accordance with Section 713.7.
9. Doors installed in waste and linen chutes, discharge openings and access and discharge
rooms in accordance with Section 713.13.
Loading doors installed in waste and linen
chutes shall meet the requirements of Sections
716.5.9 and 716.5.9.1.1.
10. Doors installed in the walls for compartmentation of underground buildings in accordance
with Section 405.4.2.
1. Fire doors located in common walls separating
sleeping units in Group R-1 shall be permitted
without automatic- or self-closing devices.
11. Doors installed in the elevator lobby walls of
underground buildings in accordance with Section 405.4.3.
2. The elevator car doors and the associated hoistway enclosure doors at the floor level designated
for recall in accordance with Section 3003.2 shall
be permitted to remain open during Phase I emergency recall operation.
716.5.9.1 Latch required. Unless otherwise specifically permitted, single fire doors and both leaves of
pairs of side-hinged swinging fire doors shall be provided with an active latch bolt that will secure the door
when it is closed.
716.5.9.1.1 Chute intake door latching. Chute
intake doors shall be positive latching, remaining
latched and closed in the event of latch spring failure
during a fire emergency.
12. Doors installed in smoke partitions in accordance with Section 710.5.2.3.
716.5.9.2 Automatic-closing fire door assemblies.
Automatic-closing fire door assemblies shall be selfclosing in accordance with NFPA 80.
716.5.9.3 Smoke-activated doors. Automatic-closing
doors installed in the following locations shall be automatic-closing by the actuation of smoke detectors
installed in accordance with Section 907.3 or by loss of
power to the smoke detector or hold-open device.
Doors that are automatic-closing by smoke detection
shall not have more than a 10-second delay before the
door starts to close after the smoke detector is actuated:
1. Doors installed across a corridor.
2. Doors installed in the enclosures of exit access
stairways and ramps in accordance with Sections 1019 and 1023, respectively.
3. Doors that protect openings in exits or corridors
required to be of fire-resistance-rated construction.
4. Doors that protect openings in walls that are
capable of resisting the passage of smoke in
accordance with Section 509.4.
5. Doors installed in smoke barriers in accordance
with Section 709.5.
6. Doors installed in fire partitions in accordance
with Section 708.6.
142
7. Doors installed in a fire wall in accordance with
Section 706.8.
716.5.9.4 Doors in pedestrian ways. Vertical sliding
or vertical rolling steel fire doors in openings through
which pedestrians travel shall be heat activated or activated by smoke detectors with alarm verification.
716.5.10 Swinging fire shutters. Where fire shutters of
the swinging type are installed in exterior openings, not
less than one row in every three vertical rows shall be
arranged to be readily opened from the outside, and shall
be identified by distinguishing marks or letters not less
than 6 inches (152 mm) high.
716.5.11 Rolling fire shutters. Where fire shutters of the
rolling type are installed, such shutters shall include
approved automatic-closing devices.
716.6 Fire-protection-rated glazing. Glazing in fire window
assemblies shall be fire protection rated in accordance with
this section and Table 716.6. Glazing in fire door assemblies
shall comply with Section 716.5.8. Fire-protection-rated glazing in fire window assemblies shall be tested in accordance
with and shall meet the acceptance criteria of NFPA 257 or
UL 9. Fire-protection-rated glazing shall comply with NFPA
80. Openings in nonfire-resistance-rated exterior wall assemblies that require protection in accordance with Section
705.3, 705.8, 705.8.5 or 705.8.6 shall have a fire protection
rating of not less than 3/4 hour. Fire-protection-rated glazing
in 0.5-hour fire-resistance-rated partitions is permitted to
have an 0.33-hour fire protection rating.
716.6.1 Testing under positive pressure. NFPA 257 or
UL 9 shall evaluate fire-protection-rated glazing under
positive pressure. Within the first 10 minutes of a test, the
pressure in the furnace shall be adjusted so not less than
two-thirds of the test specimen is above the neutral pressure plane, and the neutral pressure plane shall be maintained at that height for the balance of the test.
716.6.2 Nonsymmetrical glazing systems. Nonsymmetrical fire-protection-rated glazing systems in fire partitions,
fire barriers or in exterior walls with a fire separation distance of 5 feet (1524 mm) or less pursuant to Section 705
shall be tested with both faces exposed to the furnace, and
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
716.6.7.2 Area limitations. The total area of the glazing in fire-protection-rated window assemblies shall
not exceed 25 percent of the area of a common wall
with any room.
the assigned fire protection rating shall be the shortest
duration obtained from the two tests conducted in compliance with NFPA 257 or UL 9.
716.6.3 Safety glazing. Fire-protection-rated glazing and
fire-resistance-rated glazing installed in fire window
assemblies shall comply with the safety glazing requirements of Chapter 24 where applicable.
716.6.4 Glass and glazing. Glazing in fire window assemblies shall be fire-protection-rated glazing installed in
accordance with and complying with the size limitations
set forth in NFPA 80.
716.6.7.3 Where 1/3-hour fire-protection window
assemblies permitted. Fire-protection-rated glazing
shall be permitted in window assemblies tested to
NFPA 257 or UL 9 in smoke barriers and fire partitions requiring 1/3-hour opening protection in accordance with Table 716.6.
716.6.8 Labeling requirements. Fire-protection-rated
glazing shall bear a label or other identification showing
the name of the manufacturer, the test standard and information required in Section 716.3.2 and Table 716.6 that
shall be issued by an approved agency and permanently
identified on the glazing.
716.6.5 Installation. Fire-protection-rated glazing shall be
in the fixed position or be automatic-closing and shall be
installed in approved frames.
716.6.6 Window mullions. Metal mullions that exceed a
nominal height of 12 feet (3658 mm) shall be protected
with materials to afford the same fire-resistance rating as
required for the wall construction in which the protective
is located.
716.6.7 Interior fire window assemblies. Fire-protection-rated glazing used in fire window assemblies located
in fire partitions and fire barriers shall be limited to use in
assemblies with a maximum fire-resistance rating of 1
hour in accordance with this section.
716.6.7.1 Where 3/4-hour fire protection window
assemblies permitted. Fire-protection-rated glazing
requiring 45-minute opening protection in accordance
with Table 716.6 shall be limited to fire partitions
designed in accordance with Section 708 and fire barriers utilized in the applications set forth in Sections
707.3.6, 707.3.7 and 707.3.9 where the fire-resistance
rating does not exceed 1 hour. Fire-resistance-rated
glazing assemblies tested in accordance with ASTM
E119 or UL 263 shall not be subject to the limitations
of this section.
SECTION 717
DUCTS AND AIR TRANSFER OPENINGS
717.1 General. The provisions of this section shall govern
the protection of duct penetrations and air transfer openings
in assemblies required to be protected and duct penetrations
in nonfire-resistance-rated floor assemblies.
717.1.1 Ducts and air transfer openings. Ducts transitioning horizontally between shafts shall not require a
shaft enclosure provided that the duct penetration into
each associated shaft is protected with dampers complying
with this section.
717.1.2 Ducts that penetrate fire-resistance-rated
assemblies without dampers. Ducts that penetrate fireresistance-rated assemblies and are not required by this
section to have dampers shall comply with the requirements of Sections 714.2 through 714.3.3. Ducts that penetrate horizontal assemblies not required to be contained
within a shaft and not required by this section to have
TABLE 716.6
FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY FIRE PROTECTION RATINGS
TYPE OF WALL
ASSEMBLY
Interior walls
Fire walls
Fire barriers
Incidental use areas (Section 707.3.7),
Mixed occupancy separations (Section 707.3.9)
Fire partitions
Smoke barriers
Exterior walls
Party wall
REQUIRED WALL
ASSEMBLY RATING
(hours)
MINIMUM FIRE
WINDOW ASSEMBLY
RATING (hours)
FIRE-RATED
GLAZING MARKING
All
>1
1
1
NPa
NPa
NPa
3
/4
W-XXXb
W-XXXb
W-XXXb
OH-45 or W-60
1
0.5
1
>1
1
0.5
All
/4
/3
3
/4
11/2
3
/4
1
/3
NP
3
1
OH-45 or W-60
OH-20 or W-30
OH-45 or W-60
OH-90 or W-XXXb
OH-45 or W-60
OH-20 or W-30
Not Applicable
NP = Not Permitted.
a. Not permitted except fire-resistance-rated glazing assemblies tested to ASTM E119 or UL 263, as specified in Section 716.2.
b. XXX = The fire rating duration period in minutes, which shall be equal to the fire-resistance rating required for the wall assembly.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
143
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
dampers shall comply with the requirements of Sections
714.4 through 714.5.2.
717.1.2.1 Ducts that penetrate nonfire-resistancerated assemblies. The space around a duct penetrating
a nonfire-resistance-rated floor assembly shall comply
with Section 717.6.3.
717.2 Installation. Fire dampers, smoke dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers and ceiling radiation dampers
located within air distribution and smoke control systems
shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of this
section, the manufacturer's instructions and the dampers’ listing.
717.2.1 Smoke control system. Where the installation of
a fire damper will interfere with the operation of a
required smoke control system in accordance with Section
909, approved alternative protection shall be utilized.
Where mechanical systems including ducts and dampers
utilized for normal building ventilation serve as part of the
smoke control system, the expected performance of these
systems in smoke control mode shall be addressed in the
rational analysis required by Section 909.4.
717.2.2 Hazardous exhaust ducts. Fire dampers for hazardous exhaust duct systems shall comply with the International Mechanical Code.
717.3 Damper testing, ratings and actuation. Damper testing, ratings and actuation shall be in accordance with Sections 717.3.1 through 717.3.3.
717.3.1 Damper testing. Dampers shall be listed and
labeled in accordance with the standards in this section.
1. Fire dampers shall comply with the requirements of
UL 555. Only fire dampers and ceiling radiation
dampers labeled for use in dynamic systems shall be
installed in heating, ventilation and air-conditioning
systems designed to operate with fans on during a
fire.
2. Smoke dampers shall comply with the requirements
of UL 555S.
3. Combination fire/smoke dampers shall comply with
the requirements of both UL 555 and UL 555S.
4. Ceiling radiation dampers shall comply with the
requirements of UL 555C or shall be tested as part
of a fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling
assembly in accordance with ASTM E119 or UL
263.
5. Corridor dampers shall comply with requirements
of both UL 555 and UL 555S. Corridor dampers
shall demonstrate acceptable closure performance
when subjected to 150 feet per minute (0.76 mps)
velocity across the face of the damper during the UL
555 fire exposure test.
717.3.2 Damper rating. Damper ratings shall be in accordance with Sections 717.3.2.1 through 717.3.2.4.
717.3.2.1 Fire damper ratings. Fire dampers shall
have the minimum fire protection rating specified in
Table 717.3.2.1 for the type of penetration.
144
TABLE 717.3.2.1
FIRE DAMPER RATING
TYPE OF
PENETRATION
MINIMUM
DAMPER
RATING (hours)
Less than 3-hour fire-resistance-rated assemblies
1.5
3-hour or greater fire-resistance-rated assemblies
3
717.3.2.2 Smoke damper ratings. Smoke damper
leakage ratings shall be Class I or II. Elevated temperature ratings shall be not less than 250°F (121°C).
717.3.2.3 Combination fire/smoke damper ratings.
Combination fire/smoke dampers shall have the minimum fire protection rating specified for fire dampers in
Table 717.3.2.1 for the type of penetration and shall
have a minimum smoke damper rating as specified in
Section 717.3.2.2.
717.3.2.4 Corridor damper ratings. Corridor dampers shall have the following minimum ratings:
1. One hour fire-resistance rating.
2. Class I or II leakage rating as specified in Section
717.3.2.2.
717.3.3 Damper actuation. Damper actuation shall be in
accordance with Sections 717.3.3.1 through 717.3.3.5 as
applicable.
717.3.3.1 Fire damper actuation device. The fire
damper actuation device shall meet one of the following requirements:
1. The operating temperature shall be approximately 50°F (10°C) above the normal temperature within the duct system, but not less than
160°F (71°C).
2. The operating temperature shall be not more than
350°F (177°C) where located in a smoke control
system complying with Section 909.
717.3.3.2 Smoke damper actuation. The smoke
damper shall close upon actuation of a listed smoke
detector or detectors installed in accordance with Section 907.3 and one of the following methods, as applicable:
1. Where a smoke damper is installed within a duct,
a smoke detector shall be installed inside the duct
or outside the duct with sampling tubes protruding into the duct. The detector or tubes within the
duct shall be within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the
damper. Air outlets and inlets shall not be located
between the detector or tubes and the damper.
The detector shall be listed for the air velocity,
temperature and humidity anticipated at the point
where it is installed. Other than in mechanical
smoke control systems, dampers shall be closed
upon fan shutdown where local smoke detectors
require a minimum velocity to operate.
2. Where a smoke damper is installed above smoke
barrier doors in a smoke barrier, a spot-type
detector shall be installed on either side of the
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
smoke barrier door opening. The detector shall
be listed for releasing service if used for direct
interface with the damper.
3. Where a smoke damper is installed within an air
transfer opening in a wall, a spot-type detector
shall be installed within 5 feet (1524 mm) horizontally of the damper. The detector shall be
listed for releasing service if used for direct interface with the damper.
4. Where a smoke damper is installed in a corridor
wall or ceiling, the damper shall be permitted to
be controlled by a smoke detection system
installed in the corridor.
5. Where a smoke detection system is installed in all
areas served by the duct in which the damper will
be located, the smoke dampers shall be permitted
to be controlled by the smoke detection system.
717.3.3.3 Combination fire/smoke damper actuation. Combination fire/smoke damper actuation shall be
in accordance with Sections 717.3.3.1 and 717.3.3.2.
Combination fire/smoke dampers installed in smoke
control system shaft penetrations shall not be activated
by local area smoke detection unless it is secondary to
the smoke management system controls.
717.3.3.4 Ceiling radiation damper actuation. The
operating temperature of a ceiling radiation damper
actuation device shall be 50°F (27.8°C) above the normal temperature within the duct system, but not less
than 160°F (71°C).
717.3.3.5 Corridor damper actuation. Corridor
damper actuation shall be in accordance with Sections
717.3.3.1 and 717.3.3.2.
717.4 Access and identification. Fire and smoke dampers
shall be provided with an approved means of access that is
large enough to permit inspection and maintenance of the
damper and its operating parts. The access shall not affect the
integrity of fire-resistance-rated assemblies. The access openings shall not reduce the fire-resistance rating of the assembly. Access points shall be permanently identified on the
exterior by a label having letters not less than 1/2 inch (12.7
mm) in height reading: FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER, SMOKE
DAMPER or FIRE DAMPER. Access doors in ducts shall be
tight fitting and suitable for the required duct construction.
vided at each point a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a fire wall that serves as a horizontal exit.
717.5.2 Fire barriers. Ducts and air transfer openings of
fire barriers shall be protected with approved fire dampers
installed in accordance with their listing. Ducts and air
transfer openings shall not penetrate enclosures for interior exit stairways and ramps and exit passageways,
except as permitted by Sections 1023.5 and 1024.6,
respectively.
Exception: Fire dampers are not required at penetrations of fire barriers where any of the following apply:
1. Penetrations are tested in accordance with ASTM
E119 or UL 263 as part of the fire-resistancerated assembly.
2. Ducts are used as part of an approved smoke control system in accordance with Section 909 and
where the use of a fire damper would interfere
with the operation of a smoke control system.
3. Such walls are penetrated by ducted HVAC systems, have a required fire-resistance rating of 1
hour or less, are in areas of other than Group H
and are in buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. For the purposes
of this exception, a ducted HVAC system shall be
a duct system for conveying supply, return or
exhaust air as part of the structure’s HVAC system. Such a duct system shall be constructed of
sheet steel not less than No. 26 gage thickness
and shall be continuous from the air-handling
appliance or equipment to the air outlet and inlet
terminals.
717.5.2.1 Horizontal exits. A listed smoke damper
designed to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided at each point a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a fire barrier that serves as a horizontal exit.
717.5.3 Shaft enclosures. Shaft enclosures that are permitted to be penetrated by ducts and air transfer openings
shall be protected with approved fire and smoke dampers
installed in accordance with their listing.
Exceptions:
1. Fire dampers are not required at penetrations of
shafts where any of the following criteria are met:
717.5 Where required. Fire, dampers, smoke dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers, ceiling radiation dampers and
corridor dampers shall be provided at the locations prescribed in Sections 717.5.1 through 717.5.7 and 717.6. Where
an assembly is required to have both fire dampers and smoke
dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers or a fire damper
and a smoke damper shall be provided.
1.1. Steel exhaust subducts are extended not
less than 22 inches (559 mm) vertically in
exhaust shafts, provided there is a continuous airflow upward to the outside.
717.5.1 Fire walls. Ducts and air transfer openings permitted in fire walls in accordance with Section 706.11
shall be protected with listed fire dampers installed in
accordance with their listing.
1.3. Ducts are used as part of an approved
smoke control system designed and
installed in accordance with Section 909
and where the fire damper will interfere
with the operation of the smoke control
system.
717.5.1.1 Horizontal exits. A listed smoke damper
designed to resist the passage of smoke shall be pro2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
1.2. Penetrations are tested in accordance with
ASTM E119 or UL 263 as part of the fireresistance-rated assembly.
145
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
1.4. The penetrations are in parking garage
exhaust or supply shafts that are separated
from other building shafts by not less than
2-hour fire-resistance-rated construction.
2. In Group B and R occupancies equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, smoke dampers are
not required at penetrations of shafts where all of
the following criteria are met:
2.1. Kitchen, clothes dryer, bathroom and toilet room exhaust openings are installed
with steel exhaust subducts, having a
minimum wall thickness of 0.0187-inch
(0.4712 mm) (No. 26 gage).
2.2. The subducts extend not less than 22
inches (559 mm) vertically.
2.3. An exhaust fan is installed at the upper
terminus of the shaft that is powered continuously in accordance with the provisions of Section 909.11, so as to maintain
a continuous upward airflow to the outside.
3. Smoke dampers are not required at penetration of
exhaust or supply shafts in parking garages that
are separated from other building shafts by not
less than 2-hour fire-resistance-rated construction.
4. Smoke dampers are not required at penetrations
of shafts where ducts are used as part of an
approved mechanical smoke control system
designed in accordance with Section 909 and
where the smoke damper will interfere with the
operation of the smoke control system.
5. Fire dampers and combination fire/smoke dampers are not required in kitchen and clothes dryer
exhaust systems where installed in accordance
with the International Mechanical Code.
717.5.4 Fire partitions. Ducts and air transfer openings
that penetrate fire partitions shall be protected with listed
fire dampers installed in accordance with their listing.
Exceptions: In occupancies other than Group H, fire
dampers are not required where any of the following
apply:
1. Corridor walls in buildings equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and the duct
is protected as a through penetration in accordance with Section 714.
146
wall complies with all of the following requirements:
3.1. The duct shall not exceed 100 square
inches (0.06 m2).
3.2. The duct shall be constructed of steel not
less than 0.0217 inch (0.55 mm) in thickness.
3.3. The duct shall not have openings that
communicate the corridor with adjacent
spaces or rooms.
3.4. The duct shall be installed above a ceiling.
3.5. The duct shall not terminate at a wall register in the fire-resistance-rated wall.
3.6. A minimum 12-inch-long (305 mm) by
0.060-inch-thick (1.52 mm) steel sleeve
shall be centered in each duct opening.
The sleeve shall be secured to both sides
of the wall and all four sides of the sleeve
with minimum 11/2-inch by 11/2-inch by
0.060-inch (38 mm by 38 mm by 1.52
mm) steel retaining angles. The retaining
angles shall be secured to the sleeve and
the wall with No. 10 (M5) screws. The
annular space between the steel sleeve
and the wall opening shall be filled with
mineral wool batting on all sides.
4. Such walls are penetrated by ducted HVAC systems, have a required fire-resistance rating of 1
hour or less, and are in buildings equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
For the purposes of this exception, a ducted
HVAC system shall be a duct system for conveying supply, return or exhaust air as part of the
structure’s HVAC system. Such a duct system
shall be constructed of sheet steel not less than
No. 26 gage thickness and shall be continuous
from the air-handling appliance or equipment to
the air outlet and inlet terminals.
717.5.4.1 Corridors. Duct and air transfer openings
that penetrate corridors shall be protected with dampers as follows:
1. A corridor damper shall be provided where corridor ceilings, constructed as required for the corridor walls as permitted in Section 708.4,
Exception 3, are penetrated.
2. Tenant partitions in covered and open mall buildings where the walls are not required by provisions elsewhere in the code to extend to the
underside of the floor or roof sheathing, slab or
deck above.
2. A ceiling radiation damper shall be provided
where the ceiling membrane of a fire-resistancerated floor-ceiling or roof-ceiling assembly, constructed as permitted in Section 708.4, Exception
2, is penetrated.
3. The duct system is constructed of approved materials in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code and the duct penetrating the
3. A listed smoke damper designed to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided at each point a
duct or air transfer opening penetrates a corridor
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
enclosure required to have smoke and draft control doors in accordance with Section 716.5.3.
Exceptions:
1. Smoke dampers are not required where the
building is equipped throughout with an
approved smoke control system in accordance
with Section 909, and smoke dampers are not
necessary for the operation and control of the
system.
2. Smoke dampers are not required in corridor
penetrations where the duct is constructed of
steel not less than 0.019 inch (0.48 mm) in
thickness and there are no openings serving
the corridor.
717.5.5 Smoke barriers. A listed smoke damper designed
to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided at each
point a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a smoke barrier. Smoke dampers and smoke damper actuation methods shall comply with Section 717.3.3.2.
Exceptions:
1. Smoke dampers are not required where the openings in ducts are limited to a single smoke compartment and the ducts are constructed of steel.
2. Smoke dampers are not required in smoke barriers required by Section 407.5 for Group I-2, Condition 2—where the HVAC system is fully
ducted in accordance with Section 603 of the
International Mechanical Code and where buildings are equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 and equipped with quick-response
sprinklers in accordance with Section 903.3.2.
717.5.6 Exterior walls. Ducts and air transfer openings in
fire-resistance-rated exterior walls required to have protected openings in accordance with Section 705.10 shall
be protected with listed fire dampers installed in accordance with their listing.
717.5.7 Smoke partitions. A listed smoke damper
designed to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided
at each point that an air transfer opening penetrates a
smoke partition. Smoke dampers and smoke damper actuation methods shall comply with Section 717.3.3.2.
Exception: Where the installation of a smoke damper
will interfere with the operation of a required smoke
control system in accordance with Section 909,
approved alternative protection shall be utilized.
717.6 Horizontal assemblies. Penetrations by ducts and air
transfer openings of a floor, floor/ceiling assembly or the
ceiling membrane of a roof/ceiling assembly shall be protected by a shaft enclosure that complies with Section 713 or
shall comply with Sections 717.6.1 through 717.6.3.
717.6.1 Through penetrations. In occupancies other than
Groups I-2 and I-3, a duct constructed of approved materials in accordance with the International Mechanical Code
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
that penetrates a fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling assembly that connects not more than two stories is permitted
without shaft enclosure protection, provided a listed fire
damper is installed at the floor line or the duct is protected
in accordance with Section 714.4. For air transfer openings, see Section 712.1.9.
Exception: A duct is permitted to penetrate three floors
or less without a fire damper at each floor, provided
such duct meets all of the following requirements:
1. The duct shall be contained and located within
the cavity of a wall and shall be constructed of
steel having a minimum wall thickness of 0.0187
inches (0.4712 mm) (No. 26 gage).
2. The duct shall open into only one dwelling or
sleeping unit and the duct system shall be continuous from the unit to the exterior of the building.
3. The duct shall not exceed 4-inch (102 mm) nominal diameter and the total area of such ducts shall
not exceed 100 square inches (0.065 m2) in any
100 square feet (9.3 m2) of floor area.
4. The annular space around the duct is protected
with materials that prevent the passage of flame
and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste
where subjected to ASTM E119 or UL 263 timetemperature conditions under a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of
water at the location of the penetration for the
time period equivalent to the fire-resistance rating of the construction penetrated.
5. Grille openings located in a ceiling of a fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly
shall be protected with a listed ceiling radiation
damper installed in accordance with Section
717.6.2.1.
717.6.2 Membrane penetrations. Ducts and air transfer
openings constructed of approved materials in accordance
with the International Mechanical Code that penetrate the
ceiling membrane of a fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or
roof/ceiling assembly shall be protected with one of the
following:
1. A shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 713.
2. A listed ceiling radiation damper installed at the
ceiling line where a duct penetrates the ceiling of a
fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling
assembly.
3. A listed ceiling radiation damper installed at the
ceiling line where a diffuser with no duct attached
penetrates the ceiling of a fire-resistance-rated floor/
ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly.
717.6.2.1 Ceiling radiation dampers. Ceiling radiation dampers shall be tested in accordance with Section
717.3.1. Ceiling radiation dampers shall be installed in
accordance with the details listed in the fire-resistancerated assembly and the manufacturer’s instructions and
147
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
the listing. Ceiling radiation dampers are not required
where one of the following applies:
Fireblocking shall be installed in the locations specified in
Sections 718.2.2 through 718.2.7.
1. Tests in accordance with ASTM E119 or UL 263
have shown that ceiling radiation dampers are
not necessary in order to maintain the fire-resistance rating of the assembly.
718.2.1 Fireblocking materials. Fireblocking shall consist of the following materials:
2. Where exhaust duct penetrations are protected in
accordance with Section 714.4.2, are located
within the cavity of a wall and do not pass
through another dwelling unit or tenant space.
3. Where duct and air transfer openings are protected with a duct outlet protection system tested
as part of a fire-resistance-rated assembly in
accordance with ASTM E119 or UL 263.
717.6.3 Nonfire-resistance-rated floor assemblies. Duct
systems constructed of approved materials in accordance
with the International Mechanical Code that penetrate
nonfire-resistance-rated floor assemblies shall be protected by any of the following methods:
1. A shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 713.
2. The duct connects not more than two stories, and the
annular space around the penetrating duct is protected with an approved noncombustible material
that resists the free passage of flame and the products of combustion.
3. In floor assemblies composed of noncombustible
materials, a shaft shall not be required where the
duct connects not more than three stories, the annular space around the penetrating duct is protected
with an approved noncombustible material that
resists the free passage of flame and the products of
combustion and a fire damper is installed at each
floor line.
Exception: Fire dampers are not required in
ducts within individual residential dwelling units.
717.7 Flexible ducts and air connectors. Flexible ducts and
air connectors shall not pass through any fire-resistance-rated
assembly. Flexible air connectors shall not pass through any
wall, floor or ceiling.
SECTION 718
CONCEALED SPACES
718.1 General. Fireblocking and draftstopping shall be
installed in combustible concealed locations in accordance
with this section. Fireblocking shall comply with Section
718.2. Draftstopping in floor/ceiling spaces and attic spaces
shall comply with Sections 718.3 and 718.4, respectively.
The permitted use of combustible materials in concealed
spaces of buildings of Type I or II construction shall be limited to the applications indicated in Section 718.5.
718.2 Fireblocking. In combustible construction, fireblocking shall be installed to cut off concealed draft openings (both
vertical and horizontal) and shall form an effective barrier
between floors, between a top story and a roof or attic space.
148
1. Two-inch (51 mm) nominal lumber.
2. Two thicknesses of 1-inch (25 mm) nominal lumber
with broken lap joints.
3. One thickness of 0.719-inch (18.3 mm) wood structural panels with joints backed by 0.719-inch (18.3
mm) wood structural panels.
4. One thickness of 0.75-inch (19.1 mm) particleboard
with joints backed by 0.75-inch (19 mm) particleboard.
5. One-half-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board.
6. One-fourth-inch (6.4 mm) cement-based millboard.
7. Batts or blankets of mineral wool, mineral fiber or
other approved materials installed in such a manner
as to be securely retained in place.
8. Cellulose insulation installed as tested for the specific application.
718.2.1.1 Batts or blankets of mineral wool or mineral fiber. Batts or blankets of mineral wool or mineral
fiber or other approved nonrigid materials shall be permitted for compliance with the 10-foot (3048 mm) horizontal fireblocking in walls constructed using parallel
rows of studs or staggered studs.
718.2.1.2 Unfaced fiberglass. Unfaced fiberglass batt
insulation used as fireblocking shall fill the entire cross
section of the wall cavity to a minimum height of 16
inches (406 mm) measured vertically. Where piping,
conduit or similar obstructions are encountered, the
insulation shall be packed tightly around the obstruction.
718.2.1.3 Loose-fill insulation material. Loose-fill
insulation material, insulating foam sealants and caulk
materials shall not be used as a fireblock unless specifically tested in the form and manner intended for use to
demonstrate its ability to remain in place and to retard
the spread of fire and hot gases.
718.2.1.4 Fireblocking integrity. The integrity of fireblocks shall be maintained.
718.2.1.5 Double stud walls. Batts or blankets of mineral or glass fiber or other approved nonrigid materials
shall be allowed as fireblocking in walls constructed
using parallel rows of studs or staggered studs.
718.2.2 Concealed wall spaces. Fireblocking shall be
provided in concealed spaces of stud walls and partitions,
including furred spaces, and parallel rows of studs or staggered studs, as follows:
1. Vertically at the ceiling and floor levels.
2. Horizontally at intervals not exceeding 10 feet (3048
mm).
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
718.2.3 Connections between horizontal and vertical
spaces. Fireblocking shall be provided at interconnections
between concealed vertical stud wall or partition spaces
and concealed horizontal spaces created by an assembly of
floor joists or trusses, and between concealed vertical and
horizontal spaces such as occur at soffits, drop ceilings,
cove ceilings and similar locations.
718.2.4 Stairways. Fireblocking shall be provided in concealed spaces between stair stringers at the top and bottom
of the run. Enclosed spaces under stairways shall comply
with Section 1011.7.3.
718.2.5 Ceiling and floor openings. Where required by
Section 712.1.8, Exception 1 of Section 714.4.1.2 or Section 714.5, fireblocking of the annular space around vents,
pipes, ducts, chimneys and fireplaces at ceilings and floor
levels shall be installed with a material specifically tested
in the form and manner intended for use to demonstrate its
ability to remain in place and resist the free passage of
flame and the products of combustion.
718.2.5.1 Factory-built chimneys and fireplaces.
Factory-built chimneys and fireplaces shall be fireblocked in accordance with UL 103 and UL 127.
718.2.6 Exterior wall coverings. Fireblocking shall be
installed within concealed spaces of exterior wall coverings and other exterior architectural elements where permitted to be of combustible construction as specified in
Section 1406 or where erected with combustible frames.
Fireblocking shall be installed at maximum intervals of 20
feet (6096 mm) in either dimension so that there will be no
concealed space exceeding 100 square feet (9.3 m2)
between fireblocking. Where wood furring strips are used,
they shall be of approved wood of natural decay resistance
or preservative-treated wood. If noncontinuous, such elements shall have closed ends, with not less than 4 inches
(102 mm) of separation between sections.
Exceptions:
1. Fireblocking of cornices is not required in singlefamily dwellings. Fireblocking of cornices of a
two-family dwelling is required only at the line of
dwelling unit separation.
2. Fireblocking shall not be required where the
exterior wall covering is installed on noncombustible framing and the face of the exterior wall
covering exposed to the concealed space is covered by one of the following materials:
2.1. Aluminum having a minimum thickness
of 0.019 inch (0.5 mm).
2.2. Corrosion-resistant steel having a base
metal thickness not less than 0.016 inch
(0.4 mm) at any point.
2.3. Other approved noncombustible materials.
3. Fireblocking shall not be required where the
exterior wall covering has been tested in accordance with, and complies with the acceptance criteria of, NFPA 285. The exterior wall covering
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
shall be installed as tested in accordance with
NFPA 285.
718.2.7 Concealed sleeper spaces. Where wood sleepers
are used for laying wood flooring on masonry or concrete
fire-resistance-rated floors, the space between the floor
slab and the underside of the wood flooring shall be filled
with an approved material to resist the free passage of
flame and products of combustion or fireblocked in such a
manner that there will be no open spaces under the flooring that will exceed 100 square feet (9.3 m2) in area and
such space shall be filled solidly under permanent partitions so that there is no communication under the flooring
between adjoining rooms.
Exceptions:
1. Fireblocking is not required for slab-on-grade
floors in gymnasiums.
2. Fireblocking is required only at the juncture of
each alternate lane and at the ends of each lane in
a bowling facility.
718.3 Draftstopping in floors. In combustible construction,
draftstopping shall be installed to subdivide floor/ceiling
assemblies in the locations prescribed in Sections 718.3.2
through 718.3.3.
718.3.1 Draftstopping materials. Draftstopping materials
shall be not less than 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board, 3/8inch (9.5 mm) wood structural panel, 3/8-inch (9.5 mm)
particleboard, 1-inch (25-mm) nominal lumber, cement
fiberboard, batts or blankets of mineral wool or glass fiber,
or other approved materials adequately supported. The
integrity of draftstops shall be maintained.
718.3.2 Groups R-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4. Draftstopping
shall be provided in floor/ceiling spaces in Group R-1
buildings, in Group R-2 buildings with three or more
dwelling units, in Group R-3 buildings with two dwelling
units and in Group R-4 buildings. Draftstopping shall be
located above and in line with the dwelling unit and sleeping unit separations.
Exceptions:
1. Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
2. Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2, provided that automatic sprinklers are installed in the
combustible concealed spaces where the draftstopping is being omitted.
718.3.3 Other groups. In other groups, draftstopping shall
be installed so that horizontal floor areas do not exceed
1,000 square feet (93 m2).
Exception: Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
718.4 Draftstopping in attics. In combustible construction,
draftstopping shall be installed to subdivide attic spaces and
concealed roof spaces in the locations prescribed in Sections
149
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
718.4.2 and 718.4.3. Ventilation of concealed roof spaces
shall be maintained in accordance with Section 1203.2.
718.4.1 Draftstopping materials. Materials utilized for
draftstopping of attic spaces shall comply with Section
718.3.1.
718.4.1.1 Openings. Openings in the partitions shall be
protected by self-closing doors with automatic latches
constructed as required for the partitions.
718.4.2 Groups R-1 and R-2. Draftstopping shall be provided in attics, mansards, overhangs or other concealed
roof spaces of Group R-2 buildings with three or more
dwelling units and in all Group R-1 buildings. Draftstopping shall be installed above, and in line with, sleeping
unit and dwelling unit separation walls that do not extend
to the underside of the roof sheathing above.
Exceptions:
1. Where corridor walls provide a sleeping unit or
dwelling unit separation, draftstopping shall only
be required above one of the corridor walls.
2. Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
3. In occupancies in Group R-2 that do not exceed
four stories above grade plane, the attic space
shall be subdivided by draftstops into areas not
exceeding 3,000 square feet (279 m2) or above
every two dwelling units, whichever is smaller.
4. Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2, provided that automatic sprinklers are installed in the
combustible concealed space where the draftstopping is being omitted.
718.4.3 Other groups. Draftstopping shall be installed in
attics and concealed roof spaces, such that any horizontal
area does not exceed 3,000 square feet (279 m2).
Exception: Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
718.5 Combustible materials in concealed spaces in Type I
or II construction. Combustible materials shall not be permitted in concealed spaces of buildings of Type I or II construction.
Exceptions:
1. Combustible materials in accordance with Section
603.
2. Combustible materials exposed within plenums
complying with Section 602 of the International
Mechanical Code.
3. Class A interior finish materials classified in accordance with Section 803.
4. Combustible piping within partitions or shaft enclosures installed in accordance with the provisions of
this code.
150
5. Combustible piping within concealed ceiling spaces
installed in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code and the International Plumbing
Code.
6. Combustible insulation and covering on pipe and
tubing, installed in concealed spaces other than plenums, complying with Section 720.7.
SECTION 719
FIRE-RESISTANCE
REQUIREMENTS FOR PLASTER
719.1 Thickness of plaster. The minimum thickness of gypsum plaster or Portland cement plaster used in a fire-resistance-rated system shall be determined by the prescribed fire
tests. The plaster thickness shall be measured from the face of
the lath where applied to gypsum lath or metal lath.
719.2 Plaster equivalents. For fire-resistance purposes, 1/2
inch (12.7 mm) of unsanded gypsum plaster shall be deemed
equivalent to 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) of one-to-three gypsum sand
plaster or 1 inch (25 mm) of Portland cement sand plaster.
719.3 Noncombustible furring. In buildings of Type I and II
construction, plaster shall be applied directly on concrete or
masonry or on approved noncombustible plastering base and
furring.
719.4 Double reinforcement. Plaster protection more than 1
inch (25 mm) in thickness shall be reinforced with an additional layer of approved lath embedded not less than 3/4 inch
(19.1 mm) from the outer surface and fixed securely in place.
Exception: Solid plaster partitions or where otherwise
determined by fire tests.
719.5 Plaster alternatives for concrete. In reinforced concrete construction, gypsum plaster or Portland cement plaster
is permitted to be substituted for 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) of the
required poured concrete protection, except that a minimum
thickness of 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) of poured concrete shall be provided in reinforced concrete floors and 1 inch (25 mm) in
reinforced concrete columns in addition to the plaster finish.
The concrete base shall be prepared in accordance with Section 2510.7.
SECTION 720
THERMAL- AND SOUND-INSULATING MATERIALS
720.1 General. Insulating materials, including facings such
as vapor retarders and vapor-permeable membranes, similar
coverings and all layers of single and multilayer reflective
foil insulations, shall comply with the requirements of this
section. Where a flame spread index or a smoke-developed
index is specified in this section, such index shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. Any material that is subject to an increase in flame spread index or
smoke-developed index beyond the limits herein established
through the effects of age, moisture or other atmospheric conditions shall not be permitted.
Exceptions:
1. Fiberboard insulation shall comply with Chapter 23.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
2. Foam plastic insulation shall comply with Chapter
26.
is covered with approved roof coverings directly applied
thereto.
3. Duct and pipe insulation and duct and pipe coverings and linings in plenums shall comply with the
International Mechanical Code.
4. All layers of single and multilayer reflective plastic
core insulation shall comply with Section 2613.
720.6 Cellulosic fiber loose-fill insulation and self-supported spray-applied cellulosic insulation. Cellulosic fiber
loose-fill insulation and self-supported spray-applied cellulosic insulation shall comply with CPSC 16 CFR Parts 1209
and 1404. Each package of such insulating material shall be
clearly labeled in accordance with CPSC 16 CFR Parts 1209
and 1404.
720.7 Insulation and covering on pipe and tubing. Insulation and covering on pipe and tubing shall have a flame
spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke-developed
index of not more than 450.
720.2 Concealed installation. Insulating materials, where
concealed as installed in buildings of any type of construction, shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and
a smoke-developed index of not more than 450.
Exception: Cellulosic fiber loose-fill insulation complying with the requirements of Section 720.6 shall not be
required to meet a flame spread index requirement but
shall be required to meet a smoke-developed index of not
more than 450 when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC
S102.2.
720.2.1 Facings. Where such materials are installed in
concealed spaces in buildings of Type III, IV or V construction, the flame spread and smoke-developed limitations do not apply to facings, coverings, and layers of
reflective foil insulation that are installed behind and in
substantial contact with the unexposed surface of the ceiling, wall or floor finish.
Exception: All layers of single and multilayer reflective plastic core insulation shall comply with Section
2613.
720.3 Exposed installation. Insulating materials, where
exposed as installed in buildings of any type of construction,
shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a
smoke-developed index of not more than 450.
Exception: Cellulosic fiber loose-fill insulation complying with the requirements of Section 720.6 shall not be
required to meet a flame spread index requirement but
shall be required to meet a smoke-developed index of not
more than 450 when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC
S102.2.
720.3.1 Attic floors. Exposed insulation materials
installed on attic floors shall have a critical radiant flux of
not less than 0.12 watt per square centimeter when tested
in accordance with ASTM E970.
720.4 Loose-fill insulation. Loose-fill insulation materials
that cannot be mounted in the ASTM E84 or UL 723 apparatus without a screen or artificial supports shall comply with
the flame spread and smoke-developed limits of Sections
720.2 and 720.3 when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC
S102.2.
Exception: Cellulosic fiber loose-fill insulation shall not
be required to meet a flame spread index requirement
when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC S102.2, provided such insulation has a smoke-developed index of not
more than 450 and complies with the requirements of Section 720.6.
720.5 Roof insulation. The use of combustible roof insulation not complying with Sections 720.2 and 720.3 shall be
permitted in any type of construction provided that insulation
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Exception: Insulation and covering on pipe and tubing
installed in plenums shall comply with the International
Mechanical Code.
SECTION 721
PRESCRIPTIVE FIRE RESISTANCE
721.1 General. The provisions of this section contain prescriptive details of fire-resistance-rated building elements,
components or assemblies. The materials of construction
listed in Tables 721.1(1), 721.1(2), and 721.1(3) shall be
assumed to have the fire-resistance ratings prescribed
therein. Where materials that change the capacity for heat dissipation are incorporated into a fire-resistance-rated assembly, fire test results or other substantiating data shall be made
available to the building official to show that the required
fire-resistance-rating time period is not reduced.
721.1.1 Thickness of protective coverings. The thickness
of fire-resistant materials required for protection of structural members shall be not less than set forth in Table
721.1(1), except as modified in this section. The figures
shown shall be the net thickness of the protecting materials
and shall not include any hollow space in back of the protection.
721.1.2 Unit masonry protection. Where required, metal
ties shall be embedded in bed joints of unit masonry for
protection of steel columns. Such ties shall be as set forth
in Table 721.1(1) or be equivalent thereto.
721.1.3 Reinforcement for cast-in-place concrete column protection. Cast-in-place concrete protection for
steel columns shall be reinforced at the edges of such
members with wire ties of not less than 0.18 inch (4.6 mm)
in diameter wound spirally around the columns on a pitch
of not more than 8 inches (203 mm) or by equivalent reinforcement.
721.1.4 Plaster application. The finish coat is not
required for plaster protective coatings where those coatings comply with the design mix and thickness requirements of Tables 721.1(1), 721.1(2) and 721.1(3).
721.1.5 Bonded prestressed concrete tendons. For members having a single tendon or more than one tendon
installed with equal concrete cover measured from the
nearest surface, the cover shall be not less than that set
forth in Table 721.1(1). For members having multiple ten151
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
dons installed with variable concrete cover, the average
tendon cover shall be not less than that set forth in Table
721.1(1), provided:
722.2 Concrete assemblies. The provisions of this section
contain procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of
concrete assemblies are established by calculations.
1. The clearance from each tendon to the nearest
exposed surface is used to determine the average
cover.
722.2.1 Concrete walls. Cast-in-place and precast concrete walls shall comply with Section 722.2.1.1. Multiwythe concrete walls shall comply with Section 722.2.1.2.
Joints between precast panels shall comply with Section
722.2.1.3. Concrete walls with gypsum wallboard or plaster finish shall comply with Section 722.2.1.4.
722.2.1.1 Cast-in-place or precast walls. The minimum equivalent thicknesses of cast-in-place or precast
concrete walls for fire-resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4
hours are shown in Table 722.2.1.1. For solid walls
with flat vertical surfaces, the equivalent thickness is
the same as the actual thickness. The values in Table
722.2.1.1 apply to plain, reinforced or prestressed concrete walls.
2. In no case can the clear cover for individual tendons
be less than one-half of that set forth in Table
721.1(1). A minimum cover of 3/4 inch (19.1 mm)
for slabs and 1 inch (25 mm) for beams is required
for any aggregate concrete.
3. For the purpose of establishing a fire-resistance rating, tendons having a clear covering less than that
set forth in Table 721.1(1) shall not contribute more
than 50 percent of the required ultimate moment
capacity for members less than 350 square inches
(0.226 m2) in cross-sectional area and 65 percent for
larger members. For structural design purposes,
however, tendons having a reduced cover are
assumed to be fully effective.
SECTION 722
CALCULATED FIRE RESISTANCE
722.1 General. The provisions of this section contain procedures by which the fire resistance of specific materials or
combinations of materials is established by calculations.
These procedures apply only to the information contained in
this section and shall not be otherwise used. The calculated
fire resistance of concrete, concrete masonry and clay
masonry assemblies shall be permitted in accordance with
ACI 216.1/TMS 0216. The calculated fire resistance of steel
assemblies shall be permitted in accordance with Chapter 5 of
ASCE 29. The calculated fire resistance of exposed wood
members and wood decking shall be permitted in accordance
with Chapter 16 of ANSI/AWC National Design Specification for Wood Construction (NDS).
722.1.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in
Chapter 2:
CERAMIC FIBER BLANKET.
CONCRETE, CARBONATE AGGREGATE.
CONCRETE, CELLULAR.
CONCRETE, LIGHTWEIGHT AGGREGATE.
CONCRETE, PERLITE.
CONCRETE, SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT.
CONCRETE, SILICEOUS AGGREGATE.
CONCRETE, VERMICULITE.
722.2.1.1.1 Hollow-core precast wall panels. For
hollow-core precast concrete wall panels in which
the cores are of constant cross section throughout
the length, calculation of the equivalent thickness by
dividing the net cross-sectional area (the gross cross
section minus the area of the cores) of the panel by
its width shall be permitted
TABLE 722.2.1.1
MINIMUM EQUIVALENT THICKNESS OF CAST-IN-PLACE OR
PRECAST CONCRETE WALLS, LOAD-BEARING OR
NONLOAD-BEARING
CONCRETE
TYPE
Siliceous
MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS (inches)
FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF
1 hour
3.5
11/2 hours 2 hours
4.3
5.0
3 hours
4 hours
6.2
7.0
Carbonate
3.2
4.0
4.6
5.7
6.6
Sand-lightweight
2.7
3.3
3.8
4.6
5.4
Lightweight
2.5
3.1
3.6
4.4
5.1
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
722.2.1.1.2 Core spaces filled. Where all of the core
spaces of hollow-core wall panels are filled with
loose-fill material, such as expanded shale, clay or
slag, or vermiculite or perlite, the fire-resistance rating of the wall is the same as that of a solid wall of
the same concrete type and of the same overall
thickness.
722.2.1.1.3 Tapered cross sections. The thickness
of panels with tapered cross sections shall be that
determined at a distance 2t or 6 inches (152 mm),
whichever is less, from the point of minimum thickness, where t is the minimum thickness.
GLASS FIBERBOARD.
MINERAL BOARD.
152
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(1)
MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS
FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALSm
STRUCTURAL
PARTS TO BE
PROTECTED
ITEM
NUMBER
INSULATING MATERIAL USED
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
INSULATING MATERIAL
FOR THE FOLLOWING
FIRE-RESISTANCE
PERIODS (inches)
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour
1-1.1
1-1.2
1-1.3
1-1.4
1-1.5
1-1.6
1-2.1
1-3.1
1-3.2
1. Steel columns
and all of primary
trusses
(continued)
1-3.3
1-3.4
1-4.1
1-5.1
1-6.1
1-6.2
1-6.3
1-6.4
Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete, members 6" × 6" or
greater (not including sandstone, granite and siliceous gravel).a
Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete, members 8" × 8" or
greater (not including sandstone, granite and siliceous gravel).a
Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete, members
12" × 12" or greater (not including sandstone, granite and siliceous gravel).a
Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 1-1.1, members 6" × 6" or
greater.a
Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 1-1.1, members 8" × 8" or
greater.a
Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 1-1.1, members
12" × 12" or greater.a
Clay or shale brick with brick and mortar fill.a
4" hollow clay tile in two 2" layers; 1/2" mortar between tile and column; 3/8" metal mesh
0.046" wire diameter in horizontal joints; tile fill.a
2" hollow clay tile; 3/4" mortar between tile and column; 3/8" metal mesh 0.046" wire
diameter in horizontal joints; limestone concrete filla; plastered with 3/4" gypsum plaster.
2" hollow clay tile with outside wire ties 0.08" diameter at each course of tile or 3/8"
metal mesh 0.046" diameter wire in horizontal joints; limestone or trap-rock concrete
filla extending 1" outside column on all sides.
2" hollow clay tile with outside wire ties 0.08" diameter at each course of tile with or
without concrete fill; 3/4" mortar between tile and column.
Cement plaster over metal lath wire tied to 3/4" cold-rolled vertical channels with 0.049"
(No. 18 B.W. gage) wire ties spaced 3" to 6" on center. Plaster mixed
1:2 1/2 by volume, cement to sand.
Vermiculite concrete, 1:4 mix by volume over paperbacked wire fabric lath wrapped
directly around column with additional 2" × 2" 0.065" /0.065" (No. 16/16 B.W. gage)
wire fabric placed 3/4" from outer concrete surface. Wire fabric tied with 0.049" (No. 18
B.W. gage) wire spaced 6" on center for inner layer and 2" on center for outer layer.
Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over metal lath wrapped around column and
furred 11/4" from column flanges. Sheets lapped at ends and tied at 6" intervals with
0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) tie wire. Plaster pushed through to flanges.
Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over self-furring metal lath wrapped directly
around column, lapped 1" and tied at 6" intervals with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire.
Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath applied to 3/4" cold-rolled channels
spaced 24" apart vertically and wrapped flatwise around column.
Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over two layers of 1/2" plain full-length gypsum
lath applied tight to column flanges. Lath wrapped with 1" hexagonal mesh of No. 20
gage wire and tied with doubled 0.035" diameter (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire ties spaced
23" on center. For three-coat work, the plaster mix for the second coat shall not exceed
100 pounds of gypsum to 21/2 cubic feet of aggregate for the 3-hour system.
21/2
2
11/2
1
2
11/2
1
1
11/2
1
1
1
3
2
11/2
1
21/2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
33/4
—
—
21/4
4
—
—
—
3
—
—
—
—
—
3
—
—
—
—
2
—
—
21/2b
2
—
—
—
11/2
1
—
—
13/4
13/8
1
—
11/2
—
—
—
21/2
2
—
—
7
/8
(continued)
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
153
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(1)—continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS
FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALSm
STRUCTURAL
PARTS TO BE
PROTECTED
ITEM
NUMBER
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
INSULATING MATERIAL
FOR THE FOLLOWING
FIRE-RESISTANCE
PERIODS (inches)
INSULATING MATERIAL USED
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour
1-6.5
1-7.1
1-7.2
1. Steel columns
and all of primary
trusses
1-7.3
1-8.1
1-9.1
2-1.1
2. Webs or flanges
of steel beams and
girders
(continued)
2-1.2
2-2.1
Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over one layer of 1/2" plain full-length gypsum
lath applied tight to column flanges. Lath tied with doubled 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage)
wire ties spaced 23" on center and scratch coat wrapped with 1" hexagonal mesh 0.035"
(No. 20 B.W. gage) wire fabric. For three-coat work, the plaster mix for the second coat
shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 21/2 cubic feet of aggregate.
Multiple layers of 1/2" gypsum wallboardc adhesivelyd secured to column flanges and
successive layers. Wallboard applied without horizontal joints. Corner edges of each
layer staggered. Wallboard layer below outer layer secured to column with doubled
0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) steel wire ties spaced 15" on center. Exposed corners taped
and treated.
Three layers of 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboard.c First and second layer held in place by
1
/8" diameter by 13/8" long ring shank nails with 5/16" diameter heads spaced 24" on center at corners. Middle layer also secured with metal straps at mid-height and 18" from
each end, and by metal corner bead at each corner held by the metal straps. Third layer
attached to corner bead with 1" long gypsum wallboard screws spaced 12" on center.
Three layers of 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboard,c each layer screw attached to 15/8" steel
studs 0.018" thick (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) at each corner of column. Middle
layer also secured with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) double-strand steel wire ties, 24" on
center. Screws are No. 6 by 1" spaced 24" on center for inner layer, No. 6 by 15/8"
spaced 12" on center for middle layer and No. 8 by 21/4" spaced 12" on center for outer
layer.
Wood-fibered gypsum plaster mixed 1:1 by weight gypsum-to-sand aggregate applied
over metal lath. Lath lapped 1" and tied 6" on center at all end, edges and spacers with
0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) steel tie wires. Lath applied over 1/2" spacers made of 3/4"
furring channel with 2" legs bent around each corner. Spacers located 1" from top and
bottom of member and a maximum of 40" on center and wire tied with a single strand
of 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) steel tie wires. Corner bead tied to the lath at 6" on center
along each corner to provide plaster thickness.
Minimum W8x35 wide flange steel column (w/d t 0.75) with each web cavity filled
even with the flange tip with normal weight carbonate or siliceous aggregate concrete
(3,000 psi minimum compressive strength with 145 pcf ± 3 pcf unit weight). Reinforce
the concrete in each web cavity with a minimum No. 4 deformed reinforcing bar
installed vertically and centered in the cavity, and secured to the column web with a
minimum No. 2 horizontal deformed reinforcing bar welded to the web every 18" on
center vertically. As an alternative to the No. 4 rebar, 3/4" diameter by 3" long headed
studs, spaced at 12" on center vertically, shall be welded on each side of the web midway between the column flanges.
Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete (not including sandstone, granite and siliceous gravel) with 3" or finer metal mesh placed 1" from the finished surface anchored to the top flange and providing not less than 0.025 square inch
of steel area per foot in each direction.
Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 2-1.1 with 3" or finer metal
mesh placed 1" from the finished surface anchored to the top flange and providing not
less than 0.025 square inch of steel area per foot in each direction.
Cement plaster on metal lath attached to 3/4" cold-rolled channels with 0.04" (No. 18
B.W. gage) wire ties spaced 3" to 6" on center. Plaster mixed 1:2 1/2 by volume, cement
to sand.
—
2
—
—
—
—
2
1
—
—
17/8
—
—
17/8
—
—
—
—
15/8
—
—
—
—
See
Note
n
2
11/2
1
1
21/2
2
11/2
1
—
—
21/2b
7
/8
(continued)
154
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(1)—continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS
FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALSm
STRUCTURAL
PARTS TO BE
PROTECTED
ITEM
NUMBER
INSULATING MATERIAL USED
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
INSULATING MATERIAL
FOR THE FOLLOWING
FIRE-RESISTANCE
PERIODS (inches)
4
3
2
hours hours hours
2-3.1
2-4.1
2. Webs or
flanges of steel
beams and
girders
2-4.2
3. Bonded pretensioned reinforcement in
prestressed
concretee
Vermiculite gypsum plaster on a metal lath cage, wire tied to 0.165" diameter (No. 8
B.W. gage) steel wire hangers wrapped around beam and spaced 16" on center. Metal
lath ties spaced approximately 5" on center at cage sides and bottom.
Two layers of 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboardc are attached to U-shaped brackets spaced
24" on center. 0.018" thick (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) 15/8" deep by 1" galvanized
steel runner channels are first installed parallel to and on each side of the top beam
flange to provide a 1/2" clearance to the flange. The channel runners are attached to steel
deck or concrete floor construction with approved fasteners spaced 12" on center. Ushaped brackets are formed from members identical to the channel runners. At the bent
portion of the U-shaped bracket, the flanges of the channel are cut out so that 15/8" deep
corner channels can be inserted without attachment parallel to each side of the lower
flange.
As an alternative, 0.021" thick (No. 24 carbon sheet steel gage) 1" × 2" runner and corner angles shall be used in lieu of channels, and the web cutouts in the U-shaped brackets shall not be required. Each angle is attached to the bracket with 1/2"-long No. 8 selfdrilling screws. The vertical legs of the U-shaped bracket are attached to the runners
with one
1
/2" long No. 8 self-drilling screw. The completed steel framing provides a 21/8" and 11/2"
space between the inner layer of wallboard and the sides and bottom of the steel beam,
respectively. The inner layer of wallboard is attached to the top runners and bottom corner channels or corner angles with 11/4"-long No. 6 self-drilling screws spaced 16" on
center. The outer layer of wallboard is applied with 13/4"-long No. 6 self-drilling screws
spaced 8" on center. The bottom corners are reinforced with metal corner beads.
Three layers of 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboardc attached to a steel suspension system as
described immediately above utilizing the 0.018" thick (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage)
1" × 2" lower corner angles. The framing is located so that a 21/8" and 2" space is provided between the inner layer of wallboard and the sides and bottom of the beam,
respectively. The first two layers of wallboard are attached as described immediately
above. A layer of 0.035" thick (No. 20 B.W. gage) 1" hexagonal galvanized wire mesh is
applied under the soffit of the middle layer and up the sides approximately 2". The mesh
is held in position with the No. 6 15/8"-long screws installed in the vertical leg of the bottom corner angles. The outer layer of wallboard is attached with No. 6 21/4"-long screws
spaced 8" on center. One screw is also installed at the mid-depth of the bracket in each
layer. Bottom corners are finished as described above.
Carbonate, lightweight, sand-lightweight and siliceousf aggregate concrete
Beams or girders
1
hour
—
7
/8
—
—
—
—
11/4
—
—
17/8
—
—
4g
3g
21/2
11/2
2
11/2
1
3-1.1
Solid h
(continued)
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
155
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(1) —continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS
FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALSm
STRUCTURAL
PARTS TO BE
PROTECTED
ITEM
NUMBER
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
INSULATING MATERIAL
FOR THE FOLLOWING
FIRE-RESISTANCE
PERIODS (inches)
INSULATING MATERIAL USED
4
3
2
hours hours hours
4. Bonded or
unbonded posttensioned tendons in prestressed
concretee, i
5. Reinforcing
steel in reinforced concrete
columns, beams
girders and
trusses
6. Reinforcing
steel in reinforced concrete
joistsl
7. Reinforcing
and tie rods in
floor and roof
slabsl
4-1.1
4-1.2
5-1.1
Carbonate, lightweight, sand-lightweight and siliceousf aggregate concrete
Unrestrained members:
Solid slabsh
Beams and girdersj
8" wide
greater than 12" wide
Carbonate, lightweight, sand-lightweight and siliceous aggregate
Restrained members:k
Solid slabsh
Beams and girdersj
8" wide
greater than 12" wide
Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete, members 12" or
larger, square or round. (Size limit does not apply to beams and girders monolithic
with floors.)
Siliceous aggregate concrete, members 12" or larger, square or round. (Size limit does
not apply to beams and girders monolithic with floors.)
1
hour
—
2
11/2
—
3
41/2
21/2
21/2
2
13/4
11/2
11/4
1
21/2
2
/4
—
2
13/4
13/4
11/2
—
—
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
2
11/2
11/2
11/2
1
1
6-1.1
6-1.2
Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete
Siliceous aggregate concrete
11/4
13/4
11/4
11/2
7-1.1
7-1.2
Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete
Siliceous aggregate concrete
1
11/4
1
1
3
3
/4
1
3
/4
/4
3
3
/4
/4
3
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.2 mm2, 1 cubic foot = 0.0283 m3, 1 pound per cubic foot = 16.02 kg/m3.
a. Reentrant parts of protected members to be filled solidly.
b. Two layers of equal thickness with a 3/4-inch airspace between.
c. For all of the construction with gypsum wallboard described in Table 721.1(1), gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size, thickness and core type shall
be permitted to be substituted for gypsum wallboard, provided attachment is identical to that specified for the wallboard and the joints on the face layer are
reinforced, and the entire surface is covered with not less than 1/16-inch gypsum veneer plaster.
d. An approved adhesive qualified under ASTM E119 or UL 263.
e. Where lightweight or sand-lightweight concrete having an oven-dry weight of 110 pounds per cubic foot or less is used, the tabulated minimum cover shall be
permitted to be reduced 25 percent, except that in no case shall the cover be less than 3/4 inch in slabs or 11/2 inches in beams or girders.
f. For solid slabs of siliceous aggregate concrete, increase tendon cover 20 percent.
g. Adequate provisions against spalling shall be provided by U-shaped or hooped stirrups spaced not to exceed the depth of the member with a clear cover of 1
inch.
h. Prestressed slabs shall have a thickness not less than that required in Table 721.1(3) for the respective fire-resistance time period.
i. Fire coverage and end anchorages shall be as follows: Cover to the prestressing steel at the anchor shall be 1/2 inch greater than that required away from the
anchor. Minimum cover to steel-bearing plate shall be 1 inch in beams and 3/4 inch in slabs.
j. For beam widths between 8 inches and 12 inches, cover thickness shall be permitted to be determined by interpolation.
k. Interior spans of continuous slabs, beams and girders shall be permitted to be considered restrained.
l. For use with concrete slabs having a comparable fire endurance where members are framed into the structure in such a manner as to provide equivalent
performance to that of monolithic concrete construction.
m.Generic fire-resistance ratings (those not designated as PROPRIETARY* in the listing) in GA 600 shall be accepted as if herein listed.
n. No additional insulating material is required on the exposed outside face of the column flange to achieve a 1-hour fire-resistance rating.
156
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(2)
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS a, o, p
MATERIAL
1. Brick of clay
or shale
2. Combination
of clay brick and
load-bearing hollow clay tile
3. Concrete
masonry units
ITEM
NUMBER
CONSTRUCTION
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour
1-1.1
Solid brick of clay or shalec.
1-1.2
6
4.9
3.8
2.7
Hollow brick, not filled.
5.0
4.3
3.4
2.3
1-1.3
Hollow brick unit wall, grout or filled with perlite vermiculite or expanded shale aggregate.
6.6
5.5
4.4
3.0
1-2.1
4" nominal thick units not less than 75 percent solid backed with a hat-shaped metal furring channel 3/4" thick formed from 0.021" sheet metal attached to the brick wall on 24"
—
centers with approved fasteners, and 1/2" Type X gypsum wallboard attached to the metal
furring strips with 1"-long Type S screws spaced 8" on center.
—
5d
—
2-1.1
4" solid brick and 4" tile (not less than 40 percent solid).
—
8
—
—
2-1.2
4" solid brick and 8" tile (not less than 40 percent solid).
12
—
—
—
3-1.1f, g Expanded slag or pumice.
4.7
4.0
3.2
2.1
3-1.2f, g Expanded clay, shale or slate.
5.1
4.4
3.6
2.6
f
5.9
5.0
4.0
2.7
6.2
5.3
4.2
2.8
Siliceous aggregate concrete.
7.0
6.2
5.0
3.5
Carbonate aggregate concrete.
6.6
5.7
4.6
3.2
Sand-lightweight concrete.
5.4
4.6
3.8
2.7
Lightweight concrete.
5.1
4.4
3.6
2.5
One 2" unit cored 15 percent maximum and one 4" unit cored 25 percent maximum with
/4" mortar-filled collar joint. Unit positions reversed in alternate courses.
—
63/8
—
—
5-1.2
3
One 2" unit cored 15 percent maximum and one 4" unit cored 40 percent maximum with
/4" mortar-filled collar joint. Unit positions side with 3/4" gypsum plaster. Two wythes
tied together every fourth course with No. 22 gage corrugated metal ties.
—
63/4
—
—
5-1.3
One unit with three cells in wall thickness, cored 29 percent maximum.
—
—
6
—
5-1.4
1
One 2" unit cored 22 percent maximum and one 4" unit cored 41 percent maximum with
/4" mortar-filled collar joint. Two wythes tied together every third course with 0.030"
(No. 22 galvanized sheet steel gage) corrugated metal ties.
—
—
6
—
5-1.5
One 4" unit cored 25 percent maximum with 3/4" gypsum plaster on one side.
—
—
43/4
—
5-1.6
One 4" unit with two cells in wall thickness, cored 22 percent maximum.
—
—
—
4
1
3-1.3
Limestone, cinders or air-cooled slag.
3-1.4f, g Calcareous or siliceous gravel.
4. Solid concreteh, i
4-1.1
5-1.1
5. Glazed or
unglazed facing
tile, nonloadbearing
MINIMUM FINISHED
THICKNESS FACE-TOFACEb (inches)
3
3
5-1.7
One 4" unit cored 30 percent maximum with /4" vermiculite gypsum plaster on one side. —
—
4 /2
—
5-1.8
One 4" unit cored 39 percent maximum with 3/4" gypsum plaster on one side.
—
—
41/2
—
(continued)
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
157
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(2)—continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS a, o, p
MATERIAL
ITEM
NUMBER
MINIMUM FINISHED
THICKNESS FACE-TOFACEb (inches)
CONSTRUCTION
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour
3
/4" by 0.055" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) vertical cold-rolled channels, 16" on center with 2.6-pound flat metal lath applied to one face and tied with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W.
6-1.1
gage) wire at 6" spacing. Gypsum plaster each side mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum to
sand aggregate.
3
/4" by 0.05" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) cold-rolled channels 16" on center with
metal lath applied to one face and tied with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire at 6" spac6-1.2 ing. Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster each side. For three-coat work, the plaster mix
for the second coat shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 21/2 cubic feet of aggregate
for the 1-hour system.
6. Solid gypsum
3
/4" by 0.055" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) vertical cold-rolled channels, 16" on cenplaster
6-1.3 ter with 3/8" gypsum lath applied to one face and attached with sheet metal clips. Gypsum plaster each side mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.
Studless with 1/2" full-length plain gypsum lath and gypsum plaster each side. Plaster
6-2.1
mixed 1:1 for scratch coat and 1:2 for brown coat, by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.
Studless with 1/2" full-length plain gypsum lath and perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster
6-2.2
each side.
Studless partition with 3/8" rib metal lath installed vertically adjacent edges tied 6" on
6-2.3 center with No. 18 gage wire ties, gypsum plaster each side mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.
Perlite mixed in the ratio of 3 cubic feet to 100 pounds of Portland cement and machine
7. Solid perlite
applied to stud side of 11/2" mesh by 0.058-inch (No. 17 B.W. gage) paper-backed
and Portland
7-1.1
woven wire fabric lath wire-tied to 4"-deep steel trussed wirej studs 16" on center. Wire
cement
ties of 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) galvanized steel wire 6" on center vertically.
3
8. Solid neat
/4" by 0.055-inch (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) cold-rolled channels, 12" on center
wood fibered
8-1.1 with 2.5-pound flat metal lath applied to one face and tied with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W.
gypsum plaster
gage) wire at 6" spacing. Neat gypsum plaster applied each side.
One full-length layer 1/2" Type X gypsum wallboarde laminated to each side of 1" full9. Solid wall9-1.1 length V-edge gypsum coreboard with approved laminating compound. Vertical joints
board partition
of face layer and coreboard staggered not less than 3".
One full-length layer of 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboarde attached to both sides of wood
or metal top and bottom runners laminated to each side of 1"× 6" full-length gypsum
10-1.1 coreboard ribs spaced 2" on center with approved laminating compound. Ribs centered
10. Hollow (studat vertical joints of face plies and joints staggered 24" in opposing faces. Ribs may be
less) gypsum
recessed 6" from the top and bottom.
wallboard parti1"
regular gypsum V-edge full-length backing board attached to both sides of wood or
tion
metal top and bottom runners with nails or 15/8" drywall screws at 24" on center. Mini10-1.2
mum width of runners 15/8". Face layer of 1/2" regular full-length gypsum wallboard laminated to outer faces of backing board with approved laminating compound.
—
—
—
2d
—
—
21/2d
2d
—
—
—
2d
—
—
—
2d
—
—
21/2d
2d
—
—
—
2d
—
—
31/8d
—
—
—
2d
—
—
—
2d
—
—
—
—
21/4d
—
—
45/8d
—
(continued)
158
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(2) —continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS a, o, p
MATERIAL
ITEM
NUMBER
31/4" × 0.044" (No. 18 carbon sheet steel gage) steel studs spaced 24" on center. 5/8" gyp—
sum plaster on metal lath each side mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.
—
43/4d
—
55/8
—
4" × 0.044" (No. 18 carbon sheet steel gage) channel-shaped steel studs at 16" on center.
On each side approved resilient clips pressed onto stud flange at 16" vertical spacing, 1/4"
11-1.3
—
pencil rods snapped into or wire tied onto outer loop of clips, metal lath wire-tied to pencil rods at 6" intervals, 1" perlite gypsum plaster, each side.
75/8d
—
—
21/2" × 0.044" (No. 18 carbon sheet steel gage) steel studs spaced 16" on center. Wood
fibered gypsum plaster mixed 1:1 by weight gypsum to sand aggregate applied on 3/4—
11-1.4
pound metal lath wire tied to studs, each side. 3/4" plaster applied over each face, including finish coat.
—
41/4d
—
33 /8" × 0.055" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) approved nailablek studs spaced 24" on
11-1.2 center. 5/8" neat gypsum wood-fibered plaster each side over 3/8" rib metal lath nailed to
studs with 6d common nails, 8" on center. Nails driven 11/4" and bent over.
—
2" × 4" wood studs 16" on center with 5/8" gypsum plaster on metal lath. Lath attached
by 4d common nails bent over or No. 14 gage by 11/4" by 3/4" crown width staples spaced
6" on center. Plaster mixed 1:11/2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for brown coat, by weight,
gypsum to sand aggregate.
—
—
—
51/8
2" × 4" wood studs 16" on center with metal lath and 7/8" neat wood-fibered gypsum
12-1.2l plaster each side. Lath attached by 6d common nails, 7" on center. Nails driven 11/4" and
bent over.
—
—
51/2d
—
2" × 4" wood studs 16" on center with 3/8" perforated or plain gypsum lath and 1/2" gyp12-1.3l sum plaster each side. Lath nailed with 11/8" by No. 13 gage by 19/64" head plasterboard
blued nails, 4" on center. Plaster mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.
—
—
—
51/4
2" × 4" wood studs 16" on center with 3/8" Type X gypsum lath and 1/2" gypsum plaster
12-1.4l each side. Lath nailed with 11/8" by No. 13 gage by 19/64" head plasterboard blued nails,
5" on center. Plaster mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.
—
—
—
51/4
0.018" (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) channel-shaped studs 24" on center with one
full-length layer of 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboarde applied vertically attached with 1"long No. 6 drywall screws to each stud. Screws are 8" on center around the perimeter
13-1.1 and 12" on center on the intermediate stud. Where applied horizontally, the Type X gyp- —
sum wallboard shall be attached to 35/8" studs and the horizontal joints shall be staggered
with those on the opposite side. Screws for the horizontal application shall be 8" on center at vertical edges and 12" on center at intermediate studs.
—
—
27/8d
12-1.1l, m
12. Wood studsinterior partition
with plaster each
side
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour
—
11-1.1
11. Noncombustible studs-interior
partition with
plaster each side
CONSTRUCTION
MINIMUM FINISHED
THICKNESS FACE-TOFACEb (inches)
13. Noncombustible studs-interior
partition with gypsum wallboard
13-1.2
each side
0.018" (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) channel-shaped studs 25" on center with two
full-length layers of 1/2" Type X gypsum wallboarde applied vertically each side. First
layer attached with 1"-long, No. 6 drywall screws, 8" on center around the perimeter and
12" on center on the intermediate stud. Second layer applied with vertical joints offset
one stud space from first layer using 15/8" long, No. 6 drywall screws spaced 9" on center
along vertical joints, 12" on center at intermediate studs and 24" on center along top and
bottom runners.
—
—
35/8d
—
0.055" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) approved nailable metal studse 24" on center
with full-length 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboarde applied vertically and nailed 7" on center
13-1.3
with 6d cement-coated common nails. Approved metal fastener grips used with nails at
vertical butt joints along studs.
—
—
—
47/8
(continued)
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
159
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(2)—continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS a, o, p
MATERIAL
ITEM
NUMBER
MINIMUM FINISHED
THICKNESS FACE-TOFACEb (inches)
CONSTRUCTION
4
3
2
hours hours hours
1
hour
14-1.1h, m
2" × 4" wood studs 16" on center with two layers of 3/8" regular gypsum
wallboarde each side, 4d coolern or wallboardn nails at 8" on center first layer, 5d
coolern or wallboardn nails at 8" on center second layer with laminating compound
between layers, joints staggered. First layer applied full length vertically, second
layer applied horizontally or vertically.
—
—
—
5
14-1.2l, m
2" × 4" wood studs 16" on center with two layers 1/2" regular gypsum wallboarde
applied vertically or horizontally each sidek, joints staggered. Nail base layer with 5d
coolern or wallboardn nails at 8" on center face layer with 8d coolern or wallboardn
nails at 8" on center.
—
—
—
51/2
l, m
2" × 4" wood studs 24" on center with 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboarde applied vertically or horizontally nailed with 6d coolern or wallboardn nails at 7" on center with
end joints on nailing members. Stagger joints each side.
14-1.3
—
14. Wood
studs-interior partition with gyp2" × 4" fire-retardant-treated wood studs spaced 24" on center with one layer of
sum wallboard
14-1.4l 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboarde applied with face paper grain (long dimension) paral- —
each side
lel to studs. Wallboard attached with 6d coolern or wallboardn nails at 7" on center.
—
—
43/4
—
—
43/4d
14-1.5l, m
2" × 4" wood studs 16" on center with two layers 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboarde
each side. Base layers applied vertically and nailed with 6d coolern or wallboardn
nails at 9" on center. Face layer applied vertically or horizontally and nailed with 8d
coolern or wallboardn nails at 7" on center. For nail-adhesive application, base layers
are nailed 6" on center. Face layers applied with coating of approved wallboard
adhesive and nailed 12" on center.
—
—
6
—
14-1.6l
2" × 3" fire-retardant-treated wood studs spaced 24" on center with one layer of
5
/8" Type X gypsum wallboarde applied with face paper grain (long dimension) at
right angles to studs. Wallboard attached with 6d cement-coated box nails spaced 7"
on center.
—
—
—
35/8d
15-1.1l, m
Exterior surface with 3/4" drop siding over 1/2" gypsum sheathing on 2" × 4" wood
studs at 16" on center, interior surface treatment as required for 1-hour-rated exterior
or interior 2" × 4" wood stud partitions. Gypsum sheathing nailed with 13/4" by No.
11 gage by 7/16" head galvanized nails at 8" on center. Siding nailed with 7d galvanized smooth box nails.
—
—
—
Varies
15-1.2l, m
2" × 4" wood studs 16" on center with metal lath and 3/4" cement plaster on each
side. Lath attached with 6d common nails 7" on center driven to 1" minimum pene—
tration and bent over. Plaster mix 1:4 for scratch coat and 1:5 for brown coat, by volume, cement to sand.
—
—
53/8
15-1.3l, m
2" × 4" wood studs 16" on center with 7/8" cement plaster (measured from the face of
studs) on the exterior surface with interior surface treatment as required for interior
wood stud partitions in this table. Plaster mix 1:4 for scratch coat and 1:5 for brown
coat, by volume, cement to sand.
—
—
—
Varies
35/8" No. 16 gage noncombustible studs 16" on center with 7/8" cement plaster (measured from the face of the studs) on the exterior surface with interior surface treat15-1.4 ment as required for interior, nonbearing, noncombustible stud partitions in this
table. Plaster mix 1:4 for scratch coat and 1:5 for brown coat, by volume, cement to
sand.
—
—
—
Variesd
15. Exterior or
interior walls
(continued)
(continued)
160
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(2)—continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS a, o, p
MATERIAL
MINIMUM FINISHED
THICKNESS FACE-TOFACEb (inches)
ITEM
NUMBER
CONSTRUCTION
15-1.5m
21/4" × 33/4" clay face brick with cored holes over 1/2" gypsum sheathing on exterior surface of 2" × 4" wood studs at 16" on center and two layers 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboarde
on interior surface. Sheathing placed horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over
studs nailed 6" on center with 13/4" × No. 11 gage by 7/16" head galvanized nails. Inner
layer of wallboard placed horizontally or vertically and nailed 8" on center with 6d coolern or wallboardn nails. Outer layer of wallboard placed horizontally or vertically and
nailed 8" on center with 8d coolern or wallboardn nails. Joints staggered with vertical
joints over studs. Outer layer joints taped and finished with compound. Nail heads covered with joint compound. 0.035 inch (No. 20 galvanized sheet gage) corrugated galvanized steel wall ties 3/4" by 65/8" attached to each stud with two 8d coolern or wallboardn
nails every sixth course of bricks.
—
—
10
—
15-1.6l, m
2" × 6" fire-retardant-treated wood studs 16" on center. Interior face has two layers of 5/8"
Type X gypsum with the base layer placed vertically and attached with 6d box nails 12"
on center. The face layer is placed horizontally and attached with 8d box nails 8" on center at joints and 12" on center elsewhere. The exterior face has a base layer of 5/8" Type X
gypsum sheathing placed vertically with 6d box nails 8" on center at joints and 12" on
center elsewhere. An approved building paper is next applied, followed by self-furred
exterior lath attached with 21/2", No. 12 gage galvanized roofing nails with a 3/8" diameter —
head and spaced 6" on center along each stud. Cement plaster consisting of a 1/2" brown
coat is then applied. The scratch coat is mixed in the proportion of 1:3 by weight, cement
to sand with 10 pounds of hydrated lime and 3 pounds of approved additives or admixtures per sack of cement. The brown coat is mixed in the proportion of 1:4 by weight,
cement to sand with the same amounts of hydrated lime and approved additives or admixtures used in the scratch coat.
—
81/4
—
15-1.7l, m
2" × 6" wood studs 16" on center. The exterior face has a layer of 5/8" Type X gypsum
sheathing placed vertically with 6d box nails 8" on center at joints and 12" on center elsewhere. An approved building paper is next applied, followed by 1" by No. 18 gage selffurred exterior lath attached with 8d by 21/2" long galvanized roofing nails spaced 6" on
center along each stud. Cement plaster consisting of a 1/2" scratch coat, a bonding agent
and a 1/2" brown coat and a finish coat is then applied. The scratch coat is mixed in the
proportion of 1:3 by weight, cement to sand with 10 pounds of hydrated lime and 3
pounds of approved additives or admixtures per sack of cement. The brown coat is mixed
—
in the proportion of 1:4 by weight, cement to sand with the same amounts of hydrated
lime and approved additives or admixtures used in the scratch coat. The interior is covered with 3/8" gypsum lath with 1" hexagonal mesh of 0.035 inch (No. 20 B.W. gage)
woven wire lath furred out 5/16" and 1" perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster. Lath nailed
with 11/8" by No. 13 gage by 19/64" head plasterboard glued nails spaced 5" on center.
Mesh attached by 13/4" by No. 12 gage by 3/8" head nails with 3/8" furrings, spaced 8" on
center. The plaster mix shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 21/2 cubic feet of aggregate.
—
83/8
—
15. Exterior or
interior walls
(continued)
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour
(continued)
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
161
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(2)—continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS a, o, p
MATERIAL
15. Exterior or
interior walls
(continued)
MINIMUM FINISHED
THICKNESS FACE-TOFACEb (inches)
ITEM
NUMBER
CONSTRUCTION
15-1.8l, m
2" × 6" wood studs 16" on center. The exterior face has a layer of 5/8" Type X gypsum
sheathing placed vertically with 6d box nails 8" on center at joints and 12" on center
elsewhere. An approved building paper is next applied, followed by 11/2" by No. 17 gage
self-furred exterior lath attached with 8d by 21/2" long galvanized roofing nails spaced 6"
on center along each stud. Cement plaster consisting of a 1/2" scratch coat, and a 1/2"
brown coat is then applied. The plaster may be placed by machine. The scratch coat is
mixed in the proportion of 1:4 by weight, plastic cement to sand. The brown coat is
mixed in the proportion of 1:5 by weight, plastic cement to sand. The interior is covered
with 3/8" gypsum lath with 1" hexagonal mesh of No. 20 gage woven wire lath furred out
5
/16" and 1" perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster. Lath nailed with 11/8" by No. 13 gage
by 19/64" head plasterboard glued nails spaced 5" on center. Mesh attached by 13/4" by No.
12 gage by 3/8" head nails with 3/8" furrings, spaced 8" on center. The plaster mix shall
not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 21/2 cubic feet of aggregate.
—
—
83/8
—
4" No. 18 gage, nonload-bearing metal studs, 16" on center, with 1" Portland cement
lime plaster (measured from the back side of the 3/4-pound expanded metal lath) on the
exterior surface. Interior surface to be covered with 1" of gypsum plaster on 3/4-pound
15-1.9 expanded metal lath proportioned by weight-1:2 for scratch coat, 1:3 for brown, gypsum
to sand. Lath on one side of the partition fastened to 1/4" diameter pencil rods supported
by No. 20 gage metal clips, located 16" on center vertically, on each stud. 3" thick mineral fiber insulating batts friction fitted between the studs.
—
—
61/2d
—
Steel studs 0.060" thick, 4" deep or 6" at 16" or 24" centers, with 1/2" Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete (GFRC) on the exterior surface. GFRC is attached with flex anchors at
24" on center, with 5" leg welded to studs with two 1/2"-long flare-bevel welds, and 4"
foot attached to the GFRC skin with 5/8" thick GFRC bonding pads that extend 21/2"
beyond the flex anchor foot on both sides. Interior surface to have two layers of 1/2" Type
15-1.10
X gypsum wallboard.e The first layer of wallboard to be attached with 1"-long Type S
buglehead screws spaced 24" on center and the second layer is attached with 15/8"-long
Type S screws spaced at 12" on center. Cavity is to be filled with 5" of 4 pcf (nominal)
mineral fiber batts. GFRC has 11/2" returns packed with mineral fiber and caulked on the
exterior.
—
—
61/2
—
Steel studs 0.060" thick, 4" deep or 6" at 16" or 24" centers, respectively, with 1/2" Glass
Fiber Reinforced Concrete (GFRC) on the exterior surface. GFRC is attached with flex
anchors at 24" on center, with 5" leg welded to studs with two 1/2"-long flare-bevel
welds, and 4" foot attached to the GFRC skin with 5/8" -thick GFRC bonding pads that
15-1.11
extend 21/2" beyond the flex anchor foot on both sides. Interior surface to have one layer
of 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboarde, attached with 11/4"-long Type S buglehead screws
spaced 12" on center. Cavity is to be filled with 5" of 4 pcf (nominal) mineral fiber batts.
GFRC has 11/2" returns packed with mineral fiber and caulked on the exterior.
—
—
—
61/8
2" × 6" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior and exterior sides covered with 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4c wide, applied horizontally or
15-1.12q
vertically with vertical joints over studs, and fastened with 21/4" Type S drywall screws,
spaced 12" on center. Cavity to be filled with 51/2" mineral wool insulation.
—
—
—
63/4
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour
(continued)
162
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(2)—continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS a, o, p
MATERIAL
ITEM
NUMBER
CONSTRUCTION
MINIMUM FINISHED
THICKNESS FACE-TOFACEb (inches)
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour
2" × 6" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior and exterior
sides covered with 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4c wide, applied vertically with all joints
15-1.13
over framing or blocking and fastened with 21/4" Type S drywall screws, spaced 12" on
center. R-19 mineral fiber insulation installed in stud cavity.
—
—
—
63/4
2" × 6" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior and exterior
sides covered with 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4c wide, applied horizontally or verti15-1.14
cally with vertical joints over studs, and fastened with 21/4" Type S drywall screws, spaced
7" on center.
—
—
—
63/4
2" × 4" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior and exterior
sides covered with 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboard and sheathing, respectively, 4c wide,
q
15-1.15 applied horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over studs, and fastened with 21/4"
Type S drywall screws, spaced 12" on center. Cavity to be filled with 31/2" mineral wool
insulation.
—
—
—
43/4
2" x 6" wood studs at 24" centers with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior and
exterior side covered with two layers of 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied
horizontally
with vertical joints over studs. Base layer fastened with 21/4" Type S drywall
15-1.16q
screws, spaced 24" on center and face layer fastened with Type S drywall screws, spaced
8" on center, wallboard joints covered with paper tape and joint compound, fastener heads
covered with joint compound. Cavity to be filled with 51/2" mineral wool insulation.
—
—
8
—
15-2.1d
35/8" No. 16 gage steel studs at 24" on center or 2" × 4" wood studs at 24" on center. Metal
lath attached to the exterior side of studs with minimum 1" long No. 6 drywall screws at 6"
on center and covered with minimum 3/4" thick Portland cement plaster. Thin veneer brick
units of clay or shale complying with ASTM C1088, Grade TBS or better, installed in run—
ning bond in accordance with Section 1405.10. Combined total thickness of the Portland
3
cement plaster, mortar and thin veneer brick units shall be not less than 1 /4". Interior side
covered with one layer of 5/8" thick Type X gypsum wallboard attached to studs with 1"
long No. 6 drywall screws at 12" on center.
—
—
6
15-2.2 d
35/8" No. 16 gage steel studs at 24" on center or 2" × 4" wood studs at 24" on center. Metal
lath attached to the exterior side of studs with minimum 1" long No. 6 drywall screws at 6"
on center and covered with minimum 3/4" thick Portland cement plaster. Thin veneer brick
units of clay or shale complying with ASTM C1088, Grade TBS or better, installed in run—
ning bond in accordance with Section 1405.10. Combined total thickness of the Portland
cement plaster, mortar and thin veneer brick units shall be not less than 2". Interior side
covered with two layers of 5/8" thick Type X gypsum wallboard. Bottom layer attached to
studs with 1" long No. 6 drywall screws at 24" on center. Top layer attached to studs with
15/8" long No. 6 drywall screws at 12" on center.
—
67/8
—
15-2.3 d
35/8" No. 16 gage steel studs at 16" on center or 2"× 4" wood studs at 16" on center. Where
metal lath is used, attach to the exterior side of studs with minimum 1" long No. 6 drywall
screws at 6" on center. Brick units of clay or shale not less than 25/8" thick complying with
ASTM C216 installed in accordance with Section 1405.6 with a minimum 1" airspace.
Interior side covered with one layer of 5/8" thick Type X gypsum wallboard attached to
studs with 1" long No. 6 drywall screws at 12" on center.
—
—
77/8
q
q
15. Exterior or
interior walls
(continued)
—
(continued)
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
163
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(2)—continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS a, o, p
MATERIAL
ITEM
NUMBER
MINIMUM FINISHED
THICKNESS FACE-TOFACEb (inches)
CONSTRUCTION
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour
15-2.4d
35/8" No. 16 gage steel studs at 16" on center or 2" × 4" wood studs at 16" on center.
Where metal lath is used, attach to the exterior side of studs with minimum 1" long No. 6
drywall screws at 6" on center. Brick units of clay or shale not less than 25/8" thick complying with ASTM C216 installed in accordance with Section 1405.6 with a minimum 1"
airspace. Interior side covered with two layers of 5/8" thick Type X gypsum wallboard.
Bottom layer attached to studs with 1" long No. 6 drywall screws at 24" on center. Top
layer attached to studs with 15/8" long No. 6 drywall screws at 12" on center.
—
—
81/2
—
16-1.1q
2" × 4" wood studs at 16" centers with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior
side covered with 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4" wide, applied horizontally
unblocked, and fastened with 21/4" Type S drywall screws, spaced 12" on center, wallboard joints covered with paper tape and joint compound, fastener heads covered with
—
joint compound. Exterior covered with 3/8" wood structural panels, applied vertically,
horizontal joints blocked and fastened with 6d common nails (bright) — 12" on center in
the field, and 6" on center panel edges. Cavity to be filled with 31/2" mineral wool insulation. Rating established for exposure from interior side only.
—
—
41/2
16. Exterior walls
rated for fire
resistance from
16-1.2q
the inside only in
accordance with
Section 705.5.
2" × 6" wood studs at 16" centers with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior
side covered with 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4" wide, applied horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over studs and fastened with 21/4" Type S drywall screws,
spaced 12" on center, wallboard joints covered with paper tape and joint compound, fas—
tener heads covered with joint compound, exterior side covered with 7/16" wood structural panels fastened with 6d common nails (bright) spaced 12" on center in the field and
6" on center along the panel edges. Cavity to be filled with 51/2" mineral wool insulation.
Rating established from the gypsum-covered side only.
—
—
69/16
2" × 6" wood studs at 16" centers with double top plates, single bottom plates; interior
side covered with 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4" wide, applied vertically with all
joints over framing or blocking and fastened with 21/4" Type S drywall screws spaced 7"
on center. Joints to be covered with tape and joint compound. Exterior covered with 3/8"
wood structural panels, applied vertically with edges over framing or blocking and fastened with 6d common nails (bright) at 12" on center in the field and 6" on center on
panel edges. R-19 mineral fiber insulation installed in stud cavity. Rating established
from the gypsum-covered side only.
—
—
61/2
15. Exterior or
interior walls
16-1.3q
—
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.2 mm2, 1 cubic foot = 0.0283 m3.
a. Staples with equivalent holding power and penetration shall be permitted to be used as alternate fasteners to nails for attachment to wood framing.
b. Thickness shown for brick and clay tile is nominal thicknesses unless plastered, in which case thicknesses are net. Thickness shown for concrete masonry and
clay masonry is equivalent thickness defined in Section 722.3.1 for concrete masonry and Section 722.4.1.1 for clay masonry. Where all cells are solid
grouted or filled with silicone-treated perlite loose-fill insulation; vermiculite loose-fill insulation; or expanded clay, shale or slate lightweight aggregate, the
equivalent thickness shall be the thickness of the block or brick using specified dimensions as defined in Chapter 21. Equivalent thickness shall include the
thickness of applied plaster and lath or gypsum wallboard, where specified.
c. For units in which the net cross-sectional area of cored brick in any plane parallel to the surface containing the cores is not less than 75 percent of the gross
cross-sectional area measured in the same plane.
d. Shall be used for nonbearing purposes only.
e. For all of the construction with gypsum wallboard described in this table, gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size, thickness and core type shall be
permitted to be substituted for gypsum wallboard, provided attachment is identical to that specified for the wallboard, and the joints on the face layer are
reinforced and the entire surface is covered with not less than 1/16-inch gypsum veneer plaster.
f. The fire-resistance time period for concrete masonry units meeting the equivalent thicknesses required for a 2-hour fire-resistance rating in Item 3, and
having a thickness of not less than 75/8 inches is 4 hours where cores that are not grouted are filled with silicone-treated perlite loose-fill insulation;
vermiculite loose-fill insulation; or expanded clay, shale or slate lightweight aggregate, sand or slag having a maximum particle size of 3/8 inch.
g. The fire-resistance rating of concrete masonry units composed of a combination of aggregate types or where plaster is applied directly to the concrete
masonry shall be determined in accordance with ACI 216.1/TMS 0216. Lightweight aggregates shall have a maximum combined density of 65 pounds per
cubic foot.
(continued)
164
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(2)—continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS a, o,
h. See Note b. The equivalent thickness shall be permitted to include the thickness of cement plaster or 1.5 times the thickness of gypsum plaster applied in
accordance with the requirements of Chapter 25.
i. Concrete walls shall be reinforced with horizontal and vertical temperature reinforcement as required by Chapter 19.
j. Studs are welded truss wire studs with 0.18 inch (No. 7 B.W. gage) flange wire and 0.18 inch (No. 7 B.W. gage) truss wires.
k. Nailable metal studs consist of two channel studs spot welded back to back with a crimped web forming a nailing groove.
l. Wood structural panels shall be permitted to be installed between the fire protection and the wood studs on either the interior or exterior side of the wood
frame assemblies in this table, provided the length of the fasteners used to attach the fire protection is increased by an amount not less than the thickness of the
wood structural panel.
m.For studs with a slenderness ratio, le/d, greater than 33, the design stress shall be reduced to 78 percent of allowable Fcc. For studs with a slenderness ratio,
le/d, not exceeding 33, the design stress shall be reduced to 78 percent of the adjusted stress Fcc calculated for studs having a slenderness ratio le/d of 33.
n. For properties of cooler or wallboard nails, see ASTM C514, ASTM C547 or ASTM F1667.
o. Generic fire-resistance ratings (those not designated as PROPRIETARY* in the listing) in the GA 600 shall be accepted as if herein listed.
p. NCMA TEK 5-8A shall be permitted for the design of fire walls.
q. The design stress of studs shall be equal to a maximum of 100 percent of the allowable F'c calculated in accordance with Section 2306.
TABLE 721.1(3)
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMSa, q
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
ITEM
NUMBER
1. Siliceous aggregate concrete
1-1.1
2. Carbonate
aggregate concrete
2-1.1
3. Sand-lightweight concrete
3-1.1
4. Lightweight
concrete
4-1.1
5-1.1
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
CEILING
ROOF SLAB
(inches)
(inches)
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour hours hours hours hour
Slab (no ceiling required). Minimum cover over nonprestressed reinforcement shall be not less than 3/4" b.
Slab with suspended ceiling of vermiculite gypsum plaster
over metal lath attached to 3/4" cold-rolled channels spaced
12" on center. Ceiling located 6" minimum below joists.
6.2
5.0
3.5
—
—
—
—
6.6
5.7
4.6
3.2
—
—
—
—
5.4
4.6
3.8
2.7
—
—
—
—
5.1
4.4
3.6
2.5
—
—
—
—
3
2
—
—
1
3
—
—
—
—
21/2
—
—
—
5
—
/4
3
5. Reinforced
concrete
5-2.1
/8" Type X gypsum wallboardc attached to 0.018 inch (No.
25 carbon sheet steel gage) by 7/8" deep by 25/8" hat-shaped
galvanized steel channels with 1"-long No. 6 screws. The
channels are spaced 24" on center, span 35" and are supported along their length at 35" intervals by 0.033" (No. 21
galvanized sheet gage) galvanized steel flat strap hangers
having formed edges that engage the lips of the channel.
The strap hangers are attached to the side of the concrete
joists with 5/32" by 11/4" long power-driven fasteners. The
wallboard is installed with the long dimension perpendicular to the channels. End joints occur on channels and supplementary channels are installed parallel to the main
channels, 12" each side, at end joint occurrences. The finished ceiling is located approximately 12" below the soffit
of the floor slab.
7.0
/8
(continued)
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
165
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(3)—continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMSa, q
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
6. Steel joists constructed with a
poured reinforced
concrete slab on
metal lath forms or
steel form unitsd, e
7. Reinforced concrete slabs and joists
with hollow clay tile
fillers laid end to
end in rows 21/2" or
more apart; reinforcement placed
between rows and
concrete cast around
and over tile.
8. Steel joists constructed with a reinforced concrete slab
on top poured on a
1
/2" deep steel deck.e
ITEM
NUMBER
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
THICKNESS OF FLOOR
OR ROOF SLAB
(inches)
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
CEILING
(inches)
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour hours hours hours hour
6-1.1
Gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to the bottom cord
with single No. 16 gage or doubled No. 18 gage wire ties
spaced 6" on center. Plaster mixed 1:2 for scratch coat, 1:3 —
for brown coat, by weight, gypsum-to-sand aggregate for 2hour system. For 3-hour system plaster is neat.
—
21/2
21/4
—
—
3
5
6-2.1
Vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to the
bottom chord with single No.16 gage or doubled 0.049inch (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire ties 6" on center.
—
2
—
—
—
5
/8
—
—
6-3.1
Cement plaster over metal lath attached to the bottom chord
of joists with single No. 16 gage or doubled 0.049" (No. 18
B.W. gage) wire ties spaced 6" on center. Plaster mixed 1:2
for scratch coat, 1:3 for brown coat for 1-hour system and
1:1 for scratch coat, 1:1 1/2 for brown coat for 2-hour system, by weight, cement to sand.
—
—
—
2
—
—
—
5 f
8
6-4.1
Ceiling of 5/8" Type X wallboardc attached to 7/8" deep by
25/8" by 0.021 inch (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) hatshaped furring channels 12" on center with 1" long No. 6
—
wallboard screws at 8" on center. Channels wire tied to bottom chord of joists with doubled 0.049 inch (No. 18 B.W.
gage) wire or suspended below joists on wire hangers.g
—
21/2
—
—
—
5
—
6-5.1
Wood-fibered gypsum plaster mixed 1:1 by weight gypsum
to sand aggregate applied over metal lath. Lath tied 6" on
center to 3/4" channels spaced 131/2" on center. Channels
secured to joists at each intersection with two strands of
0.049 inch (No. 18 B.W. gage) galvanized wire.
—
—
21/2
—
—
—
3
—
7-1.1
5
—
—
8h
—
—
—
5
/8
—
7-1.2
None
—
—
—
51/2i
—
—
—
—
8-1.1
Vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to 3/4"
cold-rolled channels with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire
ties spaced 6" on center.
21/2j
—
—
—
3
—
—
—
/8" gypsum plaster on bottom of floor or roof construction.
/4
/4
/8
/4
/8
/
(continued)
166
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(3)—continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMSa, q
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR
ROOF SLAB
(inches)
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
CEILING
(inches)
ITEM
NUMBER
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
9-1.1
Suspended ceiling of vermiculite gypsum plaster base coat
and vermiculite acoustical plaster on metal lath attached at
6" intervals to 3/4" cold-rolled channels spaced 12" on center and secured to 11/2" cold-rolled channels spaced 36" on
center with 0.065" (No. 16 B.W. gage) wire. 11/2" channels
supported by No. 8 gage wire hangers at 36" on center.
Beams within envelope and with a 21/2" airspace between
beam soffit and lath have a 4-hour rating.
21/2
—
—
—
11/8k
—
—
—
10. 11/2"-deep steel
roof deck on steel
framing. Insulation board, 30 pcf
Ceiling of gypsum plaster on metal lath. Lath attached to
3
density, composed
/4" furring channels with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire
of wood fibers with
ties spaced 6" on center. 3/4" channel saddle tied to 2" channels with doubled 0.065" (No. 16 B.W. gage) wire ties. 2"
cement binders of
10-1.1
channels spaced 36" on center suspended 2" below steel
thickness shown
framing and saddle-tied with 0.165" (No. 8 B.W. gage)
bonded to deck
wire. Plaster mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum-to-sand aggrewith unified
gate.
asphalt adhesive.
Covered with a
Class A or B roof
covering.
—
—
17/8
1
—
—
3 l
4
/
3 l
4
Ceiling of gypsum plaster on metal lath. Lath attached to
11. 11/2"-deep steel
3
/4" furring channels with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire
roof deck on steelties spaced 6" on center. 3/4" channels saddle tied to 2"
framing wood fiber
channels with doubled 0.065" (No. 16 B.W. gage) wire ties.
insulation board,
2" channels spaced 36" on center suspended 2" below steel
17.5 pcf density on 11-1.1
framing and saddle tied with 0.165" (No. 8 B.W. gage)
top applied over a
wire. Plaster mixed 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for brown
15-lb asphalt-satucoat, by weight, gypsum-to-sand aggregate for 1-hour sysrated felt. Class A
tem. For 2-hour system, plaster mix is 1:2 by weight, gypor B roof covering.
sum-to-sand aggregate.
—
—
11/2
1
—
—
7 g
8
3 l
4
9. 3" deep cellular
steel deck with
concrete slab on
top. Slab thickness
measured to top.
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour hours hours hours hour
/
/
/
(continued)
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
167
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(3) —continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMSa, q
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
ITEM
NUMBER
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
CEILING
(inches)
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour hours hours hours hour
12. 11/2" deep steel
roof deck on steelframing insulation
of rigid board consisting of expanded
perlite and fibers
impregnated with
integral asphalt
waterproofing; density 9 to 12 pcf
Gypsum-vermiculite plaster on metal lath wire tied at 6"
secured to metal
intervals to 3/4" furring channels spaced 12" on center and
12-1.1
roof deck by 1/2"
wire tied to 2" runner channels spaced 32" on center.
wide ribbons of
Runners wire tied to bottom chord of steel joists.
waterproof, coldprocess liquid adhesive spaced 6"
apart. Steel joist or
light steel construction with metal roof
deck, insulation,
and Class A or B
built-up roof covering.e
13. Double wood
floor over wood
joists spaced 16" on
center.m,n
THICKNESS OF FLOOR
OR ROOF SLAB
(inches)
—
—
1
—
—
—
7
—
Gypsum plaster over 3/8" Type X gypsum lath. Lath initially
applied with not less than four 11/8" by No. 13 gage by 19/64"
head plasterboard blued nails per bearing. Continuous stripping over lath along all joist lines. Stripping consists of 3"
wide strips of metal lath attached by 11/2" by No. 11 gage
by 1/2" head roofing nails spaced 6" on center. Alternate
13-1.1 stripping consists of 3" wide 0.049" diameter wire stripping —
weighing 1 pound per square yard and attached by No.16
gage by 11/2" by 3/4" crown width staples, spaced 4" on center. Where alternate stripping is used, the lath nailing shall
consist of two nails at each end and one nail at each intermediate bearing. Plaster mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum-tosand aggregate.
—
—
—
—
—
—
7
Cement or gypsum plaster on metal lath. Lath fastened with
11/2" by No. 11 gage by 7/16" head barbed shank roofing
13-1.2 nails spaced 5" on center. Plaster mixed 1:2 for scratch coat
and 1:3 for brown coat, by weight, cement to sand aggregate.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5
Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath secured
13-1.3 to joists with 11/2" by No. 11 gage by 7/16" head barbed
shank roofing nails spaced 5" on center.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
/2" Type X gypsum wallboardc nailed to joists with 5d
13-1.4 coolero or wallboardo nails at 6" on center. End joints of
wallboard centered on joists.
/8
/8
/8
/8
1
/2
(continued)
168
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(3) —continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMSa, q
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
ITEM
NUMBER
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
THICKNESS OF FLOOR
OR ROOF SLAB
(inches)
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
CEILING
(inches)
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour hours hours hours hour
14. Plywood
stressed skin panels
consisting of 5/8" 1
/2" -thick wood fiberboard weighing 15 to 18 pounds per
thick interior C-D
cubic foot installed with long dimension parallel to string(exterior glue) top
ers or 3/8" C-D (exterior glue) plywood glued and/or nailed
stressed skin on 2" ×
to stringers. Nailing to be with 5d coolero or wallboardo
6" nominal (mini14-1.1 nails at 12" on center. Second layer of 1/2" Type X gypsum
mum) stringers.
wallboardc applied with long dimension perpendicular to
Adjacent panel
joists and attached with 8d coolero or wallboardo nails at 6"
edges joined with 8d
on center at end joints and 8" on center elsewhere. Wallcommon wire nails
board joints staggered with respect to fiberboard joints.
spaced 6" on center.
Stringers spaced 12"
maximum on center.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
15. Vermiculite concrete slab proportioned 1:4 (Portland
cement to vermiculite aggregate) on a
11/2" -deep steel
deck supported on
individually protected steel framing.
15-1.1 None
Maximum span of
deck 6c-10" where
deck is less than
0.019 inch (No. 26
carbon steel sheet
gage) or greater.
Slab reinforced with
4" × 8" 0.109/0.083"
(No. 12/14 B.W. gage)
welded wire mesh.
—
—
—
3j
—
—
—
—
16. Perlite concrete
slab proportioned
1:6 (Portland cement
to perlite aggregate)
on a 11/4" -deep steel
deck supported on
individually protected steel framing.
Slab reinforced with
4" × 8" 0.109/0.083"
(No. 12/14 B.W. gage)
welded wire mesh.
—
—
—
31/2j
—
—
—
—
16-1.1 None
(continued)
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
169
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(3)—continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMSa, q
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
ITEM
NUMBER
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
THICKNESS OF FLOOR
OR ROOF SLAB
(inches)
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
CEILING
(inches)
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour hours hours hours hour
17. Perlite concrete
slab proportioned
1:6 (Portland
cement to perlite
Perlite gypsum plaster on metal lath wire tied to 3/4" furring
aggregate) on a 9/16"17-1.1 channels attached with 0.065" (No. 16 B.W. gage) wire ties
deep steel deck supto lower chord of joists.
ported by steel joists
4c on center. Class A
or B roof covering
on top.
—
18. Perlite concrete
slab proportioned 1:6
(Portland cement to
perlite aggregate) on
11/4" -deep steel deck
supported on individually protected
steel framing. Maximum span of deck
6c-10" where deck is
less than 0.019" (No.
18-1.1 None
26 carbon sheet steel
gage) and 8c-0"
where deck is 0.019"
(No. 26 carbon sheet
steel gage) or
greater. Slab reinforced with 0.042"
(No. 19 B.W. gage)
hexagonal wire
mesh. Class A or B
roof covering on top.
—
19. Floor and beam
construction consisting of 3" -deep celluSuspended envelope ceiling of perlite gypsum plaster on
lar steel floor unit
metal lath attached to 3/4" cold-rolled channels, secured to
mounted on steel
11/2" cold-rolled channels spaced 42" on center supported
members with 1:4
19-1.1
by 0.203 inch (No. 6 B.W. gage) wire 36" on center. Beams
(proportion of Portin envelope with 3" minimum airspace between beam soffit
land cement to perand lath have a 4-hour rating.
lite aggregate)
perlite-concrete floor
slab on top.
2p
2p
2p
21/4p 21/4p
—
—
—
—
7
—
—
—
1l
/8
3
/4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(continued)
170
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(3)—continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMSa, q
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
ITEM
NUMBER
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR
ROOF SLAB
(inches)
4
3
2
hours hours hours
20. Perlite concrete proportioned 1:6
(Portland cement to perlite aggregate) poured to 1/8" thickness above
top of corrugations of 15/16" -deep galvanized steel deck maximum span 8c0" for 0.024" (No. 24 galvanized
sheet gage) or 6c0" for 0.019" (No. 26
galvanized sheet gage) with deck supported by individually protected steel
framing. Approved polystyrene foam
plastic insulation board having a
flame spread not exceeding 75 (1" to
4" thickness) with vent holes that
approximate 3 percent of the board
surface area placed on top of perlite
slurry. A 2c by 4c insulation board
20-1.1 None
contains six 23/4" diameter holes.
Board covered with 21/4" minimum
perlite concrete slab. Slab reinforced
with mesh consisting of 0.042" (No.
19 B.W. gage) galvanized steel wire
twisted together to form 2" hexagons
with straight 0.065" (No. 16 B.W.
gage) galvanized steel wire woven
into mesh and spaced 3". Alternate
slab reinforcement shall be permitted
to consist of 4" × 8", 0.109/0.238"
(No. 12/4 B.W. gage), or 2" × 2",
0.083/0.083" (No. 14/14 B.W. gage)
welded wire fabric. Class A or B roof
covering on top.
—
—
Varies
Base layer 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboard applied at right angles to joist or
21. Wood joists, wood I-joists, floor
truss 24" o.c. with 11/4" Type S or Type
trusses and flat or pitched roof trusses
W drywall screws 24" o.c. Face layer 5/8"
spaced a maximum 24" o.c. with 1/2"
wood structural panels with exterior
Type X gypsum wallboard or veneer
glue applied at right angles to top of
base applied at right angles to joist or
21-1.1
joist or top chord of trusses with 8d
truss through base layer with 17/8" Type
S or Type W drywall screws 12" o.c. at
nails. The wood structural panel
joints and intermediate joist or truss.
thickness shall be not less than nomiFace layer Type G drywall screws
nal 1/2" nor less than required by
Chapter 23.
placed 2" back on either side of face
layer end joints, 12" o.c.
—
—
—
1
hour
—
MINIMUM THICKNESS
OF CEILING
(inches)
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour
—
—
—
—
Varies —
—
—
11/4
(continued)
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
171
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(3)—continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMSa, q
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
ITEM
NUMBER
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
ROOF SLAB
CEILING
(inches)
(inches)
4
3
2
hours hours hours
1
4
3
2
1
hour hours hours hours hour
Base layer 5/8" Type X gypsum board
applied at right angles to steel framing 24"
22. Steel joists, floor trusses and flat
on center with 1" Type S drywall screws
or pitched roof trusses spaced a
spaced 24" on center. Face layer 5/8" Type
1
maximum 24" o.c. with /2" wood
X gypsum board applied at right angles to
structural panels with exterior glue
steel framing attached through base layer
applied at right angles to top of joist
22-1.1 with 15/8" Type S drywall screws 12" on
or top chord of trusses with No. 8
center at end joints and intermediate joints
screws. The wood structural panel
and 11/2" Type G drywall screws 12 inches
thickness shall be not less than nomon center placed 2" back on either side of
inal 1/2" nor less than required by
face layer end joints. Joints of the face
Chapter 23.
layer are offset 24" from the joints of the
base layer.
—
—
— Varies —
—
—
23. Wood I-joist (minimum joist
depth 91/4" with a minimum flange
1
/2" deep single leg resilient channel 16" on
depth of 15/16" and a minimum
center (channels doubled at wallboard end
flange cross-sectional area of 2.25
joints), placed perpendicular to the furring
square inches) at 24" o.c. spacing
strip and joist and attached to each joist by
3
with a minimum 1 × 4 ( /4" × 3.5"
17/8" Type S drywall screws. 5/8" Type C
actual) ledger strip applied parallel
23-1.1 gypsum wallboard applied perpendicular
to and covering the bottom of the
to the channel with end joints staggered
bottom flange of each member,
not less than 4c and fastened with 11/8"
tacked in place. 2" mineral wool
Type S drywall screws spaced 7" on ceninsulation, 3.5 pcf (nominal)
ter. Wallboard joints to be taped and covinstalled adjacent to the bottom
ered with joint compound.
flange of the I-joist and supported by
the 1 × 4 ledger strip.
—
—
— Varies —
—
—
5
24. Wood I-joist (minimum I-joist
depth 91/4" with a minimum flange
depth of 11/2" and a minimum flange
cross-sectional area of 5.25 square
inches; minimum web thickness of
3
/8") @ 24" o.c., 11/2" mineral wool
insulation (2.5 pcf-nominal) resting
on hat-shaped furring channels.
Minimum 0.026" thick hat-shaped channel
16" o.c. (channels doubled at wallboard
end joints), placed perpendicular to the
joist and attached to each joist by 11/4"
Type S drywall screws. 5/8" Type C gyp24-1.1 sum wallboard applied perpendicular to
the channel with end joints staggered and
fastened with 11/8" Type S drywall screws
spaced 12" o.c. in the field and 8" o.c. at
the wallboard ends. Wallboard joints to be
taped and covered with joint compound.
—
—
— Varies —
—
—
5
25. Wood I-joist (minimum I-joist
depth 91/4" with a minimum flange
depth of 11/2" and a minimum flange
cross-sectional area of 5.25 square
inches; minimum web thickness of
7
/16") @ 24" o.c., 11/2" mineral wool
insulation (2.5 pcf-nominal) resting
on resilient channels.
Minimum 0.019" thick resilient channel
16" o.c. (channels doubled at wallboard
end joints), placed perpendicular to the
joist and attached to each joist by 15/8"
Type S drywall screws. 5/8" Type C gyp25-1.1 sum wallboard applied perpendicular to
the channel with end joints staggered and
fastened with 1" Type S drywall screws
spaced 12" o.c. in the field and 8" o.c. at
the wallboard ends. Wallboard joints to be
taped and covered with joint compound.
—
—
— Varies —
—
—
5
11/4
/8
/8
/8
(continued)
172
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(3)—continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMSa, q
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
ITEM
NUMBER
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
ROOF SLAB
CEILING
(inches)
(inches)
4
3
2
hours hours hours
1
hour
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour
26. Wood I-joist (minimum I-joist
depth 91/4" with a minimum flange
thickness of 11/2" and a minimum
flange cross-sectional area of 2.25
square inches; minimum web thickness of 3/8") @ 24" o.c.
Two layers of 1/2" Type X gypsum wallboard applied with the long dimension
perpendicular to the I-joists with end
joints staggered. The base layer is fastened with 15/8" Type S drywall screws
spaced 12" o.c. and the face layer is fastened with 2" Type S drywall screws
spaced 12" o.c. in the field and 8" o.c. on
26-1.1 the edges. Face layer end joints shall not
occur on the same I-joist as base layer end
joints and edge joints shall be offset 24"
from base layer joints. Face layer to also
be attached to base layer with 11/2" Type
G drywall screws spaced 8" o.c. placed 6"
from face layer end joints. Face layer
wallboard joints to be taped and covered
with joint compound.
—
—
—
Varies
—
—
—
1
27. Wood I-joist (minimum I-joist
depth 91/2" with a minimum flange
depth of 15/16" and a minimum
flange cross-sectional area of 1.95
square inches; minimum web thickness of 3/8") @ 24" o.c.
Minimum 0.019" thick resilient channel
16" o.c. (channels doubled at wallboard
end joints), placed perpendicular to the
joist and attached to each joist by 11/4"
Type S drywall screws. Two layers of 1/2"
Type X gypsum wallboard applied with
the long dimension perpendicular to the Ijoists with end joints staggered. The base
layer is fastened with 11/4" Type S drywall
screws spaced 12" o.c. and the face layer
27-1.1 is fastened with 15/8" Type S drywall
—
screws spaced 12" o.c. Face layer end
joints shall not occur on the same I-joist
as base layer end joints and edge joints
shall be offset 24" from base layer joints.
Face layer to also be attached to base
layer with 11/2" Type G drywall screws
spaced 8" o.c. placed 6" from face layer
end joints. Face layer wallboard joints to
be taped and covered with joint compound.
—
—
Varies
—
—
—
1
(continued)
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
173
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(3)—continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMSa, q
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
ITEM
NUMBER
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR
ROOF SLAB (inches)
4
3
2
hours hours hours
Base layer of 5/8" Type C gypsum wallboard attached directly to I-joists with
15/8" Type S drywall screws spaced 12"
o.c. with ends staggered. Minimum
0.0179" thick hat-shaped 7/8-inch furring channel 16" o.c. (channels doubled
28. Wood I-joist (minimum I-joist
at wallboard end joints), placed perpendepth 91/4" with a minimum flange
dicular to the joist and attached to each
depth of 11/2" and a minimum flange
joist by 15/8" Type S drywall screws
cross-sectional area of 2.25 square
after the base layer of gypsum wallinches; minimum web thickness of
board has been applied. The middle and
28-1.1
3
/8") @ 24" o.c. Unfaced fiberglass
face layers of 5/8" Type C gypsum wallinsulation or mineral wool insulation
board applied perpendicular to the
is installed between the I-joists supchannel with end joints staggered. The
ported on the upper surface of the
middle layer is fastened with 1" Type S
flange by stay wires spaced 12" o.c.
drywall screws spaced 12" o.c. The face
layer is applied parallel to the middle
layer but with the edge joints offset 24"
from those of the middle layer and fastened with 15/8" Type S drywall screws
8" o.c. The joints shall be taped and
covered with joint compound.
—
—
Base layer 5/8" Type X gypsum board
applied perpendicular to bottom of
framing members with 11/8" Type S-12
screws spaced 12" o.c. Second layer 5/8"
Type X gypsum board attached perpendicular to framing members with 15/8"
Type S-12 screws spaced 12" o.c. Second layer joints offset 24" from base
layer. Third layer 5/8" Type X gypsum
board attached perpendicular to framing
29-1.1 members with 23/8" Type S-12 screws
spaced 12" o.c. Third layer joints offset
12" from second layer joints. Hatshaped 7/8-inch rigid furring channels
applied at right angles to framing members over third layer with two 23/8" Type
S-12 screws at each framing member.
Face layer 5/8" Type X gypsum board
applied at right angles to furring channels with 11/8" Type S screws spaced
12" o.c.
—
— Varies
29. Channel-shaped 18 gage steel
joists (minimum depth 8") spaced a
maximum 24" o.c. supporting
tongue-and-groove wood structural
panels (nominal minimum 3/4" thick)
applied perpendicular to framing
members. Structural panels attached
with 15/8" Type S-12 screws spaced
12" o.c.
—
1
hour
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
CEILING (inches)
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour
Varies
—
—
23/4
—
—
—
—
33/8
—
(continued)
174
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.1(3)—continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMSa, q
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
ITEM
NUMBER
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
Minimum 0.019" thick resilient channel
16" o.c. (channels doubled at wallboard
end joints), placed perpendicular to the
joists and attached to each joist by 11/4"
Type S drywall screws. Two layers of
1
/2" Type X gypsum wallboard applied
with the long dimension perpendicular
30. Wood I-joist (minimum I-joist
to the I-joists with end joints staggered.
depth 91/2" with a minimum flange
The base layer is fastened with 11/4"
depth of 11/2" and a minimum flange
Type S drywall screws spaced 12" o.c.
cross-sectional area of 2.25 square
30-1.1 and the face layer is fastened with 15/8"
3
inches; minimum web thickness of /8")
Type S drywall screws spaced 12" o.c.
@ 24" o.c. Fiberglass insulation placed
Face layer end joints shall not occur on
between I-joists supported by the resilthe same I-joist as base layer end joints
ient channels.
and edge joints shall be offset 24" from
base layer joints. Face layer to be
attached to base layer with 11/2" Type G
drywall screws spaced 8" o.c. placed 6"
from face layer end joints. Face layer
wallboard joints to be taped and covered with joint compound.
THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR
ROOF SLAB (inches)
4
3
2
hours hours hours
—
—
—
1
hour
Varies
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
CEILING (inches)
4
3
2
1
hours hours hours hour
—
—
—
1
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 cubic foot = 0.0283 m3,
1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1 pound per linear foot = 1.4882 kg/m.
a. Staples with equivalent holding power and penetration shall be permitted to be used as alternate fasteners to nails for attachment to wood framing.
b. Where the slab is in an unrestrained condition, minimum reinforcement cover shall be not less than 15/8 inches for 4 hours (siliceous aggregate only); 11/4
inches for 4 and 3 hours; 1 inch for 2 hours (siliceous aggregate only); and 3/4 inch for all other restrained and unrestrained conditions.
c. For all of the construction with gypsum wallboard described in this table, gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size, thickness and core type shall be
permitted to be substituted for gypsum wallboard, provided attachment is identical to that specified for the wallboard, and the joints on the face layer are
reinforced and the entire surface is covered with not less than 1/16-inch gypsum veneer plaster.
d. Slab thickness over steel joists measured at the joists for metal lath form and at the top of the form for steel form units.
e. (a) The maximum allowable stress level for H-Series joists shall not exceed 22,000 psi.
(b) The allowable stress for K-Series joists shall not exceed 26,000 psi, the nominal depth of such joist shall be not less than 10 inches and the nominal joist
weight shall be not less than 5 pounds per linear foot.
f. Cement plaster with 15 pounds of hydrated lime and 3 pounds of approved additives or admixtures per bag of cement.
g. Gypsum wallboard ceilings attached to steel framing shall be permitted to be suspended with 11/2-inch cold-formed carrying channels spaced 48 inches on
center, that are suspended with No. 8 SWG galvanized wire hangers spaced 48 inches on center. Cross-furring channels are tied to the carrying channels with
No. 18 SWG galvanized wire hangers spaced 48 inches on center. Cross-furring channels are tied to the carrying channels with No. 18 SWG galvanized wire
(double strand) and spaced as required for direct attachment to the framing. This alternative is applicable to those steel framing assemblies recognized under
Note q.
h. Six-inch hollow clay tile with 2-inch concrete slab above.
i. Four-inch hollow clay tile with 11/2-inch concrete slab above.
j. Thickness measured to bottom of steel form units.
k. Five-eighths inch of vermiculite gypsum plaster plus 1/2 inch of approved vermiculite acoustical plastic.
l. Furring channels spaced 12 inches on center.
m. Double wood floor shall be permitted to be either of the following:
(a) Subfloor of 1-inch nominal boarding, a layer of asbestos paper weighing not less than 14 pounds per 100 square feet and a layer of 1-inch nominal
tongue-and-groove finished flooring; or
(b) Subfloor of 1-inch nominal tongue-and-groove boarding or 15/32-inch wood structural panels with exterior glue and a layer of 1-inch nominal tongue-andgroove finished flooring or 19/32-inch wood structural panel finish flooring or a layer of Type I Grade M-1 particleboard not less than 5/8-inch thick.
n. The ceiling shall be permitted to be omitted over unusable space, and flooring shall be permitted to be omitted where unusable space occurs above.
o. For properties of cooler or wallboard nails, see ASTM C514, ASTM C547 or ASTM F1667.
p. Thickness measured on top of steel deck unit.
q. Generic fire-resistance ratings (those not designated as PROPRIETARY* in the listing) in the GA 600 shall be accepted as if herein listed.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
175
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
722.2.1.1.4 Ribbed or undulating surfaces. The
equivalent thickness of panels with ribbed or undulating surfaces shall be determined by one of the following expressions:
7-4 are given in Table 722.2.1.2(1). Calculated fireresistance ratings are shown in Table 722.2.1.2(2).
722.2.1.2.2 Foam plastic insulation. The fire-resistance ratings of precast concrete wall panels consisting of a layer of foam plastic insulation
sandwiched between two wythes of concrete shall
be permitted to be determined by use of Equation 74. Foam plastic insulation with a total thickness of
less than 1 inch (25 mm) shall be disregarded. The
Rn value for thickness of foam plastic insulation of 1
inch (25 mm) or greater, for use in the calculation, is
5 minutes; therefore Rn0.59 = 2.5.
For s • 4t, the thickness to be used shall be t
For s ” 2t, the thickness to be used shall be te
For 4t > s > 2t, the thickness to be used shall be
4t
t + § ----- – 1· t e – t
©s
¹
(Equation 7-3)
where:
s = Spacing of ribs or undulations.
722.2.1.3 Joints between precast wall panels. Joints
between precast concrete wall panels that are not insulated as required by this section shall be considered as
openings in walls. Uninsulated joints shall be included
in determining the percentage of openings permitted by
Table 705.8. Where openings are not permitted or are
required by this code to be protected, the provisions of
this section shall be used to determine the amount of
joint insulation required. Insulated joints shall not be
considered openings for purposes of determining compliance with the allowable percentage of openings in
Table 705.8.
t = Minimum thickness.
te = Equivalent thickness of the panel calculated as
the net cross-sectional area of the panel
divided by the width, in which the maximum
thickness used in the calculation shall not
exceed 2t.
722.2.1.2 Multiwythe walls. For walls that consist of
two wythes of different types of concrete, the fire-resistance ratings shall be permitted to be determined from
Figure 722.2.1.2.
722.2.1.3.1 Ceramic fiber joint protection. Figure
722.2.1.3.1 shows thicknesses of ceramic fiber blankets to be used to insulate joints between precast
concrete wall panels for various panel thicknesses
and for joint widths of 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) and 1 inch
(25 mm) for fire-resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4
hours. For joint widths between 3/8 inch (9.5 mm)
and 1 inch (25 mm), the thickness of ceramic fiber
blanket is allowed to be determined by direct interpolation. Other tested and labeled materials are
acceptable in place of ceramic fiber blankets.
722.2.1.2.1 Two or more wythes. The fire-resistance rating for wall panels consisting of two or
more wythes shall be permitted to be determined by
the formula:
R = (R10.59 + R20.59 +...+ Rn0.59)1.7
(Equation 7-4)
where:
R = The fire endurance of the assembly, minutes.
THICKNESS OF OUTSIDE
WYTHE OF CARBONATE OR
SILICEOUS AGGREGATE
CONCRETE, INCHES
THICKNESS OF OUTSIDE
WYTHE OF SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT
CONCRETE, INCHES
R1, R2, and Rn = The fire endurances of the individual
wythes, minutes. Values of Rn0.59 for use in Equation
INSIDE WYTHE
SILICEOUS
INSIDE WYTHE
CARBONATE
5
5
4
3
2
4
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
1hr.
3
2
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
1hr.
1
1
0
0
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
THICKNESS OF INSIDE WYTHE, INCHES
OUTSIDE WYTHE
SILICEOUS
OUTSIDE WYTHE
CARBONATE
5
5
4
3
2
1
0
4
3
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
1hr.
1
2
3
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
1hr.
2
1
4
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
THICKNESS OF INSIDE WYTHE OF SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE, INCHES
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
FIGURE 722.2.1.2
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS OF TWO-WYTHE CONCRETE WALLS
176
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
722.2.1.4 Walls with gypsum wallboard or plaster
finishes. The fire-resistance rating of cast-in-place or
precast concrete walls with finishes of gypsum wallboard or plaster applied to one or both sides shall be
permitted to be calculated in accordance with the provisions of this section.
thicknesses of finish on each side, the calculation
procedures of Sections 722.2.1.4.1 and 722.2.1.4.2
shall be performed twice, assuming either side of the
wall to be the fire-exposed side. The fire-resistance
rating of the wall shall not exceed the lower of the
two values.
722.2.1.4.1 Nonfire-exposed side. Where the finish
of gypsum wallboard or plaster is applied to the side
of the wall not exposed to fire, the contribution of
the finish to the total fire-resistance rating shall be
determined as follows: The thickness of the finish
shall first be corrected by multiplying the actual
thickness of the finish by the applicable factor determined from Table 722.2.1.4(1) based on the type of
aggregate in the concrete. The corrected thickness of
finish shall then be added to the actual or equivalent
thickness of concrete and fire-resistance rating of
the concrete and finish determined from Tables
722.2.1.1 and 722.2.1.2(1) and Figure 722.2.1.2.
722.2.1.4.2 Fire-exposed side. Where gypsum wallboard or plaster is applied to the fire-exposed side of
the wall, the contribution of the finish to the total
fire-resistance rating shall be determined as follows: The time assigned to the finish as established
by Table 722.2.1.4(2) shall be added to the fireresistance rating determined from Tables 722.2.1.1
and 722.2.1.2(1) and Figure 722.2.1.2 for the concrete alone, or to the rating determined in Section
722.2.1.4.1 for the concrete and finish on the nonfire-exposed side.
722.2.1.4.3 Nonsymmetrical assemblies. For a wall
having no finish on one side or different types or
Exception: For an exterior wall with a fire separation distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm) the
fire shall be assumed to occur on the interior side
only.
r.
4
5
6
7
8
PANEL THICKNESS, INCHES
3/8 INCH WIDTH
4
3
.
hr
.
hr
r.
4h
hr
.
.
hr
r.
3
2 hr.
2
1
3 hr.
1h
2
0
.
hr
r.
3
1
2h
1 hr.
1h
3
.
hr
.
hr
r.
1
0
4
3
2h
CERAMIC FIBER
BLANKET
C
3
“C” THICKNESS OF CERAMIC BLANKET, INCHES
.
hr
3
2
1 INCH MAXIMUM REGARDLESS
OF OPENING RATING
4
1-INCH JOINT WIDTH
PANEL
THICKNESS
4
JOINT
WIDTH
CARBONATE OR
SILICEOUS AGGREGATE
CONCRETE
SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT
OR LIGHTWEIGHT
CONCRETE
4
5
6
7
8
PANEL THICKNESS, INCHES
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
FIGURE 722.2.1.3.1
CERAMIC FIBER JOINT PROTECTION
TABLE 722.2.1.2(1)
VALUES OF Rn0.59 FOR USE IN EQUATION 7-4
THICKNESS OF MATERIAL (inches)
TYPE OF MATERIAL
11/2
2
21/2
3
31/2
4
41/2
5
51/2
6
61/2
7
Siliceous aggregate concrete
5.3
6.5
8.1
9.5
11.3
13.0
14.9
16.9
18.8
20.7
22.8
25.1
Carbonate aggregate concrete
5.5
7.1
8.9
10.4
12.0
14.0
16.2
18.1
20.3
21.9
24.7
27.2c
23.3
26.0
c
Note c
Note c Note c
c
Sand-lightweight concrete
6.5
8.2
10.5
12.8
15.5
18.1
20.7
Lightweight concrete
6.6
8.8
11.2
13.7
16.5
19.1
21.9
24.7
27.8
Note c
Note c Note c
Insulating concretea
9.3
13.3
16.6
18.3
23.1
26.5c
Note c
Note c
Note c
Note c
Note c Note c
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Airspace
b
—
—
3
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per cubic foot = 16.02 kg/m .
a. Dry unit weight of 35 pcf or less and consisting of cellular, perlite or vermiculite concrete.
b. The Rn0.59 value for one 1/2" to 31/2" airspace is 3.3. The Rn0.59 value for two 1/2" to 31/2" airspaces is 6.7.
c. The fire-resistance rating for this thickness exceeds 4 hours.
TABLE 722.2.1.2(2)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS BASED ON R0.59
Ra, MINUTES
R0.59
60
11.20
120
16.85
180
21.41
240
25.37
a. Based on Equation 7-4.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
177
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
bearing wall shall not exceed one-half the contribution of the concrete alone.
722.2.1.4.4 Minimum concrete fire-resistance rating. Where finishes applied to one or both sides of a
concrete wall contribute to the fire-resistance rating,
the concrete alone shall provide not less than onehalf of the total required fire-resistance rating.
Additionally, the contribution to the fire resistance
of the finish on the nonfire-exposed side of a load-
722.2.1.4.5 Concrete finishes. Finishes on concrete
walls that are assumed to contribute to the total fireresistance rating of the wall shall comply with the
installation requirements of Section 722.3.2.5.
TABLE 722.2.1.4(1)
MULTIPLYING FACTOR FOR FINISHES ON NONFIRE-EXPOSED SIDE OF WALL
TYPE OF AGGREGATE USED IN CONCRETE OR CONCRETE MASONRY
TYPE OF FINISH APPLIED TO CONCRETE
OR CONCRETE MASONRY WALL
Concrete: siliceous
or carbonate
Concrete Masonry:
siliceous or carbonate;
solid clay brick
Concrete: lightweight
Concrete: sand-lightweight
Concrete Masonry:
Concrete Masonry: clay
concrete masonry units of
tile; hollow clay brick;
concrete masonry units of expanded shale, expanded
clay, expanded slag, or
expanded shale and < 20%
pumice < 20% sand
sand
Concrete Masonry:
concrete masonry units
of expanded slag,
expanded clay, or
pumice
Portland cement-sand plaster
1.00
0.75a
0.75a
0.50a
Gypsum-sand plaster
1.25
1.00
1.00
1.00
Gypsum-vermiculite or perlite plaster
1.75
1.50
1.25
1.25
Gypsum wallboard
3.00
2.25
2.25
2.25
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. For Portland cement-sand plaster 5/8 inch or less in thickness and applied directly to the concrete or concrete masonry on the nonfire-exposed side of the wall,
the multiplying factor shall be 1.00.
TABLE 722.2.1.4(2)
TIME ASSIGNED TO FINISH MATERIALS ON FIRE-EXPOSED SIDE OF WALL
FINISH DESCRIPTION
TIME (minutes)
Gypsum wallboard
3
/8 inch
1
/2 inch
5
/8 inch
2 layers of 3/8 inch
1 layer of 3/8 inch, 1 layer of 1/2 inch
2 layers of 1/2 inch
10
15
20
25
35
40
Type X gypsum wallboard
1
/2 inch
5
/8 inch
25
40
Portland cement-sand plaster applied directly to concrete masonry
See Note a
Portland cement-sand plaster on metal lath
3
/4 inch
7
/8 inch
1 inch
20
25
30
Gypsum sand plaster on 3/8-inch gypsum lath
1
/2 inch
5
/8 inch
3
/4 inch
35
40
50
Gypsum sand plaster on metal lath
3
/4 inch
7
/8 inch
1 inch
50
60
80
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. The actual thickness of Portland cement-sand plaster, provided it is 5/8 inch or less in thickness, shall be permitted to be included in determining the equivalent
thickness of the masonry for use in Table 722.3.2.
178
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
722.2.2.1 Reinforced and prestressed floors and
roofs. The minimum thicknesses of reinforced and prestressed concrete floor or roof slabs for fire-resistance
ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours are shown in Table
722.2.2.1.
Exception: Minimum thickness shall not be
required for floors and ramps within open and
enclosed parking garages constructed in accordance
with Sections 406.5 and 406.6, respectively.
4t
t + § ----- – 1· t e – t
©s
¹
(Equation 7-5)
where:
s = Spacing of ribs or undulations.
t = Minimum thickness.
te = Equivalent thickness of the slab calculated as
the net area of the slab divided by the width, in
which the maximum thickness used in the
calculation shall not exceed 2t.
2t
TABLE 722.2.2.1
MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS (inches)
For 4t > s > 2t, the thickness to be used shall be
t
722.2.2 Concrete floor and roof slabs. Reinforced and
prestressed floors and roofs shall comply with Section
722.2.2.1. Multicourse floors and roofs shall comply with
Sections 722.2.2.2 and 722.2.2.3, respectively.
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
1
11/2
2
3
4
Siliceous
3.5
4.3
5
6.2
7
Carbonate
3.2
4
4.6
5.7
6.6
Sand-lightweight
2.7
3.3
3.8
4.6
5.4
Lightweight
2.5
3.1
3.6
4.4
5.1
s
NEGLECT SHADED AREA IN CALCULATION OF EQUIVALENT THICKNESS
t
CONCRETE TYPE
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
722.2.2.1.1 Hollow-core prestressed slabs. For
hollow-core prestressed concrete slabs in which the
cores are of constant cross section throughout the
length, the equivalent thickness shall be permitted to
be obtained by dividing the net cross-sectional area
of the slab including grout in the joints, by its width.
722.2.2.1.2 Slabs with sloping soffits. The thickness of slabs with sloping soffits (see Figure
722.2.2.1.2) shall be determined at a distance 2t or 6
inches (152 mm), whichever is less, from the point
of minimum thickness, where t is the minimum
thickness.
DETERMINE THICKNESS HERE
t
2t OR 6 INCHES,
WHICHEVER IS LESS
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
FIGURE 722.2.2.1.2
DETERMINATION OF SLAB
THICKNESS FOR SLOPING SOFFITS
722.2.2.1.3 Slabs with ribbed soffits. The thickness
of slabs with ribbed or undulating soffits (see Figure
722.2.2.1.3) shall be determined by one of the following expressions, whichever is applicable:
For s > 4t, the thickness to be used shall be t
For s ” 2t, the thickness to be used shall be te
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
s
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
FIGURE 722.2.2.1.3
SLABS WITH RIBBED OR UNDULATING SOFFITS
722.2.2.2 Multicourse floors. The fire-resistance ratings of floors that consist of a base slab of concrete
with a topping (overlay) of a different type of concrete
shall comply with Figure 722.2.2.2.
722.2.2.3 Multicourse roofs. The fire-resistance ratings of roofs that consist of a base slab of concrete with
a topping (overlay) of an insulating concrete or with an
insulating board and built-up roofing shall comply with
Figures 722.2.2.3(1) and 722.2.2.3(2).
722.2.2.3.1 Heat transfer. For the transfer of heat,
three-ply built-up roofing contributes 10 minutes to
the fire-resistance rating. The fire-resistance rating
for concrete assemblies such as those shown in Figure 722.2.2.3(1) shall be increased by 10 minutes.
This increase is not applicable to those shown in
Figure 722.2.2.3(2).
722.2.2.4 Joints in precast slabs. Joints between adjacent precast concrete slabs need not be considered in
calculating the slab thickness provided that a concrete
topping not less than 1 inch (25 mm) thick is used.
Where no concrete topping is used, joints must be
grouted to a depth of not less than one-third the slab
thickness at the joint, but not less than 1 inch (25 mm),
or the joints must be made fire resistant by other
approved methods.
722.2.3 Concrete cover over reinforcement. The minimum thickness of concrete cover over reinforcement in
179
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
between the values determined from Table 722.2.3(4)
or 722.2.3(5), it is permitted to use the smaller value.
The concrete cover shall be calculated in accordance
with Section 722.2.3.3.1. The minimum concrete cover
for nonprestressed reinforcement in prestressed concrete beams shall comply with Section 722.2.3.2.
concrete slabs, reinforced beams and prestressed beams
shall comply with this section.
722.2.3.1 Slab cover. The minimum thickness of concrete cover to the positive moment reinforcement shall
comply with Table 722.2.3(1) for reinforced concrete
and Table 722.2.3(2) for prestressed concrete. These
tables are applicable for solid or hollow-core one-way
or two-way slabs with flat undersurfaces. These tables
are applicable to slabs that are either cast in place or
precast. For precast prestressed concrete not covered
elsewhere, the procedures contained in PCI MNL 124
shall be acceptable.
722.2.3.3.1 Calculating concrete cover. The concrete cover for an individual tendon is the minimum
thickness of concrete between the surface of the tendon and the fire-exposed surface of the beam, except
that for ungrouted ducts, the assumed cover thickness is the minimum thickness of concrete between
the surface of the duct and the fire-exposed surface
of the beam. For beams in which two or more tendons are used, the cover is assumed to be the average of the minimum cover of the individual tendons.
For corner tendons (tendons equal distance from the
bottom and side), the minimum cover used in the
calculation shall be one-half the actual value. For
stemmed members with two or more prestressing
tendons located along the vertical centerline of the
stem, the average cover shall be the distance from
the bottom of the member to the centroid of the tendons. The actual cover for any individual tendon
shall be not less than one-half the smaller value
shown in Tables 722.2.3(4) and 722.2.3(5), or 1 inch
(25 mm), whichever is greater.
722.2.3.2 Reinforced beam cover. The minimum
thickness of concrete cover to the positive moment
reinforcement (bottom steel) for reinforced concrete
beams is shown in Table 722.2.3(3) for fire-resistance
ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours.
SILICEOUS BASE
5
4
4
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
3
2
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
3
2
1hr.
1
0
(a)
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
1
0
2
2
3
2
1hr.
1
1
2
3
4
5
0
0
2
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
1hr.
2
1
4
0
2
4
THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES
CARBONATE BASE
4
3
3
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
1hr.
2
1
0
2
SILICEOUS BASE
4
1
0
4
2
4
3
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
1hr.
2
SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT BASE
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
1hr.
2
1
4
0
2
4
THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES
CONCRETE
1hr.
1
1
3
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
1hr.
2
4
SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT BASE
VERMICULITE CONCRETE
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
(c)
1
2
3
4
5
THICKNESS OF SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES
SILICEOUS BASE
CARBONATE BASE
4
4
3
2
1
0
2
3
3
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
1hr.
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
1hr.
2
1
4
SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT BASE
4
0
2
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
1hr.
2
1
4
0
2
4
THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
FIGURE 722.2.2.2
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR
TWO-COURSE CONCRETE FLOORS
180
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
1hr.
2
4
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
3
0
(b)
5
4
SILICEOUS BASE
3
CONCRETE
SILICEOUS BASE
5
CARBONATE BASE
3
PERLITE CONCRETE
THICKNESS OF NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES
CARBONATE BASE
CONCRETE
1hr.
1
THICKNESS OF PERLITE
CONCRETE OVERLAY, INCHES
5
THICKNESS OF CELLULAR
CONCRETE OVERLAY, INCHES
CARBONATE BASE
CELLULAR CONCRETE
THICKNESS OF VERMICULITE
CONCRETE OVERLAY, INCHES
OVERLAY THICKNESS, INCHES
THICKNESS OF SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT
CONCRETE OVERLAY, INCHES
722.2.3.3 Prestressed beam cover. The minimum
thickness of concrete cover to the positive moment prestressing tendons (bottom steel) for restrained and unrestrained prestressed concrete beams and stemmed units
shall comply with the values shown in Tables
722.2.3(4) and 722.2.3(5) for fire-resistance ratings of
1 hour to 4 hours. Values in Table 722.2.3(4) apply to
beams 8 inches (203 mm) or greater in width. Values in
Table 722.2.3(5) apply to beams or stems of any width,
provided the cross-section area is not less than 40
square inches (25 806 mm2). In case of differences
FIGURE 722.2.2.3(1)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR
CONCRETE ROOF ASSEMBLIES
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
722.2.4.1 Minimum size. The minimum overall
dimensions of reinforced concrete columns for fireresistance ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours for exposure to
fire on all sides shall comply with this section.
STANDARD 3-PLY
BUILT-UP ROOFING
MINERAL BOARD
(d)
THICKNESS OF
MINERAL BOARD, INCHES
CONCRETE
CARBONATE BASE
3
3
2
2
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
1
0
SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT BASE
3
2
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
1
1hr.
1
SILICEOUS BASE
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
1
3
0
4
1
2
3
0
4
TABLE 722.2.4
MINIMUM DIMENSION OF CONCRETE COLUMNS (inches)
1hr.
1hr.
2
722.2.4.1.1 Concrete strength less than or equal
to 12,000 psi. For columns made with concrete having a specified compressive strength, fcc, of less than
or equal to 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa), the minimum
dimension shall comply with Table 722.2.4.
1
2
3
4
STANDARD 3-PLY
BUILD-UP ROOFING
GLASS FIBER BOARD
THICKNESS OF
GLASS FIBER BOARD, INCHES
(e)
CARBONATE BASE
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
2
1
0
3
1
5
0
SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT BASE
3
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
2
1hr.
1
SILICEOUS BASE
3
1
1hr.
1
3
4hr.
3hr.
2hr.
2
5
0
1
11/2
2a
3a
4b
Siliceous
8
9
10
12
14
Carbonate
8
9
10
11
12
Sand-lightweight
8
81/2
9
101/2
12
For SI: 1 inch = 25 mm.
a. The minimum dimension
rectangular columns with
length.
b. The minimum dimension
rectangular columns with
length.
CONCRETE
3
5
3
is permitted to be reduced to 8 inches for
two parallel sides not less than 36 inches in
is permitted to be reduced to 10 inches for
two parallel sides not less than 36 inches in
722.2.4.1.2 Concrete strength greater than 12,000
psi. For columns made with concrete having a specified compressive strength, f cc, greater than 12,000
psi (82.7 MPa), for fire-resistance ratings of 1 hour
to 4 hours the minimum dimension shall be 24
inches (610 mm).
1hr.
1
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
TYPES OF CONCRETE
THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES
THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
722.2.4.2 Minimum cover for R/C columns. The minimum thickness of concrete cover to the main longitudinal reinforcement in columns, regardless of the type
of aggregate used in the concrete and the specified
compressive strength of concrete, fcc, shall be not less
than 1 inch (25 mm) times the number of hours of
required fire resistance or 2 inches (51 mm), whichever
is less.
FIGURE 722.2.2.3(2)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS
FOR CONCRETE ROOF ASSEMBLIES
722.2.4 Concrete columns. Concrete columns shall comply with this section.
TABLE 722.2.3(1)
COVER THICKNESS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS (inches)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
CONCRETE AGGREGATE TYPE
Restrained
1
11/2
Unrestrained
2
3
4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
1
3
/4
11/4
11/4
15/8
11/4
Sand-lightweight or lightweight
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
11/4
11/4
/4
/4
3
/4
4
/4
1
11/2
Siliceous
Carbonate
/4
2
/4
/4
/4
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
TABLE 722.2.3(2)
COVER THICKNESS FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS (inches)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
CONCRETE AGGREGATE TYPE
Restrained
1
11/2
Unrestrained
2
3
4
3
/4
3
3
/4
3
11/8
11/2
13/4
23/8
23/4
Carbonate
Sand-lightweight or lightweight
3
3
3
3
3
/4
/4
3
3
/4
/4
3
3
1
1
13/8
13/8
15/8
11/2
21/8
2
21/4
21/4
/4
/4
/4
/4
4
11/2
3
/4
3
1
Siliceous
/4
2
/4
/4
/4
3
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
181
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 722.2.3(3)
MINIMUM COVER FOR MAIN REINFORCING BARS OF REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMSc
(APPLICABLE TO ALL TYPES OF STRUCTURAL CONCRETE)
RESTRAINED OR
UNRESTRAINEDa
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
BEAM
WIDTHb(inches)
11/2
1
Restrained
5
7
t 10
/4
/4
3
/4
3
3
3
3
Unrestrained
5
7
t 10
3
1
/4
3
/4
3
2
/4
/4
3
/4
/4
/4
3
/4
3
3
/4
/4
3
/4
1
/4
3
/4
1/
/
/
11/4
3
/4
3
/4
—
13/4
1
—
3
13/4
3
3
3
4
1 a
4
3
4
3
4
a
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
a. Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feet on center. For restrained beams spaced 4 feet or less on center, minimum
cover of 3/4 inch is adequate for ratings of 4 hours or less.
b. For beam widths between the tabulated values, the minimum cover thickness can be determined by direct interpolation.
c. The cover for an individual reinforcing bar is the minimum thickness of concrete between the surface of the bar and the fire-exposed surface of the beam. For
beams in which several bars are used, the cover for corner bars used in the calculation shall be reduced to one-half of the actual value. The cover for an
individual bar must be not less than one-half of the value given in Table 722.2.3(3) nor less than 3/4 inch.
TABLE 722.2.3(4)
MINIMUM COVER FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BEAMS 8 INCHES OR GREATER IN WIDTHb
RESTRAINED OR
UNRESTRAINEDa
CONCRETE
AGGREGATE TYPE
BEAM WIDTH
(inches)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
1
11/2
2
3
4
1
1
1
3 a
4
1
2
1
2
1
2
1 a
2
7 a
8
a
Restrained
Carbonate or siliceous
Carbonate or siliceous
Sand lightweight
Sand lightweight
8
t 12
8
t12
1 /2
11/2
11/2
11/2
1 /2
11/2
11/2
11/2
1 /2
11/2
11/2
11/2
1/
1/
1/
1/
2/
1/
2
15/8a
Unrestrained
Carbonate or siliceous
Carbonate or siliceous
Sand lightweight
Sand lightweight
8
t 12
8
t 12
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
13/4
11/2
11/2
11/2
21/2
17/8a
2
15/8
5c
21/2
31/4
2
—
3
—
21/2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
a. Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feet on center. For restrained beams spaced 4 feet or less on center, minimum
cover of 3/4 inch is adequate for 4-hour ratings or less.
b. For beam widths between 8 inches and 12 inches, minimum cover thickness can be determined by direct interpolation.
c. Not practical for 8-inch-wide beam but shown for purposes of interpolation.
TABLE 722.2.3(5)
MINIMUM COVER FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BEAMS OF ALL WIDTHS
RESTRAINED OR
UNRESTRAINEDa
CONCRETE AGGREGATE TYPE
BEAM AREAb
A (square inches)
All
11/2
2
3
4
40 d A d 150
1
1 /2
11/2
2
21/2
—
Carbonate or
150 < A d 300
11/2
11/2
11/2
13/4
21/2
siliceous
300 < A
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
2
Sand lightweight
150 < A
1
1 /2
1
1 /2
1
1
2
1
Restrained
Unrestrained
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
1
1 /2
1 /2
All
40 d A d 150
2
2 /2
—
—
—
Carbonate or
150 < A d 300
11/2
13/4
21/2
—
—
siliceous
300 < A
11/2
11/2
2
3c
4c
Sand lightweight
150 < A
11/2
11/2
2
3c
4c
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
a. Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feet on center. For restrained beams spaced 4 feet or less on center, minimum
cover of 3/4 inch is adequate for 4-hour ratings or less.
b. The cross-sectional area of a stem is permitted to include a portion of the area in the flange, provided the width of the flange used in the calculation does not
exceed three times the average width of the stem.
c. U-shaped or hooped stirrups spaced not to exceed the depth of the member and having a minimum cover of 1 inch shall be provided.
182
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
722.3.1 Equivalent thickness. The equivalent thickness
of concrete masonry construction shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of this section.
722.2.4.3 Tie and spiral reinforcement. For concrete
columns made with concrete having a specified compressive strength, f ƍc, greater than 12,000 psi (82.7
MPa), tie and spiral reinforcement shall comply with
the following:
722.3.1.1 Concrete masonry unit plus finishes. The
equivalent thickness of concrete masonry assemblies,
Tea, shall be computed as the sum of the equivalent
thickness of the concrete masonry unit, Te, as determined by Section 722.3.1.2, 722.3.1.3 or 722.3.1.4,
plus the equivalent thickness of finishes, Tef, determined in accordance with Section 722.3.2:
1. The free ends of rectangular ties shall terminate
with a 135-degree (2.4 rad) standard tie hook.
2. The free ends of circular ties shall terminate with
a 90-degree (1.6 rad) standard tie hook.
3. The free ends of spirals, including at lap splices,
shall terminate with a 90-degree (1.6 rad) standard tie hook.
Tea = Te + Tef
(Equation 7-6)
722.3.1.2 Ungrouted or partially grouted construction. Te shall be the value obtained for the concrete
masonry unit determined in accordance with ASTM
C140.
The hook extension at the free end of ties and spirals
shall be the larger of six bar diameters and the extension required by Section 7.1.3 of ACI 318. Hooks shall
project into the core of the column.
722.3.1.3 Solid grouted construction. The equivalent
thickness, Te, of solid grouted concrete masonry units is
the actual thickness of the unit.
722.2.4.4 Columns built into walls. The minimum
dimensions of Table 722.2.4 do not apply to a reinforced concrete column that is built into a concrete or
masonry wall provided all of the following are met:
722.3.1.4 Airspaces and cells filled with loose-fill
material. The equivalent thickness of completely filled
hollow concrete masonry is the actual thickness of the
unit where loose-fill materials are: sand, pea gravel,
crushed stone, or slag that meet ASTM C33 requirements; pumice, scoria, expanded shale, expanded clay,
expanded slate, expanded slag, expanded fly ash, or
cinders that comply with ASTM C331; or perlite or
vermiculite meeting the requirements of ASTM C549
and ASTM C516, respectively.
722.3.2 Concrete masonry walls. The fire-resistance rating of walls and partitions constructed of concrete
masonry units shall be determined from Table 722.3.2.
The rating shall be based on the equivalent thickness of
the masonry and type of aggregate used.
1. The fire-resistance rating for the wall is equal to
or greater than the required rating of the column;
2. The main longitudinal reinforcing in the column
has cover not less than that required by Section
722.2.4.2; and
3. Openings in the wall are protected in accordance
with Table 716.5.
Where openings in the wall are not protected as
required by Section 716.5, the minimum dimension of
columns required to have a fire-resistance rating of 3
hours or less shall be 8 inches (203 mm), and 10 inches
(254 mm) for columns required to have a fire-resistance rating of 4 hours, regardless of the type of aggregate used in the concrete.
722.3.2.1 Finish on nonfire-exposed side. Where plaster or gypsum wallboard is applied to the side of the
wall not exposed to fire, the contribution of the finish to
the total fire-resistance rating shall be determined as
follows: The thickness of gypsum wallboard or plaster
shall be corrected by multiplying the actual thickness of
the finish by applicable factor determined from Table
722.2.4.5 Precast cover units for steel columns. See
Section 722.5.1.4.
722.3 Concrete masonry. The provisions of this section contain procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of concrete masonry are established by calculations.
TABLE 722.3.2
MINIMUM EQUIVALENT THICKNESS (inches) OF BEARING OR NONBEARING CONCRETE MASONRY WALLSa,b,c,d
TYPE OF AGGREGATE
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
1
/2
Pumice or expanded slag
1.5
Expanded shale, clay or slate
3
/4
1
11/4
11/2
13/4
2
21/4
21/2
23/4
3
31/4
31/2
33/4
4
1.9
2.1
2.5
2.7
3.0
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
4.2
4.4
4.5
4.7
1.8
2.2
2.6
2.9
3.3
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
4.2
4.4
4.6
4.8
4.9
5.1
Limestone, cinders or unexpanded slag 1.9
2.3
2.7
3.1
3.4
3.7
4.0
4.3
4.5
4.8
5.0
5.2
5.5
5.7
5.9
Calcareous or siliceous gravel
2.4
2.8
3.2
3.6
3.9
4.2
4.5
4.8
5.0
5.3
5.5
5.8
6.0
6.2
2.0
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. Values between those shown in the table can be determined by direct interpolation.
b. Where combustible members are framed into the wall, the thickness of solid material between the end of each member and the opposite face of the wall, or
between members set in from opposite sides, shall be not less than 93 percent of the thickness shown in the table.
c. Requirements of ASTM C55, ASTM C73, ASTM C90 or ASTM C744 shall apply.
d. Minimum required equivalent thickness corresponding to the hourly fire-resistance rating for units with a combination of aggregate shall be determined by
linear interpolation based on the percent by volume of each aggregate used in manufacture.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
183
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
722.2.1.4(1). This corrected thickness of finish shall be
added to the equivalent thickness of masonry and the
fire-resistance rating of the masonry and finish determined from Table 722.3.2.
722.3.2.2 Finish on fire-exposed side. Where plaster
or gypsum wallboard is applied to the fire-exposed side
of the wall, the contribution of the finish to the total
fire-resistance rating shall be determined as follows:
The time assigned to the finish as established by Table
722.2.1.4(2) shall be added to the fire-resistance rating
determined in Section 722.3.2 for the masonry alone, or
in Section 722.3.2.1 for the masonry and finish on the
nonfire-exposed side.
722.3.2.3 Nonsymmetrical assemblies. For a wall
having no finish on one side or having different types
or thicknesses of finish on each side, the calculation
procedures of this section shall be performed twice,
assuming either side of the wall to be the fire-exposed
side. The fire-resistance rating of the wall shall not
exceed the lower of the two values calculated.
Exception: For exterior walls with a fire separation
distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm), the fire shall
be assumed to occur on the interior side only.
722.3.2.4 Minimum concrete masonry fire-resistance rating. Where the finish applied to a concrete
masonry wall contributes to its fire-resistance rating,
the masonry alone shall provide not less than one-half
the total required fire-resistance rating.
722.3.2.5 Attachment of finishes. Installation of finishes shall be as follows:
1. Gypsum wallboard and gypsum lath applied to
concrete masonry or concrete walls shall be
secured to wood or steel furring members spaced
not more than 16 inches (406 mm) on center
(o.c.).
2. Gypsum wallboard shall be installed with the
long dimension parallel to the furring members
and shall have all joints finished.
3. Other aspects of the installation of finishes shall
comply with the applicable provisions of Chapters 7 and 25.
722.3.3 Multiwythe masonry walls. The fire-resistance
rating of wall assemblies constructed of multiple wythes
of masonry materials shall be permitted to be based on the
fire-resistance rating period of each wythe and the continuous airspace between each wythe in accordance with the
following formula:
of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) or more between
wythes.
722.3.4 Concrete masonry lintels. Fire-resistance ratings for concrete masonry lintels shall be determined
based upon the nominal thickness of the lintel and the
minimum thickness of concrete masonry or concrete, or
any combination thereof, covering the main reinforcing
bars, as determined in accordance with Table 722.3.4, or
by approved alternate methods.
TABLE 722.3.4
MINIMUM COVER OF LONGITUDINAL REINFORCEMENT IN
FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED REINFORCED CONCRETE
MASONRY LINTELS (inches)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
NOMINAL WIDTH
OF LINTEL (inches)
1
2
3
4
6
11/2
2
—
—
8
11/2
11/2
13/4
3
10 or greater
1
1
1
13/4
1 /2
1 /2
1 /2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
722.3.5 Concrete masonry columns. The fire-resistance
rating of concrete masonry columns shall be determined
based upon the least plan dimension of the column in
accordance with Table 722.3.5 or by approved alternate
methods.
TABLE 722.3.5
MINIMUM DIMENSION OF CONCRETE
MASONRY COLUMNS (inches)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
1
2
3
4
8 inches
10 inches
12 inches
14 inches
For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm.
722.4 Clay brick and tile masonry. The provisions of this
section contain procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of clay brick and tile masonry are established by calculations.
722.4.1 Masonry walls. The fire-resistance rating of
masonry walls shall be based upon the equivalent thickness as calculated in accordance with this section. The calculation shall take into account finishes applied to the wall
and airspaces between wythes in multiwythe construction.
RA = (R10.59 + R20.59 + ... + Rn0.59 + A1 + A2 + ... + An)1.7
(Equation 7-7)
where:
722.4.1.1 Equivalent thickness. The fire-resistance
ratings of walls or partitions constructed of solid or
hollow clay masonry units shall be determined from
Table 722.4.1(1) or 722.4.1(2). The equivalent thickness of the clay masonry unit shall be determined by
Equation 7-8 where using Table 722.4.1(1). The fireresistance rating determined from Table 722.4.1(1)
shall be permitted to be used in the calculated fireresistance rating procedure in Section 722.4.2.
RA = Fire-resistance rating of the assembly (hours).
Te = Vn/LH
R1, R2, ..., Rn = Fire-resistance rating of wythes for 1, 2,
n (hours), respectively.
where:
Te = The equivalent thickness of the clay masonry unit
(inches).
Vn = The net volume of the clay masonry unit (inch3).
A1, A2, ...., An = 0.30, factor for each continuous airspace
for 1, 2, ...n, respectively, having a depth
184
(Equation 7-8)
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
with loose-fill materials of: sand, pea gravel,
crushed stone, or slag that meet ASTM C33 requirements; pumice, scoria, expanded shale, expanded
clay, expanded slate, expanded slag, expanded fly
ash, or cinders in compliance with ASTM C331; or
perlite or vermiculite meeting the requirements of
ASTM C549 and ASTM C516, respectively.
L = The specified length of the clay masonry unit
(inches).
H = The specified height of the clay masonry unit
(inches).
722.4.1.1.1 Hollow clay units. The equivalent
thickness, Te, shall be the value obtained for hollow
clay units as determined in accordance with Equation 7-8. The net volume, Vn, of the units shall be
determined using the gross volume and percentage
of void area determined in accordance with ASTM
C67.
722.4.1.1.2 Solid grouted clay units. The equivalent thickness of solid grouted clay masonry units
shall be taken as the actual thickness of the units.
722.4.1.2 Plaster finishes. Where plaster is applied to
the wall, the total fire-resistance rating shall be determined by the formula:
R = (Rn0.59 + pl) 1.7
(Equation 7-9)
where:
R = The fire-resistance rating of the assembly
(hours).
Rn = The fire-resistance rating of the individual wall
(hours).
722.4.1.1.3 Units with filled cores. The equivalent
thickness of the hollow clay masonry units is the
actual thickness of the unit where completely filled
TABLE 722.4.1(1)
FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS OF CLAY MASONRY WALLS
MATERIAL TYPE
MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT THICKNESS FOR FIRE RESISTANCEa, b, c
(inches)
1 hour
2 hours
3 hours
4 hours
Solid brick of clay or shaled
2.7
3.8
4.9
6.0
Hollow brick or tile of clay or shale, unfilled
2.3
3.4
4.3
5.0
Hollow brick or tile of clay or shale, grouted or filled with materials
specified in Section 722.4.1.1.3
3.0
4.4
5.5
6.6
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. Equivalent thickness as determined from Section 722.4.1.1.
b. Calculated fire resistance between the hourly increments listed shall be determined by linear interpolation.
c. Where combustible members are framed in the wall, the thickness of solid material between the end of each member and the opposite face of the wall, or
between members set in from opposite sides, shall be not less than 93 percent of the thickness shown.
d. For units in which the net cross-sectional area of cored brick in any plane parallel to the surface containing the cores is not less than 75 percent of the gross
cross-sectional area measured in the same plane.
TABLE 722.4.1(2)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR BEARING STEEL FRAME BRICK VENEER WALLS OR PARTITIONS
WALL OR PARTITION ASSEMBLY
PLASTER SIDE
EXPOSED (hours)
BRICK FACED SIDE
EXPOSED (hours)
Outside facing of steel studs:
1
/2" wood fiberboard sheathing next to studs, 3/4" airspace formed with
3
/4" × 15/8" wood strips placed over the fiberboard and secured to the studs;
metal or wire lath nailed to such strips, 33/4" brick veneer held in place by filling 3/4" airspace between
the brick and lath with mortar. Inside facing of studs: 3/4" unsanded gypsum plaster on metal or wire
lath attached to 5/16" wood strips secured to edges of the studs.
1.5
4
Outside facing of steel studs:
1" insulation board sheathing attached to studs, 1" airspace, and 33/4" brick veneer attached to steel
frame with metal ties every 5th course. Inside facing of studs: 7/8" sanded gypsum plaster (1:2 mix)
applied on metal or wire lath attached directly to the studs.
1.5
4
Same as above except use 7/8" vermiculite-gypsum plaster or 1" sanded gypsum plaster (1:2 mix)
applied to metal or wire.
2
4
Outside facing of steel studs:
/2" gypsum sheathing board, attached to studs, and 33/4" brick veneer attached to steel frame with
metal ties every 5th course. Inside facing of studs: 1/2" sanded gypsum plaster (1:2 mix) applied to 1/2"
perforated gypsum lath securely attached to studs and having strips of metal lath 3 inches wide
applied to all horizontal joints of gypsum lath.
2
4
1
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
185
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
pl = Coefficient for thickness of plaster.
Values for Rn0.59 for use in Equation 7-9 are given in
Table 722.4.1(3). Coefficients for thickness of plaster
shall be selected from Table 722.4.1(4) based on the
actual thickness of plaster applied to the wall or partition and whether one or two sides of the wall are plastered.
TABLE 722.4.1(3)
VALUES OF Rn 0.59
Rn 0.59
R (hours)
1
1.0
2
1.50
3
1.91
4
2.27
ONE SIDE
TWO SIDES
/2
0.3
0.6
/8
0.37
0.75
Exception: For exterior walls with a fire separation
distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm), the fire shall
be assumed to occur on the interior side only.
722.4.2 Multiwythe walls. The fire-resistance rating for
walls or partitions consisting of two or more dissimilar
wythes shall be permitted to be determined by the formula:
/4
0.45
0.90
R = (R10.59 + R20.59 + ...+Rn0.59) 1.7
THICKNESS OF PLASTER (inch)
5
3
R = The fire-resistance rating of the assembly (hours).
TABLE 722.4.1(5)
REINFORCED MASONRY LINTELS
NOMINAL
LINTEL WIDTH (inches)
MINIMUM LONGITUDINAL REINFORCEMENT
COVER
FOR FIRE RESISTANCE (inches)
1 hour
2 hours
3 hours
4 hours
6
1
1 /2
2
NP
NP
8
11/2
11/2
13/4
3
10 or more
1
1
1
13/4
1 /2
1 /2
1 /2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
NP = Not permitted.
TABLE 722.4.1(6)
REINFORCED CLAY MASONRY COLUMNS
COLUMN SIZE
Minimum column dimension (inches)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING
(hours)
1
2
3
4
8
10
12
14
For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm.
722.4.1.3 Multiwythe walls with airspace. Where a
continuous airspace separates multiple wythes of the
wall or partition, the total fire-resistance rating shall be
determined by the formula:
R = (R10.59 + R20.59 + ...+Rn0.59 + as) 1.7
(Equation 7-11)
where:
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. Values listed in the table are for 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster.
(Equation 7-10)
where:
R = The fire-resistance rating of the assembly
(hours).
186
Values for Rn0.59 for use in Equation 7-10 are given
in Table 722.4.1(3). The coefficient for each continuous airspace of 1/2 inch to 31/2 inches (12.7 to 89 mm)
separating two individual wythes shall be 0.3.
722.4.1.4 Nonsymmetrical assemblies. For a wall
having no finish on one side or having different types
or thicknesses of finish on each side, the calculation
procedures of this section shall be performed twice,
assuming either side to be the fire-exposed side of the
wall. The fire resistance of the wall shall not exceed the
lower of the two values determined.
TABLE 722.4.1(4)
COEFFICIENTS FOR PLASTER, pl a
1
R1, R2 and Rn = The fire-resistance rating of the
individual wythes (hours).
as = Coefficient for continuous airspace.
R1, R2 and Rn = The fire-resistance rating of the
individual wythes (hours).
0.59
Values for Rn for use in Equation 7-11 are given in
Table 722.4.1(3).
722.4.2.1 Multiwythe walls of different material. For
walls that consist of two or more wythes of different
materials (concrete or concrete masonry units) in combination with clay masonry units, the fire-resistance
rating of the different materials shall be permitted to be
determined from Table 722.2.1.1 for concrete; Table
722.3.2 for concrete masonry units or Table 722.4.1(1)
or 722.4.1(2) for clay and tile masonry units.
722.4.3 Reinforced clay masonry lintels. Fire-resistance
ratings for clay masonry lintels shall be determined based
on the nominal width of the lintel and the minimum covering for the longitudinal reinforcement in accordance with
Table 722.4.1(5).
722.4.4 Reinforced clay masonry columns. The fireresistance ratings shall be determined based on the last
plan dimension of the column in accordance with Table
722.4.1(6). The minimum cover for longitudinal reinforcement shall be 2 inches (51 mm).
722.5 Steel assemblies. The provisions of this section contain procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of steel
assemblies are established by calculations.
722.5.1 Structural steel columns. The fire-resistance ratings of structural steel columns shall be based on the size
of the element and the type of protection provided in
accordance with this section.
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Copyright © 2014 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Kristi Wright on Jul 20, 2016 11:32:41 AM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or
distribution authorized. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
W' = Total weight of the structural steel column and
gypsum wallboard protection (pounds per linear
foot).
W' = W + 50hD/144.
722.5.1.1 General. These procedures establish a basis
for determining the fire resistance of column assemblies as a function of the thickness of fire-resistant
material and, the weight, W, and heated perimeter, D,
of structural steel columns. As used in these sections, W
is the average weight of a structural steel column in
pounds per linear foot. The heated perimeter, D, is the
inside perimeter of the fire-resistant material in inches
as illustrated in Figure 722.5.1(1).
bf
bf
a
A
A
1
2
1
2
3
A
A
d
d
3/8″
3/8″
D=4bf + 2d - 2tw
No.8x1/2″ SHEET STEEL
SCREWS SPACED 12″ o.c.
5/8″
d
tw
3
D=2(a+d)
FIGURE 722.5.1(1)
DETERMINATION OF THE HEATED
PERIMETER OF STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS
722.5.1.1.1 Nonload-bearing protection. The
application of these procedures shall be limited to
column assemblies in which the fire-resistant material is not designed to carry any of the load acting on
the column.
722.5.1.1.2 Embedments. In the absence of substantiating fire-endurance test results, ducts, conduit,
piping, and similar mechanical, electrical, and
plumbing installations shall not be embedded in any
required fire-resistant materials.
722.5.1.1.3 Weight-to-perimeter ratio. Table
722.5.1(1) contains weight-to-heated-perimeter
ratios (W/D) for both contour and box fire-resistant
profiles, for the wide flange shapes most often used
as columns. For different fire-resistant protection
profiles or column cross sections, the weight-toheated-perimeter ratios (W/D) shall be determined in
accordance with the definitions given in this section.
722.5.1.2 Gypsum wallboard protection. The fire
resistance of structural steel columns with weight-toheated-perimeter ratios (W/D) less than or equal to 3.65
and that are protected with Type X gypsum wallboard
shall be permitted to be determined from the following
expression:
h cD
= 130 --------------------2
0.75
(Equation 7-12)
where:
R = Fire resistance (minutes).
h = Total thickness of gypsum wallboard (inches).
D = Heated perimeter of the structural steel column
(inches).
2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SNAP-LOCK
5/16″
MIN.
3/4″
PITTSBURGH SEAM
LAP
CORNER JOINT DETAILS (A)
FIGURE 722.5.1(2)
GYPSUM-PROTECTED STRUCTURAL
STEEL COLUMNS WITH SHEET STEEL COLUMN COVERS
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm.
1. Structural steel column, either wide flange or tubular shapes.
2. Type X gypsum board or gypsum panel products in accordance with
ASTM C1177, C1178, C1278, C1396 or C1658. The total thickness of
gypsum board or gypsum panel products calculated as h in Section
722.5.1.2 shall be applied vertically to an individual column using one of
the following methods:
1. As a single layer with no horizontal joints.
2. As multiple layers with no horizontal joints permitted in any layer.
3. As multiple layers with horizontal joints staggered not less than 12
inches vertically between layers and not less than 8 feet vertically in
any single layer. The total required thickness of gypsum board or
gypsum panel products shall be determined on the basis of the
specified fire-resistance rating and the weight-to-heated-perimeter
ratio (W/D) of the column. For fire-resistance ratings of 2 hours or
less, one of the required layers of gypsum board or gypsum panel
product may be applied to the exterior of the sheet steel column covers
with 1-inch long Type S screws spaced 1 inch from the wallboard
edge and 8 inches on center. For such installations, 0.0149-inch
minimum thickness galvanized steel corner beads with 11/2-inch legs
shall be attached to the wallboard with Type S screws spaced 12
inches on center.
3. For fire-resistance ratings of 3 hours or less, the column covers shall be
fabricated from 0.0239-inch minimum thickness galvanized or stainless
steel. For 4-hour fire-resistance ratings, the column covers shall be
fabricated from 0.0239-inch minimum thickness stainless steel. The
column covers shall be erected with the Snap Lock or Pittsburgh joint
details.
For fire-resistance ratings of 2 hours or less, column covers fabricated
from 0.0269-inch minimum thickness galvanized or stainless steel shall be
permitted to be erected with lap joints. The lap joints shall be permitted to
be located anywhere around the perimeter of the column cover. The lap
joints shall be secured with